Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPhase One - Site Work BidBUETOW AND ASSOCIATES INC AN ARCHITECTURAL SERVICES COMPANY 2346 Rice Street Suite 210 St. Paul, Minnesota 55113 Phase One -Site Work Bid =- THE CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER 825 41st Avenue NE Columbia Heights, Minnesota 55421 OWNER City of Columbia Heights -City Hall 590 40th Avenue Northeast Columbia Heights, Minnesota 55421 ARCHITECT Buetow and Associates, Inc. 2345 Rice Street, Suite 210 St. Paul, Minnesota 55113 Telephone 651 483-6701 CONSTRUCTION MANAGER EDS Builders, Inc. 404 A Saint Croix Trail North Lakeland, Minnesota 55043 Telephone 651 436-2426 BID TIME 10:00 AM CDT BID DATE August 12, 2008 BID PLACE Council Chambers Columbia Heights City Hall ISSUED FOR BID July 21, 2008 Buetow Project Number 0806 tel 651 483-6701 fax 651 483-2574 www.buetowarchitects.com 1 1 1 DIVISION 0 -BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00002 -PROJECT DIRECTORY COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER OWNER City of Columbia Heights 590 40"' Avenue Northeast Columbia Heights, MN 55421 Phone: 763-706-3600 Fax: 763-706-3601 ARCHITECT Buetow and Associates, Inc. 2345 Rice Stnret, Suite 210 St. Paul, MN 55113 Attn: David Olds Phone: 651-483-6701 Fax: 651-483-2574 ' CONSTRUCTION MANAGER E D S Builders, Inc. 404A Saint Croix Trail North Lakeland, MN 55043 ' Attn: Earl (Doc) Smith Phone: 851-436-2428 Fax: 651-436-3918 CIVIL ENGINEER Larson Engineering ' 3524 Lahore Road White Bear Lake, MN 55110-5126 Attn: Eric Meyer t " Phone: 651-481-9120 Fax: 651-481-9201 1 1 ELECTRICAL ENGINEER M 8 E Engineering, Inc. 1300 Corporate Center Curve Suite 101 Eagan, MN 55121 Attn: Dan Moulton (mechanical} Attn: David Hierseman (electrical) Phone: 851-405-0912 ~ . Fax: 651-405-0929 END OF SECTION 00002-1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 D11ftSION 0 -BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00003 -CERTIFICATION COLUAABIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER I hereby certify that these Specifications were prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly licensed Architect/Engineer under the laws of the State of Minnesota. David P. Olds 23541 Julv 21.2008 Architect License Number Date BUETOW AND ASSOCIATES, INC. Eric G.. Meyer, P.E. 44592 Julv 21.2008 Civil Engineer License Number Date CARSON ENGINEERING David W. Hierseman~, P.E. 13727 July 21.2008 Electrical Engineer License Number Date M & E ENGINEERING, INC. END OF SECTION 00003-1 1 1 I 1 1 1 DMSION 0 -BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00005 -TABLE OF CONTENTS COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER INTRODUCTORY PAGES Division 0 - Bidatinsr and Contract Requirements 00002 Project Directory 00003 Certification 00005 Table of Contents 00010 Advertisement for Bids 00100 Instructions to Bidders 00110 SupplemerrtaUSpecial Instructions to Bidders 00200 Proposal Section 00210 Milestone Schedule 00220 Geotechnical Report 00300 Bid Division Index and Descriptions 00400 Proposal Form 00500 Construction Contract 00600 Pn:-Contract Performance Submittals 00700 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction 00810 Supplemental/Speaal Conditions to the General Conditions 00820 Additional Articles to the General Conditions 00830 Prevailing Wage Directive 00850 Index of Drawings -See Plans SPECIFICATIONS Dlvfsion 1-General Requirements 01010 Summary of Work 01025 Construction and Change Documents 01026 Unit Prices 01030 Alternates 01045 Cutting and Patching 01050 Layout and Measurements 01060 Permits, Inspection, and Licensing Fees 01061 Off-Site Disposal 01200 Project Meetings 01300 Submittals 01500 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls 01513 Dewatering 01520 Safety 01530 Construction Fence 01545 Protection of Completed Work 01570 Traffic, Environmental and Safety Protection 01580 Project Signs 01600 Material and Equipment 01610 Access, Delivery and Storage 01700 Contract Closeout 01710 Dumpsters, Clean-up, Cleaning and Final Clean-up 01720 Record Documents 00005-1 Division 2 - Siteworic and Site !ltiiities 02110 Site Clearing 02111 Selective Demolition 02200 Earthwork 02240 Geotextiles 8 Fabrics 02250 I 02275 g~ 02500 Plant AAix Bituminous Pavement 02580 Pavement Striping 02660 Watermains -Ductile Iron 02720 Storm Drainage.Systems 02722 Drain Tile 02730 Sanitary. Sewer 02811 Irrigation Systems 02830 Fences and Gates 02850 Signs 02920 Sodding 02936 .Native Seeding 02950 -Eandaaape-PM~ing Division 3 - Goncnste 03200 ConcreteReinforcement 03300 Cast-in-Place ~Conc;rete D>wision ~6.- Site.Lfahfin 16050 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16120 Conductors and Cables 16130 Raceways and Bozes 16195 Electricalldentfication 16452 Grounding 16525 Exterior Lighting END OF SECTION OOOQS-2 1 ' DIVISION 0 -BIDDING AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SECTION 00010 -ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS ' COLUAABIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER Sealed bids for the Columbia Heights Public Safety Building will be received by the City of Columbia Heights, at 590 40'" Avenue Northeast, Columbia Heights, MN 55421 until ' 10:00 a.m. on Tuesday, August 12, 2008, at which time they will be opened and read publicly in Council Chambers Room 219. Bids received after this time and date will be returned unopened. ' The Owner will not accept faxed proposals. ' This Bid Package will consist of a separate sealed bid for the following Bid Divisions: Bid Division Bid Division Title CH1-02-1 .Site C{earing, Excavation, Landscaping, Water, Sanitary Sewer, Storm System .~ 1 CH1-02-2 Asphaftic.~oncnete Paving, Base Material ' CH1-03-1 Exterior Concrete, Sidewalk, Pads, Steps CH1-16-1 Electrical Site Lighting Bidding documents prepanrd by Buetow and Associates, Inc. will be available for public ' inspection July 22, 2008. Bidding documents will be at the office of the Architect, 2345 Rice Street, Suite 210, St. Paul, MN 55113; the office of the Construction Manager, 404A St. Croix Trail N, Lakeland, MN; at the office of the City of Columbia Heights, 590 40~' Avenue Northeast, Columbia Heights, MN; the McGraw Hill Construction Plan Room, Minneapolis; Reed Construction Data, and the Builders Exchanges of Minneapolis, St. Paul, and Duluth MN. ' Bidders may obtain a set of bidding documents by contacting Engineering Repro System at Phone: 763-6945900, www.ersdigital.com. Plan deposits and mailing fees are to be sent to ERS at 3005 Ranchview Lane North, Plymouth, MN 55447. Non-refundable plan deposit is $50.00 per set made payable to City of Columbia Heights. t Mailing fees are to be paid direct to Engineering Repro Services under separate cfxeck. There will be a Pre-Bid Meeting held on Tuesday, .luly 30, 2008 at 10:00 a.m. at the job- site location, 825 41st Avenue NE, Columbia Heights, MN. All bidders an: encouraged to ' attend. All questions must be received by David Olds, david olds~buetowarchitects.com no later than July 31, 2008. ' Each bid must be accompanied by a bid security in the amount of five percent (596) of the bid or in the form of a certified check; cashiers check or corporate surety bond, payable to the City of Columbia Heights, as a guarantee that if the proposal is accepted, the ' bidder will execute the contract and file the required bonds within ten (10) days after notice of award of contract. ' The bid division(s) being bid is (are) to be identified on the outside of the envelope. The successful bidder will be required to furnish and pay for a satisfactory Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond in the final sum of the full amount of the ' contract as awarded and provide a Certificate of Insurance. 00010-1 The City of Columbia Heights reserves the right to retain the bid security of the three ' lowest bidders for a period not to exceed sixty (60) days subsequent to the opening of bids. The City of Columbia Heights reserves the right to reject any or all bids or to waive ' any informalities in the bidding and further reserves the right to award the contract in a manner which is in the best interest of the City of Columbia Heights. END OF SECTION 00010-2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 J DIWISION 0 -BEDDING ANfl CDI~TRACT REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00100 -INSTRUCTION Tb BIDDERS . COLUAABIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER The Instructions to Bidders is AiA Document A709, issued by the American Institute of Architects, 1997 edition. ENC O~ SECTION OA100-1 1 Document A701° -1997 ' lnstrucdons to Bidders for the followMg PROJECT: ' (Name and location or address): Columbia Heights Public Safety Caster 825 41~ Avenue Nottheast Columbia Heights, MN 55421 THE OWNER: (Name and address City of Cohmtbia Heights 59040th Avenue Northeast Columbia Heights, MN 55421 THE ARCHITECT: (Name and address): Buetow and Associates 2345 Rice Street Suite 210 St. Paul, MN 55113 1 1 TABLE OF ARTICLES 1 DEFINR~NS 2 BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS 3 BIDDING DOCUMENTS 4 BIDDING PROCEDURES 5 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS 6 POST-BID INFORMATION 7 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 8 FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR ADDITION AND DEL.EIION: The author d this dotarrrterlt has added irtlotmation needed for Its omrtpietlon. The author may also nave revised the tela of the original AIA standard Conn. An Ad~ons and Dafetbne Report that rates added IrtMmlatlon as wet as revta(ans to the standard form tent Is avelleble cram the author and should Ne reviewed. A vertical Ins in the left margin of this document kidcates where the autlar has added necessary. information and wflere the author has added to or deleted t-om the original AIA text This document has impor~rtt legal wrtsegtlertces. Consultation with an attorney is enoaunrged with respect to Its co<rtpletlon or modNMstlon. AIA Docrenant A701~ -1997. Copyrlpltt ©1970,1974,1978, 7997 and 1987 bt- The Arnedcen Inetldile of And. A9 rlgMs reserved. WARNNOI: This AIA° Doarment b protected by U.S. OopyNgM Lew and MterrreUorrel lYeaaes. laauthorlrad reproductbn or distribution of this AIA° Document, or 1 any porson of It, may rewlt In severe civil and rabNnai permltl~, and will ba prosecuted M the mmdmum aztent possible under the law. This doaere~rd was prodixe:d br aw sortware at t ~ ~e on o7ntirmae under t7rder No.to0998A0Ba t which e~Nes on 7ns-xoo9, and Is na for regale. User Notes: ~ ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS , § 1.1 Bidding Documerns include the Bidding Requirements and the proposed Comrad Documents: The Bidding Requirements wnsist of the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Supplementary Inslrut:tions to Bidders, the bid form, and other sample bidding and contract forms. The proposal Contract Documents consist of ' the form of Agl+cement between the Owner and Contractar, Conditions of the Contract~(Ceneral, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications and all Addenda issued priar do execution of the Contract. § 1.2 Definitions set forth.in the taerteral Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AiA.Docwnertt:A201,~oir in , other Contract Docmrtems are applicable m the Bidding Documents. § 1.3 Addenda are written ar graphic instruments issued by the Architect priar to~the execution ~of~the. Contract which ' modify ar interpret the Bidding Documents by additions, deletions, clarif~aCrons ar corrections. § 1 A A Bid is a complete and properly executed proposal to do the Wank far the sums stipulated. therein, .submitted in acandancx with the Bidding Documents. ' § 1.'S The Base Bid is the sum stated ti the Bid for which the Bidder offers to pezfonn the Work described in the Biddmg Documents as the base, to which Work may be added ar from which Wark may be deletal for sums staffed in Alternate Bids. ' § 1.6 An Alternate Bid (ar Alternate) is an amount stated in the Bid to be added to~ar deducted from the.amount~of the Base Bid if the carr+espoltdingchonge in the Work, ss described in the Bidding lloclmrents, is:accepled. § 1.7 A Unit Price is an amount stated in the Bid as a price per rinit of nteasunemertt far materials,.equipment ar ' services or a portion of the Work as described in the Bidding Documents. § 1.8 A Bidder is a person ar entity who~submits a Bid and who meets the requirements set forth in the Bidding , Doculloents. § 1.9 ASub-bidder is a person ar entity who submits~~a bid to a Bidder for materials, equipment a lobar for a portion , of the Work. ARTICLE 2 BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS § 2.1 The Bidder by mating a Bid repzesents that: ' § 2.1.1 Tile Bidder has read and undearstands the Bidding Documents ar Contract Documents, to the extent that such documattation relates to the Work for wliich the Bid is submitted, and for other partions ~f the Project, if any, being bid conwrrently ar presently under construction. § 2.1.2 The Bid is made in compliance with the Bidding Documm~ts. `, §2.1.3 The Bidder has visited the site;. become.familiar with local conditions under which.the Work into be performed and has correlated the Bidder's personal observations with the requireme~uts of the proposed Contract ' Documents. § 2.1A The Bid is based upon the materials, aluipment~ and systems required by the Bidding.Docuatents without ' exception. ARTICLE 3 BIDDING DOCUMENTS § 3.1 COPIES ' § 3.1.1 Bidders may obtain .complete sets of the Bidding Documents' Error the issuing office designated in the Advertisement ar Invitation to Bid in~the number and far the deposit sum, if any, stated therein. The deposit will be refunded to Bidders who submit a bona fide Bid and return the Bidding.Ibcnmertts in good condition within ten days alley receipt of Bids. The cost of replacement of missing ar damaged documents will be deducted from the .' deposit. A Bidder receiving a Contract award may retain the Bidding Documents and the Bidder's deposit wr~l be refunded. AIA Damanerd A701~ -1!197. tbpyrigld• 197D; !974,1978,1987 and 199Thy Iris American In~laute of ArchaeCis. All rlylts fwd. WARNING:This `~' AIA° Document is preheated 6y U.S. OapyrJgM Lary and Irtterrretlorral Treaaes. lhrauthorlasd reprodrw~tlon or distr9wtlon at this AIA° Dscunerrt, or .Z arry partlon of iG may result in severe civil and p6nbral pmraNiaa, and wiN tar presecumd 1o tJat maxhnum axhaM poaeltrM under the law This document aaa produced by AIA so8ware at 11~4~18 en WM8I2008 urv~r t]rder No.10008B~084_1 rA*.t~ e~lres on 7115P28119, afrd is.not b resale. !Jeer Netee: ~ ~~ i t C ii § 3.1.2 Bidding Documents will not be issued directly to Sub-bidders unless specifically offered in the Advertisement or Imitalion•to Bid, or in supplementary instructions tD bidders. §3.1.3 Bidders shall use complete sets of Bidding Documents in preparing Bids; neither the Owner nor Atchiboct assumes responsibility for errors or misinterpretationsresulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Docltrrtents. § 3.7r4 The Owner and Architect may make copies of the Biddmg Documents available on the above terms for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work. No license or grant of use is conferred by issuance of copies of the Biding Documents. § 3.2 INTERPRETATION OR CORRECTION OF~BIDDING DOdIME1~TTS § 3.2.1 The Bidder shall carefully study and compare the Bidding Doctmnertts with each other, and with other work being bid concurrently or presently under consd~itction to the extent that it relates to the Work for which the Bid is submitted, shall examine the.site and local conditions, and shall at once report to the Architect errors, inconsistencies or ambiguities xliscovered. § 3.2.2 Bidders and Sub-bidders requiring clarification or interpretation of the Bidding Documents shall make a written request which shall reach the Architect at~least seven days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. § 3.2.3Irtterptetations, canections.and changes of the Bidding Documents will be made by Addendum. Interpretations, oomctions and changes of the Bidding Documents. made in a~ other manna will not be binding, and Bidders shall rat rely upon them. § 3.3 SUBSTIMIONS § 3.3.1 The materials, products and equipment described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of required function, dimension, appearance and quality to be met by any proposed snbstitntion. § 3.3.2 No snbslitntion will be aQnsidtred. prior to receipt of Bids unless written request for approval has been received by the Architect at•least ten days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. Such requests shall include the name of the material or equipment for which it is fA be snbs'tituted and a complete description of the proposed substitutlon including drawings, perfoniuutcx and test' data, and other information necessary for an evaluation. A statement setting forth changes in other materials, equipmerttor other portions of the Work, including changes in the work of other contracts that incorporation of the proposed substitution would require, shall be included. The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed substitution is upon the proposer. The Architect's decision of approval or disapproval of a proposed substitutiomshall be final. § 3.3.3 If the Architect approves~a proposed substitution prior to receipt of Bids, such approval will be set forth in as Addendum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made. in any other manner. § 3.3A No substit~ions will be considered after the Contract award unless specifically provided for in the Conduct Doctm~ents. § 3A ADDENDA § 34.1 Addenda will be transmitted m all who are (mown by the issuing office to have received a complete set of Bidding Doamretlts. § 3A2 Copies ~ Addenda will be made avsilabh for inspection wherever Bidding Documents are on file for that § 3.4.3 Addeuda will be issued no later than four days prior to the date for receipt of Bids except an Addendum withdrawing the request for Bids~or one which includes postponement of the date for receipt of Bids. §3.4.4 Each Bidder shall ascertain price to submitting a Bid that the Bidder has received all Addenda issued, and the Bidder shall acknowledge their receipt in the Bid. Au ooeunwrt A701+a -1897. CapyRtght ®1970.197 1978.1 sal end 1697 by The Amadcen trbtltute o? ArclNtacls. All Nphts reesrred WARANN6: This AIAe Dacrsnarrt Is protected try lt.S. CapyrlpM Law and kdemational Trestles. threrr8rorlaed reproduction or dislrR>tdion of the AIAe Decumard, ar eny portion o1 it, may nrauR in severe civil end crhrrtnai penalties, and will be prosecuted to the mmdmmn extant possible under the lew. This docurtrord Brea produced by AIA eafhrare ffi 11 ~4yt8 orr 07M&2008 under rider No.1000989084 1 tirl~lch expires on 7/t5P2009. and is not for reads. Uses !toles: (3738908729) ARTICLE 4 BIDDING PROCEDURES § 4.1 PREPARATION OF BIDS §4.1.1 Bids shall be submitted on the forms included with the Bidding Documents. §4.1.2 All blanks on the bid form shall be legibly executed in anon-erasable medium. §4.1.3 Sums shall be expressed in both words and figures. In case of discrep~cy, the amount written in words shall govern. § 4.1.4 Interlineations, alterations and erasures must be initialed by the signer of the Bid. § 4.1.5 All requested Alternates shall be bid. If no change in the Base Bid is required, enter "No Change." §4.1.6 Where two ar more Bids for designated portions of the Work have been requested, the Bidder may, without forfeiture of the bid security, state the Bidder's refusal to accxpt award of less than the ~mbination of Bids stipulated by the Bidder. The Bidder shall make no additiaatal stipulations on the bid form nar qualify the Bid in any other manner. §4.1.7 Each Dopy of the Bid shall state the legal name of the Bidder and the nature of legal farm of the Bidder. The Bidder shall provide evidence of legal authority tD perform within the jurisdiction of the Work. Each copy shall be signed by the perm ar persons legally authorized to bind the Bidder to a contract. A Bid by a corporation shall further give the state of incorporation and have the corporate seal afSxed. A Bid submitted by an agent shall have a cruretlt power of attorney attached certifying the agent's authority to bind the Bidder. § 42 BID SECURITY § 4.2.1 Each Bid shall be accompanied by a bid security in the farm and amount required if so stipulated in the Instructions to Bidders. The Bidder pledges to enter into a Contract with the Owner on the terms stated in the Bid and will, if required, furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the Contract and payment of all obligations arising thereunder. Should the Bidder refuse to enter into such Contract ar fail to furnish such bonds if required, the atnonnt of the bid security shall be forfeited to the Owner as liquidated damages, not as a penalty. The amount of the bid security shall not be forfeited to the Owner in the event the Owner fails to comply with Section ti.2. § 4.2.2 If a sleety bond is required, it shall be written on AIA Document A310, Bid Bond, miles otherwise provided in the Bidding Documents, and the attorney-in-fact who executes the bond on behalf of the surety shall afFx to the bond a certified and current copy of the power of attorney. §4.2.3 The Owner will have the right to retain the bid security of Bidders to whom an award is being cwtsidered until either (a) the Contract has been executed and bonds. if required, have been furnished, or (b) the specified time has elapsed ~ that Bids may be withdrawn or (c) all Bids have been rejected. § 4.3 SUBMISSION OF BIDS § 4.3.1 A!1 copies of the Bid, the bid security, if a1ry, and any other docturnnts required to be submitted with the Bid sl~ll be enclosed in a sealed opaque envelope. The envelope shall be addressed to the party receiving the Bids and shall be identified with the Project name, the Bidder's name and address and, if applicable, the designated portion of the Work far which the Bid is submitted. If the Bid is sent by mail, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope with the notation "SEri-LED BID ENCLOSBD" on the faa thereof. § 4.3.2 Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time and date for receipt of Bids. Bids roceived after the time and date for receipt of Bids will be returned unopened. §4.3.3 The Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of Bide § 4.3.4 Oral, telephonic, telegraphic, facsimile or other electronically trarlsrrritted bids will not be considered. §414 NIODIFICATION OR IMTHDRAWAL OF BID § 4.4.1 A Bid may not be modified, withdrawn or canceled by the Bidder during the stipulated time period following the time and date designated for the receipt of Bids, and each Bidder so agrees in submitting a Bid. AIA Documerrt A701 n -1997. Copyright O 1970,1974,1978,1887 and 1997 by The AmerN:an InsBtu~ d Ard~teds. All rights reserved. WARNINri: Thls AIAe Document Is protected by U.S. CopyrlgM leer and Mterrmilonal Trestles, l)nauthorlasd reproduction or dlstributlon of this AIAe Dowaoent, or any portlon or It, may resua in severe clvll and criminal permltles, and will be prasaeutad is the mmcNnum extent posdbb under the Iaw. This document w~ pnxluoed by AlA sdhrare at 11:94:48 Oti 07/162008 under Order No.1000384084 1 YIIhICh expires on 7H512009, and is not for reeds. lbsr Notes: (9798909723) i i 7 i i § 4.4.2 Prior to the tiara and date designated for receipt of Bids, a Bid submitted may be modified or withdrawn by notice to the patty receiving Bids at the place designated for receipt of Bids. Such notice shall be in writing over the signature of the Bidder. Written oonfiralation over the signature of the Bidder shall be received, and date- and time- stamped by the receiving party on or before the date and time set for receipt of Bids. A change shall be ~ worded as not to reveal the amount of the original Bid. §4.4.3 Withdrawn Bids may be resubmtted up to the date and time designated for the receipt of Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these Instructions to Bidders. § 4.4.4 Bid security, if required, shall be in an amount sufficient for the Bid as resubmitted. ARTICLE 5 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS § 5.10PENING OF BIDS At the discretion of the Owner, if stipulated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, the properly identified Bids received on time will be publicly opened and will be read aloud. An abstract of the Bids may be made available to Bidders. § 52 REJECTION OF BIDS The Owner shall have the right to reject any or all Bids. A Bid not accompartied by a required bid security or by other data r+ogoir+cd by the Bidding Documents, or a Bid which is in any way incomplete or irregular is subject to rejection. § 5.3 ACCEPTANCE OF BID (AWARD) § 5.3.1 It is the intent of the Owner to award a Contract to the lowest qualified Bidder provided the Bid has been submitted in accordance with the regniremertts of the Bidding Documents and does not exceed the fiords available. The Owner shall have the right to waive informalities and irregularities in a Bid received and to accept the Bid which, in the Owner's judgment, is in the Owner's own best interests. § 5.3.2 The Owner shall have the right to accept Alter in any order or combination, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Bidding Documents, and to determine the low Bidder on the basis of the sum of the Base Bid and Alternates aaxpted. ARTICLE 6 POST-BID MIFORMATION § 6.1 CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT Bidders to whom award of a Contract is under consideration shall submit to the Architect, upon request, a properly executed AIA Document A305, Contractor's Qualification Statement, unless such a Staterrrertt has been previously required and submitted as a prerequisite to the issuance of Bidding Documents. § 6.2 OWNER'S FINANCUIL CAPABILITY The Owner shall, at the request of the Bidder to whom award of a Contract is under consideration and no later than seven days prior to the expiration of the tins: for withdrawal of Bids, firrnish to the Bidder rt:asonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the ContracK. Unless such reasonable evidence is furnished, the Bidder will not be required to execute the Agreement between the Owner and Contractor. § 6.3 SUBMRTALS § 6.3.1 The Bidder shall, as soon as pracxicable or as stipulated in the Bidding Documents, after notification of selection for the award of a Contract, furnish to the Owner through the Architect in writing: .1 a designation of the Work to be performed with the Bidder's own forces; .2 names of the manufacturers, products, and the suppliers of principal items or systems of materials and equipment proposed far the Work; and .3 names of persons or entities (including those who are to firrnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for the principal portions of the Work. § 6,3.2 The Bidder will be required to establish to the satisfaction of the Architect and Owner the reliability and responsibility of the persons or entities proposed to furnish and perform the Work descn'bed in the Bidding Documatts. AU1 Dogllrllyd A701TM -1987. tAopyright ®1970.1974,1978,1997 and 1997 ty The American Inettuhl of Aichaacls. AN rl8hts resarvsd. WARNING: This AWe Document Is protected bI- U.S. CopyriBM Law and Aderiredonal 7Yeatles. Umnnharized reproductlon or distdbutlon of this AIAe Document, or any portlon of It, may reauft M severe chill and crimirml penal9es, and will be prosecuted to the msxYnum extent possibN under the law. This document was produced by AU1 soilwere at 17 ~4~98 on 07hB/2009 under Omer Na100099A094_1 which expires on 7/1 5 12 0 0 8. and is not for neade. User Notes: (3799725) § 6.3.3 Prior to the execution of the Contract, the Architect will notify the Bidder in writing if either the Owner or Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to a person ~ entity proposed by the Bidder. If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a proposed person or entity, the Bidder may, at the Bidder's option, (1) withdraw the Bid or (2) submit an acceptable substitute person or entity with an adjustment in the Base Bid or Alternate Bid to cover the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution. The Owner may accept the adjusted bid price or disqualify the Bidder. In the event of either withdrawal or disqualification, bid security will not be forfeited. §6.3.4 Persons and entities proposed by the Bidder and to whom the Owner and Architect have made no reasonable objecxion mast be used on the Work for which they were proposed and shall not be changed except with the written onnsent of the Owner and Architect. ARTICLE 7 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND § 7.1 BOND REQUIREMENTS § 7.1.1 If stipulated in the Bidding Documents, the Bidder shall furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the Contract and paymalt of all obligations arising thereunder. Bonds may be aecurvd through the Bidder's usual sotnoea § 7.1.Z If the fiunislling of such bonds is stipulated in the Bidding Documents, the cost shall be included in the Bid If the fianishing of such bonds is required after receipt of bids and before execution of the Contract, the cost of such bonds shall be added to the Bid in deteratining the Contract Sum. § 7.1.3 If the Owner requires that bonds be secured from other than the Bidder's usual sources, changes in cost will be adjusted as provided in the Contract Documents. § 72 TIME OF DELNERY AND FORM OF BONDS § 721 The Bidder shall deliver the required bonds to the Owner not later than three days following the date of execution of the Contract. If the Wark is to be commenced prior thereto in response to a letter of intent, the Bidder shall, price to contmencerrtertt of the Work, submit evidence satisfactory to the Owner that such horde will be furrtished and delivered in accordance with this Section 7.2.1. § 7.2.2 Unless otheaarise provided, the bonds shall be written on AIA Document A312, Performance Bond and Payment Bond. Both bands shall be written in the aawunt of the Contract Sum § 723 The bonds shall be dated on or after the dace of the Contract. § 7.24 The Bidder shall require the attoraey-in-fact who executes the required bonds on behalf of the surety to affix thereto a certified and tartrertt Dopy of the power of attorney. ARTICLE 8 FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR Unless otherwise required in the Bidding Documents, the Agreement far the Work will be wrimert on AIA Document A101, Standard Form of Agreerrtent Between Owner and Contractor When: the Basis of Payment Is a Stipulated Sum AIA Docanent A701n-1897. Copyright®1870, 1974,197a,1967 and 1997 by The Ameriven Irxo6drte of Ard~itects. All rights reserved. WARNING: Thls AIA° Document Is protected by U.S. Copyright Law end InteRxxtiorral Trealtve. Urreuthortasd nstuoductbn or distribudon of this AIA° Document, or any por0on of [t, msy rewlt In severe civil and crpninal penalties, and will be prosecuted m the maximum extent passible under the Iaw. Tics dxwnent was produced by AIA software e< 1134516 an 07!1612009 under rider No.1000369064_i which expires an 7/1SI2008, and is not for resale. User Notes: (979!1809723) 1 1 DIVISION 0 -BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREAAENTS SECTION 00110 - SUPPLEAAENTAUSPECIAL INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS COLUAABIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS AMEND, SUBTRACT OR ADD TO THE INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS AIA DOCUMENT X701. 1997 EDITION. ARTICLE 1 ' 1. DEFINITIONS 1.2 In the first line change the word "A201" to A201/CMa". ' 1.10 Add a new paragraph: ' "A Bid Division is a unit of work to be performed by a contractor and his subcontractors which forms part of the total project. The term Bid Division should not be confused with the term Technical Division. Basically, the Technical ' Division specifies quality and pertormance, the Bid Division denotes work scope." 1.11 Add a new paragraph: ' "A Bid Division Description is a written description of the scope of work to be performed by a bidder in a specific Bid Division.' ARTICLE 3 3. BIDDING DOCUMENTS 3.1 Copies ' 3.1.3 Insert the words ", Construction Manager" after the word "Owner° in the first line. 3.2 Interpretation or Correction of Bidding Documents. ' 3.2.2 Delete the period at the end of the paragraph and continue the sentence as follows: ".., or make verbal nrquest to the Architect at the Pre-Bid Meeting " 3.3 Substitutions 3.3.1 Add the following: ' `°UVhere several materials are speafied under the same heading, selection shall be at the option of the Bidder. Where materials or products are specked ' accompanied with the phrase "Approved Substitution", or similar verbiage, the Bidder may submit materials or products for approval in accordance with Subparagraph 3.3.2." ' 3.3.2 In the second line change the word "ten" to "seven working". 3.4 Addenda. 00110-1 1 3.4.3 Delete this paragraph. 4. BIDDING PROCEDURES 4.1 Preparation of Bids 4.1.1 Delete the remainder of sentence after the wont "forms" and add the following words "provided by the Construction Manager." 4.1.2 Delete this paragraph. 4.1.7 Delete the words "copy of the" after the first word "Each". Delete the first two words in the third sentence "Each copy". ARTICLE 6 6.1 POST BID INFORMATION 6.1 Contractor's Qualification Statement Insert the words "Construction Manager or" prior to the word "Architect" in the first Itne. B.3 Submittals 6.3.1 In the second line, replace the word "Architect' with Construction Manager". Delete the colon after the wont 'tinrriting", and add the following: "All Pnr-Contract Pertormance Submittals as specified in Section 00600". Delete items .1, .2, and .3 from this paragraph. - 6.3.2 Insert the words "Construction Manager'" prior to the wont "Architect" in the first line. 6.3.3 Delete this paragraph in its entirety and replace with "Prior to the award of the Contract, the Construction Manager will notify the Bidder in writing if either the Owner, Construction Manager, or Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable and substantial objection to any person or entity on such list, and refuses in writing to accept such persons or organization. The bidder may, at their option, (1) withdraw the bid; (2) submit an acceptable substitute pen;on or entity at no change in cost; (3) submit an acceptable substitute person or entity with an adjustment in the Bid price to Dover the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution'. 6.3.4 Insert the words ", Construction Manager" after the word "Owned' in the first line. Insert the words °, Construction Manager" after the word "Owners in the third line. ARTICLE 7 7. PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 7.1 Bond Requirements 00110-2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7.1.3 Delete this paragraph in its entirety and replace with °The sureties shall be authorized and licensed to conduct sunny business in the stafie in which the Project is located, and:the sureBes and any reinsuring companies shall be listed in the current Department ~of the Treasury Circular No. 570 with an underwriting limitation equal to or greater than the Contract Sum." 7.1.4 Add a new paragraph: "The Owner n:serves the right~to waive bonds on contracts." ARTICLE '8 8. FORM OF AGREEINENT ~BETtI.V~EN O~YARWER AND CONTRACTOR In the second line change the~word "A101~"~fio A1.01/CMa". END OF SECTION 00110-3 J 1 1 DNISION 0 -BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00200 -PROPOSAL SECTION t COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER 1.0 ATTENTION ALL BIDDERS ' A. This is a Construction Management Project. There is no General Contractor. All contractors on this Project are considered prime contractors. The Owner will award separate contracts for all Bid Divisions involved in the Project. The Project will be administered by the Construction Manager. 2.0 BID DIVISION UNIT A. Although each Bid Division involves an obvious and recognizable segment of 'conventional" subcontracting, multiple contract pertomtance nrquires that adjustments be made to permit the completion of a bid division as a construction unit. Each contractor is to review the total scope of their ' responsibilities with respect to the work of their division and provide for same in their proposal. 3.0 BID DIVISION DESCRIPTION A. For clarfication purposes the scope of the work involved in each Bid Division is defined in three categories: '"EXCLUDED", "INCLUDED", and ' "ALSO INCLUDED". B. Information provided under the heading "EXCLUDED" is for the purpose of ' noting a point of beginning and/or to eliminate fringe involvements that might be inadvertently included in the scope of the work. Information under this heading is not always required to define a Bid Division. C "INCLUDED" i " " . tems are the obvious and/or conventional work scope of a Bid Division. ' D. Information under "ALSO INCLUDED" points out the "unconventional" and/or less obvious items of work inGuded in the Bid Division, as well as the fringe imrolvemerrts that could inadvertently be missed in evaluating ' the scope of the work. Information under this heading is not always required to define a Bid Division. ' 4.0 MANDATORY INTERFACES A. The scope of each contractor's work is defined in the description of their Bid Division. Each contractor shall familiarize themselves with the ' requirements of those Bid Divisions that intertace with their own. They shall consider the fact that their work follows the work of another contractor and that still another contractor will interface with the work of their Bid Division and the intent is to produce a complete and finished construction Project. ' 5.0 PRE-BID MEETING A. A Pre-Bid Meeting with interested bidders shall be held after documents have been sent out and before the bid date. The purpose of the meeting ' is to familiarize bidders with the project. The Owner, Architect, Engineers, and Construction Manager shall be in attendance. The schedule of the 00200-1 meeting will be sent out by the Construction Manager. Bidders are urged to attend. 6.0 BIDDING AND AWARD A. All bidders must submit their proposal on the form provided. Failure to do so may jeopardize the offerers chances of nrceiving an award. B. There is no limit as to the number of Bid Divisions any one contractor can bid. However, each contractor is requested to enter a figure for each and every bid division they are bidding, which may be a consideration for award in that division. Space is provided in the Proposal Form to accommodate combined proposals, if any contractor bidding more than one division wishes to be considered on this alternate basis. C. The award of all Bid Divisions will be based on the dollar value of the proposal, the qual'fications of the contractor and ability to perform. Bidders are cautioned to fill in all blanks on the pages of the proposal they are submitting by noting "N/A" in those blanks not applicable to their particular proposal. 7.0 ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF BIDS A. The bidder by submitting their bid: 1) acknowledges the right of the Owner to accept or reject any and all bids and to waive any informality or irregularity in any bid received, 2) acknowledges the right of the Owner to acxept any combination of Bid Divisions the Owner desires, and 3) represents that they will accept award, n~ardless of who the other Bid Division contractors may be. 8.0 MILESTONE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. A milestone construction schedule for the Project has been developed by the Construction Manager. Each bidder is n~uin:d to review the milestone dates indicated therein and to either endorse or amend them within the context of the portion(s) they an: bidding. A space is provided on the Proposal Form for specfic endon~ement or amendment. B. The milestone dates as endorsed and/or amended by the successful bidders and accepted by the Owner will be used as the basis for a Construction Schedule by which the project will be built. C. The affect of any amendment to the schedule shall be considered when selecting a contractor for performance of the work due to the fact that time is of the essence to the Owner. Bidders are obligated to comment on the milestone dates if, in their opinion, they do not realistically depict the time interval for performance of the work in their bid division(s). END OF SECTION 00200-2 ' DIVISION 0 -BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00210 -MILESTONE SCHEDULE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER The Milestone Schedule indicates completion dates for significant activities during the construction period. Completion of an activity is considered to be attained when the Work of subsequent activities can proceed in accordance with their scheduled dates. During the construction period, a Construction Schedule will be collectively developed and updated from current information and input from Contractors. The Construction Schedule will detail contractor performance responsibilities between project milestones. ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION START DATE WEEK OF Temporary Power Erosion Control &27-08 Site Clearing and Grubbing 9-1-08 Earthwork/Soil Correction 9-8-08 Site Sanitary Site Water 9-8-08 9-8.08 Site Storm 9.29-08 Landscaping -Phase 1 9-29-08 Retaining Walls -Phase 1 9-29-08 Curb and Gutter -Phase 1 10-13-08 Base Course 10-13-08 ' Site Concrete -Phase 1 10-13-08 Site Lighting -Phase 1 10-13-08 Asphalt Paving -Phase 1 10-27-08 Earthwork -Phase 2 Dec 2008 -May 2009 Site Lighting -Phase 2 Building Hookup Dec. 2008 ' Landscaping -Phase 2 May 2009 -Sept 2009 Retaining Walls -Phase 2 May 2009 -Sept 2009 Site Lighting -Phase 3 .. Site Concrete -Phase 2 May 2009 -Sept 2009 June 2009 -Sept 2009 Asphalt Paving -Phase 2 June 2009 -Sept 2009 ' END OF SECTION 00210-1 1 1 1 1 DIVISION 0 -BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00220 - GEOTECHNICAL REPORT COLUAII$IA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. A geotechnical exploration was previously conducted by Braun Intertec Corporation and is available for review at the City of Columbia Heights Office. 1 1 1 1 1.02 USE OF DATA A. This report is grounded for the Engineer's use in design and is not to be considered a park of the Contract Documents. The report is not a warranty of subsurface conditions. No responsibility is assumed by the Architect, Construction Mac~ager~or the Owner for subsoil quality or conditions. B. Bidders should visit the' site and acquaint themselves with all existing conditions. Prior to bidding, Bidders may make their own subsurtaoe investigations to satisfy themselves as to site and subsurface conditions, but all such investigations shall be pertormed only under time schedules and arrangements approved in advance by the Owner. 1.03 OWNER'S TESTING AGENCY . A. The Owner will engage the services of an independent testing firm. This testing firm will take random soil .compaction tests prior to placement of concrete slabs and footings. They will also do c~mpressive~ testing on concrete cylinders prepared by the Contractor. All special inspection testing by Owner's consultant. B. Owner testing agency will not be responsible for testing or verifying proper soil compaction for each individual Contractor. Proper execution of the work is the Contractor's responsibility. C. Any extra or additional testing as a result of the Contractor failing ~to have his work acceptable at the time of the original testing, shall be borne by the responsible Contractor. D. Reference Section 01400 Quality Control for specific testing requirements. END OF SECTION 1 1 I 00220-1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Geotechnical Evaluation Report Public Safety Building 41p Avenue NE Columbia Heights, Minnesota ~P~ ~ City of Columbia Heights Professional Certification: I hereby certify that this plan, speaf~catton, or report was prepan3d by me or under my din3ct supervision and that I am a duly Licensed Prof ~ngineei under the laws of the State of Mirk g ~r~~~r •'•~- ~. • uCENS:ED •. S ~ P80ft5SlO:+tl~; Steven B. Martin, PE ~ ~qi~R - Associate Principal i License Number: 41271 $~'~'•.• 4t~t ..~ p~~* M 12 2008 r~i •••• •.••- g ~ . ~Ali~ i4li Project SP-08-01291 Braun Intertec Corporat'wn r pg1 =~O ~ - B~A~~ INTERTEC May 12, 2008 Mr. Kevin Hansen City of Columbia Heights 590 40~' Avenue NE Columbia Heights, MN 55421 Re: Geotechnical Evaluation Public Safety Building 41~ Avenue NE Columbia Heights, Minnesota Dear Mr. Hansen: Bwua Intertee Coeporafioa Phone 651:487.3245 1826 Buerkk Road Fox: 65)A87.1812 Soim Pain MN 55110 Welx braxxlnktlecoom Project SP-08-01291 We are pleased to present thls Geotechn'ICaI Evaluation Report for the Columbia Heights Public Safety Building. A summary of our results, and a summary of our recommendations in light~of the' geotecfinlcal issues influencing design and construction, is presented below. More detaNed informatbn and recommendations follow. Summary of Results We completed thirteen standard penetration borings as part of our evaluation. Borings ST 1; ST-2 and ST-3 initially encountered pavements. The pavement section was approximately 12 to 14 inches thlcl~:(3 to 4 inches of bituminous and 8-to 1.1 inches of.aggregate base) at each boring location. Existing fill was encountered below the pavement materials.at the boring locations. The existing fill extended to.deptfas of between about 1 to 20 feet. Having penetrated the pavement and existing~fill, glacial till was encountered at all boring locations. The glaclal till was encountered to various depths between 7'r4 to 28 feet. However, pockets of glacial outwash were also encountered in Borings ST-12 and ST 1'3. The outwash encountered to termination depth at both locations. Groundwater was not observed as our soil borings were advanced. Based on the molsture~conterlts of~the geologic materials encountered, it appears.that groundwater was below the depths explored. Summary of Recommendations The geotechnical issues influencing design of foundations and slabs appear to consist. of the follow items: 1) Existing fill was noted to be locally loose or soft~in the footprint of the oid.school building. Unoontrolle~d fill will induce settlement under structural and traffic loads within the buNding footprint and pavement areas especially at Boring ST-4 where the existing fill extends relatively deep, 2) Locally soft.glacial-soils may also be encountered during excavation, and 3) Clayey soils when wet can ~become~ increasingly difficult to work with, causing rutting and overall general weakening of the soli under construction traffic. Based on discussions and regarding these issues, we developed recommendations, provided in the attached Geotechiral Evaluation Report. Remarks ~R~~~ INTERTEC Celebrating 50 years of growth through seroicc and crust City of Columbia Heights Project SP-08-01291 May 12, 2008 Page 2 Thank you for makir~ Braun Intertec your geotechnic~l consultant for this project. If you have questions about this report, or if there are other services that we can provide in support of our work to date, please call Sarah Mattes at 651.487.7090. . Sincerely, BRAUN INTERTEC CORPORATION • ~ ~ saran A. Mattes Staff Engineer Steven B. Martin, PE .. ~ ~ .. .... ~ ~ ~ ~ , .~ Associate Principal ..r ~ ~ ... ~ ~ •~ ~ .. .~ c: Mr. Doc Smith, EDS BuUders Mr. David Olds, Buetow and Assodates Geoteduttc~ll Report B R~~ INTERTEC 1 1 Table of Contents Description ~e A. lntroduction .........................................................................................................................1 A.1. Project Description ............................................................................................... ..1 A.2. Purpose ........................................................................................................:....... ..1 A.3. Background information and Reference Documents .............................................1 A.4. Sim Conditions ....................................................................................................... 2 A.5. Scope of Servkes .............................................:.................................................. .. 2 A.5.a. Reconnaissance ................................................................................ 2 A.S.b. Staking and Surveying ................................................................ ....... 2 A.S.c. Subsurface Exploration ...................................................................... 2 B. Results ...............................................................................................................................3 6.1. Exploration Logs .................................................................................................... 3 B.1.a. Log of Boring Sheets ........... .............................................................. 3 B.1.b. Geologic Origins ................................................................................... 3 B.2. Geologic Profile ...................................................................................................... 3 B.2.a. Pavement Materials ........................................................................... 4 B2.b. Existing Fill ..:......................................................................................4 B.2.c. Glacial Solis ....................................................................................... 4 B.2.d. Inferred Geologic Material Properties ................................................ 4 6.2.e. Groundwater ..........................:...........................................................5 6.3. Laboratory Test Results .........................................................................................5 C. Basis for Recommendatlons ............................................................................................... 5 C.1. Design Details ........................................................................................................ 5 C.1 .a. Building Structure Loads ................................................................... 5 C.1.b. Pavements and Traffic Loads ............................................................ 6 C.1.c. Anticipated Grade Changes ............................................................... 8 C.1.d. Settling Pond ..................................................................................... B C.1.e. Precautions Regarding Changed Information ................................... 6 C.2. Design and Construction Considera~ons ............................................................... 6 D. Recommendations ..............................................................................................................7 D.1. Building Subgrade Preparatlon ............................................................... ......... 7 D.1.a. Excavations ....................................................................................... 7 D.1 .b. Excavation Support ............................................................... ...... 8 . ... D.1.c. Selecting Excavation Backfill and Additional Required Fill ................ 8 D.1.d. Placement and Compaction of Backfili and Fill ............:.................... 9 D.2. Spread Footings ............................................................. ...................................... 9 :: D.2.a. Embedment Depth ........................................................................... 9 D.2.b. Net Allowable Bearing Pressure ........................................................ 9 D.2.a Settlement ..........................................................................................9 D.3. Below-Grade Walls .............................................................................................. 10 D.3.a. Drainage Control ............................................................................. 10 D.3.b. Selection Placement and Compaction of Backfill ........................... 10 D.3.c. Configuring and Resisting Lateral Loads ......................................... 10 D.4. Interior Slabs ....................................................................................................... 11 D.4.a. Subgrade Modulus .......................................................................... 11 D.4.b. Moisture Vapor Protection ............................................................... 11 B~-~V~ INTERTEC Table of Contents (Continued) D.5. Exterior Slabs ....................................................................................................... 12 D.B. Pavements ........................................................................................................... 12 D.e.a. Pavement Subgrade Preparation .................................................... 12 D.B.b. Subgrade Proof-Roll ........................................................................ 13 D.B.c. Design Sections ............................................................................... 13 D.B.d. Materials and Compaction ................................................................. 13 . D.B.e. Subgrade Drainage ............................................................................ 14 D.7. Utilities .................................................................................................................. 14 D.7.a. Subgrade Stabilization ..................................................................... 14 D.7.b. Selection Placement and Compaction of Backflll ........................... 14 D.B. Settling Pond ........................................................................................................ 14 D.9. Construdion Quality Controf ................................................................................ 14 D.9.a. Excavation Observations ................................................................. 14 D.9.b. Materials Testing ............................................................................. 14 D.9.c. Pavement Subgrede Proof-Roll ....................................................... 15 D.9.d. Cold Weather Precautfons .............................................................. 15 E. Procedures ..................................................................................................................... 15 E.1. Exploratory Borings .............................................................................................. 15 E.2. Material Classification and Testing ..................................................................... 15 E.2.a. Visual and Manual Classification ..................................................... 15 E.2.b. Laboratory Testing ........................................................................ 16 E.3. Groundwater Measurements ............................................................................... 16 F. Qualifk~tions .................................................................................................................... 16 F.1. Variations in Subsurface Conditions .................................................................... 18 F 1.a. Material Strata .................................................................................. 18 ; F.1.b. Groundwater Levels ......................................................................... 18 ' F.2. ContinuNy of Professional Responsibility ............................................................. 17 F.2.a. Plan Review ..................................................................................... 17 F.2.b. Construction Observations and Testing ........................................... 17 F.3. Use of Report ....................................................................................................... 17 F.4. Standard of Care .................................................................................................. 17 Appendix Boring Locafion Sketch Log of Boring Sheets Descriptive Termiralogy BRAIFN ' INTERTEC I 9g7 * Zoo ~ ~ ,,. .~ $:' sR~u~ INTERTEC A. Introduction A.1. Project Description Braun IMertee Corporation 1626 Busrkle Rood Soint Paul, MN 55110 Phone: 651.487.3245 Frnc 651.487.1812 Web: brouninlerlecrom This Geotechnical Evaluation Report addresses the construction of the proposed Columbia Heights Public Safely Building. The scope of the project is shown in the site plan provided by Buetow and Associates in the Appendix. A.2. Purpose The purpose of our geotechnical evaluation per the RFP provided by EDS Builders, dated March 26, 2008: ^ characterize subsurface conditions wfthin the proposed Public Safety Building. ^ provide recommendations for the preparation of the subgrades for support of foundations, slabs, pavements and utilities, ^ provide recommendations for paving thicknesses at concrete, Ilght-duty bituminous, medium-duty bituminous and heavyduty bituminous, ^ provide recommendations for slab thicknesses at interior offices, apparatus bay and parking garage, ^ provide recommendations for exterior stoops, ^ provide soil analysis to 15 feet within proposed settling pond. A.3. Background Information and Reference Documents To facilitate our evaluation, we were provided with or reviewed the following information or documents: ^ Sfte plan provided by Buetow and Associates ^ Geologic atlas B~A~~ INTERTEC Celebrating 50 years of growth through service and trust City of Cdumbia Heights Project SP-08-01291 May 72, 2008 Page 2 A.4. Site Conditions Our reference documents indicate that there was a school building on the south end of the proposed site which has been demolished and It's footprint backfilled. No records have been provided for compaction testing on the backfill material or of excavation observations after the removal of the structure. Currently, the site slopes down on the south end to a relathrely flat site. Bituminous pavements partially ever the site, while the remaining portions consist of landscaped areas. A.5. Scope of Services Our scope of services for this project was originally submitted as a Proposal to Mr. Doc Smith of EDS Builders who provided authorization to proceed on April 8, 2008. Tasks completed in accordance vdth our authorrzed scope of services are descrtbed below. Our scope of services was performed under the terms of our June 15, 2006, General Conditions. A.5.a. Reconnaissance We performed a reconnaissance of the site primarily to evaluate equipment access to exploration locatbns. A.5.b. Staking and Surveying We staked expoaration locations by measuring dimensions from nearby buildings or other site features with a tape or surveyor's wheel at approximate right angles from those references. Surface elevations were measured using a surveyor's level. We referenced surface elevations to the fire hydrant located at 4181 Avenue and Jackson Street NE, whose top nut was reported to be at elevation 925.15 from the certificate of survey provided by Kemper & Associates, Inc.. A.S.c. Subsurface Exploration We drilled thirteen standard penetration test borings for the proposed Public Safety Faality as shown on the attached drawing provided by Buetow and Associates. Borings were drilled as listed below. ^ Six borings were drilled within the proposed building, extending them to 25 feet. ^ Five boring were drilled within proposed pavement areas, extending them to 10 feet. ^ One boring was drill within the proposed settling pond, extending it to 15 feet. B RAU ~ I NTE RTEC ' City of Columbia Heights Project SP-08-01281 ' May 12, 2008 Page 3 ^ One boring was drilled within an underground holding tank excavation area associated with NEl ' College of Technology, extending k to a depth of 15 feet. This boring was intended to be Boring ST 7 as shown on the sketch, however Boring ST-4 erioountered the deep fill placement after the . tank removal. ' Penetration tests were performed at 21/2 foot vertical intervals to a depth of about 15 feet, and at 5 foot intervals at greater depths. 1 ' B. Results B.7. Exploration Logs B.1.a. Log of Boring Sheets Log of Boring sheets for our penetration test borings are included in the Appendix. The logs Identify and ' describe the geologic materials that were penetrated, and present the results of penetration resistance, laboratory tests performed on penetratbn test samples retrieved from them, and groundwater ' measurements. Strata boundaries were inferred from changes to the penetratwn test samples and the auger cuttings. ' Because sampling was not performed continuously, the strata boundary depths are only~approximate. . The boundary depths likely vary away from the boring locations, and the boundaries themselves may also occur as gradual rather than abrupt transitions. B.'1.b. Geologic Origins . ' Geologic origins ~ssighed to the materials shown on the bgs and referencx~d within this report were based on: (1) a review of the background Information and reference documents cited above, (2) visual class(flcation of the various geology material samples retrieved during the course of our subsurface t exploration, (3) penetration resistance, (4) laboratory test results, and (5) available common knowledge of the geologic processes and environments that have impacted the site and surrounding area in the past. ' B.2. Geologic Profile ' As revealed by the soil boring logs, the site is underlain with a variety of geologic materials including existing fill, glacial soils and alluvial soils. ~ sRwuN INTERTEC CKy of Columbia Heights Project SP-08-07291 May 12, 2008 Page 4 B.2.a. Pavement AAsterials Pavement was encountered at Borings ST-1, ST 2 and ST-3. The pavement section was approximately 12 to 74 inches thtd< (3 to 4 inches of bituminous artd 8 to 11 inches of aggregate base) at each boring Location. B.2.b. Existing Fill F~cisting fill was encountered below the pavement materials at the boring locations. The existing flit extended to depths of between about 1 to 20 feet. The existing fill consisted of poorly graded sand (SP), poorly graded sand with slit (SP-SM), silty sand (SM), clayey sand (SC) and sandy lean day (CL). The fill was shades of brown and gray and was typically moist, but oocasionaly wet. B.2.c. Glacial Soils Having penetrated the pavement and existing fill, glaaal till was encountered at all boring locations. The glacial till was encountered fo various depths between 7'r~ to 25 feet. The glacial tili consisted of sandy lean clay (CL) and clayey sand {SC) that was shades of gray and red brown and was generally moist to wet. However, pockets of glaci~ outwash were also encountered in Borings ST-12 and ST 13. The outwash soils were encountered to termination depth in both Borings. The glacial ouiwash consisted of fine-to- mediumgrained poorly graded sand (SP), poorly graded sand with silt (SPSM) and silly sand {SM) that was typically moist. After penetrating the pavement, existing fill, glacaal till and glacial oulwash, Borings ST-1, ST-3, and ST-6 enoounten~d glaciofluvium to termination. The glaciofluvium consisted silt {ML) that was shades of brown and gray and was moist to wet. B.2.d. Inferred Geologic Material Properties The results aE our penetration resistance testing are summarised below in Table 1. Comments are provided to qualify the significance of the results. Table 1. Penetration Resistance Data Range of Penetration Geologic Material Classiticartion Resistances Comments SP, SP-SM, SM. SC, Variable and locally poorly Existing FIIi CL WH'to 29 BPF compacted 4 to 29 BPF, Generally Glacial Soils- Cohesive CL, SC beiween 7 to 16 BPF Rather soR to very stiff Very loose to medium Glaaal Soils-Cohesionless SP, SP-SM, SM, ML 2 to 34 BPF dense WN' = weight of hammer R-~~ N iNTERTEC 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 City of Columbia Heights Project SP-08-01291 May 12, 2008 Page 5 B.2.e. Groundwater Groundwater was not observed as our sal borings were advanced. Based on the moisture contents of the geologic materials en~ur>tered, it appears that groundwater was below the depths explored. B.3. Laboratory Test Results 12esulLg of our laboratory tests are presented below in Tables Z. Table 2. Laboratory Classific~ion Test~Results Location Sample Depth (ft) Classification Moisture Content (9~.) Percent Passing a fiZ00 Ste~re Liquid Limit Plastic Index ST 1 2.5 Ci_ /5 - - - ST-1 7.5 CL 17 51 - - ST-3 5 CL 17 - - - ST-3 7.5 CL 18 - 30 1B ST-4 5 SP-SM 7 12 - - ST-5 2.5 CL 14 - - - ST 8 5 CL 23 - - - ST 7 5 SC 15 49 - - ST-8 5 SC 21 42 - - ST 9 5 CL 16 - - - ST 10 2.5 SC 17 - - - ST 10 5 CL 15 - 27 14 ST 11 2.5 CL 14 - - .- ST 12 2.5 CL 18 47 - ~- ST-12 5 CL 1 B - - - ST 13 7.5 CL 18 - 28 14 C. Basis for Recommendations C.1. DesiBn Details C.1.a. Building Structure Loads We understand that the proposed Public Safety building wilt consist of a one to iwo-story structure with below grade parking. We assume an approximate lower level slab elevation of 908 therefore, corresponding to a first floor elevation of 922. s Rau a INTERTEC City of Columbia Heights Project SP-08-01291 May 12, 2008 Page 6 We have assume the below grade will be constructed with concrete or masonry block and above grade levels will be constructed with steel framing. We anticipate that maximum bearing wall k>ads associated with the proposed one to two-story public safety building will be 10 kips per lineal foot (klf); column loads will be 500 kips per cdumn. C.1.b. Pavements and Traffic Loads Paved arras will presumably surround the proposed structure. We have not been provided with detailed tnrfl'ic information, but have assumed traffic will likely consist of automobAes, light-duty trucks and large fire trucks therefore requiring light-duty and heavy-duty pavement sections. We have assumed that the average daily wtl account to approximately 200,000 Equ'nralent 18-kip Single Axle Loads in heavy-duty areas and 50, 000 in light-duty areas. The pavements may consist of bituminous and/or concrete. C.9.a Anticipated Grade Changes Grading plans have not been developed for this site, hornrever per discussions vrith Mr. Doc Smith of EDS Builders, approxmnatey 8 to 10 feet of fill will be placed to bring the site up to elevatbns comparable to adjacent embankments. C.1.d. Settling Pond We understand that a settling pond will be located in the northwest portion of the sEte. Based on the site plan and site survey provided by EDS BuAders, we assume proposed pond elevation to be approximately 909. C.1.e. Precautions Regarding Changed Information We have attempted to describe our understanding of the proposed construction to the extent it was reported to us by others. Depending on the extent of available information, assurnptkms may have been made based on our experience with similar projects. If we have not correctly recorded or interpreted the project details, we should be notified. New or changed information could requ(re additional evaluation, analyses and/or reoommendatbns. C.2. Design and Construction Considerations The geotechnic~ issues influencing design of foundations and slabs appear to consist of the follow items: Existing fill was noted to be locally loose or soft in the footprint of the old school building. Uncontrolled fill will induce settlement under structural and traffic loads within the building footprint and pavement areas espeaally at Bor(ng ST-4 where the existing fill extends relathrely deep. RAV ~ I NTE RTEC City of Columbia Heights Project SP-08-01291 ' May 12.2008 Page 7 ' Even highly compacted fill wiU settle slightly under it's own weight, and when fill depths exceed 8 to 10 feet, that settlement could exceed the proposed structures settlement tolerance. Given the antidpated deep fill areas within portion of the building pad. consideration should be given to the ' fill materials placed at or below elevation 898. ff silly or clayey soils are used as fill to these areas, a construction delay would be required between grading and foundation placement, clean sand should be considered for the fill material to accelerate this procx~sss prior to footing placement arxi ' limit post-construction settlement. Locally soft glaaal soils may also be encountered during oonstructwn near the surface andlor directly bekwv the existing fill. These soils should be removed and replaced prior to the placement of foundation, pavements or additional fill. ' Clayey soils when wet, particularly during spring and fall months, can become increasingly difficxilt • to work with, causing rutting and overall general weakening of the soil under construction traffic. H this does occur restabilizatlon options Indude: l) scarifying, blend'mg and reoompacting soils or 2) subcutting and removing the soil that has become soft or weak and replacing with a granular ' subbase. . Based on discussions ardln ourfindi s we develo recommendations for the ro ed Public re9 g ~ . P P P~ Safety Building foundation, basement slab and pavements. Those recommendations are presented below in Section D. ' D. Recommendations ' In accordance with our findings, below are our reoommendattons for the proposed Public Safety Building • • foundafion, basement slab and pavements. D.1. Building Subgrade Preparation 1 D.1.a. Excavations We recommend strapping all surface vegetation, root zones, paverrients and existing fill tie removed from below the building footprint and oversize area. Anticipated excavation depths and bottom elevations for each of the soil borings located within the proposed building are shown below in Table 3. BRAUN t NTE RTEC City of Columbia Heights Project SP-08-01291 May 12, 2008 ~8 1 sole s. Cxcavailon ueptns ana tsotxom tlevauons Location Suri'aoe Elevatlon • ArKicipated Excavation Depth (R) Corresponding Bottoern ~ratton Anticipabsd Fib Depth (tt) ST-3 904.83 7 ~ 897.33 10' ST-4 ~ 90423 20 884.23 22' ST-8 905.35 7'K 897.85 23 ST-10 906.79 2'~s 904.29 1 ST 12 906.63 2 i4 904.13 3' ST 13 906.39 7'fs 898.89 22' ° = Mbctpated fill depth to r~r~ 4 foot below finished floor ekvatlon in the proposed fire sfatton (elevation 922). n = Antlclpated fill depth to reach 1 foot below basement floor etevatlon (elevation 906). Excavation depths will vary between the soil boring locations. Portions of the excavations may also be deeper than indicated by the soil boring profile. Contractors should also be prepared to extend excavations in.wet or f(ne-grained sods to remove disturbed bottom soils. To provide lateral support to replacement backfill, additional required fill and fire structural loads they will support, we recommend overslzing {widening) the excavations 1 foot horizontally beyond the outer edges of the building perimeter footings, or pavement limits, for each foot the excavations extend bek~nr bottom- of-footing or pavement subgrade elevations. D.1.b. Excavation Support The existing fill is considered a Type C and glacial soils are a Type B Soll under OSHA gutdeltnes. •• Unsupported excavations in the existing fill should therefore be maintained at a gradient no steeper than 1% :1 {horizontal:vertical) odor gladal soils a gradient no steeper than 1:1 (horizontalvertical). D.7.c. Selecting Excavation Backfill and Additional Required Flll On-site soils free of organic soil and debris can be considered for reuse as backftll and fill. The existing fill and glacial till, however, being fine-grained, will be more difficult to compact if wet or allowed to become wet, or if spread and compacted over wet surfaces. Imported material needed to replace excavation spoils or balance cut and fill quantities, may consist of sand, silty sand, clayey sand, sandy lean clay or lean clay. V11e recommend, however, that the plastic index of these materials not exceed 15. B ~A-u N INTERTEC 1 1 1 City of Columbia Heights Project SP-08-01291 May 12, 2008 Page 9 However, for construction issues stated in Section C.2, we recommend that imported material needed to replace excavation spoils at an elevatbn greater than 898 wthin the proposed building footprint. consist of sand having less than 20 percent of the particles by weight passing a #200 sieve. D.1.d. Placement and Compaction of Backfill and Flll We recommend spreading backflll and fill in loose lifts no thicker titan 12 inches. We recommend compacting backfiil and fill In accordance with the alteria presented below in Table 4. The retatWe compaction of utility backflll should be evaluated based on the structure bektw which it is installed; and vertical proximity to that structure. Table 4. Compaction Recommendations Summary Reference Relative Compaction, percerrt (ASTM D ®98 -standard Proctor) Moisture Content Variance from Optimum, psroentage poirrts At or below elevation 898 100 -1 to +3 Above elevation 898 98 -1 to +3 Bebw stabs 95 -1 to +3 Below pevemer~ts, within 3 feet of subgrade elevations 100 -1 to +3 Below pavements. more than 3 feet bebw subgrade elevations 95 -1 m +3 Below landscaped surfacers 90 ~ to +6 D.2. Spread Footings D.2.a. Embedment Depth ' For frost protection, we recommend embedding perimeter footings 42 Inches below the lowest•exterior grade. interior footings may be placed directly below floor slabs. We recommend embedding building footings not heated during winter construction, and other unheated footings associated wfth canopies, stoops or sidewalks t30 inches below the lowest exterior grade. ' D.2.b. Net Allowable Bearing Pressure We recommend sizing~spread footings to exert a net allowable bearing pressure of 3,000 pounds per square foot {psf). This value includes a safety factor of at least 3.0 with regard to bearing capacriy failure. t The net albwable bearing pressure can be increased by one-third its value for occasional transient loads, but not for repetitive loads due to traffic. or for other live loads from snow or occupancy. ' D.2.c. Settlement We estimate that total and differential settlements among the footings will amount to less than 1/2 and 1 inch, respectively, under the assumed loads. ~- ~,A ~ N INTERTEC 1 City of Columbia Heights Project SP-08-01291 May 12, 2008 Page ~o D.3. Below-Grade Walls D.3.a. Drainage Control We recommend installing subdrains behind the below grade walls, adjacent to the wall footings, below the slab elevation. Preferably the subdrains should consist of perforated pipes embedded In washed gravel, which in tum ~ wrapped in filter fabric. Perforated pipes encased in a filter °socic° and embedded in washed gravel, however, may also be wnsidenad. We recommend routing the subdratns to a sump and pump capable of routing arty accumulated groundwater to a storm sewer or other suitable disposal site. D.3.b. Selection, Placement and Compaction of Backfill Unless a drainage composite is placed against the backs of the~e~ctertor perimeter below-grade walls, we recommend that backfill placed within 2 horizontal feet of those walls cmrrsist of sand having less than 50 percent of the partides by weight passing a #40 sieve and less than S peroent of the particles by weight passing a #200 sieve. Sand meeting this gradation will need to be imported. Facterior backflll not capped with slabs or pavement shoukt be capped with at least 8 inches of topsoil to limit the infiltration of surface drainage into the backfiil. The finished surface should also be sloped to divert water away from the walls. D.3.c. Configuring and Resisting Lateral Loads Recommended equivalent fluid pressures for wall design based on active and at-rest earth pressure conditbns are presented below in Table 5. Assumed wet unit backf+ll weights. and internal frk~lon angles are also provided. The recommended equlvalent fluid pressures in particular assume a level backfill with no surcharge -they would need to be revised for sloping backflli or other dead or I'nre loads that are placed wRhin a horimnt~ distance behind the walls that is equal to the height of the walls. Our design values also assume that the wails are drained so that water cannot accumulate behind the walls. These values are un~fiactored. BRaVN INTERTEC 1 1 1 1 J 1 I City of Columbia Heights Project SP-08-01291 AAay 12, 2008 Page 11 1 aD19 b. K@commenasa lierow-V raae wan ues~gn raram eters Equhratent Equivalent Equivalent Fluid Fluid Fluid Fricti~ Pressure, Pressure, At Pressure, Wet Untt Weight Angie Active Csse Rsst Case Passive Case Sliding Backfill (pcfl {degl {PSI {P~l (P~ Friction Imported Sand {SP or 5P-SM) 120 32 32 80 442 .B On-sRe Soils 125 25 51 ~ 73 300 .3 To design for sand backfill, excavations required for wall construction should be wide enough and flat enough so that sand is present within a zone that {7) extends at least two horizontal feet beyond the , bottom outer edges of the wall footings (the wall heel, not the stem) and then (2) rises up and away from the welt at an angle no steeper than 60 degrees from horizontal. We antkipate these geometric conditions wi8 be met if the excavations meet OSHA requirements for the types of soils likely to be exposed in the excavation, and the wall footings are cast against wood forms rather than any portion of the excavation. D.4. Interior Slabs D.4.a. Subgrade Modulus We recommend using a modulus of subgrade reaction, k, of 150 pounds per square inch per inch of deflection (pci) to design the slabs. D.4.b. Moisture Vapor Protection If floor coverings or coatings less permeable than the cencrete slab will be used, we recommend that a vapor retarder or vapor barrier be place Immediately beneath the slab. Some contractors prefer to bury the vapor retarder or barrier•beneath slayer of sand to reduce curling and shrinkage, but this pract'roe risks trapping water between the slab and vapor retarder or barrier. Regardless of where the vapor retarder or barrier is placed, we recommend oonsultfig with floor covering manufacturers regarding the appropriate type, use and installation of the vapor retarder or barrier to preserve warranty assurances. ~~~V~ NTE RTEC City of Columbia Heights Project SP-08-01291 i41ay 12, 2008 Page 12 D.5. Exterior Slabs Exterior slabs will be underlain with existing fill or gladal b'ri soils that will consist of clayey sous, which are consklered moderately to highly frost susceptible. Whale grading to direct surface drainage away from buildings and toward area catch basins or other drainage structures help limit the poter~ttal for saturatbn and subsequent heaving to occur, even limited amounts of ground movement can be detrimental ~ slab performance or a nuisance to buildir~ employees and guests. ff heaving is a corroem, one way to help limit fis potential occurrence is to remove frost-susceptible soils presets blow the overlying slab "footprints" dawn to bottom-of-footing grades and replace them with non-frost susceptible sand having less than 5 percent of the particles by weight passing a #200 sieve. t'or large slabs and bng sidewalks in front of building entrances, excavations to remove frost-susceptible soils maybe extensive. However, removing the frost~usceptible soils from below the slabs at entrances only could cause abrupt differential heaving on either side of the enhances. To both reduce excavatbn quantities and the potential for unfavorably abrupt differential heaving to occur near building entrances, we recommend sloping excavations made to remove frost-susceptible soils from below slabs at a 3:1 (horizontal:vertical), or flatter. gradient. The bottoms of the excavations should be sloped to drain away from the buAding, and perforated drainpipes should be installed along the bottom outer edges of the excavations to collect and dispose of water that could otherwise accumulate within the backfill. One alternative for reducing frost-related heave is to place at least 2 inches of extruded polystyrene foam insulation below the slabs and extend it approximately 4 feet beyond the outer edges of the slabs. The insulation may have to be buried below a cushion of sand or gravel to protect it during construction. Another altematlve is to support the slabs on frost-depth footings, and suspending the stabs at least 4 inches above the underlying subgrade soils to accommodate heaving without it affecting the slabs. D.$. Pavements D.6.a. Pavement Subgrade Preparation After stripping existing pavements aril topsoil, we recommend scarifying, blend'u~g and rec:ompacting the exposed subgrade materials to at least 95 percent of their maximum standard Proctor dry densities or 100 percent if in the top 3 feet, prior to placing any additional fill to meet design grades. F_xcavation backfill and additional required fill placed in pavement areas should be spread and compacted in accordance with the recommendations provided above in Section D.1. RAU N INTERTEC ' City of Columbia Heights Project SP-08-01291 May 12, 2008 Page Z 3 1 D.6:b. Subgrade Proof-Roll Prior to placing aggregate base material, we recommend proof-rolling pavement subgrades to determine ff the subgrade materials are loose, soft or weak, and in need of further stabilization, compaction or subexcavation and recompadion or replacement. A second proof-roll should be performed after the aggregate base material is in place, and prior to plating bituminous or concrete pavement. D.6.c. Design Sections Laboratory tests to determine an R value for pavement design were not included in the scope of this project. Based on our experience with similar projects in the area, howrever, it is our opinion that an R ' value of 20 can be assumed for design purposes. Based upon the aforemernioned traffic loads and an R value of 20, we recommend alight-duty pavement ' sedbn that includes 3'h inches of bituminous pavement {a 1 'r~ -inch surface course over a 1 i4 -inch base course} over 9 inches of aggregate base material. For heavy-duty areas, we recommend 4 inches of bituminous pavement {a 2 -inch surface course over a 2-inch base course) over 10 inches of aggregate base material. Where concxete pavemerrts will be utilized, we recommend that at least 6 inches of aggregate base be placed over the subgrede to provide more uniform support for the concrete, and to provide a more stable working platform for construction. We recommend a minimum 5-inch thick concrete stab in Ilght-duty ' areas and a minimum 8-inch thick concxete slab in heavy-duty areas. The above pavement designs are based upon a 20-year performance Itfe. This is the amount of time ' before major reoonstrudbn is anticipated. This performance life assumes maintenance, such as seal coating and crack sealing, is routinely performed. The actual pavement lffe will vary depending on variations to weather, traffic conditions and maintenance. ' D.B.d. Materia s and Com coon p'a We recommend specifying crushed aggregate base meetir~ the requirements of Minnesota Department of Transportation (Mn/DOT} Specification 3138 for Class 5. We recommend that the bituminous wear and base courses meet the requirements of Specifications 2380, Type MV. We recommend the aggregate gradations for the asphalt mixes meet Gradation Number 3 for the base course and Gradation 3 for the surface course. We recommend the Performance Graded Asphalt cement be a PG 6428. We recommend that the aggregate base be compacted to a minimum of 100 percent of its maximum standard Proctor dry density. We recommend that the bituminous pavement be compacted to at least 92 percent of the maximum theoretical density. sRAUw INTERTEC City of Columbia Heights Project SP-08-01291 May 12, 2008 Page 14 We recommend spedfying concrete for pavements that has a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 4,000 psi, and a modulus of rupture (Mr) of at least 600 psi. We also recommend Type I cement meeting the requirements of ASTIN C 150. We recommend specifying 5 to 7 percent entrained air for exposed concrete to provide resistance to freeze thaw deterioration. We also recommend using a watedcement ratio of 0.45 or less for concrete exposed to deers. D.6.e. Subgrade Drainage We recommend installing perforated drainpipes throughout pavement areas at low points and about catch basins. The drainpipes should be placed in small trenches extended at least 8 inches blow the granular subbase layer - or aggregate bass material where no subbase ~ present. D.7. Utilities D.7.a. Subgrade Stabilization We antldpate that utilities can be installed per manufacturer bedding requirements. D.7.b. Selection, Placement and Compaction of Backfill We recommend selecting, placing and compacting utility backfill in accordance wfth the recommendations provided above in Section D.1. D.B. Settling Pond Based on the soli profile of Boring ST-1 located in the proposed settling pond, we estimate an ir~fNtration rate will range from approximately 1x10'to 1x10' inches per hour (inlhr} (Table 4.1 of Das, Princi~ ' , 2"d Editbn). Once pond elevation has been established, we can perfomn double-ring infiltrometer testing, ff more accurate inf'~Itration rate estimate is needed. D.9. Construction Quality Control D.9.a. Excavation Observations We recommend having a geotechnical engineer observe all excavations related to subgrade preparation and spread footing, slab-on-grade and pavement construction. The purpose of the observations is to evaluate the competence of the geologic materials exposed in the excavatbns, and the adequacy of requGed excavation oversizing. D.9.b. Materials Testing . We recommend densiiy tests be taken in excavation bacicflll and additional required fill placed below spread footings, slab-on-grade construction, beside foundation walls behind basement walls, end below pavements. srt~-u w iNTERTEC City of Columbia Heights Project SP-08-01291 May 12, 2008 Page l5 1 We recommend Marshall tests on bituminous mixes to evaluate strength and air voids, and density tests to evaluate compaction. ' We also recommend slump, arc content and strength tests of Portland cement concrete. D.9.c. Pavement Subgrade Proof-Roll We recommend that proof-rolling of the pavement subgrades be observed by a geotedtnical engineer to determine If the results of the procedure meet project specifications, or delineate the extent of additional pavement subgrade preparation work. D.9.d. Cold Weather Precautions ' ' If site grading and oonstrudbn is anticipated during cold weather, al{ snow and ~e should be removed from cut and till areas prior to additional grading. No fill should be placed on frozen su bgrades. No froaen soils should be used as fill. Concrete delivered to the site should meet the temperature requirements of ASTM C 94. Concrete should ' not be placed on frozen subgrades. Concrete should be protected from freeiing until the necessary strength is attained. Frost should not be permitted to penetrate below footings . E P d roce . ures ' E.'l. Exploratory Borings ' The penetration test borings were drilled with struck-mounted core and auger dr~l equipped with hoik~r~w stem auger. The borings wen: performed in accordance with ASTM D 1586. Penetration test samples were taken at 21J2- or 5-foot intervals. Actual sample intervals and corresponding depths are~shown on ' the boring logs. E.2. Material Classification and Tssting . E.2.a. Visua! and Manual Classification The geologic materials encountered were visually and manually classified in accordance with ASTM Test Method D 2488. A chart explaining the classification system is attached. Samples were seated in jars or bags and returned to our facAity for review and storage. r BR~-uN INTERTEC City of Columbia Heights Project SP-08-01291 May 12, 2008 Page 16 F~2.b. Laboratory Testing The results of the laboratory tests performed on geologic material samples are noted on or follow the appropriate attached exploration fogs. The tests were performed in accordance with ASTM or AASHTO procedures. E.3, Groundwater Measurements The drtlers checked for groundwater as the penetration test borings were advanced, and again after auger withdrawal. The boreholes were then backfilied or allowed to remain open for an extended period of observation as noted on the boring logs. F. Qualifications F.1. Variations in Subsurface Conditions F.1.a. Material Strata Our evaluation, analyses and recommendations were developed from a limited amount of site and subsurface information. It is not standard engineering practice to retrieve material samples from exploration locations oontinuousiywith depth, and therefore strata boundaries and thicknesses must be frrferred to some extent. Strata boundaries may also be gradual transitions, and can be expected to vary in depth, elevation and thidkness away from the exploration bcations. Variations in subsurface conditions present between exploration locations may not be revealed until additional exploration work is wmpleted, or oonstrudion commences. If any such variations are revealed, our recorrlmendations should be re-evaluated. Such variations could increase k~nstruction k~sts, and a contingency should be provided to accommodate them. F.1.b. Groundwater Levels Groundwater measurements were made under the conditions reported herein and shown on the exploratbn logs, and interpreted in the text of this report. It should be noted that the observation period was relatively short, and groundwater can be expected to fluctuate in response to rainfall, flooding, irrigation, seasonal freezing and thawing, surface drainage modifications and other seasonal and annual factors. BRAN INTERTEC City of Columbia Heights Project SP-08-01291 May 12.2008 Page 17 J ' F.2. Continuity of Professional Responsibility F.2.a. Ptan Review ' This report is based on a limited amount of information, and a number of assumptions were necessary to help us develop our recommendations. !t is recommended that our firm review the geotechnical aspects of the deslgns and spedfications, and evaluate whether the design is as expected, if any design changes ' have affected the validity of our recommendations, and if our recommendations have been correctly interpreted and implemented in the designs and specifications. ' F.2.b. Construction Observations and Testing It is recommended that we be retained to perform observatkms and tests during constn~ction. This will ' allow correlation of the subsurface conditions encountered during constructbn wish those erxxwntered by the borir>~, and provide continufty of professional responsibility. F.3. Use of Report This report is for the exclusive use of the parties to which it has been addressed. Without written approval, we assume no responsibility ~ other parties regarding this report. Our evaluatbn, analyses and • recommendations may not be appropriate for other parties or projects. ' F.4. Standard of Care In performing its services, Braun Intertec used that degree of care and skill ordinarily exercised under similar circumstances by reputable members of its profession currently practicing in the same Iocafity..No warranty, express or implied, is made. ~R~VN INTERTEC Appendix Bp;At1M I NTE RTEC ~r - ~/~ . i g ~~ I PUBLIC PARKNG 112 STALLS POND 8'T•'I GATE TINO E--RAMP UP RAMP DOWPI \ \ wau ~ sT-s RAIN QJIRDEN H96 ~,~ ~ SECURE ~ NO GATE ONE QUICK RESPONSE PARKING 1e Sra.Ls ~ ~*-~ ~~ ~ I I I I I I U s ~-~ ~n 8T•7 ~ ® ~ PROPOSED ® s'r~ ~.s PUBLIC SAFETY ® CENTER PUBLIC PARKWG ® ~ tvuo sroaY wm~l 4B STALLS ® B/-~MENT ® p ~ aTrf 0 iL71 ENTRY FIRE RESPONSE ~ 8T-92 ST-'13 ~ ~ 3T STALL8 ~ ~~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~I ~I 1 ~ ~ ~ Qeaares AppROxl STANQAR,D P!NlTI N ~ ~ ~ ~ 1 1 1 1 u 1 BRAVN'~ I NTE RTEC LOG OF BORING Braun Project SP-08-01291 BORING: ST-1 Geotechnical Evaluation LOCATION: See attached sketch. Public Safety Building 41st Avenue Columbia Heighffi, Minnesota DRILLER: G. Hanson METHOD: S 114" HSA. Aubhammar DATE: 4121!08 SCALE: 1" = 4' Elev. Depth feel feet ASTM Description of Materials BPF WL MC Tests o'r Notes 908.7 0.0 Symbol (ASTM D2486 or D2487) 4'6 °Ye PAV 3" Bihuninoirs over 11"Aggregate Base. 907.0 1.7 908.2 2 FILL FILL: Clayey Sand, tine- to medium-grained, dark . CL ' ~~' 7 15 SANDY LEAN CLAY, trace of Gravel, brawn, motet, _ medium. (Glacial Till) • 9 17 51 _ 10 14 19 ' 893.7 15.0 ML SILT, with Sand lenses. brown, moist, medium dense. 28 892.7 16.0 (Glaciofluviu ' END OF BORING. . Water not observed with 14 912 feet of holk~uwstem - auger in the ground. Water not observed to cave-in depth of 12 feet itmmediately aRer withdrawing the auger. _ Boring then badcfilled. ~~"w~~~ one ~ ~~~ a~-~ page ~ a ~ sRAU~~N I NTE RTEC LOG OF BORING t Braun Project SP-08-01281 BORING: $?'.Z Geotechnical Evaluation LOCATION: See attached sketch. Public Safety Building 41st Avenue Columbia Heights, Minnesota DRILLER: G. Hanson METHOD: 31/4" HSA. Autohammer DATE: 4121!08 SCALE: 1" a 4' Elev. Depth . feet feet ASTM Description of Materials BPF VVI. Tests or Notes 906.5 0.0 Symbol D2488 or D248~ PAV 4" of Bituminous over 8': Aggregate Base. 906.5 A FILL FILL: Clayey Sand, fne- to madam-grained, trace of _ Gravel, dark brown, moist. 4 4 5 .5 0.0 CL SANDY LEAN CLAY, trace of Gravel. gray, moist. 9 95.5 11.0 medium. (Glacial Ttl~ - END OF BORING. • - Water not observed with 8112 feet of hollow-stem auger In the ground. _ Water not observed to cave-in depth of 7 feet immediately after withdrawing the auger. Boring then badcfilled. aaw~ rtnar~c ~.wpc~~wn ~ ~ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 s Rau N~ 1NTERTEC LOG OF BORING Braun Project SP-08-01291 BORING: ST-3 t h i l E G l ti ec ca eo n va ua on Public Safety Building LOCA710N: See attached sketch. 47 st Avenue Coiumbla Heights, Minnesflta DRILLER: G. Hanwn M E7NOD: S 114° NSA. Autohammer DATE: 4/21108 SCALE: 7" = 4' Elev. Depth feet feet ASTM Description of Materials BPF WL MC Tests or Notes 904.8 0.0 Symbol (ASTM D2488 or D2487) q6 PAV 3" of Bituminous over 1.1" of Aggregate Base. - 908.7 1.2 FILL FILL• Lean Clay, dark gray. moist. - 5 4 17 5- a _887.3 7 5 o _ CL SANDY LEAN CLAY, broMm, moist, rather soft. 5 18 LL = 30 i (Gladal Tile Pi =16 3- o - _ ~- t3 i D r- 11 ,- . 13 >_ ~_ i i 884.8 20.0 SM :• SILTY SAND, fine- to medk~rn-grained, wkh layer of 26 - Lean Clay, trace of Gravel, reddish-brown, moist, medium dense. - (Glacial Till) 879.8 25.0 ML SILT. fore-granmed, brawn. moist, rrledium dense. 14 87.8 26.0 (Giaaofluywm) END OF BORING. - Water not observed to cave-in depth of 16 feet immediately afterwithdrawing the auger. Boring then backfilled. "~y ~, ~- BRAYN~ LOG OF BORING' INTERTEC Braun Project SP-08-01291 BORING: ST-4 Geotechnical Evaluation LOCATION: See attached sketch. Public Safety Building 41st Avenue Columbia Heights, Minnesota DRILLER: O. Hanson METHOD: S 1/4" HS/1, Autohammer DATE: 4121108 SCALE: 1" ~ 4' Elmr. Depth feet feet A31M Description of Materials BPF V4L MC Tests or Notes 9042 0.0 Symbol (~-STM D2488 or D2A87) 96 96 FILL FILL• Silty Sand, fine- b~ medium-grained, trace' of 903.2 1.0 Gravel, dark brown, moist. FILL ((FiNed Topsa'I)) - FILL• Poorly Graded Sand with Silt, fine- to medium-grained, trace of Gravel, brown, moist. ~ • 13 7 12 8 3 '- 1.7 12.5 _ FILL FILL: Poorly Graded Sand, fine- to medium-greined, 6 with rubber pieces. brawn, moist. 889.2 6.0 FILL FILL• Poorly Graded Sand with Silt, fine- to 5 _ medium-grained, brown, wet. 8842 20 0 SM : s : SILTY SAND, fine- to medium-grained, tn~ce of Gravel, 22 _ reddish-brown, molsi, medium dense. • (Glacial TAI) 878.2 26. END OF BORING. Water not observed with feet of hollow,stem auger in - the ground. - Water not observed to cave-in depth of 16 feet immediately after withdrawing the auger. Boring then backfilled. •vr-.rov.ca ~ orau~ mmrw~avrpmaewi ST page 1 or 1 •' 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 sRa-uN~ {NTERTEC LOG OF BORING Braun Project SP-08-01291 ~ BORING: ST-5 G h eotec nical Evaluation Public Safety Building LOCATION: See attached sketch. 41st Avenue Columbia Heights, AAinnesota DRILLER: G. Hanson METHOD: 31/4" HSA, Aubhammer DATE: 4127/08 SCALE: 1" = 4' Elev. Depth • feet feet ASTM Description of Materials BPF WL MC Tests or Notes 905.4 0.0 Symbol (ASTM D2488 or D2487j gy FILL FILL: Sandy Lean Clay, dark brawn, moist. 902.9 2.5 _ CL SANDY LEAN CLAY, tn~ce of Gravel. brown, moist, 7 14 medium to rather stiff. - (Glacial Till) 8 i- i ~- 1 -- 17 i 894.4 1• .0 • 10 END OF BORING. Water not observed with 91/2 feet of holkyw-stem ' - auger in the ground. - Water not observed to cave-in depth of 8 feet ~- immediately after wkhdrawing the auger. . ~- Borkrg then backfilled. - - - - ---- i :~ J I Y I M-w. wM.K.. v.nr.wPYM~ ~1-~ ~97pf7 sRwu~l~ INTERTEC LOG OF BORING' Braun Project SP-08-01291 BORING: ST-6 Geotechnical Evaluation LOCATION: See attached sketch Public Safety Building . 41st Avenue Columbia Heights, Minnesota DRILLER: G. Hsnson METHOD: 31/4" HSA, Autohamrr~r DATE: 4121108 SCALE: 1" = 4' Elev. Depth feet feet A31'M Description of Materiels BPF V4L MC Tests or Notes 904.8 0.0 Symbol (ASTM D2488 or D248 96 FILL FILL: Clayey Sand, fine- to medium-grained, dark - brown, moist. 902.3 2.5 CL LEAN CLAY, dark grey, moist to wet, rather stiff to soR. 11 (G~cial Tiln ~ 3 23 o - ~ _ 897. .6 a _ ML SILT. fine-grained, light gray, wet, very Bose. 2 's (Glacbfiuvium) ~ _ m 3 8 11.0 ~ END OF BORING. Water not observed with 9 9/2 feet of holkyw-stem a -- auger in the ground. g '~ ~' Water not observed to CeVe-in depth of 8 fe@t lmmediatey after withdrawing the auger. ~ - Boring then backfilled. ~ - w e ~ _ t3 - S ~ - s ~ - S ~ - 0 0 ., S raun nMrtec aoe a ~ BRAVN'" LOG OF BORING INTERTEC Braun Project SP-08-01291 BORING: ST-7 Geotechnical Evaluation LOCATION: See attached sketc~fi Pubilc Safety Building . ' 41st Avenue Columbia Heights, Minnesota DRILLER: G. Flanaon METHOD: 81/4' HSA, Autohammer DATE: 4!29/06 SCALE: 1" ~ 4' ' Efev. Depth feet feet ASTM Description of Materials BPF VIIL Tests or Notes 905.5 0.0 Symbol (ASTM D2488 or D2487j 96 ' FILL FILL: Sandy Dean Clair, trace of Roots, dark br~owrr, - moist. ((Piped Topsoil) 903.0 2.5 ' - SC CLAYEY SAND, trace of Gravel, brawn, moist, 7 medium. - (Gledal Tip) ' 11 49 o - 1 ~ . ~ - 12 .s o - ' `6 13 `o - ~ ~ 16 ' C ' .~ 889.5 16.0 END OF BORING. 15 Water not observed with 14112 feet of holk>,nr-stem ~ - auger in the ground. ' Water not observed to cave-in depth of 11 feet _ immediately after withdnnroing the auger. ' Boring then backfilled. ~ _ ' $ - - s - ~' o - g .~ SP 29 1 Ba)IN1 rderleC ST 7 paps d 1 s RAU N~ I NTE RTEC LOG OF BORING' Braun Project SP-08-01291 BORING: ST-8 Geotechnical Evaluation LOCATION: See attached sketch. Public Safety Building 41st Avenus Columbia Heights, AAinnesota DRILLER: G. Hanson METHOD: 81/4" HSA, Autohammer DATE: 4f21~8 SCALE: 1" ~ 4' Elev. Depth feet feet ASTM Description of Materials BPF WL MC P2 Tests or Noes 905.4 0.0 Symbol (ASTM D2488 or D2487) 96 96 FILL FILL: Clayey Sand, items of Gravel, dark brown, moist. 5 4 21 42 897.9 7.5 _ CL SANDY LEAN CLAY, tn~ce of Gravel, brown, moist, 7 medium to rather stiff. (Gladai Tile 7 _ 10 11 885.4 20.0 SM : : = SILTY SAND. fine- to medium-grained, trace of Gravel, 19 _ ~ reddish-brown, moist, medium dense. ; :• (Glacial Tillj S ; is s79.4 2s.0 END OF BORING. Water not observed with 241/2 feet of hollow-stem - auger in the ground. Water not observed to cave-tn depth of 17 feet immediately after withdn~nring the auger. Boring then backfilled. ,.~„-....w~ ~ ~~~ ~~ paps 1 ~ sRauN° INTERTEC 1 ~r 1 i u 1 ~I LOG OF BORING Braun Project SP-08-01291 BORING: ST-9 Geotechntcal Evaluation LOCATION: See attached sketch Public Safety Building . 41st Avenue Columbia Heights, Minnesota DRILLER: G. Hann METHOD: S 1/4° HSP-, Autohamrrrer DATE: gr21lOS SCALE; ~ 1"= 4' Elev. feet feet ASTM Desatptkx~ of Materials BPF VVL MC Testa or Notes 806.0 0.0 Symbol (ASi11A D2488 or D248~ 96 FILL FILL: Silty Sa ,fine- to medium-gra trace of - CL , . btadc, moist. Iled Topsd~) - LEAN CLAY, trace of Gravel, br+oam, mdst. (Gladal TII~ 4 5 16 6 895A 11.0 13 END OF BORING. Water not observed with 81/2 feet of hdkrw-stem auger in the ground. - Water not observed b cave-in depth of 8 feet immediately after withdrawing the auger. Boring Mien backFilled. SP-08-U729 1 _ Cerneraiuy, .,e... s~AUN~ INTERTEC LOG OF BORING' Braun Project SP-08-01281 BORING: ST-10 Geobechnical Cwaluation • Public Safety Building LOCATION: See attached sketch. 41st Avenue Columbia Heights, Minnesota DRILLER: G. Hammon METHOD: s i/4" HSA, Autohammer DATE; M21/08 SCALE: 7" = 4' Elev. Depth feet feet AST M Description of Mater~ls BPF WL MC Tests or Notes 906.8 0.0 Sym bol (ASTAA D2488 or p2487) 9~b FILL FILL• Silty Sand, t7ne- ~ medium-grained, trace ~ - FILL Roots and Grass, black, moist. ((FiNed Topsoil}) 904.3 2.5 FILL: Sandy Lean Clay, tna+e of Gravel, brown, moist. SC CLAYEY SAND, ftna~ to mediurrfgratned, trace of Iron 7 17 deposits, grayist}brown, moil, loose. (Glaciel'11m 901.8 5.0 CL SANDY LEAN CLAY, trace of Gravel, grayish-broom. 6 18 LL = 27 moist, medium. PI =14 (Glacial Tiln i- i i - 70 i 9 i '- '- ~- 18 ~- i 7 i - 9 1.8 25.0 SM SILTY SAND, 6ne- to medium-grained, trace of Gravel, 14 880 8 26.0 • ~• reddish-brown. moist, medium dense. (Glacial Till) END OF BORING. Water not obsen-ed with 241/2 feet of holk-w-stem auger in the ground. _ Water not observed to cave-in depth of 18 feet Immediately after withdrawing the auger. Boring then badcfllled. ~xo nu„~e . --- - ~ - - i SR1 po8e f of 1 •' 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 sRAUN~ INTERTEC LOG OF BORING Braun Project SP-OS-01291 BORING: ST-'! 1 Geotechnical Evaluation LOCATION: See attached sketch. Public Safety Building 41st Avenue Columbia Heights, Minnesota DRILLER: G. Hanson METHOD: 3114' HSA, Autohammer DATE: 4/Z1/08 SCALE: 1" 0 4' Elev. Depth . feet feet ASTM Descriptbn of Ma#erials i3PF WL Tests or Notes 5192 0.0 Symbol (ASTM D2488 or D2487} . FILL FILL• Clayey Sand, find- to medium-grained, trace of - CL Gravel, dark brown, moist. ((Filled Topsoil) - SANDY LEAN CLAY, trace of Gravel, brown, moist, rather soft. 6 - (Glacial TAI) 6 6 5 .2 7 7.0 END OF BORING. Water not observed with 912 feet of hollow-stem - auger in the ground. - Water not observed to cave-in depth of 8 feet immediately alter withdrawing the auger. Boring then bacic811ed. oraun meer~ec~orpwauon s ~-n pnpe ~ a ~ BRAiI H'" ! NTE RTEC LOG OF BORING' Braun Project SP-08-01291 BORING: ST-12 Geotechntcal Evaluation Public Safety Building LOCATION: See attached sketch. 41st Avenue Columbia Heights, Minnesota DRILLER: G. Hanson METHOD: S 1/4" HgA. Autohammer DATE: M21/o8 SCALE: 1" = 4' Elev. Depth feet feet ASTM Description of INaterials BPF V18. Tests or Notes 908.8 0.0 Symbol (p-STM D2488 or D2~487) FILL FILL• Silly nd trace of Roots and Grass t~dc - FILL , , moist ((Filled Topsol~) - 904.1 2.5 FILL: Sandy Lean Clay, trace of Gravel, dark broarn, CL ~~ 4 SANDY LEAN CLAY, trace of Gravel, brown. moist, rather soR. (Glacial TII~ , 10 i- i r i { - 23 ~- i + E za c- 21 ~- 13 ;_ i ~- 8 Z0.0 SP ::' ~: POORLY GRADED SAND, fine- tomedium-grained, 34 trace of Gravel, brown, mdsi. dense. (Glaaal Outwash) 880.6 26.0 ~ END OF BORING. Water not observed with 24112 feet of hollow-stem - auger in the ground. - Water not observed brave-tn depth of 17 feet Immediately after withdrawing the auger. _ I Boring then backfdled. can ~n - - .+.o.~..~~.o..~....N,.~,...~.y.~ sT ~s papa t a 1 ' 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 sRwuw~ I NTE RTES LOG OF BORING Braun Projec# SP-08-01291 BORING: ST-13 Geotechnical Evaluation LOCATION: See attached sketch Public Safety Building . 41st Avenue Columbia Heights, Minnesota DRILLER: G. Hanson METHOD: ai DATE: 4121108 SCALE: 1" = 4' Elev. DepRh feet feet ASTM Descriptbn of Matedaala BPF WL Tests or Notes 906.4 0.0 Symbol (ASTM D2488 or D248 FILL FILL• Sandy Lean Clay, trace roots, dark brown, moist. 905.4 1.0 (Filed Topsoil}) FILL FILL• Clayey Sand. fine- to medium-grained, trace of Gravel. brown, wet. _ 3 i 898.9 7.5 _ CL SANDY LEAN CLAY. trace of Gravel. brou--n, moist, 6 medium. - (Glacial Till) 17 ' ;- ~- 14 19 29 88 .4 25.0 SP- POORLY-GRADED SAND with SILT, fine- to 33 880.4 26.0 SM • ~ medium-gra'u~ed trace of Gravel brown moist dense , , , , . Glacial Outwash) END OF BORING. _ Water not observed with 241/2 feet of hollow-stem auger in the ground. _ Boring then bacidilled. si-~a page ~ or ~ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 BRA~1N NTE RTEC Descriptive Terminology of Soil Standard D 2487.00 Classification of Soils for Engineering purposes Unified Soil Classification S Crlkria for Asslgebrg Group 6 mbols and Soi ls Classi0ctNort y Group Names Using Laboratory Tests ' ~~ pup Neaee a c tirevels Clean Gravels C= Z 4 and 1 S. C• < g ° Gyy ~ g~a ~ Mooaree ~~ 5% or leas fines • ~<4 andlor 1 > C > 3 ° GP Poorly graded grevel° retained on Gravels with Ftrres Fbtes as ML or MH GY SI I °1a c xgg No. 4 sieve ' aAore tltan 12% Ones • Fares ~ CL a CH ~ era ~ ° ° r n l3 W e Sands gaan Bands C• Z B and 1 S C" S3 SW W ed sand" ~ ¢ ~ coarser fr n 596 a leas Ones r C < 0 arrdPor 1 > C > 3 ° SP Poorly graded sand " v ` p Sarttls wOh F&ras Fines daa.iryas ML a MH SM sDly sand ro" Na 4 sieve Mae than 12%' Floes doss as CL or CH SC C sand ra" ro = d g il lrlorpeniC PI > 7 and on err above A one r CL l.eerr " r ^ r ts an ays S Uquid rune Pl <4 or below A Hoer tAli. g R r Its than 50 Organic Liquid Ibrdt -oven dried < 0.75 OL Orgenb doY ~ n s 888y~ e ~~-~(~ QL ~41wo ~C 3 ~ iG d Sia l Inor anic PI err or above'A' One CH "r s r 15 ~ s an c ays LigrQd Ilrrst ' g PI plots bekwv A nrte MH ElasOo snl" ~ ° ~ 50 or more Liquid - oval dried < 0.73 off orgertlc day '" a uidnrdt-notddod sgl"rm" Highly Organic Soils Prlrnariy organic molter, dark in color and orgardc odor Pf Peat B®edoneramdlwlalpassbg nieab,psmm).tara. d Gem aampla carrtabad cobbles a boomers, w badr. add lrah oobap a boulders a boMr~ h Group name. C" = Dp/ Dw C• ~ iD DaxD„ IfaW wteaMrsZteX sand, addlvMraerrd'bgrarpnarne. Gravels wily 5 b f 276 tines requYa dual aymbola: GNKiAA wea~graded gravel xdMt ea Gw-CiC w~-yradsd Qgvel w01h day GRdd poorly graded plavel viler e9t GPdiC poorly graded gravel vAlh day a Mee shssttfr as CL~#4L use duel symbol GLOM a SC-SM. aMesareorysrrb, addtixleragantoMes'rogroupnwrre. 0 soA rxrrlaisr a 7tilL grwd, add 1Mer graver b group name. sendsweir5b72%Anearegraadualaprrbds: SVrSM xrea~ada0 sand wmr sa SVY.4C was-graded send wah day sRaM poorly graded sarM vAth eAt 8P.SC poorly greded sand wlUr chy NAherharp I'erras pbt M trakhed eree, eo1 b a lx-0AL, aagr days !<adl aorrtehrs 10 b 2g9G glue lVo. 200, add 1Mer mrd'arlsalr gravel' Mdrldrnvxb pradomtrrrd. M wII msdns23D9i glue No. 200, P send. add Garay' h group rrarne. r Goa aontdrna ~c plus No.2gg gravel, add "gravaay' b group nrre. PI 2 ~ and plots m a above A Ana. PI <4 a gbh trelow A Ane. Pl gbh on or shwa A bra. PI phis Wlow'A Yre. 50 a ~ 'v C ,g .~' ~ ao 6. 10 7 4 0 0 Liquid Limit (LL) Laboratory Tests ~ ~t- denstq, P~ OC Organic corNart, % Wit Wet density, pct S Percerdotaalurelion.% MC Nahtrat moisture eonleM, % SO Spedgcgrevpy LL Ugktid OrNt, % C Colteslon, psf PL Plastlc Ihtlt, % Qf Angis of tntarrral frktlorr PI Plssfidty index. % qu UrtcatOned ewrnpreesive strerg8t, psf 1P~D % passing 200 sieve qp Pocket penetrorrtefersbengOr, ref Particie Size Identification Boulders ...............»......_..... over 12" Gravel Coarse .............._.........._314' b S" Fine...._ ........................... Na 4 to 314" Sand Coerae .......»....»..»....._.. Na 4 b Na 10 Medium ............._........... Na 10 b Na 40 F1ne .............................._ No. 40 b Na 200 Snt ...................................._.<Na 200. Plc 4 a below A One Clay ..._......._....._..__.»......<No: 200. P124 and onoratwva A one Reltative t)errsRy of Cohestonlass Solt Mary hose ..__..........»».......~.. 0 b 4 BPF Loose......_._....._..........._....... 5 b 10 BPF Mediumdense .........._........._.. 11 b 90 BPF Dense ......................__........_. 31 b 50 BPF Very dense _.........».......».._.._. over 50 BPF Consistency of Cohesive Soils 1Aary soll »....._ .......................... 0 b 1 BPF Soft ....................................._ 2 b 3 BPF Rather soil ............................... 4 b 5 BPF Medium ..............» ...»............... 0 b S BPF RetheratiR __........._...»..._.._ 9 to 12 BPF SIOf ..»......_........._.__.......... 13 b 1S BPF Marystni .................._...».......... 17 b 30 BPF Hard ....».........._......._........_ over 30 BPF Rhlling Notes Standard pane>radon test borings ware advanced by S 114" a 81/4" ID honow-sbm augers wresa nosed othsrvriae, JeOing water vros used b clean out sugar prior b sarrrplktg ony where Indicated on lops. StendaM penetratbn teat borbgs are desiglreted by the prefbt "ST" (SpIO Tube). All samples ware taken wi01 the standard x OD apln tube sampler, except where noted. Power auger babga ware advanced by 4` or S' dfamater cordlrtuotrs- fltgM, said-stem au8era son dasaiOCations and abate depins,rmre in- ferredfiomdlslurbed sarnples angered bibs aurfaoeandare, fhere(ote, somavtdret apprv~drrrete. Power auger borings are designated by Ole prelbr'8.' Hand auger bodnge were advanced manually wnh a 1 112" or 3 114" dianrehraugerand werenmWAd b the depfhiromwhtch Oreaugeroould be rrtarrrmly wOfMresurr. Hand auger bairgs ere brdlcabrd by Ore prefer "H • BPF: Numbers indlrwle Wows per foot recorded in standard penebafion lest, also known as "N" value. The sampler was set 8" trrb undisturbed soi below Ore hoaorr~slerrr auger. Driving resiatanceaware Orenr counted for seoald and Odrd B' inrxemerds and added b gel BPF. Where they altered srttly, beY are reported M the tolowkg ionrrr: 2112 for the second and thbd 0" irtaerrrerth, respedivey. WH: WHk:dtcatesthesamplerpenetratedsollunderweight~hammer and rods abne; driving not ntquked. WR: WR indicates the sampler penetrated soA under weight of rods stale: hammer weight sod drhAng not required. iW Indkxtea Ihbr waNed (undsturbed) Wbe some. Note: AN tests were nm in general acoorderrce wOh applkable ASTM standards. 1i~71W 10 10 20 30 4D 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 DIVISION 0 -BIDDING AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SECTION 00300 -BID DIVISION INDEX AND DESCRIPTIONS COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER Bid Division Bid Division Title ' CH1-02-1 Site Clearing, Faccavation, Landscaping, Water, Sanitary Sewer, Storm System ' CH1-02-2 Asphaltic Concrete Paving, Base Material CH1-03-1 F~cterbr Concrete, Sidewalk, Pads, Curb and Gutter CH1-16-1 Electrical Site Lighting [' ii 00300-1 .' EXCLUDED 02200 Earthwork: Sub base under bituminous, curb and gutter, ' and poured concrete. INCLUDED As identified within the construction documents inducting but not limited to: ' 02110 Site Clearing 02111 Selective Demolition 02200 , F~rthwork ~' 02240 Geotextiles 8 Fabrics " 02250 interlocking Concrete Pavers "02275 Modular Concxete Blodc Retaining Wall ~ "02660 ' Watermains -Ductile Iron 02720 Storm Drainage Systems 02722 Drain Tile 02730 ' San'~tary Sewer 02811 Irrigation Systems 02830 Fences and Gates 02920 Sodding 02936 Native Seeding 02950 Landscape Planting ALSO INCLUDED Site clearing and grubbing, haul away excess material and excavation, sodding, spreading of topsoil, exgvation, ~backfilling and installation of site utilities into permanent location in building., coordinate with other trades, rough. anti fine gcadirag of areas; Coordination of the disconnections of utilities,. notification to businesses and homes. Temporary constriction fence as indicated in Section 01513. Material to bring site to a finished product. Milling of existing bituminous used for fill material as directed by engineer, Fine grading of sub base for base material. Existing retaining wall to be handed over to the Owner. Assume 10,000 cY of existing soil that needs to be removed, dried out, compacthd in parking area as directed by engineer, note: See Sections 01026 finit Prices and 01030 Alternates. Any damage due to your work, i.e. bituminous, street, must be repaired under this contract. Cut all edges. Cut the asphalt fln 41'~ Avenue as indicated. • Shop Drawings and Submittals • Performance of work in a safe and workmanlike manner • Daily housekeeping and final cleanup • Removal of excess waste materials • Loading, unloading, hoisting of your materials • Verification of field dimensions • Coordinator with other Corrtraciors~(Bid Divisions) • Staking • Layout • Warrarrty • OSHA/barricades and protiection • Installation and maintenance of safiaty fencing around coratruction site. . 00300-2 2. Bid Division CH1-02-1 is responsible for the SWPPP requirements and maintenance. BID DMSION CH1-02-2 Asahaltic Concrete Pavino 8 Base Course EXCLUDED Base material under poured concrete as indicated under Bid Division CH1-02-1 sections 02250 Interiocking Concrete Pavers and 02275 Modular Concrete Block Retaining Wall INCLUDED As ident~ed within the construction documents including but not limited to: 02500 Plant Mix Bituminous Pavement 02580 Pavement Striping 02850 Signs ALSO INCLUDED Supply and install all base material (Section 02200 Earthwork) and asphalt, including base material under curb and gutters; Fine grading of sub base and base requinad for a finished system. Markings, i.e., parking stalls, signs as indicated and required by code. Any additional base materials and fine grade as requinrd and install asphalt for driveway. Coorclinate with contractors for Bid Division CH1-02-1 and CH1-03-1. Nate: See Sections 01026 Unit Prices and 01030 Alternates. Install asphaR on 41~ Avenue as required to fill in between the old road and new curb, approximately 1' wide. • Shop Drawings and Submittals • Pertormance of work in a safe and workmanlike manner • Daily housekeeping and final cleanup • Removal of excess waste materials • Loading, unloading, hoisting of your materials • Verification of field dimensions • Coordination with other Contractors (Bid Divisions) • Staking • Layout • Warranty • Quality control in accordance with 01400 • Abide by OSHA laws 00300-3 BID DIVISION CH1-03'•7 Exterior Concrete, Sidewalk. Pads. Curb and Gutter EXCLUDED Base material under curb and gutters. INCLUDED As ident~ed within the construction documerrts including but not limited to: 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 03300 Cast-in-Place Concrete ALSO INCLUDED Supply and install rebar and concrete for all exterior work: sidewalk, aprons, also miscellaneous items related to your work, i.e., imbeds, bollard; Also, sub base material under sidewalks, Section 02200; Base material under curb and gaffer to be provided by Bid Division CH1-OZ-2, this bid division is responsible for fine grading of sub base of curb and gutter. • Shop Drawings and Submittals • Performance of work in a safe and workmanlike manner • Daily housekeeping and final cleanup • Removal of excess waste materials • Loading, unloading, hoisting of your materials • Verification of freld dimensions • Coordination with other Contractors (Bid Divisions) • Layout • Warranty • Quality Control in accordance with 01400 • OSHAlbarricades and protection • Move stored materials as required to allow performance work of other trades contractors f 1. Bid division CH1-03-1 shall not include cast concrete retaining walls as shown in details 17,18 and 19 on sliest C6. ~a~ But it is still required for the CH1-02-1 earthwork contractor to bads fill for these retaining walls. ~1~~~ 00300-4 1 BID DNiSION CH1-16-1 Site LialKi~ EXCLUDED INCLUDED As ident~ed within the construction documents including but not limited to: ' 16050 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16120 Conductors and Cables 16130 Raceways and Boxes ' 16195 Electricalldentification 16452 Grounding 16525 Exterior Lighfing ' ALSO INCLUDED Supply and install site lighting and control system; Trenching and compaction of disturbed areas; Connecting Site Lighting to Control ' System as directed by Construction Manager; Steel and concrete for light bases, Sections 03200 and 03300. ' Shop Drawings and Submittals • Pertormance of work in a safe and workmanlike manner • Daily housekeepir~ and final cleanup • Removal of excess waste materials ' Loading, unloading, hoisting of your materials • Verfication of field dimensions • Coordination with other Contractors (Bid Divisions) ' Layout • Warranty • Quality Control in accordance with 01400 ' OSHAlbarricades and protection (See Safety Section 01520) • Move stored materials as required to allow performance work of other trades contractors ' END OF SECTION 1 1 1 .' 00300-5 • DIVISION 0 -BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00400 -PROPOSAL FORM -PHASE 1 -SITE WORK PACKAGE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER ' SUBMIT PROPOSAL TO: CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS (OWNER) 590 4~0~ AVE~N[JE NORTHEAST . COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 '. FOR: COLUMBIA HEI'GHTS PUBLIC SAFETY .CENTER (PROJECT) BUETOW AND ASSOCIATES, IT`TC. (ARCHITECT) ' 2345 RICE~STREET, SUITE 2l'0 . ST. PAUL, MN SSl 13 ' EDS BUILDERS, INC. (CONSTRUCTION MANAGER) 404 A SAINT CROIX 'TRAIL NORTH LAKELAND, MN 55043 ' (a corporation) SUBMITTED BY '(a partrrers#~ip) • (an •iffdividnal) of • ' Street City State Zip . Phone Nfl. FOR BID ~DI~VISION(S): '; ' CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS We have carefully •read and fWly understand the Contract Documents, including the lnstrnctions to Bidders (AIA701), General Conditions (A201 /CMa), Supplemental/Special Cond•i~tions,.. Proposal Section, Technical Speci€cations, project manual, and' drawings as prepared by Buetow and Associates, Inc. dated July 21, 2008, covering the. work required i~n our proposal and the specifications. ADDENDA • :' We acknowledge the receipt of Addenda and ' Dated and • _ CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT • We understand the Construction.Manager's function as described and referred to throughout the Contract Documents. We realize that each Bid Division~Contracto•r is i~n fact a Prime Contractor and not asub- co~ntractor working through a General Contractor. ~ • Proposal Form Page 1 City ofColumbia Heights Public Safety Center Phase One Site Wor~EBid Addendum Number One August •7, 2008 Page .26 of 29 tei B61 488-6701 tax 861 488-2674 www.bu~etowarch~4tecta.com ~~ ' BID DIVISION RESPONSIBIL• rI'Y • We recognize that the scope of the work within a bid division represents a construction 'unit that is not necessarily restricted to a single trade performance and our proposal includes the work of all #~rades required to fully and successfully complete al•1 of the work required in the Bid•Division(s) we.have bid, 1 1 MILESTONE SCHEDULLr We 'have reviewed the Section 00210 Milestone Schedule and hereby endorse the milestone dates with regard to the work of the bid division we have bid, except as specifically set forth in the written amendrent 'below.. (If you choose' to amend the progress requirements as stipulated, 'please clearly indicate your amendment and the reasons why.) • EXCEPTIONS AND/OR SUBSTII'~TI'IONS ~ • We have submitted our proposal complete as specified and shown on the.drawi~ngs without exceptions or substitutions. C O•MBINED BIDDING DEDUCT • We have submitted' proposals for more than one Bid Division and offer a volun'tary' deduct of Dollars if we are awarded the work i~n the follAwing•.Bid Divisions ,, _. If more than one combined bid deduct is~ desired, .please state below. We understand that the amount stipulated wi•I~1 be deducted from the combined total' of the~Bi~d Divisions we hive 'listed herein. PROPOSAL The undersigned .agrees to perform all' work as identified in Section 01010 - Summary of Work and Section 00300 - Bid Division Index and Descriptions as described in the 'Contract Documents for the total base bid listed below. The am~ount• shall be shown in both words and figures. In case of a discrepancy, the words shall govern. Also proposal must include all bond costs.and applicable sales tax. BTD DIVTSiON(S) BASE BTD: 1 1 _-- -Dollars ($ _ ) Proposal Form Page 2 Ciry of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center ~ Phase One Site Work Bid Addendum Number One August 7, 2008 Page 27 of 29 tel 661 4'83-67.01 fax 661 485-2574 www.buetowa•rchitecte.com 1 ' BID ALTERNATE PRICING FORM '. Please provide the additive or deductive price for the project al•ternate(s) in accordance with Section 01030 in the Project Ma~nua~l~. In not applicable, please state N.A. Alternate prices may be accepted by the Owner up to 90 days after bids are received. Alternates- phase 1 -Site Work Package Indicate Add o~r Deduct Alternate No. 1 North Drive Area, north of the Apparatus Bay, shall be bituminous in lieu ofconcaete. The north concrete apron wil•1 •be left in as shown. $• 1 r. 1 i Alternate No. 2 Eliminate west property line 4' high ornamental fence. Chain link fence is to remain. East property line 4' high ornamental fence remains. • Alternate No.. 3 Eliminate all trees, shrubs and mulch iiom the bid. They $ will be installed by Owner. Seed and Sod remain as originally . designed in base bid. Lawn irrigation sfiall remain in bid to meet • the requirements of the plantings and sod shown on the landscape plan. . Alternate No. 4 Supply and install dry-cast•segmental masonry retaining $ wall, in lieu of Section 02275 -Modular Concrete Block Retaining Wall. Dry-cast retaining wal•1 units shall comply with MnDOT requirements for strength and' durability. Retaining wall design shall comply with MnDOT Standard Sheet 5- 297.640 and shall be sealed in accordance with MnDOT specifications. Alternate No. 5 Entry Pla~a~ Area shall be colored concrete in lieu of pervious $ pavers. Sern~i-circle shall be integrally colored red (Prism . Pigments P1~9640 Red Barn or equal) and City logo•to be integrally colored dark grey (Prism Pigments P9140~ Slate Grey • . or equal). Replace paver sub-base and drainti~le with standard base. aggregate. Verify color with Architect prior to construction. Alternate No.. 6 Replace rip-rap sido-slope,.north of secure parking lot $ in the northeast quadrant of the site, with a "large block" retaining wall. Wall height of 9-feet at east end, height of 4feet . at l 80' west, then tapering to height of 0-feet over l5'. Rip-rap ~~ • sido-slope north• of the fire parking in the northwest quadrant of the site shall remain in the project. • Alternate No. 7 Replace rip=rap sido-slope, north of secure parking lot in the northeast quadrant of the site, with a MnDOT Dry-Cast segmental wall. Wall Height of 9-feet at east end, height of 4-feet at 180'• west, then tapering to height of 0-feet over l5'. Rip-rap sido-slope north of the fire parking in the northwest quadrant of the site shall rerna~in in the project. Alternate No. S Delete Basement Room 031. Place and compact additional fll materialas needed. Proposal Form Page 3 tel 851. 488-8701 fex 651 488-2874 www.buetowarohftects.co•m City of Columbfa Hefghts Public Safety Center Phase One Srte A'ork Bid Addendum Number One August 7, 2008 $ _ Page 28 of Z9 The undersigned agrees to perform all work as identified in~ Section 01010 -Summary of Work and • ~ Section 00~~00 - B•id Divi~sion~ Index and Descriptions as described in the Contract Documents Section 01026 Unit Prices. Proposal must include all.bond costs and applicable sales tax. ' Unit Prices -Phase 1 -Site Work Package. 'Unit Price Per Cubic Yard • On Site Soil Correction _ t On Site Soil Correction with Stock-Piled Material ~ • Soil Correction with Off•Site.Material • '~ Bituminous Base Course Aggregate Base Course '' AGREEMEM' This proposal, if accepted by the Owner within sixty (60) days of the date designated for receiving ,~ proposals will be issued as the basis for a contract directly with the Owner. The undersigned hereby agrees to accept a contract for the work covered by the proposal,. under the terms and conditions of the contract documents. . ' We acknowledge the fact that the Owner has the right to accept or reject any and all proposals with ~or without cause or terms. • NAME OF BIDDER: ' ,' ADDRESS:. '~ ~ ~ 4 ' BY: ~ (Signature) • ~ (Type or Print) ' ~ TiTLE: - DATE: ~' PHONE: • FAX: ',, E-MAIL: ENCLOSURE BID SECURITY: END OF SECTION ^ Proposal Form Page 4 ~ ~ End of Addendum N~u~mber One •' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Phase One Site Work did A~ddendu~n Number One August 7, 2008 Page 29 of 29 tel 661 493-9TDi fax 851 493-2574 www.buetowarch,lt~ecte.com '' ~ ~ . i .'I 1 .1~ D S i C ~ `' S '' F '. 1 ,~~, Section 00400 - P%posa~l Form ~~-Qi~' 1, The Proposal Form is reissued ands is attaclied,at the end'ofthis Addendum. MSION ~0 -- BIDDING AND CONTRACT .REQUIREMENTS ECTION 00400 -PROPOSAL FORM -PHASE 1-SITE WORK PACKAGE . OLUMBIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER UBMIT PROPOSAL TO: CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS (OWNER) 590 40T" AVENUE NORTHEAST COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 B F CE C OR. •, COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PU LIC SA ETY NTER (P E T) ~~ :~ BUETOW AND ASSOCIATES, INC. G4 HITECT) `t. 2345 RICE STREET, SUITE 210 '~` ST. PAUL, MN 55113 EDS BUILDERS, INC. (CONS UCTION MANAGER) 404 A SAINT CROIX TRAIL NORTH LAKELAND, MN 55043 SUBMITTED BY ~' of - Street i ~ FOR BID DIVISION(S): 11 CONSTRUCTION DOCUME ,~ We have carefully read and to Bidders (AIA701), Ger Proposal Section, Techn' Buetaw and Associates, the speaficatiorts. ' ADDENI;S~A (a corporation) (a partnership) (an individual) State Zip Phone No. understand the Contra Documents, including the Instructions ral Conditions (A201JCM SupplernentaVSpecial Conditions, I Speafit.ations, project ma ~ I, and drawings as prepared by dated July 21, 2008, covering work nequired jn our proposal and We acknowl the receipt of Addenda nd ~~ • Dated nd CONS UCTION MANAGEMENT '~ We rstand the Construction Manager's function as described and reien~ed throughout the ct 'Documerts. We realize that each Bid Division Contractor is in fact a Pn . ~ e Contractor ' nd not asub-contractor working through a. General Contractor.. I 00400-1 ~~ i~ ,~ '~ r i J 1 for the total case of a d applicable s BID DIVISIC e bid listed bek~nr. The amount shall be shown in both words and figures. ~In f panty, the. words shall govern. Also proposal must include all pond costs and tax. BASE BID: BID ALTERNATE PRICING FO Please provide the additive price for project alt the Project Manual. In not applicable, lease state Altennaties -Phase 1 -Site Work Pac e Alternate No. 1 North Drive Area, north of • to be bituminous in I'reu of concrete apron will be left Alternate No. 2 Eliminate west property I' Alternate No. 3 Eliminate all planfing ($ ) in accordance with Section 01030 in Add or Deduct ratus Bay, ~ .The north • fence ~ to boundary line. $ Alternate No. 4 Supply and install ystone Retaining $ Wall, or equal, i ieu of Modular Concrete Block Retaini • alwSection 02275 The undersigned agrees to orm all work as ident~ed in Sectio 01010 -Summary of Work and Section 00300 -Bid D" 'sion Index, Descriptions as described r the Contract Documents Section 01026 Unit P ' .The amount shall be shown in both words nd figures. In case of a discrepancy, the words all govern. Also proposal must include all bo cysts and applicable sales tax. . Unit Prices - Pha 1-Site Work Package Unit Price er Cubic Yard On Site Soil Co c~ion On Site Soil orrection with Stock Piled Material Soil Co ~ 'on with Off Site Material Bitumi us Base Course • Ag ~ ate Base Course 00400-3 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DIVISION 0 -BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00500 -CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER The successful bidder will execute an agreement with the Owner which shall be the standard form of agreement between Owner and Contractor, Documenrt A101/CMa issued by the American Institute of Architects, 1992 Edition. No oontradural adjustment shall be due or requested as a result of failure on the part of the Contractor to fully acquaint themselves and all other parties to the oorrtract with the pnwisions of Document A101 /CMa. END OF SECTION 00500-1 1 Document A101/CMa" -1992 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where the basis of payment is a STIPULATED SUM AGREEMENT made as of the day of in the year of (In words, indicate day, month and year) ADDIT10N5 AND DELETIONS• The author of this document has ' BETWEEN the Owner. added information needed for Its (Name and address) oornpletion. The author may also have revised the text of the original City of Columbia Heights AIA standard form. An A~1i8a-s and ' 59040th Avenue Northeast tteletions Aepa-t that notes added Columbia Heights, MN 55421 irdormatlon as well as revisions b the standard form raid to available and the Contnlcbr: irom Nte author and should be ' (Name and address) reviewed. A verf(cal Bne in the fail margin of this documerd Mldkates • where the author has added necessary inionnatton and where ' the author has added b or deleted For the following Project: irom the original AIA text. (Include detailed description of P%lect, location, address and scope) Thls docurnerd has importard legal ' Columbia Heights Public Safety Center attorney encouraged with respect 825 41st Avenue Northeast b its wmpletlon or nwdiia~tioa ' Colttatbia Heights, MN 55421 New Public Safety Center The 198¢ Edgton of AU- Document A201~t~a,t~erterel ~~ of The Construction Manager is: the Contract for Cortstnx:tlon, Construction ~ Adviser (Name and address) F~JNIon, Is adopted In this document ' by reference. Do not use wRh other EDS Bw7ders, Inc. general candftbrls urtsess tltls 404A Saint Croix Trail North document is modHied. ' Lakeland, MN 55043 • The Architect is: (Name and address) ' Buetow and Associates 2345 Rice Street Suite 210 ' St. Paul, MN 55113 The Owner and Contractor agree as set forth below. ' InIL AUL Doctarrarrt A701K:YeTM -1992. CapyrlgM ®199'1 by The American InsdW[e of An;hBects. All rylhts reearvad. W sRtatiti: This AIAe Document Is protected by U.S. Copyright Lew and Internatlo~rei Trestles. tJnauthor~ed reprodudbrr or dlstrlbtAlon of this AIA Document, or any portion of N, may result In severe civil and criminal perwltlee, and vW116e prosecuted to the merdmtan extant possl6le under ere law. This dxunent vats produced by ' ~ Ueer Notes a< 10~5~0 on 07/1812009 under Order No.10009ti4084 1 which e~ires on 7/1 5 /2 0 11 9. and b not for reaab. (2578898521 ARTICLE 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Doctmtents consist of this Agreement, Condition of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Condition), Drawings, Specification, Addenda issued prior to execution of this Agreement, other documents listed in this Agreetnertt and Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement; these form the Contract, and are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. An enumeration of the Contract Documents, other than Modifications, appears in Article 9. ARTICLE 2 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT The Contractor shall execute the entire Work described in the Contract Documents, except to the extent specifically indicated in the Contract Docurriertts to be the responsibility of others, or as follows: ARTICLE 3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION § 3.1 The date of cormrrencement is the date from which the Contract Time of Section 3.2 is measured, and shall be the date of this Agreement, as first written above, unless a different date is stated below or provision is made far the date to be feed in a notice to proceed issued by the Owner. (Insert the date of commencement, if it di,,§'ers from the date of this Agreement or. if a~licable. state that the date will be ftred in a notice to proceed.) Unless the date of eomrinencernent is established by a notice to proceed issued by the Owner, the Contractor shall notify the Owner, through the Construction Manager, in writing not less than five days before conunencing the Work to permit the timely filing of mortgages, mechanic's liens and other security interests. I § 32 The Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work not later than ( )days after the Date of Caaurtencement. (Insert the calendar date or nwnber of calendar days ajkr the date of commencement Also Insert any requireme-tts for earlier Substantial Completion of certain portions of the Worts if not stated elsewhere in the Contr~t Docurndtt~) . Portion of Work Subatarltial Completion date subject to adjustments of this Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents. (Insert provisions, if any, for liquidated damages relating to failure to complete on time.) ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT SUM § 4.1 The Owner shall pay the Contractor in curre<tt funds for the Contractor's performance of the Contract the Contract Sum of ($ ), subject to addition and deductions as provided in the Contract Documents. § 4.2 The Contract Sum is based upon the following alteanates, if any, which are described in the Contract Documents and are hereby accepted by the Owner. (State the numbers or other identi, fication of accepter alternates If decisions on other alternates are to be Horde by the t~-vner subsequent to the execution of this Agreement, attach a schedule of suds other alternates showing the amount for each and the date until which that amount is valid.) § 4.3 Unit prices, if any, are as follows: Intl. A~ Doeu111ent A101/CtAaTM -1992. CopyrlgM O 1992 by The American Institute of Ardritegs. Aq rights reserved WAR[aNO: This AIA° Documerd is protarxed bt- U.S. Copyright Law end Irrternatlarrel Treaties. Urrartthor[zed reprodlrcttan dr disbibutlon or this AIA° Doctanerrt, or any portlon of it, mey resua In severe clvtl end criminal penettles, and wdl be prosecuted is the maximum extent possible under the farir. Thls~doarrrent was produced by t AIA software at 1 DyD5~0 an 0711912008 under Order No.100006A094 1 whk:h expires on 7/f 52009, and is not for resale. User Notes: (~7gagg5Q1 1 Description Units Price (S 0.00) ARTICLE 5 PROGRESS PAYMENTS § 5.1 Based upon Applications for Payment submitted by the Contractor to the Construction Manager, and upon Project Applications and Certificates for Payment issued by the Construction Manager and Architect, the Owner shall make progress payments on aoceunt of the Contract Sum to the Contractor as provided below and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. § 5.2 The period covered by each Application for Payment shall be one calendar month ending on the last day of the ' month, or as follows: ' § 5.3 Provided an Application for Payment is submitted to the Construction Manager not later than the day of a month, the Owner shall make payment to the Contractor not later than the day of the same month If an Application for Payment is received by the Construction Manager after the application date fixed above, payment shall be made by the Owner not later than ( )days after the Construction Manager receives the Application for Payment. § 5.4 Each Application for Paymatt shall be based upon the Schedule of Values submitted by the Contractor in ' accordance with the Contract Documents. The Schedule of Values shall allocate the entire Contract Sum among the various portions of the Work and be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Construction Manager ar Architect may require. This schedule, unless objecoed to by the Construction Manager or Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. ' § 5.5 Applications for Payment shall indicate the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the end of the period coveted by the Application for Payment. ' § 5.6 Subject to the provisions of the Contract Documents, the amount of each progress payment shall be computed as follows: § 5.6.1 Take that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to completed Work as determined by multiplying ' the percentage completion of each portion of the Work by the share of the total Contract Sum allocated fA that portion of the Work in the Schedule of Values, less retainage of ( ). Pending fmal deteaminadon of cost to the Owner of changes in the Work, amounts not in dispute may be included as provided in Section 7.3.7 of the ' General Conditions; § 5.6.2 Add that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the sift fa subsequent incorporation in the completed construction (or, if approved in advance by the ' Owner, suitably stored off the site at a location agreed.upon in writing), less retainage of ( ); §5.6.3 Subtract the aggregate of previous payments made by the Owner, and ' §5.6.4 Subtract amounts, if any, for which the Construction Manager or Architect has withheld or nullified a Certificate for Payment as provided in Section 9.5 of the General Conditions. § 5.7 The progress payment amount determined in accordance with Section 5.6 shall be further modified under the following circumstances: §5.7.1 Add, upon Substantial Completion of the Work, a sum sufficient to increase the total payments W ( ) ' of the Contract Sum, less such amounts as the Construction Manager recommends and the Architect determines for incomplete Work and unsettled claims; and § 5.7.2 Add, if final completion of the Work is thereafter materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor, any ' additional amounts payable in accordance with Section 9.10.3 of the General Conditions. Init. AIA Document A101R:Na~ -1992 Copyright O 1982 by The AmerN:an Instl4de of Arddxx:is. All rlghls renrved. wleRtaRNGI: This AIAe DoNSnent is protected by U.S. Copyright Lew and hNematlorwl lt~tles. Unauthorized reproduction ar distribution of this AU1 Document, or any portbn of it, rosy result In sewire dull and aimhrel penaltles, snd will be prececuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by ' / AIA aoarmre ffi 1095:00 on07/1 a1Z000 under Order No.1000304004 1 wlrch expires on 711512009, and Is rrot for meals. User Notes: ) § 5.8 Reduction or limitation of retainage, if any, shall be as follows: (If it is intended prior to Substantial Completion of the entire Worl4 to reduce or limit the retainage resulting from the ptrctntages inserted in Sections S.~l and 5.6.2 above, and this is not explained elsewhere in the Contract Documents, insert lure provisions for such reduction or limitation) ARTICLE 6 FINAL PAYMENT Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be made by the Owner to the Contractor when (1) the Contract has been fully performed by the Contractor except for the Contractor's responsibility to correct rmnconforming Work as provided in Suction 122.2 of the General Conditions and to satisfy other nuluirements, if any. which necessarily survive final payment; and (2) a final Project Certificate for Payment has been issued by the Construction Manager and Architect; such final payment shall be made by the Owner not more than 30 days after the issuance of the final Project Certificate for Payrrmnt, or as follows: ARTICLE 7 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS § 7.1 Where re=faience is made in this Agroement to a provision of the General Conditions or another Contract Document, the n:ference refers to that provision as amended or supplemented by other provisions of tlu Contract Documents. § 7.2 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate stated below, or in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located. (Insesi Hate of interest agreed upon, {f any.) ( )Per annum (Usury laws and requirements under the Federal Truth in Lending Act, similar state and local consumer credit laws and other regulations at the Owner's and Contractor's principal places of business, the location of the Project and elsewhere may a,~ect the validity of this provision Legal advice should be obtained with respect to deletions or modifications, and also regarding requirements such as written disclosures or waivers.) § 7.3 Temporary facilities and services: (Here insert temporary facilities and services which are di,~`erent from or in addition to those included elsewhere in the Contract Documents.) § 7A Other Provisions: {Here list airy special provisions a,~'ecting the Contract) ARTICLE 8 TERMINATIOPI OR SUSPENSION § 8.1 The Contract tnay be terminated by the Owner or the Contractor as provided in Article 14 of the General Conditions. § 8.2 The Work may be suspended by the Owner as provided in Article 14 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 8 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS § 9.1 The Contract Documents, except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement, are enumerated as follows: Init. A~ tlocumst A10UCthre - 798'1. Copyright O 1992 by The American Instidde of Arcldtects. All rlphts reserved. WARNOtQ: This AU1° l>ocumem la protacled hY U.S. Copyright l.aw and Irdsrnetlornl Treads. Uneuthortsd reprodwxbn or dlstritsrtlar of this AU1° Doctsnst, or any portlon of q may result In severe dull and erNnirrel peneltles, and will be p-osecuted b the maximum extend positde under the law. This docims3rrT ws produced ty / AIA soarrare at 10A5:00 or107/1812008 under l7rder Na1000964064 1 which expires on 7/15/1008, and Is not hx• resale. User Note: (2576&9952) 1 1 1 1 1 § 9.1.7 The Agreement is this executed Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor, AIA Document A101/CMa, 1992 Construction Manager-Adviser Bdition. § 9.1.2 The General Conditions are the General Conditions of the Contract for Conswction, AIA Document A201/CMa, 1992 Conswction Manager-Adviser Edition. § 9.1.3 The Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract are those contained in the Project Manual dated and are as follows: Document rtl~e Pages § 9.1.4 The Specifications are those contained in the Project Manual dated as in Section 9.1.3, and one as follows: (Either list the Specifications here or refer to an erdtibit attached to this Agreement.) Title of Specifications exhibit: (Table deleted) § 9.1.5 The Drawings areas follows, and are dated unless a different date is shown below: (Either list the Drawings here or refer m an exhibit attached to this Agreement) Title of Drawings exhibit: (Table deleted) § 9.1.6 The Addenda, if any, are as follows: Number Date Pages Portions of Addenda relating to bidding requirements are not part of the Contract Documents unless the bidding requirt;trteatts are also enumerated in this Article 9. § 9.1.7 Other documents, if any, forming part of the Contract Documents are as follows: (List here any additional documents which acre intended w form part of the Contract Documents. The General Conditions provide that bidding requirements such as advertisement or invitation to bid Instructions to Bidders, sample forms and the Contractor's bid are not part of the Contras Documents ruiless enumerated in this Agreement They should be listed here only if intended to be pare of the Contract Documents.) This Agreement entered into as of the day and year first written above. OWNER (Signature) (Printed name and title) CONTRACTOR (Signature) (Printed name and title) AU1 Dot:taneM AtOUCYare-1992 • Init. Copyright O 1892 by The Amerl~n kistlhrta of ArctYlecls. AN rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA Document Is Protected by U.s. Copyright Law and trdematlorrsl Trestles. Unautharlred reproductbn ar distrtbutlan of this AIA° Docrenem, or airy portion of ft, may result in severe chill end criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent poaalbie under the law. This doaxnenr was produced by / AlA soflrvare e< 106:00 on 07/19ldp09 under t~rdar No.10003&1094 1 whkh expkes on 7H 5/2009. and Is not for resale. Urger Noses: (~I r. ' DIVISION 0 -BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00600 -PRE-CONTRACT PERFORMANCE SUBMITTALS ' COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER PART 1 GENERAL ' 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Each Contractor shall submit to the construc~on manager the following pre- ' contract performance submittals when applicable, within ten days of the date of the Letfier of Intent. ' B. Pre-contract submittals shall be submitted separately for each Contrail. 1.02 PRE-CONTRACT SUBMITTALS ' The contractor shall not commence work nor allow subcontractors or sub-subcontractors or suppliers of any materials to commence work until the following submittals are provided and ' approved: A. Performance, and Labor and Material Payment Bond for 10096 of the Contract Amount (if n:quired). ' B. Insurance Certficate with coverages as speafied in Section 00810; Article 11, Insurance. C. A Schedule of Values. ' D. List of Subcontractors, material suppliers and equipment manufacturers. E. A detailed schedule for the work of the Contractor. ' F. Material Safety Data Sheets for all materials to be used on-site. G. Contractor written Safety Program. ' END OF SECTION 00600-1 DNISION 0 -BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00700 -GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER The General Conditions of the contract for construction ane AIA Documents 201/CMa ' issued by the American Insfitute of Architects, 1992 Edition. No contractural adjustment shall be due or requested as a result of failure on the part of ' the Contractor to fully acquaint themselves and all other parses to the contract with Document 201/CMa. END OF SECTION 1 1 1 1 1 00700-1 1 Document A2011CMa° -1992 1 General Conditions of the Contract for Construcfion where the Constuction Manager is NOT a Cortstnrcfor 1 for the folbwing PROJECT: (Name and lo[xition or address): ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: Columbia Heights Public Safety Center The autFxx of this document Free 1 825 41st Avenue Northeast added tnbrmation needed br its Columbia Heights, MN 55421 completan. The author may aFeo have revised the teed of the origFrrel 1 THE OWNER: (Name and address): AIA standard fame. An Adlddbns and D Report that notes added City of Columbia Heights irdormatFon as well as revisions to 59040th Avenue Northeast the standard fomn text is avaiFable Columbia Heights, MN 55421 from the author and should he reviewed. A vertical litre in the left THE ARCHITECT: margin of this dotnarrent kldcates (Name and address): where the author has added Buetow and Associates necessary inbrmedicn and where 1 2345 Rice Street the autFwr has added to or deleted Suite 210 from the original AIA ts~d. St. Paul, MN 55113 This dowmeurt Fres Important legal 1 consequences. Cortsulatlon with an attamey Is encoureged whh respect TABLE OF ARTICLES b its oompletlon or modgicagon. 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS 2 OWNER 1 3 CONTRACTOR 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 1 5 SUBCONTRACTORS 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY OTHER CONTRACTORS 1 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK 8 TIME 1 9 PAYMENTSAND COMPLETION ' 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 11 INSURA NCE AND BONDS 1 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTK)N OF WORK 73 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 1 AIA Document A2D1/CIh~ -1892. CopyrlgM O 1992 by The American InstlhRe o1 Anctdtects. All rights reserved. WARNINQ: Thla AIA° Document is InFt . protected by U.S. CopyrlgM Law and Internatlorail Treatks. Urreutirorized reproduction or dtstrlbutlon of this AIA° Docwnerrt, ar any portion of It, ~ may reeuk In severe civil end criminal penai8ea, and w81 be prosecuted to the maxirrxen extent possible under the Iaw. This doament was produced by J AW software at 10:11tA2 on 07/1912009 urxier Order Na1000964084 1 wMch expires on 7h 512009, and Is net for male. 1 User Notes: (4173567805) INDEX Acceptance of Noncorrforming Work 9.6.6, 9.9.3.12.3 Acceptance of Work 9.6.6,9.8.2,9.9.3,9.10.1,9.10.3 A«xas to Work 316, 6.2.1,12.1 Accident Prevention 4.6.6, 10 Acts and Omissions• 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.3.2, 3.12.8, 3.18, 4.6.6, 4.6.2., 4.7.9, 8.3.1,10.1.4, 10.2.5,13.42, 13.7, 14.1 Addenda 1.1.1, 3.11 Additional Costs, palms for 4.7.6,4.7.7,4.7.9,6.1.1, 10.3 Additional Inspections and Testing 4.6.10, 9.8.2, 12.2.1,13.5 Additional Time, gairag for 4.7.6, 4.7.8, 4.7.9, 8.3.2,10.3 ADNIA~iLSTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 33.3,4,9.4,9.5 Advertisement or Invitation to Bid 1.1.1 Aesthetic Effect 4.6.20, 4.9.1 Allowances 3.8 All risk Insurance 11.3.1.1 Applications for Payment 4.6.9,7.3.7,9.2,93,9.4,95.1,9.6.3,9.8.3,9.10.1, 9.103, 9.10.4,11.1.3, 14.2.4 Approvals 2.4, 3.3.3, 3S, 3.103, 3.12.4 through 3.12.8, 3.18.3, 4.6.12, 9.3.2, 11.3.1.4,13.4.2,13.5 Arbitration 4.5, 4.7.4, 49, 8.3.1,10.1.2, 11.3.9, 11.3.10 Arddtect 4.1 Arrhitect, and Certificate of Payment 4.6.9 Architect, Definition of 4.1.1 Architect, Extent of Authority 2.4.1,3.12.6,4.6.6,4.7.2.5.2,6.3,7.1.2,7.2.1,7.4,9.2, 93.1,9.419.5,9.6.3,9.8.2,9.8.3,9.10.1,9.10.3, 121, 12.2.1,13.5.1,13.5.2,14.2.2,14.2.4 Architect, Limitations of Authority and Responsibility 3.3.3,3.12.8,3.12.11,4.6.5,4.6.6,4.6.10,4.6.12, 4.6.17, 4.6.19, 4.6.x, 4.7.2, 52.1, 7.4, 9.6.4 Architect's Additional Services and Expenses 2.4, 9.8.211.3.1.1, 12.2.1, 122.4, 13.5.2, 13.5.3, 14.2.4 Architect's Administration of the Contract 4.6,4.7.6,4.7.7,4.8,9.4,9.5 Architect's Approvals 2.4.1, 3.5.1, 3.10.3, 3.12.6, 3.12.8, 3.183, 4.6.12 Architect's Authority to Reject Work 35.1,4.6.10,12.1.2,12.2.1 Architect's Copyright 1.3 Architect's Decisions 4.6.10, 4.6.12, 4.6.18, 4.6.19, 4.6.20.4.7.2, 4.7.6, 4.8.1, 4.8.4, 4.9, 63, 8.1.3, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.4, 95.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 10.1.2,13.52, 14.22,14.2.4 Architect's Inspections 4.65, 4.6.16, 4.7.6, 9.4.3, 9.8.2, 9.9.2, 9.10.1,135 Architect's Instructions 4.6.10, 4.6.12, 7.4.1, 9.43, 12.1,1352 Architect's Interpretations 4.6.] 8, 4.6.19, 4.7.7 Architect's On-Site Observations 4.6.5, 4.6.9, 4.7.6, 9.4.3, 9.5.1, 9.10.1,135 Architect's Project Representative 4.6.17 Architect's Relationship with Contractor 1.1.2,3.2.1,3.22,33.3,35.1,3.7.3,3.11,3.12.8, 3.12.11,3.16,3.18,4.6.6,4.6.7,4.6.10,4.6.12,4.6.19, 5.2, 6.2.2, 7.3.4, 9.8.2, ]0.1.2, 10.1.4, 10.1.5,11.3.7, 12.1,135 Architect's Relationship with Constnrction Manager 1.1.2, 2.4.1, 3.12.6, 3.12.8, 4.6.8, 4.6.10, 4.6.14, 4.6.16. 4.6.18, 6.3.1, 9.7.1, 9.8, 9.9.1,9.9.2, 9.10.1, 9.10.2, 9.103,12.2.4,13.5.1,135.2,13.5.4,14.2.4 Architect's Relationship with Subcontractors 1.1.2,4.6.6, 4.6.7, 4.6.10, 5.3.1, 9.6.3,9.6.4, 11.3.7 Architect's Representations 9.43, 95.1, 9.10.1 . Architect's Site Visits 4.6.5, 4.6.9, 4.6.16, 4.7.6, 9.4.3, 9.5.1, 9.8.2, 9.92, 9.10.1, 13.5 Asbestos 10.1.2,10.1.3,.10.1.4 Atborrteys' Fees 3.18.1, 9.10.2, 10.1.4 Award of Separate Contracts 6.1.1 Award of Subcontracts snd Other Contracts for Portiol9s of the Work 5.2 Basic Definitions 1.1 Bidding Requirerinnts 1.1.1, 1.1.7, 5.2.1, l 1.4.1 Bor7er and Mac6tlnery Instance 113.2 Bonds, Lien 9.10.2 Bonds, Performance and Payment 7.3.6.4, 9.10.3, 11.3.9,11.4 InN. AIA noctarbrrt A2DUCAla*a - 7992 Copyright ®1992 ty The American Instltlrte of ArchBects. An rights reserved. W sRNg10i: This AIA° DoeuneM Is protected lry U.S. Copyright Law and InterrreNonal iYeetles. Unauthorized reproduction or dlsMbrdlon of this AIA nocumerrt, ar any portlon or It, 2 may result In severe civil end criminal penaltlee, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extern possible under the Isw. This doament was produced by AU1 so(trware at 10:10:0'2 on 07ht1l2008 order Order No.100099d084 1 which expires on 7/1 5 12 0 0 8, and to not for resale. ~r NOt~: (41795578051 1 1 1 r 1 Building Permit 2.2.3, 3.7.1 Capitalb<aation lA Certificate of Substantial Completion 9.8.2 Certitic~es for Payment 4.6.8, 4.6.9, 9.3.3, 9A, 9.5, 9.6.1, 9.6.6, 9.7.1, 9.8.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3,13.7, 14.1.1.3,14.2.4 Certificates of Inspection, Testing or Approval 3.12.11, 13.5.4 Certificates of Insurance 9.3.2, 9.10.2,11.].3 Change Orders 1.1.1,2.4.1,3.8.2.4,3.11.1,4.6.13,4.7.3,52.3,7.1, 7.2, 7.3.2, 8.3.1, 9.3.1.1, 9.10.3, 113.1.2,11.3A, 11.3.9,12.1.2 Change Orders, Definition of 7.2.1 71 CHANGES IN THE WORE 3.11, 4.6.13, 4.6.14, 7, 8.3.1, 9.3.1.1, 10.1.3 Claim, Definition of 4.7.1 Claims and Disputes 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 6.25, 8.3.2, 9.3.1.2, 933, 9.10.4,10.1.4 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims 49.6 Claims for Additional Cost 4.7.6, 4.7.7, 4.7.9, 6.1.1, 103 Claims for Additional Time 4.6.9, 4.7.6, 4.7$, 4.7.9, 83.2 Claims for Concealed or Unlbtown Conditions 4.7.6 Claims for Damages 3.18, 4.7.9, 6.1.1, 62.5, 8.3.2, 9.5.12, lO.lA Claims Subject to Arbitration 4.7.2, 4.8.4,4.6.1 Cleaning Up 3.15, 6.3 Commencement of Statutory Limitation Period 13.7 Commencement of the Work, Conditions Relating to 2.12 ,22.1, 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.7.1, 3.10.13.12.6, 4.7.7, 5.2.1, 6.2.2, 8.12, 82.2, 9.2, 11.1.3, 11.3.6,11.4.1 Commencement of the Work, Definition of 8.1.2 Communications, Owner to Architect 2.2.6 Communications, Owner to Construction Manager 2.2.6 Communications Facilitating Contract Administration 3.9.1 4.6.7, 5.2.1 Completion, Conditions Relating to 3.11,3.15,4.6.5,4.6.16,4.7.2,9.4.2,9.8,9.9.1,9.10, 11.35, 12.2.2,13.7.1 COMPLEPION, PAYMENTS AND 9 Completion, Substantial 4.6.16, 4.752, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.3, 9.8, 9.9.1, 12.2.2, 13.7 Compliance with Laws 13, 3.6, 3.7, 3.13, 4.1.1,1022, 11.1, 11.3, 13.1, 13.5.1,1352,13.6,14.1.1,14.2.1.3 Concealed or Unlutown Conditions 4.7.6 Conditions of the Contract 1.1.1,1.1.7, 6.1.1 Consern, Written 1.3.1, 3.12.8, 3.14.2, 4.7.4.4.9.5, 93.2, 9.82, 9.9.1, 9.10.2,9.10.3,10.12,10.1.3,11.3.1,113.1.4,11.3.11, 13.2,13.4.2 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY OTHER CONTRACTORS 1.1.4, 6 Construtxion Change Directive, Definition of 7.3.1 Constivctlon Change Dlrectiveg 1.1.1, 4.6.13, 7.1, 73, 93.1.1 Constr,mction Manager 4.2 Construction Manager, and Building Permits 2.2.3 Construaron Manager, Claims agairi~ 4.7.2 Construction Manager, Communications through 4.6.7 Construction Manager, and Construction Schedule 3.10.1, 3.102 Constnrdion Manager, Definition of 4.2.1 Construction Manager, and Docurrients and Samples at the Site 3.11.1 Construcxion Manager, Extent of Authority 3.12.6,3.12.8,4.3,4.6.3,4.6.11,7.1.2,7.2.1, 7.3.1, 83.1, 9.2.1, 9.3.1, 9.4.1, 9.4.3, 9.8.2, 9.83, 9.9.1, 12.1, 122.1,122.4, 14.2.2,14.2.4 Construction Manager, Limitations of Authority and Responsibility 4.6.6, 4.6.10,13.4.2 Construction Manager, and Submittals 3.10.3 Construction Manager's Additional Services and Expenses 12.2.1,12.2.4 Construction Manager's Administration of the Contract 4.6, 9.4, 9S Construction Manager's Approval 2.4.1, 3.10.3 Construction Manager's Authority bo Reject Work 4.6.10, 12.2.1 Construction Manager's Decisions Init. AU Documarrt A20UCAAaTM -1992. Copyright m 1882 by The Amerimn InstiWte of Archgacis. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA° Docrarterd is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and PI1~e. alndTr w Il~be ~ reproductlon or dlstributlon of this AIA° Document, ar am porllon of It, 3 may result hr severe ehrN and criminal prosecuted to the maxlmtan extant possible under late law. 7Ms doctxnent was produced by / AIA eoilrrare at 10:10:02 on 07/18M1009 under Order No.1000864094 1 which expose an 7/152008, and is not tar resale. User Notes: (4179557805) 73.6,7.3.7,73.8,9.3.1,9.4.1,95.1 Construction Manager's Inspections 4.6.10, 9.4.3, 9.8.2, 9.9.2,12.1.1 Construction Manager's On-Site Observations 95.1 Constnrcxion Manager's Relationship with Architect 1.1.2, 4.6.8, 4.6.10, 4.6.11, 4.6.14, 4.6.16, 4.6.18, 63.1, 9.2.1, 9.4.2, 9.43, 9.51, 9.6.1, 9.6.3, 9.8.2, 9.83, 9.9.1, 9.10.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 11.1.3, 12.2.4,13.5.1, 1352, 135.4,14.2.2, 14.2.4 Consttvtxion Manager's Relationship with Contractor 3.2.1,3.2.23.3.1,33.3,3.5.1,3.7.3,3.10.1,3.10.2, 3.103,3.11.1,3.125,3.12.6,3.12.8,3.12.9,3.12.10, 3.12.11,3.13.2,3.14.2,3.15.2,3.16.1,3.17.1,3.18.1, 3.183,4.6.3,4.6.4,4.6.6,4.6.11,5.2,6.2.1,62.2, 7.1.2, 7.2.1, 73.4, 73.6, 73.9, 83.1, 92.1,93.1, 9.4.1, 9.4.2,9.4.3,9.7.1,9.8.2,9.9.1,9.10.1,9.10.2,9.10.3, 10.1.1,10.1.2,10.15,10.2.6,11.3.7,12.1,135.1, 13.5.2,13.53,135.4 Construction Manager's Relationship with Owner 2.2.3, 4.6.1, 4.6.2, 10.1.6 Construction Manager's Relationship with Other Contractors and Owner's Own Forrxs 4.6.3 Construction Manager's Relationship with Subcontractors 4.6.10,53.],9.6.3,9.6.4 Construction Manager's Representations 9.4.3, 9.5.1 ConsWction Manager's Site Visits 9.4.4, 9.5.1 Construction Schedules, Contractor's 3.10, 4.63, 4.6.4 Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts SA Continuing Contract Performance 4.7A Contract, Definition of 1.1.2 CONTRACT,'t'FRI~NATION OR SUSPENSION OF Tl~ 4.7.7, 5.4.1.1,14 Contract Administration 333, 4, 9.4, 9.5 Contract Award and Execution, Conditions Relating to 3.7.1, 3.10, 5.2,9.2,11.1.3, 11.3.6,11.4.1 Contract Dowmerrts, The 11,1.2, 7 Contract Documents, Copies Famished and Use of . 1.3, 2.25, 5.3 Contract Documents, Definition of 1.1.1 Contract Performance During Arbitration 4.7.4, 4.9.3 Contract Sum 3.8, 4.7.6, 4.7.7, 4.8.4, 5.2.3, 7.2, 73, 9.1, 9.7, 11.3.1, 12.2.4,12.3, 14.2.4 Contract Sum, Definition of 9.1.1 Contract Tithe 4.7.6,4.7.8.1,4.8.4,7.2.1.3,73,8.2.1,83.1,9.7, 12.1.1 Contract Turn, Definition of 8.1.1 CONTRACTOR 3 Contractor, Definition of 3.1.1, 6.1.2 Contractor's Bid 1.1.1 Contractor's Construction Schedules 310 Contractor's Employees 33.2, 3.4.2, 3.8.1, 3.9, 3.18, 4.6.6, 4.6.10, 8.1.2,10.2, 103,11.1.1,14.2.1.1 Contractor's Liab~7ity Insararrae 11.1,11.3.15 Contractor's Relationship with Other Contractors and Owner's Own Forra;,s 3.12.5, 3.14.2, 4.6.3, 4.6.7, 122.5 Contractor's Relationship with Subcontractors 1.2.4, 3.3.2, 3.18.1, 3.18.2, 5.2.5.3, 5.4, 9.6.2,11.3.7, 11.3.8, 14.2.1.2 Contractor's Relationship with the Architect 1.1.2,3.2.1,3.22,3.33,3.5.1,3.7.3,3.10.1,3.10.3, 3.11.1,3.12.6,3.12.8,3.12.9,3.16.1,3.18,4.6.6,4.6.7, 4.6.10, 4.6.12, 4.6.19, 52, 62.2, 73.4, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.8.2, 9.10.3,10.12,10.1.5,10.2.6, 11.3.7,12.1,135 Contractor's Relationship with the Construction Manager 1.1.2,3.2.1,3.2.2,33.1,3.3.3,3.5.1,3.7.3,3.7.4, 3.10.1, 3.10.2, 3.103, 3.11.1, 3.125, 3.12.6, 3.12.8, 3.12.9,3.12.11,3.13.2,3.14.2,3.15.2,3.16.1,3.17.1, 3.18.1, 3.18.3, 4.6.3, 4.6.4, 4.6.6, 5.2, 6.2.1, 6.22, 7.1.2,7.2.1,73.4,7.3.6,7.3.9,83.1,92.1,9.3.1,9.4.1, 9.4.2,9.4.3,9.7.1,9.8.2,9.9.1,9.10.1,9.10.2,9.103, 10.1.1,10.1.2,10.15, 10.2.6,1].3.7,12.1, 13.5.1, 13.52,13.5.3,13.5.4 Contractor's Representations 12.2, 3.5.1, 3.12.7, 6.2.2, 82.1, 9.3.3 Contractor's Responsibility for Those Performing the Work 33.2, 3.18, 4.6.6,10 Contractor's Review of Contract Doctmiertts 1.2.2, 3.2, 3.73Corttractor's Right to Stop the Work 9.7 Contractor's Right to Teaminate the Contract 14.1 Contractor's Submittals 3.10,3.11,3.12,4.6.12,5.2.1,5.2.3,7.3.6,9.2,9.3.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3,10.12,11.4.2 Contractor's Superintendent 3.9,10.2.6 Contractor's Supervision and Construction Procedures Init. AfA Document A207/CMaTM -1992. Copyright O 1992 t7y The Amerkwn k~sOtute of ArchBecta. All rlghta reserved. WA°RNIN6: Thh A1A° Document is •, protected by U.S. Copyright r.arr and Intematlotml Trestles. Unauthorhed reproduction or dlatributlon of~thia AIA Document, or any portion of k, 4 may resuR in severe clWl end criminal penaltles, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Ttds document was produced by / AIA sollware at 10:102 on 07/1812009 under Omer No.10003ti4084 1 wNch axphae on 7/1 W2009. and Is not far resale. ]her Notes: (4179557805) 1 1.2.4, 3.3, 3.4, 4.6.6, 8.2.2, 8.2.3,10 Contractual Liability Insurance 11.1.1.7,11.2.1, 113.1.5 Coordination and Correlation 1.2.2, 1.2.4,33.1,3.10,3.12.7,6.2.1 Copies Furnished of Drawings and Specifications 1.3, 2.25, 3.11 Con-ection of work 2.3, 2.4, 3.2.1, 4.6.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 12.1.2, 12.2,13.7.1.3 Cost, Definition of 7.3.6 Costs 2.4,3.2.1,3.7.4,3.8.2,3.15.2.,4.7.6,4.7.7,4.7.8.1, 5.2.3, 6.1.1, 6.2.3, 6.3.1,7.3.3.3, 7.3.6, 7.3.7, 9.7, 9.8.2, 9.10.2, 11.3.12,113.1.3, 11.3.4, 113.9, 12.1, 12.2.], 12.2.4, 12.2.5,13.5,14 Cutting and Patching 314, 6.2.6 Damage to Construction of Owner or Other Contractors 3.14.2, 624, 9.5.1.5,10.2.1.2,10.2.5, 10.3, 11.1, 11.3, 12.25 1.1.5 Drawings and Specifications, Use and Ownership of 1.1.1,1.3, 225, 3.11, 5.3 Duty to Review Contract Documents and Field Conditions 3.2 Effective Date of Insurance 8.2.2, 11.1.2 Emergencies 4.7.7,103 Employees, Contractor's 3.3.2.,3.4.2,3.8.1,3.9,3.18.1,3.18.2,4.6.6,4.6.1Q 8.1.2,102,10.3,11.1.1,14.2.1.1 Equipment, Labor, Materials and 1.1.3,1.1.6,3.4,35.1,3.8.2,3.12.2,3.12.3,3.12.7, 3.12.11,3.13,3.15.1,4.6.12,6.2.1,73.6,9.3.2,9.3.3, 11.3,12.2.4,14.1.2,14.2.1,14.22 Execution and Progress of the Work 1.2.3, 3.4.1, 35.1, 4.6.5, 4.6.6, 4.7A, 4.7.8, 6.2.2, 7.1.3, 82, 8.3, 95, 9.9.1, 10.2.3, 102.4 Eucntion, Correlation and Lttent of the Contract Documents Damage to the Work 3.14.2, 9.9.1,10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.3,11.3 Damages, Claims for 3.18, 4.6.9, 6.1.1, 6.2.5, 8.3.2, 95.12, 10.1.4 Damages far Delay 6.1.1,8.3.3,95.1.6,9.7 Date of Cornmertcemeatt of the work, Definition of 8.1.2 Date of Substantial Completion, Definition of 8.1.3 Day, Definition of 8.1.4 Decisions of the Architect 4.6,4.7,6.3,8.13,8.3.1;92,9.4,9.5.1,9.8.2,9.9.1, 10.1.2,13.52,14.22,14.2.4 Decisions of the Construction Manager 4.3, 73.6, 7.3.7, 7.3.8, 93.1, 9.4.1, 9.4.3, 95.1 Decisions to Withhold Certidlcation 9S, 9.7,14.1.1.3 Defective or Nonconforming work, Acceptance, Rejection and Correaron of .. 23,2.4,3.5.1,4.6.1,4.6.10,4.7.5,9.5,9.8.2,9.9.1, 10.2.5, 12, 13.7.1.3 Defective Work, Definition of 35.1 Definitions 1.1,2.1.1,3.1,35.1,3.12.1,3.12.2,3.12.3,4.1.1,4.2.1, 4.7.1,5.1,6.1.1,7.2.1,73.1,7.3.6,8.1,9.1,9.8.1 Delays and Extensions o! Time 4.7.1, 4.7.8.1,4.7.8.2, 6.1.1, 6.2.3, 7.2.1,7.3.1.3, 7.3.4, 7.35, 7.3.8, 7.3.9, 8.1.1, 83, 10.3.1, 14.1.1.4 Disputes ' 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 6.2.5, 6.3, 7.3.8, 9.3.1.2 Documents and Samples at the Site 3.11 Drawings, Definition of 1.2, 3.7.1 Extensions of Time 4.7.1, 4.7.8, 7.2.1.3, 8.3, 103.1 Failure of Payment by Contt~actce 9.5.1.3, 14.2.1.2 Failure of Payment by Owner 4.7.7, 9.7,14.1.3 Faulty Work (See Defective or Nonconforming work) Final Completion and Final Payment 4.6.1, 4.6.16, 4.7.2, 4.75, 9.10, 11.1.2, 11.1:3,113.5, 12.3.1, 13.7 Financial Arrangements, Owner's 2.2.1 Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance 113.1.1, 11.35, 113.7 GENERAL PROVISIONS Governing Law 13.1 Guarantees (ace Warranty and warranties) Hazardous Materials 10.1, 102.4 Identification of Corttrad Documents 1.2.1 Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers 5.2.1 Indemnidication 3.17, 3.18, 9.102, 10.1.4, 11.3.1.2, 11.3.7 Irtformatlon and Services Required of the Owner 2.1.2, 2.2, 4.7.4, 6.2.6, 9.3.2, 9.6.1, 9.6.4, 9.8.3, 9.9.2, 9.10.3,10.1.4,11.2,113,135.1,13.5.2 Fgjnry or Damage to Person or Property 4.79 Inspections 3.3.3, 3.3.4, 3.7.1, 4.6.5, 4.6.6, 4.6.16, 4.7.6, 9.4.3, 9.8.2, 9.9.2, 9.10.1,12.1.1, 13S inR. AU1 Document A201/Clas"' -1982. CopyrlgM ®1992 by The Amerir~n Instfirrte of An:Wtecis. All rights reserved. WA°RPIING: This AIA° Document Is protected byU.S. Copyright Law and hdernatlonal Trestles. Unauthorized reproduction or dlsMbution of gds AIA Donsnerd, or any portion of It, may result M severe clWl and criminal permlties, and will ba proeewted to the maximum extern possible under the Iaw. This doaunent vrve produced hY / AIA software at 10:10:02 on 071181'1009 under Order No.1000384084 1 vrhir:h expires on 7/1512009, and b not for resale. Use ~: (4173557805) Instructions to Bidders 1.1.1 Instmctions to the Contractor 3.8.1, 4.6.13, 5.2.1, 7, 12.1,13.52 Insurance 4.7.9,6.1.1,7.3.6.4,9.3.2,9.82,9.9.1,9.102,11 lft>snranoe, BoOer and Machinery 11.3.2 Insurance, Contractor's LisbOity 11.1, 113.1.13 Insurance, Effective Date of 82.2,11.12 Insurance, Loss of Use 1133 Insurance, Owner's Lisbtyfty 112,113.1.3 Insurance, Property 102.5,113 Insurance, Stored Materials 932,113.1.4 IdVSIJRANCE AND BONDS 11 Insurance Companies, Consent to Partial Occupancy 9.9.1,113.11 Insurance Companies, Settlement with 11.3.10 Intent of the Contract Documents 12.3, 3.12.4, 4.6.10, 4.6.12, 4b.19, 4.6.20, 7.4 Interest 13.6 Interpretation 1.2.5, 1.4,15,4.1.1,4.7.1,5.1,6.12,8.1.4 Interpretations, written 4.6.18, 4.6.19, 4.7.7 Joinder and Consolidation of Claims Required 4.9.5 Jndgulent on Final Award 4.9.1, 4.9.4.1, 49.7 Labar and Materials, Equipment 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3A, 3.5.1, 3.8.2, 3.122, 3.12.3, 3.12.7, 3.12.11,3.13,3.15.1,4.6.12,6.2.1,7.3.6,93.2,9.33, 12.2.4,14.1.2, 14.2.1, 142.2 Labor Disputes 8.3.1 Laws and Regulations 1.3, 3.6, 3.7, 3.13, 4.1.1, 4.9.5, 4.9.7, 9.9.1, 102.2, 11.1,11.3,13.1,13.4.1,13.5.1,13.5.2,13.6 Liens 2.12,4.72,4.7.5.1,8.2.2,9.33,9.10.2 Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder 4.95 Limitations, Statutes of 49.4.2, 12.2.6, 13.7 Limitations of Authority 3.3.1,4.6.12,4.6.17,5.2.2,5.24,7.4, 113.10 Limitations of liability 23,3.2.1,35.1,3.7.3,3.12.8,3.12.11,3.17,3.18, 4.6.10, 4.6.12, 4.6.19, 6.22, 9.4.3, 9.6.4, 9.10.4, 10.1.4, 10.25, 11.12, 112.1,11.3.7, 13.42, 13.52 Limitations of Time, General 22.1, 22.4, 32.1, 3.73, 3.82, 3.10, 3.125, 3.15.1, 4.6.1, 4.6.12, 4.6.18, 4.7.2, 4.7.3, 4.7.4, 4.7.6,.4.7.9, 4.6.4.2, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 62.4, 7.3.4, 7.4, 8.2, 92, 9.5, 9.6.2, 9.8, 9.10,11.1.3,11.3.1, 11.32, 11.35, 11.3.6, 122.1,1222, 13.5,13.7, 14.3 Limitations of Time, Specific 2.12,221,2.4, 3.10,3.11,3.15.1,4.6.1,4.6.18,4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 5.3, 5.4, 7.35, 7.3.9, 82, 9.3.1, 9.3.3, 9.4.1, 9.6.1, 9.7, 9.8.2, 9.10.2, 11.1.3, 11.3.6, 11.3.10, 11.3.11, 122.2, 12.24,12.26, 13.7, 14.1, 14.2.2 Loss of Use Insurance 113.3 Material Suppliers 1.3.1, 3.12.1, 4.6.7, 4.6.10, 5.2.1, 93.1, 9.3.12, 9.3.3, 9.4.3, 9.6.5, 9.10.4 Materials, Flazardous 10.1,102.4 Materials, Labor, Equipment and 1.13, 1.1.6, 3.4.1, 35.1, 3.82, 3.122, 3.123, 3.12.7, 3.12.11,3.13,3.15.1,4.6.12,6.2.1,7.3.6,93.2,9.33, 12.2.4,14.1.2, 14.2.1,142.2 Means, Methods, Techniques, Sequences and Procedures of Constrt~tion 33.1,4.6.6,4.6.12,9.43 Minor Changes N the Work 1.1.1, 4.6.13, 4.7.7,7.1,7A MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 13 Modifications, Definition of 1.1.1 Modifications to the Contract 1.1.1, 1.1.2,3.7.3,3.11,4.1.2,4.6.1,5.2.3,7,8.3.1,9.7 Mutual Responsib0ity 62 Nonconforming Wark, Acceptance of 123 Nonconforming Work, Rejection and Correction of 2.3.1, 4.7.52, 95.2, 9.82, 12, 13.7.1.3 Notice 2.3,2.4,3.2.1,3.2.2,3.73,3.7.4,3.9,3.12.8,3.12.9, 3.17,4.7,4.8.4,4.9,5.2.1,5.3,5.4.1.1,822,9.4.1, 9.5.1, 9.7, 9.10,10.12, 10.26, 11.1.3, 11.3, 12.2.2, 122.4,13.3,13.5.1,13.5.2,14 Notice, Written 2.3, 2.4, 3.9, 3.12.8, 3.12.9,4.7, 4.8.4, 4.9, 5.2.1, 53, 5.4.1.1, 8.2.2, 9.4.1, 95.1, 9.7, 9.10, 10.1.2,102.6, 11.1.3,11.3, 12.2.2,12.2.4,133, 135.2, 14 Notice of Testing and Inspections 135.1, 13.52 Notice to Proceed 8.2.2 Notices, Permits, Fees and 22.3, 3.7, 3.13, 7.3.6.4, 10.22 Init. AIA Document A2M/dYla*a -1892. Copyright ©1982 by The Amerl~n Irxdlete Of Architects. A8 Hghb reserved. WARNING: This AIAe DoCUneM la protected by U.S. Copyright Law and trrternetlonal Tieetlee. Unauthorbxd reproduction or dbrtrlbution of this AIAe Document, or any portlon of it. 8 may reeua in severe civil and crlmlrxil parreltNrs, and will be prosecuted to the ma~rtmum extent possible under the law. This dootrnerd was produced by / U s at tot0A2 on 0 7/1 8 12 0 0s under Order Na7000364084 1 which expires on 7/7 5120 0 9, and k not for resale. (4173557805) i Observations, Architect's On-Site 4.6.5, 4.6.9, 4.6.10, 4.7.6, 9A.4, 9.5.1, 9.10.1, 12.1.1, 13.5 Observations, ConsWction Manager's On-Site 9.4.4, 12.1.1 Observations, Contractor's 1.2.2, 3.22 Ocxupancy 9.6.6,9.8.1,9.9, 113.11 On~ite Inspetxions by the Architect 4.6.5, 4.6.16, 4.7.6, 9.4.4, 9.82, 9.9.2, 9.10.1 On~ite Observations by the Architect 4.6.5,4.6.9,4.7.6,9.4.4,9.5.1,9.10.1, 13.5 On~ite Observations by the Construction Manager 9.4.4, 9.5.1 orders, written 23, 3.9, 4.7.7, 7, 8.2.2, 11.3.9,12.1,122, 13.52, 143.1 Other Contracts and Contractors 1.1.4, 3.14.2, 4.6.7, 4.9.5, 6, 11.3.7,12.1.2,12.2.5 OWNER 2 Owner, Definition of 2.1 Owner, Information and Services Regotired of the 2.l .2, 2.2, 4.6.2, 4.6.4, 6, 9, 10.1.4,10.1.6, 11.2, 11.3, 13.5.1,14.1.15, 14.1.3 Owner's Authority 3.8.1, 5.2.1, 5.2.4, 5.4.1, 7.3.1, 822, 93.1, 9.32, 11.4.1,12.2.4,13.5.2,14.2,143.1 Owner's Financial Capability 2.2.1, 14.1.15 Owner's Liability Insurance 11.2 Owner's Loss of Use Insurance 11.3.3 Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors 1.1.2,5.2.1,5.4.1,9.6.4 Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work 2A, 122.4, 142.2.2 Owner's Right to Clean Up 63 Owner's Right to Perform Constructlon with Own Forces and to Award Other Contracts 6.1 Owner's Right to Stop the Work 2.3,4.7.7 Owner's Right to Suspend the Work 14.3 Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract 14.2 Ownership and Use of Architect's Drawings, Specitfications and Other Documents 1.1.1, 1.3, 2.2.5, 5.3 Partial Occupancy or Use 9.6.6, 9.9,113.11 Patd~ing, Cutting and 3.14, 6.2.6 Patents, Royalties and 3.17 Payment, Applications for 4.6.9, 9.2, 93, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.8.3, 9.10.1, 9.103, 9.10.4, 14.2.4 Payment, Certificates for 4.6.9,4.6.16,9.3.3, 9A,9.5,9.6.1,9.6.6,9.7.1,9.8.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 13.7,14.1.1.3, 14.2.4 Payment, Failure of 4.7.7, 9.5.13, 9.7, 9.10.2, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.12 Payment, Final 4.6.1, 4.6.16, 4.7.2, 4.7.5, 9.1d, 11.1.2., 11.1.3, 11.3.5, 123.1 Payment Bond, Performance Bond and 7.3.6.4, 9.10.3, 11.3.9,11A Payments, Progress 4.7.4, 9.3, 9.6, 9.8.3, 9.10.3,13.6, 14.2.3 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9,14 Payments to Suboonttactors 5.4.2, 9.5.13, 9.6.2, 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 11.3.8, 142.12 PCB 10.1.2,10.1.3, lO.lA Performance Bond and Payment Bond 73.6.4, 9.10.3, 11.3.9,11.4 Permits, Fees and Notices 2.2.3, 3.7, 3.13, 73.6.4,10.2.2 PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION OF 10 Polychlorinated Biphenyl 10.12,10.1.3, 10.1.4 Product Data, Definition of 3.12.2 ProduM Data and Samples, Shop Drawings 3.11, 3.12, 42.7 Progress and Completion 4.6.5, 4.7.4, 8.2 Progress Payments 4.7.4, 9.3, 9.6, 9.8.3, 9.10.3,13.6,14.23 Project, Definition of the 1.1A ., Project Mamral, Definition o4 the 1.1.7 Project Manuals 2.25 Project Representatives 4.6.17 Property Laiurance 10.25,113 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10 Regulations and Laws 1.3, 3.6, 3.7, 3.13, 4.1.1, 4.9.7, 10.2.2, 11.1,11.3,13.1, 13.4,13.5.1,13.5.2,13.6,14 Rejection of Work 35.1, 4.6.10, 12.2. Init. AIA Document A201/CMeTM -1992.Ocpyright ®1992 try The American Inerihrte of Architects. AM rights reserved. WA°RNINQ: Tlds AIA° Document Is protected by U.S. CopyrlgM Law and NKernational Trestles. Unautlwriasd reproduction or dtstrltertion of this AtA Document, or any portion of It, 7 mey reatrft In severe dull and crYnirral penalty, and will be prosecuted to the maxbnum extent possitrle under the law. Thb docurnant was produced by / AU- sotlwere at 10:10A2 on 07/1812009 under Order No.1000094084 1 which expires on 7/1512009, and Is not for resale. User Notes: (4179557805) Releases of Waivers and Liens 9.10.2 Representations 1.2.2,3.5.1,3.12.7,6.2.2,8.2.1,9.3.3,9.4.3,9.5.1, 9.8.2, 9.10.1 Representatives 2.1.1,3.1.1,3.9,4.1.1,4.6.1,4.6.17,5.1.1,5.1.2, 13.2.1 Resolution of Claims and Disputes 4.8, 4.9 Responsibility for Those Performing the Work 3.3.2, 4.6.6, 6.2.,10 Retainage 93.1, 9.6.2, 9.83, 9.9.1, 9.102, 9.10.3 Review of Contract Doctmtents and Field Co~itions by Contractor 1.2.2,3.2,3.7.3,3.12.7 Review of Contractor's Submittals by Owner, Constriction Manager and Architect 3.10.1,3.]0.3,3.11,3.12,4.6.12.4.6.16,5.2.1,5.2.3, 9.2, 9.8.2 Review of Shop Drawings, Prodnct Data and Samples by Contractor 3.125 Rights and Remedies 1.1.2, 2.3, 2.4, 3.5.1, 3.15.2, 4.6.10, 4.7.6, 4.9, 53, 6.1, 6.3, 7.3.1, 8.3.1, 9.5.1, 9.7,102.5, 10.3,1222, 12.2.4, 13f1, 14 Royalties and Patents 3.17 Rules and Notices for Arbitration 49.2 Safety of Persons and Property 10.2 Safety Precautions and Programs . 4.6.6, 4.6.12,10.1 Samples, Definition of 3.12.3 ' Samples, Shop Drawings, Product Data and 3.11, 3.12, 4.6.12 Samples at the Site, Documents and 3.11 Schedule of Values 9.2, 9.3.1 Schedules, Construction 3.10 Separate Contracts and Contractors 1.1.4 Shop Drawings, Definition of 3.12.1 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 3.11,3.12,4.6.11,4.6.12,4.6.15 Site, Use of 3.13, 6.1.1, 6.2.1 Site Inspections 1.2.2,3.3.4,4.6.5,4.6.16,4.7.6,9.8.2,9.10.1, 135 Site Visits, Architect's 4.65,4.6.9,4.7.6,9.4,9.5.1,9.8.2,9.9.2,9.10.1, 13.5 Special Inspections and Testing 4.6.10, 12.2.1, 13.5 Specifications, Definition of the 1.1.6 Spectffications, The 1.1.1,1.1.6, 1.1.7, 12.4, 1.3, 3.11 Statute of Limitations 4.9.4.2, 12.2.6, 13.7 Stopping the Work 2.3, 4.7.7, 9.7,10.]2, 10.3,14.1 Stored Materials 6.2.1,9.3.2,10.2.1.2, 113.1.4,12.2.4 Subcontractor, Defniton of 5.1.1 SUBCONTRACTORS 5 Subcotttractars, Work by 12.4,3.3.2,3.12.1,4.6.6,4.6.10,53,5.4 Snboontractual Relations 53, 5.4, 9.3.1.2, 9.62, 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 10.2.1,11.3.7, 11.3.8, 14.1.1, 14.1.3,14.2.1.2 . Submittals 1.3, 32.3, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 4.6.12, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 7.3.6, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 9.102, 9.103,11.1.3 Subrogation, Waivers of 6.1.1, 113.5,11.3.7 Substantial Completion 4b.16, 8.1.1, 8.13, 8.2.3, 9.8, 9.9.1,122.1, 1222, 13.7 Substantial Completion, Definition of 9.8.1 Substitution of Subconttactars 5.2.3, 5.2.4 Substitution of Architect 4.4 Substitution of Construction Manager 4.4 Substitutions of Materials 3.5.1 Sub-subcontractor, Definition of 5.1.2 Subsurface Conditions 4.7.6 Successors and Assigns 13.2 Superintendent 39,10.2.6 Supervision and Construction Prooednres 1.2.4, 33, 3.4, 4.6.6, 4.7.4, 62.4, 7.l 3, 7.3.4, 8.2, 83.1,10,12,14 Surety 4.8.1, 4.8.4, 5.4.12, 9.10.2, 9.103,14.2.2 Surety, Consent of 9.10.2, 9.103 Surveys 2.2.2, 3.18.3 Stispension by the Owner for Convenience Init. AIA Document A~1/CIAam -1802 CopyrlgMO t 882'by The Anredoan Instlda<a of Architects. AB HgMs reserved. yYA°RMHG: This AIA° f>ocumerd Is protected by U.S. Copyright Law end Intamatbrral Treaiea. UneuthorFasd repraducdon or distrlbuion of this AIA Documerd, or arty portlon of lt, s may result In severe dull and crhninal penehles, and will be prosecuted to the maxtmum extent possible under the law. 71r1s docrinrent rtes produced by / AIA soltrrare at t 0:10:02 on07/18/2008 under Order No.1000884084_t whkh expires on 7/1 512 0 0 8, and is not ~r resela. User~~~ (4179,567805) 7 14.3 Suspension of the Work 4.7.7, 5.4.2, 14.1.1.4,143 Suspension or Termination of the Contract 4.7.7, 5.4.1.1,14 Taxes 3.6, 7.3.6.4 Termination by the Contractor 14.1 Termination by the Owner for Cause 5.4.1.1,14.2 Termination of the Architect 4.4 Termination of the Construction Manager 4.4 Termination of the Contractor 14.2.2 TERMI1~iATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 14 Tests and Inspections 33.3,4.6.10,4.6.16,9.4.3, 12.2.1,13.5 TIME 8 Time, Delays and Extensions of 4.7.8, 7.2.1, 83 Time Limits, Specific 2.1.2, 2.2.1, 2.4, 3.10, 4.6.18, 4.7, 4.8.1, 4.8.3, 4.8.4, 4.9.1, 4.9.4.1, 4.9.42, 5.3, 5.4, 73.5, 7.3.9, 8.2, 92, 9.3.1, 93.3, 9.4.1, 9.6.1, 9.7, 9.8.2, 9.10.2, 11.1.3, 11.3.6,11.3.10,11.3.11,12.22,12.2.4,122.6,13.7,14 Time I.inrits on Claims 4.72, 4.7.3, 4.7.6, 4.7.9, 4.8, 4.9 Title to Work 9.32, 9.3.3 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 12 Uncovering of Work 12.1 Unforeseen Conditions 4.7.6, 8.3.1, 10.1 Unit Prices 7.1.4, 7.3.3.2 Use of Documents 1.1.1, 1.3, 2.25, 3.12.7, 5.3 Use of Site 3.13, 6.1.1, 62.1 Values, Schedule of 9.2, 9.3.1 Waiver of Claims: Find Payment 4.75, 4.9.1, 9.10.3 Waiver of Claims by the Architect 13.42 waiver of Claims by the contractor 9.10.4, 11.3.7, 13.42 Waiver of Claims by the Owner 4.75, 49.1, 9.93, 9.10.3, 113.3, 11.35, 11.3.7, 13.4.2 Waiver of Liens 9.10.2 Waivers of Subrogation 6.1.1,11.3.5,113.7 Warranty and Warranties 3S, 4.6.16, 4.75, 4.3.3, 9.8.2, 9.9.1,12.22,13.7.13 Weather Delays 4.7.8.2 when Arbitration May Be Demanded 49A Work, Definition of 1.1.3 Written Consent 1.3.1, 3.12.8, 3.14.2, 4.7.4, 4.9.5, 9.3.2, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3,10.12, 10.1.3,113.1,11.3.1.4,113.11, 13.2,13.4.2 Written Interpretations 4.6.18, 4.6.19, 4.7.7 Whitten Notice 2.3,2.4,3.9,3.12.8,3.12.9,4.7.1,4.7.6,4.7.9,4.8.4, 4.9.4.1,5.2.1,53,5.4.1.1,8.22,9.4,95.1,9.7,9.10, 10.1.2,10.2.6,11.13,11.3,12.2.2,122.4,13.3,13.5.2. 14 Written Orders 2.3, 3.9, 4.7.7, 8.2.2, 11.3.9, 12.1,12.2, 135.2, 14.3.1 AU1 Document A201/CMfTM -1092. Cepyright ©19912 hY The American krstlhRe of Archi~cfs. AN rights reserved. WARMNO: This AIAe Docurrrent is Init. protected b1! U.S. Copyright Law and kderreNorrel Tlealfes. Urrouthorized reproduction or dlsMbutlon of tMs AIAe Document, or arry portion of It, g may result in aevere civil and crtmirrsl permltles, and wlll be prosecuted m the maximum extent poss9~le under the taw. Thls document was predated by AIA salMsYe et 10:10:02 on 07!18!2009 under Order No.1000884084 1 which expires an 7l15I2009, and Is not for resale. Iher Notes: (417855780 ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISK)NS § 1.1 BASK: DEFINRIONS § 1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor (hereinafter the Agreement), Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract, outer docutnents listed in the Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. A Modification is (]) a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a Construction Change Directive or (4) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect. Unless specifically enumerated in the Agreement, the Contract Docutttents do not include other documptts such as bidding requiinments (advertisement ~ invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, sample forms, the Contractor's bid or portions of addenda relating to bidding t+egaitements). § 1.1.2 THE CONTRACT The Contracx Documents form the Contract far Construction. The Contract represents the entire and integnued agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modified only by a Modification. The Contract Docutlnettts shall not be construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind (1) between the Architect and Contractor, (2) between the Construction Manager and Contractor, (3) between the Architect and Constntction Manager, (4) between the Owner and a Suboontractar orSub-subcontractor or (5) between any persons or entities other than the Owner and Contractor. The Construction Manager and Architect shall, however, be entitled to performance and enforcement of obligations under the Contract intended to facilitate performance of their duties. § 1.1.3 THE WORK The term "Work" means the construction and services inquired by the Contract Documents, whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other labor, materials, equipment and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. § 1.1.4 THE PROJECT The Project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include construction by other Contractors and by the Owner's own forces including persons or entities under separate contracts not administered by the Construction Manager. § 1.1.5 THE DRAWINGS The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents, wherever located and whenever issued, showing the design, location and dimensions of the Work, generally including plans, elevations, sections, details, schedules and diagrams. § 1.1.6 THE SPECIFICATIONS The Speafications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, equipment, consttvction systems, standards and workmanship for the Work, and performance of related services. § 1.1.7 THE PROJECT MANUAL The Project Manual is the volume usually assembled for the Work which may include the bidding requiretnertts, sample forn>s, Conditions of the Contract and Specifications. § 1.2 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT § 1.2.1 The Contract Documents shall be signed by the Owner and Contractor as provided in the Agreement. If either the Owner or Contractor or both do not sign all the Contract Documents, the Architect shall identify such unsigned Documents upon request. § 1.Z2 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the site, become familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and ornrelated personal observations with requirements of the Contract Documents. § 1.2.3 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if requiind by all; performance by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent AIA Document A201/CAAeTM -1992 Copyright ®1992 br The American hwtlbtte of Architects. All rights resarssd. WARNYtQ: Thls AIA° Document is Init. ~~~ by U.S. Capyrlght Law and hdernatlonsl Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction'or distribution of this AIA° Document, or any portion of IL ~ D may resua In sevbre civil and atminal penalties, and wlil bs Ixosecutsd to the maximwn extent possible under tiro law. TtYs dociunerrt was produced by / AW sofMrme at 10:10:02 on 07h tl/2008 under Order No.f 000364084_1 width expires an 7/i5/200g, and is not for resale. Utw Notes: ~ (4173557805) ' consistent with the Contract Doctttrtents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the intended results. § 1.2A Organization of the Specifications into divisions, sections and articles, and arrangement of Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors ar in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. ' § 1.2.5 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words which have well-known technical ar construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. § 1.3 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF ARCHRECT'S DRAIMNGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER DOCUMENTS ' § 1.3.1 The Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect are instruments of the Architect's service through which the Wark to be executed by the Contractor is described. The Comractor may retain one contract record set. Neither the Contractor nor any Subcontractor, Sub~s»bcontractor ar material ar equipment supplier shall own ar claim a copyright in the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by ' the Architect, and unless otherwise indicated the Architect shall be deemed the author of them and will retain all common law, statutory and other reserved rights, in addition to the copyright. All copies of them, except the Contractor's record set, shall be returned ar suitably accounted for to the Architect, on request, upon completion of the Work. The Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect, and copies thereof ' furnished to the Contractor, are for use solely with respect to this Project. They aro not to be used by the Contractor ar any Subcontractor, Sub~subcontractor ar material or equipment supplier on other projects ar for additions to this Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of the Owtter and Architect. The Contractar, Subcontractors, Sub-subcorttisctors and material ar equipment suppliers are granted a limited license to use and reproduce applicable portions of the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect appropriate to and for use in the execution of their Work under the Contract Documenrts. All copies made under this license shall bear the statutory copyright notice, if any, shown on the Drawings, Specifications and other ' documents prepared by the Architect. Submittal ar distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or far other purposes in catnection with this Project is not to be construed as publication in derogation of the Ar+chitect's copyright or other reserved rights. ' § 1 A CAPRALIZATION § 1.4.1 Terms capitalized in these General Conditions include those which are (1) specifically defined, (2) the titles of numbered articles ar (3) the titles of other documents published by the American Institute of Architects. ' § 1.5 INTERPRETATION § 1.5.7 in the interest of brevity the Contract Documents frequently omit modifying words such as "all" and "any" and articles such as "the" and "an," but the fact that a modifier ar an article is absent from one statement and appears in another is not intended to affect the interpretation of either statement. ' ARTICLE 2 OWNER § 2.1 DEFINITION § 2.1.1 The Owned is the person ar entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Docutents as if singular in number. The term "Owner" means the Owner ar the Owner's authorized representative. §2.1.2 The Owner upon reasonable written request shall furnish to the Contractor in writing information which is necessary and relevant for the Contractor to evaluate, give notice of ar enforce mechanic's lien rights. Such information shall include a correct statement of the record legal title to the property on which the Project is located, usually referred to as the site, and the Owner's interest therein at the time of execution of the Agreement and, within ' five days after any change, information of such change in titre, recorded ar unrecorded. § 2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER § 2.2.1 The Owner shall, at the request of the Contractor, prior to execntiort of the Agreement and promptly from ' time to time thereafter, furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract. (Note: Unless such reasonable evidence were furnished on request prior to the execution of the Agreement. the ' prospective cattractor would not be required to execute the Agreement or to commence the Work.J AIA Documart A~11CMe~ -1992. Copyright O 189'1 by The American IrwtlWte of An:hitsae. Alt rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA° Document is Ittrt protected bif U.S. Copyright Law and hdernatlonsl 7Yeatlas. Urrauthorlmd reproductbn or distribution of this AIA° Docummd, or any portion of It, ~ ~ may result in savers cMl and criminal penalties, and will be proseprted to the maximrarr extend possible under the law. Thle documers was produced by ' / User Notes: at 10:10:0'1 an 0717x1'1008 under Order No.100o9x40B4 1 wfdch ex)lirea on 711 5 12 0 0 9, and is not for resale. 1 ~~~ (4 1 § 22.2 The Owner shall furnish surveys describing physical characteristics, legal limitations and utility locations for the site of the Project, and a legal description of the site. ~ 22.3 Except for permits and fees which are the responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents, the Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals, easements, assessments and charges required far construction, use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities. Unless otherwise provided under the Contract Documents, the Owner, through the Construction Manager, shall secure and pay for the building permit § 22A Information or services under the Owner's control shall be famished by the Owner with reasonable promptness to avoid delay in orderly progress of the Work ~ 22.5 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, such copies of Drawings and Project Manuals as are reasonably necessary for execution of the Work. § 2Zli The Owner shall forward all communications to the Contractor through the Construction Manager and shall contemporaneouslyprovide the same commnnnicatiorts to the Architect. § 22.7 The foregoing are in addition to other duties and responsibilities of the Owner enumerated herein and especially those in respect to Article 6 (Construction by Owner ar by Other Contractors), Article 9 (Payments and Completion) and Article 11 (Insurance and Bonds). ~ 2.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK § 2.3.1 If the Contractor fails m oDrrect Work which is not is accxndancx with the requirements of the Contract Documents as required by Section 122 ~ persistently fails to cant' out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner, by writbeat corder signed personally or by an agent specifically so empowered by the Owner in writing, may order the Contractor to stop the Work, or arty portion thereof, until the cause far such order has been eliminated; however, the right of the Owner on stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor ~ any other person or entity. § 2A OWNER'S RK~HT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK § 2A.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to cant' out the Work in accedence with the Contract Documents and fails within aseven-day period after receipt of written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner may after such seven-day period give the Contractor a second written notice to correct such deficiencies within a second seven-day period. If the Contractor within such second seven-day period after receipt of such secmrd notice fails to comnrencx and continue to correct any deficiencies, the Owner may, without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have, correct such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the cost of correcting such deficiencies, including compensation for the Construction Manager's and Architect's and their respective cartsultants' additional services and expenses made necessary by such default, neglect or failure. Such action by the Owner and amounts charged to the Contractor are both subject to prior approval of the Architect, after consultation with the Construction Manager. If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. ARTK:LE 3 CONTRACTOR § 3.1 DEFINfTION § 3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout this Agreement as if singular in number. The term "Contractor" means the Contractor or the Contractor's authorized representative. § 3.12 The plural term "Contractors" refers tD persons or entities who perform construction under Conditions of the Contract that are administered by the Construction Manager, and that are identical or substantially similar to these Conditions. IniL AU1 Document A207/lMlraTM -1092. t~pyrlgM O 1982 hY The American krMtdile of Arohltec4s. All rights reaetred. WA°RNINO: This AIA° Document le protected b1- U.S. Copyright Lew end hdemaNond Trestles. Unauthorised reproduction or distribution of this AIA Dorxunent, or arty portion of It, 12 may result in severe cMl and crhntrral pendtias, end wf8 be prosecuted to the nuerlmum extent posdbte under the law. This dorxrnrant was produced by / AIA software at 10:10:02 on 07/18IZ008 under Order No.10008~W94 1 wldch e~iree on 7/1512009, and to raHor reeds. User Notes: (4179567905) ' § 3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR § 321 The Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents with each other and with information furnished by the Owner pursuant to Section 2.22 and shall at once report to the Construction Manager and Architect errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered. The Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner, ' Construction Manages or Architect for damage resulting from errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents unless the Contractor reoogtuzed such error, inconsistency or omission and knowingly failed to report it to the Construction Manager and Architect. If the Contractor performs any construction activity knowing it involves ' a recognized error, inconsistency or omission in the Contract Documents without such notice to the Construction Manager and Architect, the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such performance and shall bear an appropriate amount of the attributable costs for correction. ' § 3.2.2 The Contrat~or shall take field measurements and verify field conditions and shall carefully compare such field rneasurornents and conditions and other information known to the Contractor with the Contract Documents before corrrmencing activities. Errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered shall be reported to the Construction Manager and Architect at once. ' § 3.Z3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and submittals approved pursuant to Section 3.12. 1 1 1 1 § 3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES § 3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using the Contractor's best skill and attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures and far coordinating aII portions of the Work under this Contract, subject to overall coordination of the Construction Manager as provided in Sections 4.63 and 4.6.4. § 3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and other persons performing portions of the Work under a contract with the Contractor. § 3.3.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents either by activities or duties of the Constnrction Manager ar Architect in their administration of the Contract, or by tests, inspections or approvals required or performed by persons other than the Contractor. § 3.3~t The Contractor shall inspect portions of the Project related to the Contractor's Work in order to determine that such portions are in proper condition to rceeive subsequent Work. § 3~1 LABOR AND Nb4TERIALS § 34.7 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, watea, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and cxtmpletion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent aixl whether or not incorporated or to be inccxiporated in the Work. § 3A.2 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's employees and other persons carrying out the Contract. The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them. § 3.5 WARRANTY § 3.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner, Constnrction Manager and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new unless otherwise required or permitted by the Contract Documents, that the Work will be free from defects not inherent in the quality required or permitted, and that the Work will conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Work not conforming to these requirements, including substitutions not properly approved and authorized, may be considered defective. The Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, modifications not executed by the Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or normal wear and tear under normal usage. if required by the Construction Manager or Architect, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. 1~ AU1 Doaenplt A2ifUCtlsro -1982. Copyright O 1992 hY The American kuedttde of Archl~cts. AN rights reserved. wARNINti: This AU1° Document is m ~~~ Cop~yriilgrxrd crtminalntematiorml Trestles. lJrmrrthorized raprotlucdon or distribution of this AIAs Document, or any portion of it, 1~ penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extant posdlNe under the Isw. This doaxnerM was produced by / ~s ~re at 10:102 sn 07/18/2DOB under Order No. f 0009B40BR 1 whkN expFes on 7/152009. and is not to resale. (41735578061 1 § 3.6 TAXES § 3.6.1 The Contractor shall pay sales, consumer, use and similar taxes for the Work or portions thereof provided by the Contractor which are legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded, whether ar not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect § 3.7 PERNNTS, FEES AND NOTICES § 3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner shall secure and pay for the building permit and the Contractor shall severe and pay for all other permits and governmental fees, licenses and inspec[ions necessary for proper execution and completion of the Wank which are customarily secured after execution of the Contract and which are legally required when bids are received ar negotiations txmclnded. § 3.72 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by laws, ordirtartces, rules and regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on perfornaru~e of the Work. § 3.7.3 It is not the Contractor's responsibility to ascertain that the Contract Docurr~rtts are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations. However, if the Contractor observes that portions of the Contract Documents are at variance therewith, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Construction Manager, Architect and Owner in writing, and necessary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate Modification. § 3.7.4If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and roles and regulations without such notice to the Constntction Manager, Architect and Owner, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for such Work and shall bear the attributable costs. § 3.8 ALLOWANCES § 3.8.1 The Cantractar shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Ioems covered by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such perms ar entities as the Owner may direct, but the Contractor shall not be required to employ persons ar entities against which the Contractor makes reasonable objection. § 3.62 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents: .1 materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected promptly by the Owner to avoid delay in the Work; 2 allowances shall cever the cost to the Contractar of materials and eguipment delivered at the site and all required taxes, less applicable trade discounts; .3 Contractor's costs for unloading and handling at the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for stated allowance amounts shall be included in the ContraM Sum and not in the allowances; whenever costs are more than ar less than allowances, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change ONer. The amount of the Change Order shall reflect (1) the difference between actual costs and the allowances under Section 3.8.2.2 and (2) changes in Contractar's cents under Section 3.8.2.3. § 3.9 SUPERINTENDENT § 39.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project site during performance of the Wark. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor, and communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. Important communications shall be cortfirnrad in writing. Other communications shall be similarly confirmed on written request in each case. § 3.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE § 3.10.1 The Contractar, promptly after being awarded the Contract, shall prepare and submit for the Owner's and Architect's information and the Construction Manager's approval a Contractor's Consttlretion Schedule for the Work. Such schedule shall not exceed tirrte limits current under the Contract Documents, shall be revised at appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and Project, shall be related to the entire Project construction schedule to the extent required by the Contract Documents, and shall provide for expeditious and practicable execution of the Work. Mlit AIA Dscumwd A201/CIIAare -1992. Copyright O 1992 by The Amerimn InNNiRe of A~chftects. AY rights reserved. W eRNING: This AIA• Document b protected by U.S. Copyright Lew and Internatbnel 7teaties. UnatttNorizad reproduction or distributbn of this AIA Documera, or any portion of It, 1 a rosy result In severe civil and txhnlnal perrel8ee, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Ttds document was produced by / AIA aOaN~are at 10:10:02 on o7Ma/2008 urxlerorder No.1000394094_1 which expires on 7/15/2009. and is not Mr resale. tber Notes: (41 735 678 06) § 3.102 The Contractor shall cooperate with the Constnlction Manager in scheduling and performing the Contractor's Work to avoid conflict, delay in a interference with the Work of other Contractors or the construction or operations of the Owner's own forces. ' § 3.10.3 The Contractor shall prepare and keep current, for the Constroction Manager's and Architect's approval, a schedule of submittals which is coordinated with the Contractor's Construction Scl~dule and allows the Construction Manager and Architect reasonable time to review submittals. § 3.10A The Contractor shall conform to the most recent schedules. § 3.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE ' § 3.11.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of the Drawings, Specifications, addenda, Change Orders and other Modifications, in good order and marked clurently to record changes and selections made during construction, and in addition approved Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar required submittals. These shall be available to the Construction Manager and Architect and shall be delivered tD the ' Construction Manager for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work. § 3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES § 3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules and other data specially prepared for the Work by the ' Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier ar distributor to illustrate some portion of the wort. ' § 3.122 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, perforrnacee charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and other information famished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or egtriprnerrt for some portion of the Work. § 3.12.3 Samples are physical examples which illustrate materials, equipment or worlananship and establish ' standards by which the Work will be judged. § 3.12.4 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals are not Contract Documents. The purpose of their submittal is to demonstrate for those portions of the Work for which submittals are required the way the Conmactor proposes to eonfarm to the information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Review by the Archtect is subject to the limitations of Section 4.6.12. § 3.12.5 The Contractor shall review, approve and submit to the Construction Manager, in accordance with the ' schedule and sequence approved by the Construction Manager, Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Constnrction Manager in the coordination of the Contractor's Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals with related documents submitted by other Contractors. Submittals made by the Contractor which are not required by the Contract Documents may be returned without action. § 3.126 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work requiring submittal and review of Shop Drawings, ' Product Data, Samples or similar submittals until the respective submittal has been approved by the Construction Manager and Architect. Such Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals. § 3.12.7 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the Contractor ' represents that the Contractor has determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto, or will do so, and has checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Worrk and of the Contract Documents. §3.12.8 The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Docurrtertts by the Construction Manager's and Architect's approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals unless the Contractor has speafically informed the Construction Manager and Architect in writing ' of such deviation'at the time of submittal and the Construction Manager and Architect have given written approval to the specific deviation. The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or aatissions in Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals by the Construction Manager's and Architect's approval thereof. ' InN. AU1 t~ocumsnt A4a1/Cltare -1992. CopydgM ®1992 by The Amerlcen Instlbte ci ArahiEetYa AN rights reserved. WAeRNINQ: This AIA• Document la protected by U.S. CopyrlgM Law and k~ternaaonal Treaties.. Uneuthorbwd reproduction or distrlbutlon of this AIA Doixsrrer+6 or ~Y portion of it, 15 msy rosult to severe civil and crhnlnal permltles, end will be prosecuted to the malrlmum extent possible under the law. This doarmer~t was produced by User N~ at 10:102 on 07ha12008 under Osier No.1000~094_t which expires an 7/1512009. and is rrot for n:sele. 4173557t30~ § 3.72.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals, to revisions other than those requested by the Construction Manager and Architect on previous submittals. § 5.12.10 Informational submittals upon which the Construction Manager and Architect are not expected to take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. § 3.12.11 When professional certification of performmnce criteria of materials, systems or equipment is required by the Contract Documents, the Conswction Manager and Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the accuracy and completeness of such calculations and certifications. §3.15 USE OF SRE § 3.13.1 The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. § 3.13.2 The Contractor shall coordinate the Contractor's operations with, and secure the approval of, the Construction Manager before using any portion of the site. § 3.14 CUTTING AND PATCHWG § 3.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting or patching required to complete the Work or to make its parts fit together properly. § 3.142 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially completed construction of the Owner's own farces err of other Contractors by cutting, patching, excavating or otherwise altering such construction. The Contractor shall not cut or otherwise alter such construction by other Contractors or by the Owner's own forces except with written consent of the Construction Manager, Owner and such other Contractors; such catsent shall not be tmressonably withheld. The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from the other Contractors or the Owner the Contractor's consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work. § 3.15 CLEANING UP §3.15.1 The Contracta~r shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by operations under the Contract. At completion of the Work the Contractor shall remove from and about the Project waste materials, rubbish, the Contractor's tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus materials. § 3.152 If the Contractor fails to clean up ae provided in the Contract Documents, the Construction Manager may do so with the Owner's approval and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor. § 3.16 ACCESS TO WORK §3.16.1 The Contractor shall provide the Owner, Construction Manager and Architect access to the Work in preparation and progress whenever located. § 3.17 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS § 3.17.1 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of patent rights and shall hold the Owner, Construction Manager and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof, but shall not be responsible for such defense or loss when a particular design, process or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents. However, if the Contractor has reason to believe that the required design, process or product is an infringement of a patent, the Contractor shall be responsible for such lass unless such information is promptly furnished to the Architect. § 3.18 INDEMNIFICATION § 3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted bylaw, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, Construction Manager, Architect, Construction Manager's and Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losres and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work, provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself) including loss of use resulting therefrom, but only to the extent caused in whole or in part by Irdt. AU1 Document A20NCW"' - 7882. M ®1882 by The Amerkan Instla~te of An:hitects. All dpMs reserved. WARNING: This AIAe Dorwrramt is protected Dy U.S. Copprlpht Law end InNmatlonal TresNes. UnsuthorFmd reproduction or dfstrlbutton of this AIAe Document, br say portion of a, ~ g may rewrlt In severe dull and crlmlrrel penalties, and will be prosecuted to the meorlmum extant possible under the lew. Thb document was produced by J AYl sottwsre at 10:10:02 m 07/18/2008 under Order No.1000984094 1 which expires on 7/15f2008, and Is act hx resab. User Notes: (41767805) ' negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly ~ indir+ectly employed by them or arryone for whose acts they may be liable, regardless of whether or not such claim, damage, loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or perm described in this Section 3.18. § 3.18.2 In claims against any person ar entity indemnified under this Section 3.18 by an employee of the Contractor, ' a Subcontractor, anyor~ directly or indirectly employed by them or anyor~ for whose acts they may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this Section 3.18 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount ce type of damages, _ compensation or benefits_payable by ~ for_the Contractor or.a.Subcontractatr under workers.' c~rpensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. ' §3.18.3 The obligations of the Contractor under this Section 3.18 shall not extend to the liability of the Construction Manager, Architect, their consultants, and agents and employees of any of them arising out of (1) the preparation or approval of maps, drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs air specifications, or (2) the giving ' of ~ the failure tD give directions or instructions by the Construction Manager, Architect. their consultants, and agents and employees of any of them provided such giving or failure to give is the primary cause of the injury ~ damage. ' ARTICLE 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT § 4.1 ARCHITECT § 4.1.1 The Architect is the person lawfully licensed bo practice architecture or an entity lawfully practicing ' architecture identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term "Architect" means the Architect or the Architect's authorized representative. § 42 CONSTRUCTION MANAGER ' §42.1 The Cartstnrction Manager is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term "Constriction Manager" means the Construction Manager ~ the Construction Manager's authorized representative. ' § 4.3 Duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Constn~tion Manager and Architect as set fa~rth in the Contract Documents shall not be restricted, modified or extended without written consent of the Owner, Construction Manager, Architect and Contractor. Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. ' _ § 4.4 In case of termination of employment of the Construction Manager or Architect, the Owner shall appoint a construction manager or architect against whom the Contractor makes no reasonable objection and whose status undea the Contract Documents shall be that of the farmer construction manager or architect, respetxively. § 4.5 Disputes arising under Sections 4.3 and 4.4 shall be subject to arbitration. § 4.6 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT §4.8.1 The Construction Manager and Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents, and will be We Owner's representatives (1) during construction, (2) until final payment is due and (3) with the Owner's cortctm~ertce, from rime to time during the correction period described in Section 122. The Construction Manager and Architect will advise and consult with the Owner and will have authority to act on behalf t of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents, unless otherwise modified by written instrument in accordance with other provisions of the Contract. § 4.82 The Construction Manager will determine in general that the Work is being performed in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, will keep the Owner informed of the progress of the Work, and will endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work. ' §4.8.3 The Construction Manager will provide for coordination of the activities of other Contractors and of the Owner's own forces with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with them. The Contractor shall participate with other Contractors and the Construction Manager and Owner in reviewing their construction sclredtiles when directed to do so. The Contractor shall melee any revisions to the construction schedule deemed ' Init. Aa ~~~ A201~~ -1992 Copyright ®1982 by The Artrericen Ins9hRe of Architects. A9 rights reserved. W~NING: This AIA° Document Is protected by US. Copyright Law and IrrterrraUonal Treaties. Urrarrtlrorfzed reproductbn or dlstributlon of this AIA Document, or any portion of It, 17 may result In severe chdl and txlminal peneltlee, and will be prosecuted to the mexlmum extent possible under the law This doaxrrerd was produced by ' / AU1 software at 10:10.02 art 07/1812008 under Order No.1000964084 1 which expires on 7/1512008, and Is not tar resale. User Notes: (4179567805) necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement. The consWction scltednles shall constitute the schedules to be used by the Contractor, other Contractors, the Construction Manswger and the Owner until subsequently revised. § 4.6.4 The Construction Manager will schedule and coordinate the activities of the Contractors in accordance with the latest approved Project oonsttvtxion schedule. ' § 4.6.5 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of ccestntction to become generally familiar with the progress and quality of the completed Work and to determine in general if the Work is being perforated in a manner indicating that the Work, when completed, wr11 be in accordance with the Contract Documents. However, the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check quality-~ quantity of the Work: On-the basis of on-site observations as an art:hitcct;~ the Architect will-keep the Owner informed of progress of the Work, and will endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work § 4.6.6 The Construction Manager, except ro the extent required by Section 4.6.4, and Architect will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for construction means, methods, tcchnignes, sequences or procedures, or far safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, since these are solely the Contractor's responsibility as provided in Section 3.3, and neither will be responsible for the Contractor's failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Neither the Construction Manager nor the Architect will have control over or charge of or be responsible far acts or omissions of the Contractor, Snbcontr~actors, ar their agents or employees, or of any other persons performing portions of the Work. § 4.6.7 Communications Facilitating Contract Administration. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or when direct communications have been specially authorized, the Owner and Contractor shall communicate through the Construcxion Manager, and shall contemporarteouslyprouide the same communications to the Architect. Communications by and with the Architect's consultants shall be thr~otrgh the ArchitecK. Commtmications by and with Subcontractors and rioaterial suppliers shall be through the Contractor. Commtmications by and with other Contractors shall be through fire Construction Manager and sltall be conterr~loratteously provided to the Architect. § 4.6.8 The Construction Manager will review and certify all Applications for Payment by the Contractor, including final payment. The Construction Manager will assemble each of the Contractor's Applications for Payment with similar Applications from other Contractors into a Project Application and Project Certificate for Payment. After reviewing and certifying the amounts due the Contractors, the Construction Manager will submit the Project Application and Project Certificate for Payment, along with the applicable Contractors' Applications and Certificates for Payment, to the Architect. § 4.6.9 Based on the Architect's observations and evaluations of Cmttractors' Applications for Payment, and the certifications of the Construction Manager, the Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractors and will issue a Project Certificate for Payment. § 4.6.10 The Architect will have authority to reject Work which does not cwtform to the Contract Documents, and to require additional inspection or testing, in aceordartce with Sections 13.5.2 and 13.53, whether or not such Work is fabricated, installed ~ completed, but will take such action only after notifying the Construcxion Manager. Subject to review by the Architect, the Construction Manager will have the authority to reject Work which does not cenform to the Contract Dacurrretts. Whenever the Constnrction Manager considers it necessary or advisable for implementation of the intent of the Contract ]Documents, the Construction Manager will have authority to require additional inspection or testing of the Work in acwrdance with Sections 135.2 and 13.53, whether or not such Work is fabricated, installed ar completed. The foregoing authority of the Construction Manager will be subject to the provisions of Sections 4.6.18 through 4.6.20 inclusive, with respect to irnerpretations and decisions of the Architect. However, neither the Architect's nor the Construction Manager's authority to act under this Section 4.6.10 nor a decision made by either of them in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect or the Construction Manager to the Contractor, Subcontractors, material and equipment suppliers, their agents or employees, or other persons perfuming any of the Wark. § 4.6.11 The Construction Manage' will receive from the Contractor' and review and approve all Shop lhawings, Product Data and Samples, coordinate them with information received from other Contractors, and transmit to the InR. AU1 Documatt A207/Ct1a*r - t892. Copyright A 1992 by The Amerio~ kaclih~te of ArchRecte. A8 rlplNS reserved. WMNING: This AIAe Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and trroematlonal Treatise, trneuttwrized -eproduaton or dlstritxAbrr of this AIA° nowtnent, or srry portion of It, 18 rosy resua in severe dull and aiminel penalties, end will be prosecuted to the maximum extant possible undue the larr. This document was produced br / AW solhrare at 10:102 on 07M812008 under Order No.1000984084 1 wMdi expires on 7/15/1009, and is not for resale. User NoNa: (4179557805) r J 1 1 1 1 Architect those recommended for approval. The Construction Manager's actions will be taken with such reasonable promptness as to cause no delay in the Work of the Contractor or in the acxivities of other Contractors, the Owner, or the Architect. § 4.8.72 The Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon the Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. The Architect's action will be taken with such reasonable promptness as to cause no delay in the Work of the Contractor or in the activities of the other Contractors, the Owner, or the Construction Manager, while allowing sufficient time in the Architect's professional judgment to permit adequate review. Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of deftermimng the accuracy and completeness of other details s»cli"as dirrtensions and quaiitiues, or for sul~ntiatiiig instructions for installation or perforamrtce of equipmem or systems, all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents. The Architect's review of the Contractor's submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations under Sections 3.3, 3.5 and 3.12. The Architect's review shall not censtitute approval of safety precautions or, unless otherwise specifically stated by the Architect, of any constructicrr means, methods, techrriques, sequences or procedures. The Architect's approval of a specific item shall riot indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. § 4.8.13 The Construction Manager will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives. §4.8.14 Following consultation with the Construction Manager, the Architect will take appropriate action on Change Orders or Construction Change Direcxives in accordance with Article 7 and will have authority to order minor changes in the Work as provided in Section 7.4. § 4.8.76 The Construction Manager will maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of all Contracts, Drawings, Spxifications, addenda, Change Orders and other Modifications, in good order and marloed currently to record all changes and selections made during construction, and in addition approved Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar required submittals. These will be available to the Architect and the Contractor, and will be delivered to the Owner upon completion of the Project. § 4.8.16 The Construction Manager will assist the Architect in conducting inspections to determine the dates of Substantial Completion and final completion, and will receive and forward to the Architect written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor. The Construction Manager will forward to the Architect a final Project Application and Project Certificate for Payment upon compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. § 4.8.17 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect will provide one or more project representatives to assist in carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the site. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of such project representatives shall be as set forth in an exhibit to be incorporated in the Contract Docurrterrts. § 4.6.18 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning perfornuance under and requirements of the Contract Documents on written request of the Construction Manager, Owner o>:Contractor. The Architect's response to such requests will be made with reasonable promptness and within any time limits agreed upon. If no agreement is made concerning the tirrlr; within which interpretations required of the Architect shall be furnished in compliance with this Section 4.6, then delay shall not be recognized on account of failure by the Architect to furnish such interpretations until 15 days after written request is made for them. § 4.6.18 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings. When making such interpretations and decisions, the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful perfarnrance by both Owner and Contractor, will not show partiality to either and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions so rendered in good faith. § 4.6.20 The Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent. expressed in the Contract Documents. AIA Doounasrt A20UCMa7O - 7992 Copyright O 1982 by The American InstigAe of Anidtects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA° Document is Init. protented byU.S. Copyright Law errd internatlonal Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or dtstrltartion of this AIA° Docranent, or any pordon of It, may result In severe chill and rximinal penaitles, and will be prosecrRed to the maximum extent possible urrder the law. This document was produced by 19 / AIA software at to:10:02 on 07M x/2008 under Order No.1000994064 t which expires on 7M SMt009, and is not for male. user Notes: (417356780 § 4.7 CLAIIYIS AND DISPUTES § 4.7.1 Definition. A Claim is a demand ar asstntion by one of the parties seeking, as a matter of right, adjustment ar interpretation of Contract terms, payment of money, extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. The term "Claim" alp includes other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractar arising oat of ar relating to the Contract. Claims must be made by written notice. The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim. § 4.7T Decision of Architect. Claims, including those alleging an errar ar omission by the Construction Manager or Architect, shall be refereed initially to the Architect far action as provided in Section 4.8. A decision by the Architect, as provided in Section 4.8.4, shall be required as a condition precedent to arbitration ar litigation of a Claim_between.the Contractor. and Owner as to_all snch_matters arising_priar to the date.final payment is due, regardless of (1) whether such matters relate to execution and progress of the Work ar (2) the extent to which the Wark has been completed. The decision by the Architect in response to a Claim shall not be a cmtdition precedent to arbitration ar litigation in the event (1) the position of Architect is vacant, (2) the Architect has not received evidence ar has failed to render a decision within agreed time limits, (3) the Architect has failed to take action required under Section 4.8.4 within 30 days after the Claim is made, (4) 45 days have passed after the Claim has been referred to the Architect or (S~ the Claim relates to a mechanic's lien. § 4.7.3 Time Limits on Claims. Claims by either party must be made within 21 days after occtarence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first re~gnizes the condition giving rise to the Claim, whichever is later. Claims must be made by written notice. An additional Claim made after the initial Claim has been implemented by Change Order will not be considered unless submitted in a timely manner. § 4.7A Continuing Contract Performance. Pending final resolution of a Claim including arbitration, unless otherwise agreed in writing the Comractar shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. §4.7.5 Waiver of Claims: Fnal Payment The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except these arising from: liens, Claims, security interests ar encumbrances arising out of the Contract and unsettled; failure of the Work to comply with the requirerrients of the Contract Documents; ar terms of special warranties required by the Contract Documents. § 4.7.6 Claims for Concealed or Unlrnown Conditions. If conditions are encountered at the site which are (1) subsurface ar otherwise concealed physical conditions which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents ar (2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, which differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in censtruction activities of the character purovided for in the Contract Documents, then notice by the observing party shall be given to the other party promptly before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 21 days after fast observance of the conditions. The Architect will promptly investigate such conditions and, if they differ materially and cause an increase ar decrease in the Contractar's coat of, ar time required far, performance of any part of the Work, will recommend an equitable adjustrriertt in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, ar both. If the Architect determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract bocuments and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified, the Architect shall so notify the Owner and Contractor in writing, stating the reasons. Claims by either party in opposition to such determination must be made within 21 days after the Architect has given notice of the decision. If the Owner and Conttactar cannot agree on an adjustment in the Contract Sum ar Contract Time, the adjustment shall be referred to the Architect far initial determination, subject to further proceedings pursuant to Section 4.8. § 4.7.7 Claims far Additional Cost. If the Contractar wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Sum, written notice as provided herein shall be given before proceeding to execute the Work. Friar notice is not required for Claims relating to an erriergency endangering life ar property arising under Section 10.3. If the Contractor believes additional cyst is involved for reasons including but not limited to (1) a written interpretation from the Architect, (2) an order by the Owner to stop the Wark where the Contractor was Trot at fault, (3) a written order far a minar change in the Work issued by the Architect, (4) failure of payment by the Owner, (~ termination of the Contract by the Owner, (6) Owner's suspension or (7) other reasonable grounds, Claim shall be filed in accordance with the procedure established herein Init. AIA Document A201/Clh7e -1882. Copyright O 1982 br The American Instltuts of Anritiects. All rights reaervad. WAsRNING: This AIAe Document is protected bit U.S. Copyright Law and tnternattonel lteattes. Unsuthor~ed reproduction or disbibutlon of this AfA Document, or any portion of it, ~ may result in severe dvil and crNMnal pereltiea, end wits be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the Iarr. TFYe doament was produced by J AIA software at 10:102 an 0711812009 under Order No.1000964094 1 which expires on 711512009, and Is not far resale. User Notes: (4179557805) ' §4.7.8 Claims for Additional Time. §4.7.8.1 If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Time, written notice as provided herein shall be given. The Contractor's Claim shall include an estimate of cost and of probable effect of delay on progress of the Work. In the case of a cominuing delay only one Claim is necessary. §4.7.6.2 if adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additional time, such Claim shall be documented ' by data substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time and could not have been reasonably anticipated, and that weather conditions had an adverse effect on the scheduled coristrttction. §4.7.9 Injury or Damage to Penton or Property. If either party to the Contract suffers injury or damage to person or ' property because of an act or omission of the other party, of any of the other party's employees or agents, or of others for whose acts such party is legally liable, written notice of such injury or damage, whether or not insured, shall be given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after first observance. The notice shall provide sufficiern detail to enable the other party to investigate the matter. If a Claim for additional ccet or time ' relaxed xo this Claim is to be asserted, it shall be filed as provided in Sections 4.7.7 or 4.7.8. § 4.8 RESOLUTION OF CLAIMS AND DISPUTES ' § 4x8.1 The Architect will review Claims and take one or more of the following preliminary actions within ten days of receipt of a Claim: (1) request additional supporting data from the claimant, (2) submit a schedule to the parties indicating when the Architect expects to take action, (3) reject the Claim in whole or in part, stating reasons for rejection, (4) recommend approval of the Claim by the other party or (5) suggest a cempromise. The Architect may ' a1s0. but is not obligated to, notify the surety, if any, of the nature and amourn of the Claim. § 4.8.2 If a Claim has been resolved, the Architect will prepare or obtain appropriate documentation. ' § 4.8.3 If a Claim has not been resolved, the party making the Claim shall, within ten days after the Arehitect's preliminary response, take one or rr>ote of the following actions: (1) submit additional supporting data requested by the Architect, (2) r~dify the initial Claim or (3) notify the Architect that the initial Claim stands. § 4.8.4 If a Claim has not been resolved after consideration of the foregoing and of firrther evidence presented by the parties or requested by the Architect, the Arehixect will notify the parties in writing that the Architect's decision will be made within seven days, which decision shall be final and binding on the parties but subject to arbitration. Upon expiration of such Circe period, the Architect will render to the parties the Architect's written decision relative to the Claim, including arty change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both. If there is a surety and there appears to be a po~ibility of a Contractor's default, the Architect may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety and request the surety's assistance in resolving the controversy. § 4.9 ARBRRATION § 4.9.1 Controversies and Claims Subject to Arbitration. Any controversy or Claim arising out of or related to the Contract, or the breach thereof, shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the Construcxion Industry Arbitration Rules of the Americ~rt Arbitration Association, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof, except controversies or Claims relating to aesthetic effect and except those waived as provided for in Section 4.7.5. Such controversies or Claims upon which the Architect has given notice and rendered a decision as provided in Section 4.8.4 shall be subject to arbitration upon written demand of either party. Arbitration may be commenced when 45 days have passed after a Claim has been referred to the Architect as provided in Section 4.7 and no decision has been rendered. § 4.9.2 Rules and Notices fm Arbitration. Claims between the Owner and Contractor not resolved under Section 4.8 ' shall, if subject to arbitration under Section 4.9.1, be decided by arbitration in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of flaw American Arbitration Association currently in effect, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise. Notice of demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other party to the Agreement ' between the Owner and Contractor and with the American Arbitration Association, and copies shall be filed with the Construction Manager and Architect. § 4.9 3 Contract Performance During Arbitration. Dnring arbitration proceedings, the Owner and Contractor shall comply with Section 4.7.4. Init. AIA Docmront A2o11CNsTM -1992. Copyright ®t 992 tiY The American Irrsddlte of Architecla. All rlgMs reserved. WAeRNINO: This AIAe Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and Internstlonal 7Yeaties. Unauthorlxed n:producNon or distrltrutlon of this AIA Docurrerd, or any portion of k, 21 may result In severe civil and criminal perrsltlee, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent posaitrle under the law. 7f~is document was pradix:ed by ' / AIA software at 1 O:tOd)2 on 07/1812009 under Order No.1000984094 1 which erpir~ on 711512009, and la Trot for reads. User Notes: (41 79 5578 05) § 49A When Arbitration May Be Demanded. Demand for arbitration of any Claim may sot be made until the earlier of (1) the date on which the Architect has rendered a fmal written decismn on the Claim, (2) the tenth day after the parties have presented evidence to the Architect or have been given rearonable opportunity to do so, if the Architect has not rendered a final written decision by that date, or (3) any of the five events described in Section 4.7.2. § 49A.1 When a written decision of the Anchitect states that (1) the decision is final but subject to arbitration and (2) a demand for arbitration of a Claim covered by such decision must be made within 30 days after the date on which the party malting the demand receives the fmal written decision, then failure to demand arbitration within said 30 days' period shall result in the Ar+chitect's decision becoming final and binding upon the Owner and Contractor. If -the-Architect-renders a•decision-after-arbitration-proceedings-have-been initiated,-such-decision-may-be-entered•as- evidence, but shall not supersede arbitration proceedings unless the decision is acceptable to all parties concerned. § 4.9.4.2 A demand for arbitration shall be made within the time limits specified in Sections 4.9.1 and 4.9.4 and Section 4.9.4.1 as applicable, and in other cases within a reasonable time after tote Claim has arisen, and in no event shall it be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such Claim would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations as drnermirted pursuant to Section 13.7. § 4.9.5 Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder. No arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract Docwnents shall include, by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner, the Construction Manager, the Architect, or the Construcxion Manager's or Architect's employees or consultants, except by written consent containing specific reference to the Agreemern and signed by the Construction Manager, Architect, Owner, Contractor and any other person or entity sought to be joined. No arbitration shall include, by consolidation ~ joinder or in any other manner, parties other than the Owner, Contractor, other Contractors as described in Article 6 and other persons substantially involved in a common question of fact or law whose presence is required if complete relief is to be accorded in arbitration. No persons or entities otiter than the Owner, Contractor or other Contractors as defined in Section 3.1.2 shall be included as an original third party or additional third party to an arbitration whose interest or responsibility is insubstantial. Consent bo arbitration involving an additional person or entity shall not constitute consent to arbitration of a dispute not described therein or with a person or entity not named or described therein. The foregoing agreement to arbitrate and other agreements to arbitrate with an additional person or ernity duly consented to by parties to the Agreement shall be specifically enforceable under applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. § 49.6 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims. A party who files a notice of demand for arbitration crust assert in the demand all Qairns then known to that party on which arbitration is permitted to be demanded. When a party fails to include a Claim through oversight, inadvertence or excusable neglect, or when a Claim has matwtd or been acquired subsequently, the arbitrator or arbitrators may permit amendment. §4.9.7 Judgmern on Final Award. The award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final, and judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS § 5.1 DEFINITIONS § 5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractce to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term "Subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Subconh-actor or an authorized rep~resentadve of the Subcontractor. The term "Subcontractor" does not include other Contractors or subcontractors of other Contractors. § 5.1.2 ASub-subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term "Sub-subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means aSub-subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub- subcontractor. § 5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK § 5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents or the bidding requirements, the Contractor, as soon as pntcticable after award of the Contract, shall famish in writing to the Constrtction Manager for review by the Owner, Construction Manager and Architect the names of persons or entities (including those who are to furnish Init. AU1 Document A201A~TM -1992. Copyright ®t 982 try The Amedcen q~stltute of A-chileds. Ali fights reserved: WARNING: This ArAs Document Is protected by U.S. Copyright l.ew and Y~tarrratlorrel 7leeatles. Unauthortied reproduction ar dlstrlbuson of thfs•MA° DocumerH, or any portion of it, may result In severe cTvll and criminal perraMles, mid w81 be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the Isw. 7Ns•docuinerd was praduoed ty ZZ J AIA soriwffie at 10:10:02 on W!t B/2009 under lkder No.10009BA094_1 whk~ expres on 7/15/Z009. and•is not for resale. User Notsa: (4179567805) ' materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each principal portion of the Wark. The Construction Manager will promptly reply to the Contractor in writing stating whether or not the Owner, Construction Manager or Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable objection tD any such proposed person or entity. Failure of the Construction Manager ei reply promptly shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. § 5.22 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom the Owner, Construction Manager or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not be required to contract ' with anyorre to whom the Contractor has made reasonable objection - _ .§.5.23If_the Owner, Constrnction.Manager_or_Arrhitect.has rEasonable.objectionxo a person-or_entity-proposedby- the Contractor, the Contractor shall propose another eo whom the Owner, Constriction Manager or Architect has no ' reasonable objection. The Contract Sum shall be increased or decreased by the difference in cost occasioned by such change and an appropaiate Change Order shall be issued. However, no increase in the Contract Sum shall be allowed for such change unless the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in submitting narr~s as required. ' §5.2.4 The Contractor shall not change a Subcontractor, person or entity previously selected if the Owner, Construction Manager or Architect makes reasonable objection to such change. § 5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS § 5.3.1 By appropriate agreement, written where legally required for validity, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities which ' the Cortractor, by these Documents, assumes toward the Owrrer, Construction Manager and ArchitecK. Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner, Construction Manager and Architect under the Contract Documents with respect in the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prtyudice such rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically provided otherwise in ' the subointract agrcernent, the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor, by the Contract Documents, has against the Owner. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub-subcontractors. The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement, copies of the Contract Documents to ' which the Subconttactor will be bouurd, and, upon written request of the Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditioets of the proposed subcontract agreement which may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors shall similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub~trbcontractors. ' § 5A CONTINGENT ASSIGNNIENT OF SUBCONTRACTS § 5.4.1 Bach subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner provided that: .1 assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner far cause pursuant to Section 14.2 and only for those subcontract agreernerrts which the Owner accepts by notifying the Subcontractor in writing; and ' .. .2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety, if any, obligated under bond relating to the Contract. § 5.4.21f the Work has been suspended for more than 30 days, the Subcontractor's compensation shall be equitably adjusted. ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY OTHER CONTRACTORS § 6.10WNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION WTI'H OWN FORCES AND TO AWARD OTHER CONTRACTS ' § 6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction ~ operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces, which include persons or entities under separate contracts not administered by the Construction Manager. The Owner further reserves the right to award other contracts in connection with other portions of the ' Project a other construction or operations on the site under Conditions of the Contract identical or substantially similar to these including those portions related to insurance and waiver of subrogation. if the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by the Owner, the Contractor shall make such Claim as provided elsewhere in the Contract Documents. ' 1ML AIA Document A2a1/CMsTM -1892. Copyright ©1992 by The American Irate O1 Archllscts. All rights rseerved. WIeR1~NNG: Thla AIA~ Document Is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and Internatlonal Trestles. Unauthorized reproducion or disbibrrtion of this AIA Documsnt, or any portlon of It, ~ may reauR in severe dull and almirml penaltlea, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible tinder the law. This doasnent was produced by ' ~ AIA sollware ffi it1:1lYA2 on W/18/2A0a under Order No.10009W094 1 which expires on 7/15JZAD9, and k not for resale. ~ ~~ (41797805) § 6.1.2 When the Owner performs construction or operations with the Owner's own forces including persons or entities under separate contracts not administered by the Construction Manager, the Owner shall provide for coordination of such forces with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with them. § 6.1.3 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, when the Owner performs construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces, the Owner shall be deemed to be subject to the same obligations and to have the same rights which apply to the Contractor under the Conditions of the Coact, including, without excluding others, those stated in this Article 6 and in Articles 3, 10, I 1 and 12. § 6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY -§621 'Phe-Cantractor-shall-afford-the-Owner'-s-own-forces; Construction-Manager and-other Contractors-reasanable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities, and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor's construction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Docunrerrts. § 622 If part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution ~ results upon construction or operations by the Owner's own forces or other Co~ractors, the Contractor shall, prior W proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly report b0 the Construction Manager and Architect apparent discrepancies ~ defects in such other construction that would render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor ro to report shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner's own forces or other Contractors' wmpleted or partially completed wnstruction is 5t and proper bu receive the Contractor's Work, except as to defects not then reasonably discoverable. § 6.2.3 Costs caused by delays or by improperly timed activities or defective construction shall be borne by the party responsible therefor. § 6.2A The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage wrongfully caused by the Contractor to completed construction or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or other Contractors as provided in Section 10.2.5. § 6.2.5 Claims and other disputes and matters in question between the Contracxor and other Contractors shall be subject to the provisions of Section 4.7 provided the other Contractors have reciprocal obligations. § 6.2.6 The Owner and other Contractors shall have the same responsibilities for cutting and patching as are described for the Contractor in Section 3.14. § 6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP § 6.3.1 If a dispute arises among the Contractor, other Contractors and the Owner as to the responsibility under their respective contracts for maintaining the premises and stm+ounding area free from waste materials and rubbish as dexribed in Section 3.15, the Owner may clean up and allocate the cost artmng those responsible as the Construction Manager. in consultation with the Architect, determines to be just ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK § 7.1 CHANGES § 7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract, and without invalidating the Contract, by Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work, subject to the limitations stated in this Article 7 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. § 7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner, Construcxion Manager, Architect and Contractor, a Construction Change Directive requires agreenrertt by the Owner, Construction Manager and Architect and may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor; an order for a minor change in the Work may be issued by the Architect alone. § 7.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, and Contractor shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise provided in the Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work. Inlt AIA ~^eM A201/CMa'rr -1992. Copyright ®1982 by The American Instihite of Architects. A9 rights ressrvsd. WARNUit#: This AIAB Dodanant Is protected by U.S. Copyright Eaw and hrtemallanal Th3atles. Unauthorlaed ripraducNon ar dlseribuaon of this AIAB Dooumerd, or any portlon of h, 24 may resuh in severe cNa end criminal penaalae, and wlil he prosecuted to tlM: maximum extent poaeibb under the law. This doaxrrent was produced by / AU1 eaaMrare ffi 10:102 on 07/18/200a under Orcler No.10009640a4 1 wh~h exphes on 7/1C/2009, std N not far ntsale. User Notes: (4179Iiti780ti) 1 § 7.1.4 If unlit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agmed upon, and if quantities originally contemplated are so changed in a proposed Change Order or Construction Change Directive that application of such unit prices to quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial inequity to the Owner or Contractor, the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted. § 72 CHANGE ORDERS § 7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Construction Manager and signed by the Owner, ' Construction Manager, Architect and Contractor, stating their agreement upon all of the following: .1 a change in the Work; _ .2 the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Sum, if any =and .3 the extent of the adjustment in the Contract Time, if any. ' § 7.2.2 Methods used in determining adjustments to the Contract Sum may include those listed in Section 7.3.3. § 7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES ' § 7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the Construction Manager and signed by the Owner, Constriction Manager and Architect, directing a change in the Work and stating a proposed basis for adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. The Owner may by Construction Change Directive, without invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract ' consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. ' § 7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order. § 7.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum, the adjustment shall be ' based on one of the following methods: .1 mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized artd supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation; . .2 unit prices stated in the Contract Documents ~ subsequently agreed upon; ' .3 cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee; or A as provided in Section 7.3.6. § 7.3x4 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved and advise the Construction Manager and Architect of the Contractor's agreement or disagreement with the method, if any, provided in the Constriction Change Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. _ ' § 7.3.5 A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contractor indicates the agreemnt of the Contractor therewith, including adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method for determining them. Such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded as a Change Order. ., § 7.3.6 If the Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum, the method and the adjustment shall be determined by the Construction Manager on the basis of reasonable ' expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change, including, in case of an increase in the Contract Sum, a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit. in such case, and also under Section 7.3.3.3, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the Construction Manager may prescribe, an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, costs ' for the purposes of this Section 7.3.6 shall be limited to the following: .1 costs of labor, including social security, old age and unemployment insurance, fiinge benefits required by agreement or custom, and workers compensation insurance; .2 costs of materials, supplies and equipment, including cost of transportation, whether incorporated or consumed; .3 rental costs of machinery and equipment, exclusive of hand tools, whether rented from the Contractor or others; InN, Aa Docwnent A207/CAlare -1!192. Copyrlpht ®7992 by The Amerkk:an Irsitltute of ArdrNecls. All rights reserved WARNING: This AIA° Document is protected by U.S. Copyright t.aar and IMarrmtiorrel Treatlea. Unauthorized reprodudirer or dlstributlon of tMs AIA Document, or arty portion of It, ~ rrey result In severe dull and crhnirral permitlas, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.'tlris document was predraed try ' / AIA edlrrere et 10102 On 07l18PZ008 under Order Na1000384084_t which expires on 7H 512009, and Is rat far resale. Deer Notes: (4173557805) .4 costs of premiums far all bonds and insurance, permit fees, and sales, use or similar taxes related to the Work; and .5 additional costs of supervision and field office personnel directly attributable to the change. § 7.3.7 Pending final determination of cost to the Owner, amounts not in dispute may be included in Applications for Payment. The amoum of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change which results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as confirmed by the Constntction Manager. When both additions and cxedits cevering related Work ar substitutions are involved in a change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net increase, if arty, with respect to that change. §-7.3.5 If-the Owner-and-Contracctior-do-not agree with-thaadjustment-in~ContraotTime-or-the-method-for- determining it, the adjustment ar the method shall be referral to the Construction Manager for determination. § 7.3.9 When the Owner and Contractor agree with the determination made by the Construction Manager concerning the adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time, or otherwise reach agreernertt upon the adjustments, such agreement shall be effective irmnediately issued through the ConsWction Manager and shall be recorded by preparation and execution of an appropriate Change Order: § TA MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK § 7.4.1 The Architect will have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment in the Contract Sum ar extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documentts. Such changes shall be effected by written order issued through the Constnuction Manager and shall be binding on the Owner and Contractor. The Contractor shall carry out such written orders promptly. ARTICLE 8 TIME § 8.1 DEFINRK)NS § 8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, Contract Time is the period of time, including authorized adjustments, allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work. § 8.1.2 The date of cmrrunencement of the Work is the date established in the Agreement. The date shall not be postponed by the failure to act of the Contractar ar of persons ar emities far whom the Contractor is responsible. § 8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance with Section 9.8. § 8.1x4 The term "day" as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined. § 82 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION § 8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. By executing the Agroement the Contractor confums that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work. § 82.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly, except by agreement ar instruction of the Owner in writing, prematurely commence operations on the site ar elsewhere prior to the effective date of insurance required by Article 11 to be furnished by the Contractor. The date of commencerrtent of the Work shall not be changed by the effective date of such inswance. Unless the date of commencemem is established by a notice to proceed given by the Owner, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing not less than five days ar other agreed period before commencing the Wark to permit the timely filing of mortgages, mochanic's liens and other security interests. § 8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequaee foroES and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. § 8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME § 8.3.1 ff the Contractor is delayed at any tip in progress of the Wark by an act ar neglect of the Owner's own farces, Construction Manager, Architect, any of the other Contractors ar an empbyce of any of them, ar by changes ordered in the Work, ar by lobar disputes, fire, unusual delay in deliveries, unavoidable casualties or other causes beyond the Contractor's control, ar by delay authorized by the Owner pending arbitration, or by other causes which 1~ AIA Document A201AMIa~ - 7092. l~pyriOFit m 1982 by The American InsdNte d Ards. All rlplits reserved. WAeRNIN01: This AIAe Docume~d Is protected bt- U.S. CopyrlgM lsvr and Ydematiorret Trestles. Urraufhorized reproduction or dlaUtbutlon of this AIA Doaanerrt, or an11 portlon of It, may result in severe chill and criminal pensltles, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent po~ibls under the lair. This docrxnerrt rtes produced by ~ / AY1 software at 10:102 on 07/18/2009 under alder No.1000984064 1 rridch exptres on 711512009, and is not tar resale. User Notes: (4173557805) the Architect, based on the recommendation of the Construction Manager, determines may justify delay, then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Architect may determine. § 8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of Section 4.7. § 8.3.3 This Section 8.3 does not preclude recovery of damages for delay by either party under other provisions of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION §_9.-1_CON.T.RACT SUM- - - ~ - -- - - -- -- -- - - - - - - - -- -- - --- - -- -~- - -- § 9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and, including authorized adjustments, is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractar for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. § 9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES § 921 Before the first Application for Payment, the Contracts shall submit to the Architect, through the Construction Manager, a schedule of values allocated to various portions of the Work, prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Construction Manager and Architect may require. This schedule, unless objected to by the Construction Manager or Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. § 9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT § 9.3.1 At least fifteen days before the date established for each progress payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Construction Manager an itemized Application for Payment for Wsk completed in accordance with the schedule of values. Such application shall be notarized, if required, and supported by such data substantiating the Contractor's right to payrrient as the Owner, Construction Manager s Architect nary require, such as copies of requisitions from Subcontractors and arraterial suppliers, and reflecting retainage if provided fs elsewhere in the Contract Documents. § 9.3.1.1 Such applications may include requests fs payment on account of changes in the Work which have been Properly authorized by Construction Change Directives but not yet included in Change Orders. ' § 9.3.1.2 Such applications may not include requests for payment of amounts the Contracts does not intend to pay to a Subcontracts s material supplier because of a dispute or other reason. § 9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, payments shall be made on accoura of materials and ' equipment delivered and suitably steed at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Wsk. If approved in advance by the Owner, payment may similarly be trade fs materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing. Payment fs materials and equipment stored oat s off the site shall be conditioned upon ' wmplianoe by the Comractor with procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner's title to such materials and equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest, and shall include applicable insurance, storage and transportation to the site fs such materials and equipmera stoned off the site. ' § 9.3.3 The Contracts warrants that title to all Wsk covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment. The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Payment all Wsk for which Certificates fs Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall, to the best of the Contracts's knowledge, infsmation and belief, be free and clear of liens, claims, ' security interests or encumbrances in favs of the Contractor, Subcontractors, nmterial suppliers, or other persons or entities malting a claim by reason of having provided labor, materials and equipment relating to the Work. § 9A CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT ' § 9.4.1 The Construction Manager will assemble a Project Application for Payrr~att by combining the Contractor's applications with similar applications for progress payments from other Contractors and, after certifying the surmounts due on such applications, fsward them to the Architect within seven days. ' § 9.4.2 Within seven days after the Architect's receipt of the Project Application for Payment, the Construction Manager and Architect will either issue to the Owner a Project Certificate fs Payment, with a copy to the Contracts, for such amount as the Construction Manager and Architect determine is properly due, s notify the ' Contracts and Owner in writing of the Construction Manager's and Architect's reasons for withholding InIL AIA Dooumerd A201/CMan -1992. Copyright A 7 e~ by The Amerloan Insttlule of Amhltects. Aa rfgMs reserved. WARNIN~i: This AtA° Document Is matt leusavere ~ and aNnlnsll Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distritxdion of this AIA° Document, or any poruon of It, ~ penalties, and will bs prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA sORware at 10:10.'02 on 07l78f2008 under fhder No.1000964084 1 which expkes on 7M 6I20p8, and Is nort for resale. t • User Notes: (4179557805) certification in whole or in part as provided in Section 9.5.1. Such notification will be forwarded to the Contractor by the Construction Manager. § 9.4.3 The issuance of a separate Certificate for Payment ar a Project Certificate for Payment will constitute representations made separately by the Construction Manager and Architect to the Owner, based on their individual observations at the site and the data comprising the Application for Payment submitted by the Contractar, that the Work has progressed to the point indicated and that, to the best of the Construction Manager's and Architect's knowledge, information and belief, quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents. The foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the Work for cmtformance with the Contract Docurrarnts upon Snbstantial Completion, to results of subsequent tests arxi inspections, to minor deviations 5orln the Contract Documents-correctable-priar~roo-completioa-and~to-specific-qualifications-expressed-by-the-Construction-Manager-ar Architect. The issuance of a separate Certificate for Payment ar a Project Certificate far Payment will further constitute a represernation that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. However, the issuance of a separate Certificate for Payment ar a Project Certificate for Payment will not be a repnescetation that the Construction Manager ar Architect has (1) made exhaustive ar continuous on-site inspections to check the quality ar quantity of the Work, (2) reviewed the Contractor's cerrstrvction means, methods, techniques, sequences ar procedtues, (3) reviewed copies of requisitions received from SubcontractDrs and material suppliers and other data requested by the Owner to substantiate the Contractor's right to payment or (4) made examination to ascertain how ar far what pnrpose the ContraMar has used money previously paid on aa:olrnt of the Contract Sum. § 95 DECISIONS TO 1MTHHOLD CERTIFICATION § 9.5.1 The Construction Manager or Architect may decide not to certify payment and may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole ar in part, to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the Owner, if in the Construction Manager's ar Architect's opinion the representations to the Owner required by Section 9.4.3 cannot be made. if the Construction Manager ar Architect is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application, the Constnuction Manager ar Architect will notify the Contractar and Owner as provided in Section 9.4.2. If the Contractar, Construction Manager and Architect cannot agree on a revised amount, the Construction Manager and Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Paym~ertt far the amount for which the Construction Manager and Architect are able to make such representations to the Owner. The Construction Manager ar Architect may also decide not to certify payment ar, because of subsequently discevered evidence ar subsequent observations, may nullify the whole ar a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued, oo such extent as may be necessary in the Construction Manager's ar Architect's opinion to protect the Owner from loss becanse of .1 defective Work not remedied; .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims; .3. failure of the Contractar to make payments properly to Subcontractors ar far labar, materials ar equipment; .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; .5 damage to the Owner ar another contractor; .6 reasmrable evidence that the Wark will not be completed within the Contract Time, and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual ar liquidated damages faf the anticipated delay; or .7 persistent failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. § 9.5.2 When the above reasons far withholding certification are removed, certification will be made for amounts previously withheld. § 9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS § 9.6.1 After the Construction Manager and Architect have issued a Project Certificate far Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documents, and shall so notify the Construction Manager and Architect. § 9.6.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcontractor, upon receipt of payment from the Owner, out of the amount paid to the Contractor on account of such Subcorttractar's portion of the Wank, the amount to which said Subcontractar is entitled, reflecting percentages actually retained from payments to the Contractor on aceount of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work. The Contractar shall, by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractar, require each Subcontractar to make payments to Snb-subcontractors in similar manner. InR. AU Donewrt A2011CWs'r -1892. CopyrlgM ®1992 by The American Insb'>ute of Archllecis. All rights reserved. WAeRNiNG: This AIA° l>ocumerd Is protected by US. Copyright Lew and hdernatlonal 7FeeUes. Unsuthorlted reproductbn or dlsWbutlon of this AIA Document, or arrtr portbn of If, .28 may result In severe civil and crbninal peneltles, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the Isw. lhis doament was produced by / AW safhrare at 10:70~P on 07/1812008 under Order No.1000094084 1 which exphes on 7/151"2008, and is not for resale. User Notes: (4173557805) 1 1 1 1 1 1 § 9.6.3 The Construction Manager will, on request, famish to a Subcontractor, if practicable, information regarding percentages of completion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and action taken thereon by the Owner, Construction Manager and Architect on account of portions of the Work done by such Subcontractor. § 9.6.4 Neither the Owner, Construction Manager nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay or to see to the payment of money to a Subcontractor except as may otherwise be required by law. § 8.6.5 Payment to material suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided in Sections 9.6.2, 9.6.3 and 9.6.4. § 9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment, a progress Payment, or partial or entire use ~ occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. § 9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT § 9.7.1 If, through no fault of the Contractor, 1) the Construction Manager and Architect do not issue a Project Certificate for Payment within fourteat days after the Construction Manager's receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment or 2) the Owner does not pay the Contractor within seven days after the date established in the Contract Documatts the arrrount certified by the Construction Manager and Architect or awarded by arbitration, that the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner, Construction Manager and Architect, stop the Work until payment of the amount owing has been received. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractior's reasonable costs of shut-down, delay and start up, which shall be accomplished as provided in Article 7. § 9.6 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION § 98.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. § 9.6.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work,, or a portion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept separately, is substantially complete, the Contractor and Construction Manager shall jointly prepare and submit to the Architect a oomprelratsive list of items to be completed or corrected. The Contractor shall proceed promptly to complete and correct items on the list. Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Upon receipt of the list, the Architect, assisted by the Construction Manager, will make an inspection to determine whether the Work or designated portion tirereof is substantially complete. If the Architect's inspection discloses any item, whether or not included on the list, which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall, before issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion, complete or correct such item upon notification by the Architect. The Contractor shall then submit a request for another inspection by the Architect, assisted by the Construction Manager, to determine Substantial Completion. When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially cemplete, the Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion which shall establish the date of Substantial Completion, shall establish responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and shall fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate. Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Wark or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in such t„ertificate. § 98.3 Upon Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof and~pon application by the Contractor and certification by the Construction Manager and Architect, the Owner shall make payment, reflecting adjustment in retainage, if any, far such Work or portion thereof as provided in the Contract Documents. § 9.9 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE § 99.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any stage when such portion is designated by separate agreement with the Contractor, provided such occupancy or use is consented to by the insurer as required under Section 11.3.11 and authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Work. Such partial occupancy or use may cbnut~rtce whether or not the portion is substantially complete, provided the Owner and Contractor have accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them far payments, Init. AU Document A20U'dNaTM -1992. Copyright ®1992 by The American InsliWta of Archltec~. Aa rights reeeryed. WARNING: This AIA° Document Is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Trestles. Unauthorized reproduction or dlstributlon of this AIA° Dceument, or any portlon of ft, ~ may result In severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the Iaw. This document was produced by / AtA software a110:10:02 on 07/1812008 under Order Na1000984084 1 wMch expkes on 7h 512009, and Is rat for resale. User Notas: (4179557805) retainage if any, security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and have agreed in writing concerning the period for correction of the Wark and corcemeM of warranties required by the Contract Documents. When the Contractor considers a potion substantially complete, the Contractor and Construction Manager shall jointly prepare and submit a list to the Architect as provided under Section 9.8.2. Consent of the Contractor to partial occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. The stage of the progress of the Work shall be determined by written agreement between the Owner and Contractor or, if no agreement is reached, by decision of the Architect after consultation with the Construction Manager. § 9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use, the Ownea, Construction Manager, Contractor and Architect shall jointly inspect the area to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the condition of the Work. - ~ - §99.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon, partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the Work shall not constitute aoceptarrce of Work not complying with the requirements of the Contrail Documents. §9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT § 9.10.1 Upon ~mpletion of the Work, the Contractor shall forward to the Construction Manager a written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance and shall also forward m the Construction Manager a final Contractor's Application for Payment. Upon receipt, the Construction Manager will forward the notice and Application to the Architect who will promptly make such inspection. When the Architect, based on the recommendation of the Construction Manager, finds the Work acceptable unties the Contract Documents and the Contract fully performed, the Construction Manager and Architect will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of their knowledge, information and belief, and on the basis of their observations and inspections, the Work has bees completed in accordance with tenors std conditions of the Contract~Doarrrrertts and that the entire balance found to be due the Contractor and noted in said final Certificate is due and payable. The Construction Manager's and Architect's final Certificate for Payment will constiwte a further rtapresentation that conditions listed in Section 9.10.2 as precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to final payment have hose fulfilled. § 9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits to the Architect through the Construction Manager (1) an affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work fas which the Owner or the Owner's property might be responsible or enctnnbered (less amounts withheld by Owner) have been pad or other wise satisfied, (2) a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contrail Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner, (3) a written statement that the Contrailor knows of no substantial reason that the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract Documents, (4) consent of surety, if any, to final payment and (5), if required by the Owner, other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations, such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract, to the extent and in such form as may be designted by the Owner. If a Subcomractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the Owner, the Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against such lien. If such lien rerrnin4 ansadsfied after payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien, including all costs and reasonable attorneys' fees. § 9.10.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final completion thertaof is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affeiling final completion, and the Construction Manager and Architeil so confirm, the Owner shall, upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Construction Manager and Architect, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than retairtage stipulated in the Contract Documents, and if bonds have been furnished, the written consent of surety to payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Architect through the Construction Manager prior to certification of such payment. Such payment shall be made under teens and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Claims. The ranking of final payment shall constiwte a waiver of Claims by the Owner as provided in Section 4.4.5. Init. AIA Document A2011iCMa~ -1892. Copprlght ®1982 by The American lr~stlhse of Arch~Cts. All -Ighfs reserved. tN ®RNING: Thls AIA° Document is pratec6ed by U.S. Copyright Law and Mtematlonal Trestles. Unauthorised reproduction or distritartlon of this AIA ' Docranent, or any pardon of It, ~ may result In saves civil and criminal pemttles, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent po~lbk under the law. Thb daasnent wee predrroed ty / s ~ et 10:102 on 07H B/2D08 order Omer No.1000964084 1 which e~lres on 7/1512009, end le not for resale. (417355780 1 ' § 9.10A Aceeptance of final payment by the Contractor, a Subcontractor ~ material supplier shall constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of final Application four Payment. Such waivers shall be in addition to the waiver described in Section 4.7.5. ' ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY § 10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAf1AS § 10.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and ' programs in comrection with the performance of the Contract. The Contractor shall submit the Contractor's safety program m the Construction Manager for review and coordination with the safety programs of other Contractors. § 10.1.2 )r the event the Contractor encounters on the site material reasonably believed to be asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) which has not been rendered harmless, the Contractor shall immediately stop Work in the area affected and report the condition to the Owner, Construction Manager and Architect in writing. The Work in the affected area shall not thereafter be resurr~d except by written agreement of the Owner and Contractor if in fact the material is asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) and has not been rendered harmless. The Work ' in the affected area shall be resumed in the absence of asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB, or when it has been rendered harmless, by written agrcement of the Owner and Contractor, or in arxordance with final determination by the Architect on which arbitration has not been demanded, or by arbitration under Article 4. ' § 10.1.3 The Contractor shall not be required pursuant to Article 7 bo perform without consent any Work relating to asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB). § 10.1 A To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, Construction Manager, Architect, their consultants, and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, k-sses and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work in the affected area if in fact the material is asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) ' and has not been rendered harmless, provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself) including loss of use resulting therefrom, but only tD the extent caused in whole or in part by negligent acts or omissions of the Owner, anyone directly or indirectly employed by the Owner or anyone for whose acts the Owner ' may be liable, regaMless of whether or not such claim, damage, loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be censtrved to negate, abridge or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Section 10.1.4. ' § 10.1.5 If reasonable precautions will be inadequate to prevent foreseeable bodily injury or death to persons resulting from a material or substance encountered on the site by the Contractor, the Contractor shall, upon recognizing the condition, immediately stop Work in the affected area and report the cmndition to the Owner, Construction Manager and Architect in writing. The Owner, Contractor, Construction Manager and Architect shall then proceed in the same manner described in Section 10.1.2. § 10.1.6 The Owner shall be responsible for obtaining the services of a licensed laboratory to verify a presence or ' absence of the material or substance reported by the Contractor and, in the event such material act' substance is found to be present, to verify that it has been rendered harmless. Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, the Owns' shall famish in writing to the Contractor, Construction Manager and Architect the names and qualifications of persons or entities who are to perform tests verifying the presence or absence of such material or substance or ' who are to perform the task of removal or safe containment of such material or substance. The Contractor, the Construction Manager and the Architect will promptly reply to the Owner in writing stating whether or not any of them has reasonable objection to the persons or entities proposed by the Owner. If the Contractor, Construction Manager or Architect has an objection to a person or entity proposed by the Owner, the Owner shall propose another ' to whom the Contractor, the Construction Manager and the Architect have no reasonable objection. § 10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY ' § 10.2.1 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of, and shall provide reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: .1 employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby; IrtiL NA Document A201ICAlare -1992 Copyright ®1982 by The Anrerl~n krGtlute of /Irctriter9s. NI rights reserved. WpsRWINl3: This NAe DocumerN Is protected by U.S. CopyrlgM Law sod Intematlonal Trestles. Unauthorised reproduction or distribution of lids AIA Document, or any partlon of it, 31 may resuR In severe dull and Mrninsl penalaes, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possa~e under the law. This doasnent was produced by ' / AUW~sotheare at 10:10 an 07/1 8 20 09 under Order No.1000994084 1 which expires on 7/1512008, and is not tar resale. 4178557805) .2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated thertin, whether in storage on ar off the site, under care, custody or control of the Contractar or the Contractor's Swbcantracbors ar Sub- subcontractors; .3 other property at the site ar adjacent thereto, such as trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures oral utilities not designated for removal, relocation ar replacement in the cause of construction; and A construction ar operations by the Owner or other Contractors. § 10.2.2 The Contractor shall give notices and comply with applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on safety of persons or ~operty ar their protection from damage, injury ar loss. § 10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and performance of the Contract, reasonable safeguards far safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjal:ern sites and utilities. § 10.2A When use.for storage of explosives ar other hazardous materials ar equipment or unusual methods are necessary for execution of the Wank, the Contractor shall exer+ciise utmost care and carryon such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel. § 10.2.5 The Contractor shall prmrlptly remedy damage and loss (other than damage ar loss insured under propdty insurance required by the Contract Docurrertts) oo properly referrod to in Sections 10.2.12,10.2.1.3 and 10.2.1.4 caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub~ubcontractar, or anyone directly or indirerxly employed by any of them, ar by anyone far whose acts they may be liable and far which the Contractor is responsible under Sections 10.2.1.2,10.2.13and 102.1.4, except damage or loss attributable to acts ar omissions of the Owner, Construction Manager or Architect ar anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, ar by anyone far whose acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault ar negligence of the Conh~actar. The foregoing obligations of the Contractar are in addition to the Contractor's obligations under Section 3.18. § 10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractar's organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner, Construction Manager and Architect. § 10.2.7 The Contractar shall not load or permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded so as bo endanger its safety. § 10.3 EMERGENCIES § 10.3.1 In an emergency affecting safety ar persons or property, the Contractor shall act, at the Contractor's discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Additional compensation ar extension of time claimed by the Contractar on account of an emergency shall be determined as provided in Section 4.7 and Article 7. ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS § 17.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILRY INSURANCE § 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a company ar companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located such insurance as will protcct the Contractor from claims set forth below which may arise out of ar result from the Contractor's operations under the Contract and for which the Contractar may be legally liable, whether such operations be by the Contractar or by a Subcontractor ar by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, ar by anyone for whose acts any of them maybe liable: .1 claims ands workers compensation, disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts which are applicable to the Work to be performed; Z claims for damages because of bodily injury, occu~tional sickness ar disease, or death of the Contractor's employees; .3 claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness ar disease, or death of any person other than the Contractar's employees; A claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage which are sustained (1) by.a person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to employment of such person by the Contractor, or (2) by another person; INL AU- Document A20tIC1AaTM -1998. CopyrlpM ®1892 by The American Mslfirta of Arohlteds. AN rlphts reserved. W eRNING: This AIAs Documam fs protected by U.S. Copyrlpht Law and Intematlonal Trestles. Uraulhorized reproduction or dhdrNmtion of this AIA Docmnant, or arty portion of It, ~ may result In severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum euttent possible under the law. Thie dopmerN was produced by / AIA software et 10:10:02 on 07/18/2009 under Order No.1000994094_t which exPBres on 7h5/2008; and N rat tar resale. ~' NWas: (4173557905) ' .5 claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destnrction of tangible property, including loss of use resulting therefrom; .6 claims for damages because of bodily injury, death of a person or property damage arising out of ownership, maintenance or use of a motor vehicle; and .7 claims involving contractual liability insurance applicable to the Contractor's obligations under Section 3.18. § 11.1.2 The insurance required by Section 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than limits of liability specified in the Contract Doctnnents or required by law, whichever coverage is greater. Coverages, whether written on an - occutience orclaims-made-basis,_shall_be_maintained without interruption_fmm_date of commencement of the VNork until date of final payment and termination of any coverage requited to be maintained after final payment. § 11.1.3 Certificates of insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be submitted ro the Consttvction Manager for transmittal to the Owner with a copy to the Architect price to commerrcemern of the Work. These certificates and the insuratrce policies required by this Section 11.1 shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under tbe policies ' will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Owtrer. If any of the foregoing insurance coverages are required to remain in force after final payment and are reasonably available, an additional certificate evidencing corninuation of such coverage shall be submitted with the final Applicaton for Paymern as requited by Section 9.10.2. Information concerning reduction of coverage shall be furnished by the Contractor with reasonable promptness in aceardance with the Contractor's information and belief. § 11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE ' § 11.2.1 The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining the Owner's usual liability insurance. Optionally, the Owner may purchase and maintain other insutattce for self-ptotectiotr against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract. The Contractor shall not be responsible for ptachasing and maintaining this optional Owner's liability insurance unless specifically required by the Conttatx Documents. § 11.3 PROPERTY MSURANCE § 11.3.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Owtter shall purchase and maintain, in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located, properly insurance in the srrmunt of the initial Contract Sum as well as subsequent modifications thereto for the entire Work at the site on a replacement cost basis without voluntary deductibles. Such property insurance shall be maintained, unless otherwise provided in the Contract I)octnlaetlts or otherwise agreed in writing by all persons and entities who are beneficiaries of such ' insurance, until final payment has been made as provided in Section 9.10 or until no person or entity othea than the Owner has an insurable interest in tlm property required by this Section 11.3 to be covered, whichever is earlier. This insurance shall include interests of the Owner, the ContnuKOr, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work. § 11.3.1.1 Property insurance shall be on an "all-risk" policy form and shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage and physical loss or damage including, without duplication of coverage, theft, vandalism, malicious mischief, collapse, falsework, temporary buildings and debris removal including demolition occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal requirements, and shall cover reasonable compensation for Architect's services and expenses required as a result of such insured loss. Coverage for other perils shall not be required unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. § 11.3.1.2 If the Owner does not intend to purchase such property insurance required by the Contract and with all of the coverages in the amount described above, the Owner shall so inform the Contractor in writing prior to conmencement of the Work. The Contractor may then effect instnance which will protect the interests of the ' Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work, and by appropriate Change Order the cost thereof shall be charged to the Owner. If the Contractor is damaged by the failure or neglect of the Owner to purchase or maintain insurance as described above, witlmut so notifying the Contractor, then the Owner shad bear all reasonable costs properly attributable thereto. § 11.3.1.3 If the property insurance requires minimum deductibles and such deductibles are identified in the Contract Documents, the Cor~ractor shall pay costs not covered because of such deductibles. If the Owner or insurer increases the required minimum deductibles above the amourns so identified or if the Owner elects to purchase this ' Intl. as oocumanc a2o1/crsa~ -1992. Copyright o 1092 by The American Inetigrte of Architects. Ati rights reserved. warnaft~: This aa° tlocumenc is protected by US. Copyright Law and International Treaties. llrrautirorissd repraducdon or diatrtbutbn of this Ala Docranent, w any portion of It, may resua in severe civil and criminal penalties, and wla be prosecubd m the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by $3 ' / s ~ at 10:10:02 on07/1 a1200a under OMer No.10003640a4_7 whlah explree on 7/15f2008, and is not far resale. (4179557805) insurance with voluntary deductible amounts, the Owner shall be responsible for payment of the additional costs not covered because of such increased or voluntary deductibles. . § 11.3.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, this property insurance shall cover portions of the Work stored off the site after written approval of the Owner at the value established in the approval, and also portions of the Work in transit. § 11.3.1.5 The instrrartce required by this Section 113 is not intended to cover machinery, tools or equipment owned or rented by the Contractor which are utilized in the performance of the Work but not incorporated into the permanent improvements. The Contractor shall, at the Contractor's own expense, provide insurance coverage for owned--rented machicery; tools or~equipt~tt-which-shall-be-subject-to-the~prnvisions-of Section 11-3.7. § 11.3.2 Boiler and Machinery Insurance. The Owner shall purchase and maintain boiler and machinery insurance required by the Contract Documents or bylaw, which shall specifically cover such insured objects during installation and until final acceptance by the Owner; this insurance shall include interests of the Owner, Construction Manager, Contractor, Subcontractors aad Sub-subcontractors in the Work, and the Owner and Contractor shall be named insureds. § 11.3.3 Loss of Use Insurance. The Owner, at the Owner's option, may purchase and maintain such insurance as will insuro the Owner against loss of use of the Owner's property due to fire or other hazards, however caused. The Owner waives all rights of action against the Contractor for loss of use of the Owner's property, including consequential losses due to foe or other hazards however caused. § 11.3.4 If the Contractor requests in writing that insurance for risks other than those described herein or for other special hazards be included in the property insurance policy, the Owner shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor by appropriate Change Order. § 11.3.5 If during the Project construction period the Owner insures properties, real or personal or both, adjoining or adjacent to the site by property insurance render policies separate from those insuring the Project, or if ater final payment property insurance is to be provided on the completed Project through a policy or policies other than those insuring the Project during the construction period, the Owner shall waive all rights in accordance with the terms of Section 11.3.7 for damages caused by fire or other perils covered by this separate property insurance. All separate policies shall provide this waiver of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. § 11.3.6 Before an exposure to loss may occur, the Owner shall file with the Contractor a copy of each policy that includes insurance coverages required by this Section 11.3. Bach policy shall contain all generally applicable conditions, definitions, exclusions and endorsements related to this Project. Bach policy shall comairt a provision that the policy will riot be canceled or allowed to aspire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Contractor. § 11.3.7 Waivers of Subrogation. The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and against the Construction Manager, Architect, Owner's other Contractors and own forces described in Article 6, if any, and the subcontractors, sub-subcentractors, consultants, agems and employees of arty of them, for daara~s caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to this Section 11.3 or other property insurance applicable to the Work, except'such rights as the Owner and Contractor may have to the proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as fiducary. The Owner or Contractor, as aPProP~• shall require of the Construction Manager, Construction Manager's consultants, Architect, Architect's consultants, Owner's separate contractors described in Article 6, if any, and the subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees of any of them, by appropriate agreements, written where legally requin~d for validity, similar waivers each in favor of other parties emtmerated herein. The policies shall provide such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver of subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification, c~tttracdtal or otherwise, did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly, and whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the property damaged. § 11.3.8 A loss insured under Owner's property insurance shall be adjusted by the Owner as fiduciary and made payable to the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Section 11.3.10. The Contractor shall pay Subcontractors their just shares of AIA Document A20111:tAa~ -1888 lopyright O 1982 by The American hrbddrte Of Archaxds. All fights roeerved. WARPBNG: This AIA• Document Is Init. protacled by U.S. Copyright Isw and ttdernatlonel Tnnaties. Unauthorized reproduction or dlstraa,acn of this AU1e Document, or any portion of R. 34 may result in severe dNl and crlrrdnal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the mazhman extent possNrle under the law. This document was produced by s at 18:10A2 on 07/1 tV20D6 under Order No.1000sa40s4 1 wHCh exptes on 7I1 C~Z008, and Is not for resale. (41 7 366780 5) 1 1 1 1 ' insurance proceeds received by the Contractor, and by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, shall require Subcontractors to make payments to their Sub-subcontractors in similar manner. ' § 11.5.9 If required in writing by a party in interest, the Owner as fiduciary shall, upon occurrence of an insured loss, give bond for proper performance of the Owner's duties. The cost of required bonds shall be charged against proceeds received as fiduciary. The Owner shall deposit in a separate actxtunt proceeds so received, which the Owner shall distribute in accrndance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or in accordance with an arbitration award in which case the procedure shall be as provided in Section 4.9. If after such loss no other special agreement is made, replacement of damaged property shall be covered by appropriate Change Order. § 11.3.10 The Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle a loss with insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within five days after occun+nce of loss to the Owner's exercise of this power; if such objection be made, arbitrators shall be chosen as provided in Section 4.9. The Owner as fidnciary shall, in that case, make settlement with insurers in accordance with dit+ections of such arbitrators. If distribution of insurance proceeds by arbitration is required, the arbitrators will direct such distribution. ' § 11.3.11 Partial occupancy or use in accordance with Section 9.9 shall not commence until the instaanoe company or companies providing propeaty insurance have consented to such partial occupancy or use by endorsement or ' otherwise. The Owner and the Contractor shall take reasonable steps to obtain consent of the irourance company or companies and shall, without mutual written consent, take no action with respect to partial occupancy or use that would cause cancellation, lapse or reduction of insurance. ' § 11A PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND § 11.4.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the Contractor to furnish bonds covering faithful performance of the Contract and payment of obligations arising thereunder as stipulated in bidding requirements or specifically required in the Contract Docurrients on the date of execution of the Contract. ' § 11.4.2 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment of obligations arising under the Contract, the Contractor shall promptly furnish a Dopy of the bonds or shall perntit a copy to be made. ' ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK § 12.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK ' § 12.1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Construction Manager's or Architect's request or to requirements specifically expressed in the Contract Documents, it must, if required in writing by either, be uncovered for their observation and be replaced at the Contractar's expense without change in the Contract Time. § 12.12 If a portion of the Work has been covered which the Construction Manager or Architect has not specifically requested to observe prior W its being covered, the Construction Manager or Architect may request to ace such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work is in accordance with the Contract Documems. costs of uncovering and replacement shall, by appropriate Change Order, be charged m the Owner. if such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Doctm~ents, the Contractor shall pay such costs unless the condition was caused by the Owner or one of the other Contractors in which event the Owner shall be msponsible for payment of such costs. § 12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK § 12.2.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Construction Manager or Architect or failing to conform to the requiremems of the Contract Documents, whether observed before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or ceDtpleted. The Contractor shall bear costs of correcting such rejected ' Work, including additional testing and inspections and compensation for the Construction Manager's and Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby. § 1222 If, within one year after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof, or ' after the date for commencement of warranties established under Section 9.9.1, or by terms of an applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall cerrect it promptly after receipt of written notice from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition. ' This period of one year shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first performed after Substantial AIA Document A201/CMaTM -1992. Copyright O 1992 by The American Ir~etlttde of Ards. All rights roservad. WARNING: This AIA° Document is IMt P-etected ~ U.& Copyright taw and q~ternatlorrel Trestles. UnauthorMed roproductbn or distrlbutlon of this AIA° Docunamt, ar any portion of It, ~ may rasuH to severe dvil and aiminel penaltles, and will be prosecuted to tl~e maximum extent possible under the law. Thin document was produced by ' / AIA solhvare e< 10:71>•A2 on W/18/200a under Older No.1000984U94 1 whN~ expUes on 7/1512009, and is rwt torreeale. User Motes: (4178557905) Completion by the period of time between Substamial Completion and the actual performance of the Work, This obligation under this Section 12.2.2 shall survive acceptance of the Work under the Contract and termination of the Contract. The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. § 12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work which are not in accordance wiW the requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the Comractos nor accepted by the Owner. § 12.2.4 If the Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time, the Owner may correct it in accordance with Section 2.4. If the Contractor does not proceed with correction of such nonconforming Work within a masonable time fixed by written notice from the Architect issued through the Construction Manager, the Owner may-remove-it and store-the-salvable-materials orequipment atthe-Contractor's-expense..-If the-t,.ortttactor-does-not pay costs of such removal and storage within ten days after written notice, the Owner may upon ten additional days' written notice sell such materials and equipment at auction or at private sale and shall account for the proceeds thereof, after deducting costs and damages that should have been borne by the Contntctor, including compensation for the Construction Manager's and Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby. If such proceeds of sale do rtot Dover ccets which the Contractor should have borne, the Contract Sum shall be redrxxd by the deficiency. If payments then or tlter+eafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amount, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. § 12.2.5 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged c~rtattvction, whether completed or partially completed, of the Owner or other Contractors caused by the Contractor's connection or removal of Work which is not in accerdance with the nequit+emeMs of the Contract Documents. § 12.2.6 Nothing contained in this Section 12.2 shall be cortstrtted to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations which the Conttactor might have under the Contract Docurnertts. Establishment of the time period of one year as described in Section 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work, and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contnrct Documents may be sought W be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedings may be comotrtenced to establish the Contractor's liability with respect to the Contractor's obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. § 12.3 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK § 723.1 If the Owner prefers to accept Work which is not in acr~rrdartce with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction, to which ~ the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made. ART~LE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS § 13.1 GOVERNING LAW § 13.1.1 The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located. § 13.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSKaNS § 13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves, their partners, successors, assigns and legal repr+eserltatives to the other party hereto and to partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives of such otter party in respect. to covenants, agnxrrtents and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole witlmut written consent of the other. If either party attempts W make such an assignment without such consent, that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract. § 13.3 WRITTEN NOTICE § 13.3.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or a member of the fern ar entity or to an officer of the cerporation for which it was intended, or if delivered at or watt by registered or certified mail to the last business address known to the party giving notice. § 13A RIGHTS AND REMEDIES § 13.4.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract DocumerNS and rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available bylaw. Inlt. AIA Docrartent A20t/CtAs~ -1982. Copyright ®1992 by The American Instqute d Art~rsects. Ail rights reserved. WARNING: This AlA° Document Is protected by U.S. Copyright L,aw and brterrtanonel Treaties. llneuthorlned reproduction or dbwibuNon of this AIA° DoelsneM, or any porllon of It, may result !n severe dull end almirral penalties, end will be prosecuted to the mmrlmum extent possible under the law. This dopsnent was produced by 3g AIA saaware ffi 10:102 on 07/t8/2008 under Order No.1000364084_t which e~irea an 7/15/2009, and to not for resale. User ~~= (4173.567805) ' § 13.4.2 No action or failure to arx by the Owner, ConsWction Manager, Architect or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract, nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder, except as may be specifically agreed in writing. t § 13.5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS § 13.5.1 Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of the Work required by the Contract Documents or by laws, ' ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of public authorities having jurisdiction shall be made at an appropriate time. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests, inspections and approvals with an _ independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner, or with the appropriate public authority, and shall bear all related costs of tests, inspections and approvals. The Contractor shall give the Construction Manager and ' Architect timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so the Construction Manager and Architect may obsern such procedures. The Owner shall bear costs of tests, inspections or approvals which do not become requirements until after bids are received err negotiations cor~luded. ' § 13.5.2 If the Construction Manager, Architect, Owner or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require additional testing, inspection or approval not included under Section 13.5.1, the Construction Manager and Architect will, upon written authorization from the Owner, instruct the Contractor bo make arrangements for such additional testing, inspection or approval by an entity acceptable to the Owner, and the ' Contractor shall give timely notice to the Construction Manager and Architect of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so the Construction Manager and Architect may observe such procedures. The Owner shall bear such costs except as proved in Section 13.5.3. ' § 13.5.3 If such procedures for testing, inspection or approval under Sections 135.1 and 135.2 reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Docuaar-ts, the Contractor shall bear all cxssts made necessary by such failure including those of repeated procedures and compensation for the Construction Manager's and Architect's services and expenses. § 13.5A Required certificates of testing, inspection err approval shall, unless otherwise required by the Contact Documents, be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered w the Construction Manager for te~arrsmittal to the ' Architect. § 13.5.5 If the Con ruction Manager or Architect is to observe tests, inspections or approvals required by the Contract Documents, the Construction Manages err Architect will do so promptly and, where practicable, at the ' normal place of testing. § 73.5.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made promptly to avoid ' unreasonable delay in the Work. § 13.6 INTEREST § 13.6.1 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at such rate as the parties may agrte upon in writing or, in the absence thereof; at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located. § 13.7 COMMENCEMENT OF STATUTORY LIMITATION PERIOD ' § 13.7.1 As between the Owner and Contractor: .1 Before Substantial Completion. As to acts or failures to act occurring prior to the relevant date of Substantial Completion, any applicable statute of limitations shall co~nence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed W have acenred in any and all events not later than such date of ' Substantial Completion; .2 Between Substantial Completion and Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occurring subsequent to the relevant date of Substantial Completion and prior to issuance of the final ' Certificate for Payment, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of issuance of the final Certificate for Payment; and .3 After Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occurring after the relevant date of ' issuance of the final Certificate for Payment, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to AIA Doouna;nt A20t/Cllls7° - 7992. Copyright ®1992 by The Amarimn hlstllute of An~9ects. I19 rights reserved. WAiiNING: Ttds /UA° Document Is Intt. p~~ by U.S. CopyrlgM Law and Irdemational Traetles. lhisutlaNmd reproduction or dlstributlon of this AIA° Document, or any portion of R, ~ may result in severe cNll and criminal perrel9es, and wal be proeac~rled to the maximwn extent possible under the lsw. This document was produced by •' ! at t O:t0~ on 07M 9!2008 under Outer No.1000884084_t which expires on 7!1512009, and is not for resale. (4173667806) 1 run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have acaued in any and all events not later than the date of any act or failure to act by the Contactor pursuant m any warranty provided under Section 3.5, the date of any correction of the Work ar failure to correct the Work by the Contractor under Serxion 12.2, or the date of actual commission of any other actor failure to perform any duty ar obligation by the Contractor ar Owner, whichever occurs last. ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT § 14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR § 14.1.1 The Contract may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period of 30 days through no act ar fault of the Contractor ar a Subcontractor, Sub~ubcontractor ar their agents ar employees or arty other persats .perfomvng-portions-of-the Work-under-contract with-the-ContnrcKor,-for-anY-of the-following-reasons= .1 issuance of an wader of a court ar other public authority having jurisdiction; 1 an act of governarent, such as a declaration of national emergency, making material unavailable; .3 because the Construction Manager or Architect has not issued a Certificate far Payment and has not notified the Contractor of the reason for withholding certification as provided in Section 9.4.2, ar because the Owner has not made payment on a Certificate for Payment within the time stated in the Contract Documents; r4 if repeated suspensions, delays ar intemrptions by the Owner as described in Section 14.3 constitute in the aggregate more than 100 percptt of the total number of days scheduled for completion, ar 12A days in any 365-day period, whichever is less; ar .5 the Owner has failed to furnish to the Contractor promptly, upon the Contractar's regcesk reasonable evidence as required by Section 2.2.1. § 14.1.2 If one of the above reasons exists, the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner, Construction Manager and Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for Wark executed and for proven loss with respect to materials, equipment, tools, and censttvction equipment and machinery, including reasonable overhead, profit and damages. § 14.1.3 If the Work is stopped far a period of 60 days through no act ar fault of the Contractar ar a Subcontractor ar their agents or employees ar any other persons performing portions of the Wak under contract with the Contractor because the Owner has persistently failed to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters important to the progress of the Work, the Contractar may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner, Construction Manager and Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner as provided in Section 14.1.2. § 14.2 TERMINATION BY TF~ OWNER FOR CAUSE § 14.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor. .1 persistently or repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers ar proper materials; .2 fails to make payment tD Subcontractors for materials or labor in accordance with the respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors; .3 persistently disregards laws, ordinances, or rules, regulations ar orders of a public authority having jurisdiction; or .4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents. § 14.22 When any of the above reasons exist, the Owner, after cxlnsultation with the Construction Manager, and upon certification by the Architect that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, may without prejudice to any other rights ar remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the Contractor's surety, if arty, seven days' written notice, terminatc employment of the Contractor and may, subject to any prior rights of the snnety: .1 take possession of the site and of all materials, equipment, tools, and cmrstruction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor, .2 accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant bo Section 5.4; and .3 finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient. § 14.23 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Section 14.2.1, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished. Init Ace nocun~tt A281/CYa'a -1982 Copyright ®19®2 by The American hmtiNte of An;hgects. All rights reaarved. WARNgI(i: This AIA° Doc~anent Is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and IMer~onal Trealles. llneuthorized reproduction err dlshtbutlon of this AIA° Docurnerd, err any portion of fl. may reauh In sew~-e cull and crNnirrel perrelties, and will be prosecuted to tha maximum extend po~lble under the law. TMs document was pnxMrced by ~ / AU1 sailwa~e at 10:10:02 on Wh81200a urxler tkder No.1000D69084 1 wMch exp[res on 7/1612008, and is not for resale. User Notae: (41796b7806) ' § 14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work, including compensation for the Construction Manager's and Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. ' The aarount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the case may be, shall, upon application, be certified by the Architect after consultation with the Construction Manager, ami this obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Contnrc~t. ' § 14.3 SUSPENSION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE § 14.3.1 The Owner may, without cause, order the Contractor in writing to suspend, delay or interrupt the Work in - _ _ whole_or_in_partfcr such_period of time as the Owner may_determine, _ __ _ _ _ ' § 11.3.2 An adjustment shall be made for increases in the cost of performance of the Contract, including profit on the increased cost of perfarnrance, caused by suspension, delay or interruption. No adjustment shall be made to the extent: .1 that performance is, was or would have been so suspended, delayed or interrupted by another cause far which the Contractor is responsible; or .2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of this Contract. ' § 14.3.3 Adjustments made in the cost of perforrnarrce may have a mutually agreed fixed or percentage fee. 1 Init. A~ Dacrrment A20f~iNare _ f9B~ rbpyrlpht O t882 by The Amerkwn trrstihrte of Aa rights reserved. WA°RMaNri: This AIA° nocumant is protected by U.S. Copyright t.aw and kderrretlonal'neattes. Unauthorised reprodrrcdon or distribution of this AIA Docrerrerd, ar eny portion of tt, ~ may result In severe clue and crtminal penaltlts, end will be prosecuted to the maximum extent poestble order the lew. Thk document was produced by ' ( Usersc~flwme.. at 1 a10~2 on 07/181~DOB under Order No~10009640a4 1 wMch e~ires on 7/15,17D09, and is not for resale. 4173557aDb) DIVISION 0 -BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00$10 -SUPPLEMENTAL AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS TO GENERAL ' CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION AIA DOCUMENT A2011CMa,1992 EDITION COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER ' 1.0 GENERAL CONDITIONS The General Conditions, Section 00700, are hereby made a part of this Section. The ' articles contained in this Section may delete, modify, or add to the provisions of the General Conditions and shall take prec~denoe over the General Conditions. ' ARTICLE 1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ' 1.2 EXECUTION, CORRELATION, AND INTENT ' 1.2.1 Delete this paragraph in its entirety and replace with "The Standard Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor shall be signed by the Owner and the Contractor as provided in the agreement." 1.2.4 Add the following: "The organization of the Specifications into divisions, sections, and articles, and the arrangement of the Drawings shall not make the Architect an arbiter to establish subcontract limits between Contractor and Subcontractor." ' 1.2.6 Add the following Subparagraph: Where a reference in the Contract Documents to a Federal Specfications, ' American National Standards Institute Standard, American Society of Testing Materials Standard or other standard does not include the edition or date of the standard, the edition and amendments current as of the date of this Project ' Manual shall apply. ARTICLE 2 ' OWNER 2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER 2.2.1 Delete this paragraph in its entirety. ' 2.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK 2.4.1 Delete all "seven-day period". Add in its place "three-day period". ' ARTICLE 3 ' CONTRACTOR 00810-1 3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR ~ , 3.2.1 In the 5th line, after the wont recognized, add °or should have recognized". In the 5th line, delete the work "knowingly". In the 8th line, delete the word °appropriate'. ' 3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS 3.4.1 In the 1st line after the word pay, add the words, "in a timely manner". ' 3.7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES ' 3.7.4 In the first line after the word "knowing°, add °or does the work when he should have known". ' 3.13 USE OF SITE Add the following Subparagraph: ' 3.13.3 Materials stored within contract limits shall be in an area designated by the Construction Manager. Materials or equipment lost through mishandling shall be , replaced ~ the contractor without cost to the Owner. Materials, tools and equipment which will not become incorporated into the final building product lost through theft shall be replaced by the contractor without cost to the Owner. ' 3.18 INDEMNIFICATION 3.18.1 Add the word "defend" before the word "indemnify' in the 1st line. Delete the ' words "but only to the extent" from the 6th line. Add new sentence at the end of the paragraph "The Contractor shall purohase insurance insuring the obligations of the Contractor under this paragraph with limits of insurance not less than those ' specified in Article 11.° ARTICLE 4 ' ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4.4 Delete the words "against whom the Contractor makes no reasonable objection and" from the 2nd line of this paragraph. 4.6 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT ' 4.6.2 Delete the wont °endeavor" of the 3rd line and insert "shall make reasonable ' effort". 4.8.10 Add the following to the end of the sentence ending in "Contract Doa~ments° in the 5th line'; however, the Construction Manager cannot request removal and ' replacement of rejected work without approval of the Owner or the Architect". 4.6.11 Delete the words "and approve" of the 1st line and insert in its place "for proper ' form, numbers, and types of nrquired information'. 4.7 ~ CLAIMS AND DISPUTES , 00810-2 ~~ Change the modification to Article 4.72 to read "in tha second line after the period add the sentence "The Architect ' ,~~ wili consult with the Construction Manager". ~`~ 4.7.2 In the 1st line after the words Construction AAanager add "Team as designated by ' the architect and construction manager" 4.7.7 After the first sentence, add the sentence "Other than with respect to emergencies ' as set forth below, if the contractor fails to make a claim or request for a change order for additional sums before it does the work, the contractor may not make a claim for additional sums of such work." ' 4.7.8.1After the first sentence, add the sentence "Other than with respect to emergencies as set forth below, if the contractor fails to make a claim or request for a change ' order for additional sums before it does the work, the contractor may not make a claim for additional sums of such work." 4.9 ARBITRATION ' 4.9.1 Second line down delete the word "shall" and substitute "may, upon written agreement of all parties". 6th and 7th lines down delete the words "shall be ' subject to arbitration upon written demand of either party "and substitute "may, upon written agreement of all parties be subject to arbitrations". Add the following sentence to the end of the paragraph "To the extent that the provisions in these ' General Conditions Hafer to arbitration following a decision by the Architect or other events, such reference shall mean arbitration only upon written agreement of all parties to arbitrate." ' 4.9.4.2 Second line down, delete the words "a reasonable time' and substitute "thirty days". ' ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN WORK 7.1 CHANGES ' Add the following paragraph: .. 7.1.1.1The Construction Manager has no rights under the terms of their Agreement with ' the Owner to order or approve Extra Work or Change Orders in the Field. 7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES ' 7.3.3.3Delete the words "mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee° and add the words "fifteen percent (1596} allowance for overhead and profit. Allowable contractor mark-up for overhead and profit for subcontractor work shall be ten percent ' (1096)." 7.3.6 Delete the word "reasonable" nearest the end of the first sentence of the ' paragraph and substitute "fifteen pen~nt (15°~)". Insert new sentence after the first sentence "Allowable contractor mark-up for profit and overhead for subcontractors work shall be ten percent (1496). 00810-3 t ARTICLE 9 ' PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION ' 9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 9.3.1 Delete this paragraph in its entirety and substitute the following: ' "On the 25"' of each month the contractor may submit their application for payment for the contractor's work for that month. The Schedule of Values ' accepted for billing purposes shat! be used for this purpose. The Architect's and Construction Manager's determination shall be binding upon the Contractor. .1 Payment will be made on the last day of the month following the month , application was received. .2 Prior to the date each progress payment falls due, the Contractor shall properly execute the following documents: Application and Certificate for Payment, and Partial Waiver of Lien and exchange them for payment at Monthly Meetings.° 9.3.2 Add the following sentence to the end of this paragraph: "Any extra cyst of on-site and off-site storage shall be the responsbility of the Contractor." Add the following paragraph: 9.3.4 The Owner will reserve an amount of not to exceed five percent (5°16) of all progress payments as retainage. Retained amounts shall be paid to the contractor as a part of the Contrador's Final Payment. Alternate forms of retainage in accordance with M.S. 15.73 may also be used at the option of the contractor. 9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT 9.10.3 Delete the wonis "4.4.5" from the last line of this paragraph and replace it with "4.7.5" 9.10.4 Delete the last sentence of this paragraph in its entirety. ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY ~,, ~~, ~`~ Reinstate (i.e. remove the deletion of) Article 10.1.4. Article 10.1.4 of the General Conditions Of The Contract shall ~'~` remain in force. ~ ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE 11.0 INSURANCE 00810-4 1 Delete the Article in its entirety and substitute the following Article 11 in its stead. ' 11.1 CONTRACTORS LIABILITY INSURANCE ' 11.1.1 Each Contractor shall purchase and maintain such insurance as will protect them from claims which may arise out of or result from the Contractor's operations under the contract, whether such operations be by them, or by any subcontractors or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for ' whose acts any of them be liable. All insurance companies writing coverage for this project shall be approved or licensed to operate within the State in which this project is located. Written certification of this nrquirement shall be presented to ' the Owner, Architect and Construction Manager. 11.1.2 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be as follows: ' .1 Workmen's Compensation and Employer's Liability Insurance: ' Workmen's Compensation and Occupational Disease Insurance at statutory limits as provided by the State and Applicable Federal in which this contract is pertormed. ' Employer's Liability Insurance $1,000,000. .2 Comprehensive General Liability Insurance covering (the contractors must ' provide liability coverage on an occurrence base format): A. Operations -Premises Liability: including, but not limited to, bodily ' injury, including death at any time resulting therefrom, to any pen3on or property damage resulting from execution of the work provided for in this contract or due to or arising in any manner from ' any act or any omission or negligence of the Contractor and any subcontractor, their respective employees or agents. ' B. Elevator Liability: including, but not limited to, bodily injury, including death at any time resulting therefrom, to any person or property damage resulting from operation or use of any elevator or hoist, if either or both are operated or used in connection with ' execution of this contract. C. Contractor's Protective Liability: including, but not limited to, bodily ' injury, including death at any time resulting therefrom, to any person or property damage resulting from acts or any omission of any subcontractor, their employees or agents. ' D. Products -Completed Operations Liability: including, but not limited to bodily injury, including death at any time resuRing therefrom, to ' any person or property damage because of goods, products, materials, or equipment used or installed under this contract or because of completed operations, which may become evident after ' acceptance of the building, including damage to the building or its contents. 00810-5 E. Contractual Liability -Each and every policy for liabilityy insurance, carried by each Contractor and subcontractor as required by this Article shall specifically include contractual I'~ability (hold harmless clause) coverage with respect to Article 3.18 of the AIA General Conditions. F. G. Speaal Requirements: the insurance required under 11.1.2.2 of this Article shall specifically include the following special hazards: 1. Property damage caused by conditions otherwise subject to exclusions "X,C,U" explosion, collapse or underground damage, as defined by the National Bureau of Casualty undennrriters. 2. Properly damage liability coverage shall be broad form coverage. 3. "Occurrence" bodily injury coverage in lieu of "Caused by accident". 4. "Occurrence" property damage coverage in lieu of "Caused by accident". 5. EXCEPTION: Contracts that do not require excavation or underground work are not required to have the above "Special Hazards" insurance coverage under 1 above. Limits of Liability: The insurance under 11.1.2.2 of this Article shall be written in the following limits of liability as a minimum: Bodily Iniurv: $1,000,000 per occurrence $2,000,000 annual aggregate products Property Damace: $1,000,000 per occurrence $2,000,000 annual aggregate operations $2,000,000 annual aggregate protective $2,000,000 annual aggregate products $2,000,000 annual aggregate contractual Commercial General Liability: $1,000,000 per occurrence $2,000,000 annual aggregate $2,000,000 annual aggregate-products/oompleted operations $ 50,000 fire damage (any one fire) $ 5,000 medical expense (any one person) 00810-6 The following coverages shall be included: ' Premises and Operations Bodily Injury and Property Damage Personal and Advertising Injury ' Blanket Contractual Liability Products and Completed Operations Liability ' H. The Owner, the Construction Manager, and the Architect shall be named as additional insured. .3 Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance covering: ' A. All owned, hired, or non-owned vehicles including the loading or unloading thereof. ' B. Special Requirements: The insurance requinrd under 11.1.2.3 of this Article shall spec~cally include the following special hazards: ' 1. "Ocxurrence" bodily injury in lieu of "Caused by accident". ' 2. "Occurrence" properly damage in lieu of "Caused by accident". C. Limits of Liability: the insurance under 11.1.2.3 of this Article shall be written in the following limits of liability as a minimum: Automobile Bodily Iniurv ' $1,000,000 each person $1,000,000 each occurrence Automobile Prooertv Damaoe ' $1,000,000 each occurrence .4 f Umbrella Clause: IF an umbrella clause is written to implement the above prime coverages, the umbrella clause shall specifically state that the policy t is written on an °occurrence" basis. Any combination of underlying premium with excess or umbrella coverage will satisfy the total liability limits required in the agnaement. ' Umbrella Liability $2,000,000 each occurrence ' 11.1.3 No Contractor shall commence work under this contract until they have obtained all insurance required under this section and evidence that insurance has been obtained in the form of a valid certificate of insurance has been furnished to the Owner, the Architect and the Construction Manager, and accepted by the Owner, nor shall any Contactor allow any subcontractor to commence work of their 00810-7 $2,000,000 aggregate limit subcontract until the same insurance has been obtained by the subcontractor. Unless exceptions are noted or specfied, each and every Contractor and subcontractor shall maintain all insurance required under 11.1.2.1, 11.1.2.2 and 11.1.2.3 of this section for not less than one (1) year after completion of the contract. 11.1.4 Each Contractor shall file with the Owner, Architect and Construction Manager a Certificate of Insurance. Any certificate submitted and found to be incomplete will be returned as unsatisfactory. Certificates of Insurance shall contain a clause stating the coverage afforded by the policies listed will not be canceled or materially altered, except after 45 days advance written notice to the Owner, Architect and Construction Manager, mailed to the addressed indicated herein, and, in the event that such notice is not given to the Owner, Architect and Construction Manager at least 45 days prior to cancellation or a material change, the policy will continue in full force and effect for the benefd of the Owner, Architect and Construction Manager as if such change or cancellation did not occur. 11.1.5 If requested by the Owner, Contractor shall furnish the Owner wfth the true copies of each policy required of them or their subcontractors. 11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.2.1 The Owner shall provide Owner's Protective Liability Insurance as protection against claims which may arise from operations under this contract. 11.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE 11.3.1 The Owner shall effect and maintain Builder's Risk Insurance for completed value coverage and shall include the interest of the contractors and their subcontractors. This insurance is to be upon all the structures on which work of all contracts is to be done to one hundred percent (100°i6) of the insurable value thereof, including items of labor and materials connected therewith whether in or adjacent to the structures insured, materials in place or to be used as part of the permanent construction including surplus materials, shanties, protective fences, bridges, temporary structunas, miscellaneous materials and supplies incident to the work, and such scaffoldings, stagings, towers and equipment as are not owned or rented by the contractor, the oast of which is included in the cost of the work. The loss, is to be made adjustable with the payable to the Owner as trustee for the insureds and contractors and subcontractors as their interest may appear, except in such cases as may require payment of all or a pro-portion of said insurance to be made to a mortgagee as their interest may appear. EXCLUSIONS: This insurance does not cover any tools owned by mechanics, any tools, equipment, scaffolding, staging, towers and forms owned or rented by the contractor, the capital value of which is not included in the cost of the workmen or any cook shanties, bunkhouses or other structures enacted for housing the workmen. 11.4 PEitFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 11.4.1 In the 2"d line, after the word bonds, add the words "in a form approved by the 00810-8 1 Owner. ' 11.4.2 Upon request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment of obligations arising under the Contract, the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall permit a copy to be made. 13.6 INTEREST 13.6.1 Delete this paragraph in its entirety arrd substitute the following: ' "Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the judgment rate as provided by Minnesota law." ' 14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE ' 14.2.1 Subparagraph .4 after the word Documents, ~ add the words, "including without limitation poor workmanship, provision of non-conforming materials, or failure to get work done in a timely manner." END OF SECTION 1 1 1 00810-9 1 I 1 1 1 1 DIVISION 0 -BIDDING AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SECTION 00820 - ADDITIONAL ARTICLES TO GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION AIA DOCUMENT A201/CMa,1992 EDITION COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER 1.0 GENERAL CONDITIONS The General Conditions, Section 00700, are hereby made a part of this Section. The articles contained in this Section add to the provisions of the General Conditions and shall take precedence over the General Conditions. ARTICLE 15 OWNER PURCHASED MATERIAL AND/OR EQUIPMENT 15.1 As an expedient and/or for tax purposes the Owner may purchase certain materials and equipment from the trade Contractors. All Bid Division Contractors will make available quantities, cost and supplies of all materials and/or equipment to be purchased by the Owner. 15.2 Trade Contractors Responsibilities Regarding Owner-Purchased Materials and/or Equipment .1 Supply quantittl, cost and Supplier information to the Owner through the Construction Manager. .2 Designate needed delivery dates for each product in the Construction Schedule. .3 Arrange for review/approval and deliver necessary shop drawings, product data and supplies to Construction Manager. .4 Arrange for suppliers to submit bills of materials directly to the Owner through the Construction Manager. .5 Receive products at the site, including unloading, uncrating and storage. .6 Protect products from exposure to elements, and other forms of damage. .7 Assemble, install, connect, adjust and finish products as stipulated in the Specifications. .8 Arrange for replacement of damaged, defective or missing items. .. .9 Arrange for manufactured warranties, bonds, services, and inspections as required. .10 Submit claims for transportation damages. .11 Be responsible and responsive to warranty repairs if any are required for 1 year from date of installation. 15.3 Owner's Responsibilities regarding Owner Purchased Materials and/or Equipment .1 Pay for Owner purchased Materials and/or Equipment as indicated under Article 9 Payments and Completion ARTICLE 16 JOB MEETINGS 16.1 MEETINGS 00820-1 16.1.1 Meetings shall be conducted periodically by the CM for the purpose of coordinating and expediting the work. It shall be mandatory that each contractor's Project Manager and/or Superintendent, foreman or lead person be in attendance. Also, from time to time, the Construction Manager will designate certain subcentractors to attend. 16.1.2 Progress and Project Meetings shall be held at the site on a regularly scheduled basis. The date and hour will be established by the Construction Manager. 16.1.3 The essence of the discussions and decisions of each meeting will be entenrd into the minutes and copies of the minutes will be furnished to all in attendance and irrter+ested parties. ARTICLE 17 CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE 17.1 STARTING THE WORK 17.1.1 The Contractor shall commence the Work in such a manner and at such a time as to expeditiously intertace with the Work of other Contractors, and shall pursue the Work dil'~gently to completion. The Contractor shall work in a cooperative manner with other contractors. 17.1.2 Upon receipt~~of a Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall pursue and complete the Work without voluntary interruption for any reason, as long as the Work can be performed. The Contractor agrees that they shall continue the Work at all times the Work can be performed, at a pace consistent with good industry practice regardless of pending or current claims or disputes in connection with the Contrail Documents. 17.2 TIMELY PERFORMANCE 17.2.1 It is the Owner's intent to complete the Projeil as soon as possible, and in this pursuit the Owner may coordinate the scheduling funilion. The Contractor agrees to cooperate in scheduling and pertorming the Work to achieve completion of the Projeil as soon as possible. 17.2.2 The Contrailor acknowledges and accepts the prospects of such delays, intertenrnces and interruptions to the progress of the Projeil and to the Work as are inherent in the construilion industry. The Contractor represents that they have included compensation for such delays, interferences and interruptions in the Contrail Sum. 17.2.3 The Owner does not guarantee that delays, interferences and/or interruptions to the Work will not occur. The Owner expressly disdaims any responsibilities or obligations resulting from delays, interferences or interruptions. 17.2.4 The Contractor shall not be entitled to additional compensation or damages due to delays, interterences or interruptions to the Work or the Project, but shall be entitled only to an appropriate extension of time in accord with the General Conditions of the Contrail for Construction. oos2a2 ARTICLE 18 ' CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULING 18.1 SCHEDULING 18.1.1 The Construction Manager will provide the overall scheduling function for the Project, and will coordinate scheduling input from Contractors during the course of ' construction. Day today activities planned by Contractors will be incorporated irrto a Construction Schedule. The purpose of the Construction Schedule is to guide the Project from milestone to milestone, using input provided by ' Contractors. 18.1.2 The Work to be performed under this Contract shall be commenced immediately ' and be completed in aocorclance with the milestone schedule and the subsequent construction schedule incorporating scheduling input from the Contractors on the Project. Contractor agrees to complete its Work in accordance with the ' construction schedule as updated from time to time, and specifically in accordance with day today schedule input submitted to the Construction Manager by the Contractor and accepted by the Construction Manager for ' incorporation in the construction schedule. It is expressly understood and agreed that upon request by the Construction Manager the Contractor shall adjust its individual scheduled activities to allow coordination of the Project Work, to achieve established milestone dates or to allow completion of the Project in an ' expeditious manner, all without additional compensation to the Contractor or damages of any kind. ' 18.1.3 The Construction Manager will provide a Milestone Schedule which will establish the major points of completion during construction and toward which Contractors shall orient their efforts. ' 18.1.4 If at any time a contractor is of the opinion that the quality of their work is, or will be jeopardized, as a result of the scheduling or coordination of the project, or for ' any reason known to them, they shall stop work and immediately inform the Construction Manager of their action and the reasons therefore. The contractor shall immediately, on the same day, reduce their action and their reasons to writing, hand it to the Field Construction Manager for the record, and mail a copy ' to the Architect. Upon subsequent and timely investigation by the Construction Manager and the Architect, a decision shall be made on the point of jeopardy, and the problem resolved in accordance with the full intent of the contract documents. 18.2 INTERMITTENT WORK 18.2.1 If a Contractor's work is intermittent by nature, or if they have reason to leave the Site for a period of two days or more, they shall inform the Construction Manager in advance. ' 18.2.2 When planning to leave the Site during the course of its Work, a Contractor shall provide evidence that their absence will not adversely affect the progress of the ' Project, nor of any other Contractor's previously scheduled work commitment. 00820-3 18.2.3 When planning to nrduce manpower during the course of its Work, a Contractor shall provide evidence that nrduoed manpower will not adversely affect the progress of the Project, nor of any other Contractor's previously scheduled work commitment. 18.2.4 Contractors shall cancel any absences or manpower reductions that, in the opinion of the Construction Manager, will adversely affect scheduled progress as determined by the Construction Schedule and the Program Schedule. 18.2.5 Each Bid Division Contractor is required to report to the Field Construction Manager prior to resuming work on the project after an absence from the site for one or more working days. The purpose of reporting is to make the Field Constnuction Manager aware of the contractors re-involvement with the worts and to provide an update of any conditions that could affect the continuing work of the Contractor. 18.3 WORK DAYS 18.3.1 Constn~ction schedules are based on Contractors working five (5) day weeks, eight (8) hours per day unless overtime or additional time is designated. Any variation to this policy will be disruptive to the Project Construction Schedule and to other Contractors work. Contractors may not use a four (4) day, forty (40) hour week or any other foreshortened work week other than a five (5) day, eight (8) hour per day week or what may be spec~cally requined by the Construction Schedule. Any deviation from this must be requested in writing from the Construction Manager. 18.4 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT PENDING 18.4.1 The Construction Manager may initiate and coordinate an expediting program, in cooperation with each contractor, incorporating all critical items of materials and/or equipment provided under the various Bid Division requirements. 18.4.2 In order to ensure timeliness and accuracy, each Contractor shall cooperate ~by providing order and aolcnowledgment documentation (without priang) as required by the Construction Manager. 18.4.3 Each Contractor shall further cooperate by keeping the Construction Manager informed of any and all changes in the commitrnerrts previously incorporated in the expediting program, and when deemed necessary by the Construction Manager, provide source contacts for direct expediting by the Construction Manager. 18.4.4 The Construction Manager expediting program is to be considered a back up program and shall not in any way relieve the individual Contractors from the performance responsibilities subscribed to elsewhere in the contract documents. END OF SECTION 008204 ' DIVISION 0 - BIDDING ANb CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00830 -PREVAILING WAGE DIRECTIVE ' COLUMBIA HEIGHTS SAFETY CENTER The prevailing Wages are to be minimum wages paid to all construction employees working on site with the purpose of constructing the City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center. The administrative procedures explained in this directive are intended to be minimum procedures. Any additional Administrative procedures required for special situations will be established by the City of Columbia Heights or State of Minnesota. ' Any rates not submitted with the proposal; or listed in the Project Manual; andlor not approved by the City or Staff; will not be allowed. Employers, Administrative persons and supervisory ' persons are exempt from the Prevailing Wage Directive. Employees working in excess of eight (8) hours per day and forty (40) hours per week shall be ' paid at a rate of one and one half (1-1/2) times the basic hourly rate. Any employees working Sundays or holidays are entitled to receive twice the posted or approved note. Each employer is required to inform their employees working on site, as to the prevailing wage minimum ' requirements. In addition, the prevailing wage minimum rates will be posted on .site. Each awarded contractor is morally, administratively and finandally responsible for payments or prevailing wage compensation to employees who perform work on site. ' All complaints or daims must be in writing and must be delivered or mailed to the Department of Labor and Industry. The State Department of Labor and Industry will be the final authority for administration and all decisions concerning the prevailing wage directive for this project. ' END OF SECTION 1 1 00830-1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 I vvaaaa..vaav.s. i av .......ems •...b.. MINNESOTA DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRY PREVAILING WAGES FOR STATE FUNDED CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS THIS NOTICE MUST BE POSTED ON THE JOBSITE IN A CONSPICUOUS PLACE Construction Type: Commercial County Number: 02 County Name: ANOICA Et'fectlve:2008-03-03 Revised: 2008-04-02 This project is covered by Minnesota prevailing wage statutes. Wage rates listed below are the minimum hourly rates to be paid on this project. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day or forty (40) hours per week shall be paid at a rate of one and one half (1 1/2) times the basic hourly rate. Volations should be reported to: Department of Labor and Industry Prevailing Wage Section 443 Lafayette Road N St Paul, MN 55155 (657) 284,5091 DLI.PrevWage~state.mn. us ...b.. ~ ..~ .. * Indicates that adjacent county rates were used for the labor class listed. LABOR CODE AND CLASS EFFECT DATE 101 LABORER, COMMON (GEN LABOR WRK) 2008-03-03 2008-05-01 BASIC RATE FRINGE RATE TOTAL RATE 102 IABORER,SKILLED-ASST CRFT JRNYMN 2008-03-03 2008-05-01 103 LABORER, LANDSCAPING 2008-03-03 2008-05-01 104• FLAGPERSON 2008-03-03 2008-05-01 105' WATCHPERSON 2008-03-03 2008-05-01 106 BLASTER 2008-03-03 2008-05-01 27.66 28.96 27.88 28.88 15.66 16.91 27.66 28.96 24.03 25.33 28.66 29.96 httpJ/workplace.doli.state.mn.us/prevwage%ommercial~rint.php?county~2 12.17 39.83 12.47 41.43 12.17 39.83 12.47 41.43 9.03 24.69 9.03 25.94 12.17 39.83 12.47 41.43 11.82 35.85 12.12 37.45 12.17 40.83 12.47 42.43 6/12/2008 LABOR CODE AND CLASS EFFECT DATE BASIC RATE FRINGE RATE TOTAL RATE 107 PIPELAYER (WATER, SEWER 8 GAS) 2008-03-03 28.16 12.17 40.33 2008-05-01 29.46 12.47 41.93 108' TUNNEL MINER 2008-03-03 24.29 11A7 35.70 109 UNDRGRND & OPEN DITCH LABOR (8') Z008-03-03 28.16 12.17 40.33 2008-05-01 29.46 12.47 41.93 GROUP 1 • 2008-03-03 31.49 13.40 44.89 2008-05-01 32.39 14.15 46.54 201 HELICOPTER PILOT 202 CRANE,OVER 135' BOOM,WITHOUT JIB 203 DRGLN/SMLR,SHVL CNTRLS,3 CU YDS+ 204 PILE DRIVING,WITH 3 DRUMS IN USE 205 TOWER CRANE GROUP 2 2008-03-03 31.49 13.40 44.89 2008-05-01 32.39 14.15 46.54 206 CABLEWAY 207 CONCRETE MOCER,STATIONARY PLANT 208 DERRICK-GUY,STFLEG,PYVR,SKD,IMMOV 209 DRGLN/SMLR/SHVL CNTRLS,TO 3 CYDS 210 DRDGE OR ENGINEERlPOWERBENGINEER 211 FRONT END LOADER,5 CU YDS 8 OVER 212 GRADER OR MOTOR PATROL 213 LOCOMOTIVE CRANE OPERATOR 214 MIXR-PAVING,ROADMOLE,CONWAY/SMLR 216 TRACTOR -BOOM TYPE 217 TRACTOR CRANE -CRAWLER CRANE 218 TUGBOAT, 100 H.P. AND OVER GROUP 3 .,FOR RATE CALL 651-284-5091 OR EMAIL DLI.PREVWAGE~STATE.MN.US 219 DUAL TRACTOR 220 ELEVATING GRADER 221 PUMPCRETE 222 SCRAPER,32 CU YDS ANDOVER 223 SELF PROPELLED SOIL STABILIZER GROUP 4 2008-03-03 28.32 13A0 41.72 200&05-01 28.57 14.15 42.72 224 AIR TRACK ROCK DRILL 225 ASPHALT BITUMINOUS STABLZR PLANT 226 AUTOMATIC ROAD MACHINE(CMUSMLRj 227 BACKFILLER OPERATOR 228 CONCRETE BATCH PLANT 229 BITUMINOUS ROLLER,B TONS OR MORE 230 BITUMINOUS SPREADER,FINISH (PWR) httpJ/workplace.doli.state.mn.us/prevwage%ommercial_pri~t .php?county=02 6/12/2408 ....~.............. ~ .... ».....b ....b.. ...b.... ..~ .. LI LABOR CODE AND CLAS8 231 CAT TRACTORS W/ROCK WAGONS/SMLR 232 CHIP HARVESTER AND TREE CUTTER 233 CONCRETE MU(ER ON JOB SITE 234 CONCRETE MOBIL 235 CRUSH,WASH,SCREENCRAVEL PLANT 236 CURB MACHINE 237 DOPE MACHINE (PIPELINE) 238 "DRIL"L RIGS (ROTARY;CHAIN;CABLE) 239 FORK LIFT OR STRADDLE CARRIER 240 FORK LIFT OR LUMBER STACKER 241 FRONT END LOADER OVER 1 CU YD 242 HOIST ENGINEER (POVVER) 243 HYDRAULIC TREE PLANTER 244 LAUNCHER,TANKER PERSON,PILOT LIC 245 LOCOMOTIVE 246 MECHANIC WELDER 247 MILL,GRIND,IWD PLANE MACHINE 248 MULTIPLE MACHINESNVELD,GENS,PUMP 249 PAVE BRKR,TAMP (PWR),MIGHTY MITE 250 PICKUP SWEEP W HOPPER OF 1 CUYD+ 251 PIPELINE WRAP,CLEAN,BEND MACHINE 252 PWR PLANT ENGINEER,100 KWH + 253 PWR HORIZONTAL BORING MACH 6" + 254 PUGMILL 255 RUBBER TIRE TRACTOR,BMOE ATTACH 296 SCRAPER UP TO 32 CUBIC YARDS 257 SKID LDR,ICUYD+ 8 BACKHOE ATTACH 258 SLIP FORM (POWER DRNEN)(PAVING) 259 TIE TAMPER AND BALLAST MACHINE 280 TRACTOR, BULLDOZER 261 TRENCHING MACH (SEWER,WATER,GAS) 262 WELL POINT INSTALLATION GROUP 6 263 AIR COMPRESSOR, 600 CFM OR OVER 264 BITUMINOUS ROLLER UNDER 8 TONS 265 CNCRTE pSTRB/SPRDJFNSH,FLOAT,JNT 266 CNCRTE SAW W MOLT BLADE,PWR OPER 267 FORM TRENCH DIGGER, POWER OPER 268 FRONT END LOADER UPTO INCL 1CUYD 269 GUNITE GUNALL 270 HYDRAULIC LOG SPLITTER 271 LOADER-BARBER GREENE OR SIMILAR 272 POST HOLE DRIVING MACHINEfAUGER 273 POWER AUGER AND BORING MACHINE 274 POWER ACTUATED JACK 275 PUMP 276 SELF PROP CHIP SPRDR(FLAHERTY) 277 SHEEP FOOT COMPACTRIBLADE,ZOOHP+ EFFECT DATE 2008-03-03 BASIC RATE 16.00 http://workplace.doli.state.mn.us/prevwage%ornmercial~rriat.php?county~2 FRINGE RATE 6.00 TOTA! RATE 22.00 6/12!2008 LABOR CODE AND CLASS EFFECT DATE 278 SHOULDER MACH W SANDICHIP SPRDR 279 STUMP CHIPPER AND TREE CHIPPER 280 TREE FARMER (MACHINE) 281 BTMNUS SPRDR/FINSH MACH OPRMLPR GROUP 6 2008-03-03 2008-05-01 282 WNV.EY_OR _ _ ._ 283 DREDGE DECK HAND 284 FIRE PERSON OR TANK CAR HEATER 285 GRVL SCRN PLNT-PORT,NOCRUSHNVASH 28B GREASER (TRUCK OR TRACTOR) 287 LEVER PERSON 288 OILR-SHVL,CRANE,DLINE,CRUSH,MILL 289 POWER SWEEPER 290 ROLLER ON GRAVEL COMPACTK)N 291 SELF PROPELLED VIBRATING PACKER 292 SHEEP FOOT ROLLER 293 TRACTOR, WHEEL TYPE,OVER 50 H.P. 294 TRUCK CRANE OILER GROUP 1 2008-03-03 18A0 301 MECHANIC -WELDER 302 TRACTOR TRAILER DRNER 303 TRUCK DRVR.OPER HAND/PWR WINCH GROUP 2 2008-03-03 19.15 304 4 OR MORE AXLE,STRGHT BODY TRUCK GROUP 3' 2008-03-03 20.25 305 BITUMINOUS DISTRIBUTOR DRNER 308 81TUMINOUS DISTRIBUTOR-1 PERSON 307 THREE AXLE UNITS GROUP 4 • 2008-03-03 18.45 308 BITUMINOUS DISTRIBUTOR SPRAY OPR 309 DUMP PERSON 310 GREASER 311 PILOT CAR DRIVER 312 RUBBER TIRED SELF PROPELL PACKER 313 TV40 AXLE UNIT 314 SLURRY OPERATOR 315 TANK TRUCK HELPER-GAS,OIL,WATER 31 B TRACTOR OPERATOR, UNDER 50 H.P. 401 HEATING AND FROST INSULATORS 2008-03-03 36.88 402• BOILERMAKERS 2008-03-03 28.89 403 BRICKLAYERS 2008-03-03 30.74 http://workplace.doli.statetnn.us/prevwage%ommercial~rintphp?county=02 BASIC RATE FRINGE RATE TOTAL RATE 28.35 13.40 2925 14.15 41.75 43.40 6.00 24.40 6.00 25.15 6.00 2625 6.00 22.45 15.87 52.55 16A3 48.32 15.15 45.89 b/122008 . ....................... ».....b .....b.. ~ ..b.... ..~ .. LABOR CODE AND CLASS EFFECT DATE BASIC RATE FRINGE RATE TOTAL RATE ' 2008-05-01 32.34 15.15 47.49 ' 404 CARPENTERS 2008-00-03 31.69 13.00 44.69 405 CARPET LAYERS (LINOLEUM) 2008-03-03 26.01 1320 39.21 ' 406 CEMENT MASONS 2008-03-03 84 x 65 13 44 49 . . . ' 407 ELECTRICIANS 2008-03-03 33.60 20.51 54.11 408 ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS 2008-03-03 38.57 16.29 54.86 ' 409 GLAZIERS 2008-03-03 32.06 13.50 45.56 2008-08-02 33.71 13.50 47.21 ' ' 1 2 410 LATHERS 2008-03-03 .89 3 12.8 44.71 2008-05-01 33.49 12.82 46.31 ' 411 GROUND PERSON PREVWAGE~STATE FOR RATE CALL651-284~i091 OR EMAIL DLI MN US . . . 412 IRONWORKERS 2008-03-03 31.60 18.72 50.32 ' 2008-05-01 32.80 19.42 52.22 ' 413 LINEMAN FOR RATE CALL 651-284-5091 OR EMAIL DLI.PREVWAGE~STATE.MN.US 414 MILLWRIGHT 2008-03-03 31.51 1527 46.78 415 PAINTERS 2008-03-03 29 70 14 06 76 43 . . . ' 416' PILEDRIVER 2008-03-03 30.72 13.50 44.22 417 PfPEFITTERS - STEAMFITTERS 2008-03-03 37.23 16.15 53.38 ' 418 PLASTERERS 2008-03-03 27.93 17.45 45.38 ' 419 PLUMBERS 2008-03-03 35.30 16.79 52.09 420 ROOFER 2008-03.03 30.49 13.05 43.54 ' 2008-05-01 31.74 12.85 44.59 421 SHEET METAL WORKERS 2008-03-03 37.10 14.66 51.76 ' 422 SPRINKLER FITTERS 2008-03-03 37.17 18.66 53.83 ' 423' TERRAZZO WORKERS 2008-03-03 30.86 15.05 45.81 424 TILE SETTERS 2008-03-03 28.13 17.23 45.36 ' 2008-05-01 29.73 ~ 17.23 46.96 http://workplace.doli.state.mn.us/prevwage%ommercial_prin>wphp?county~2 6/12/2008 LABOR CODE AND CLASS EFFECT DATE BASIC RATE FRINGE RATE TOTAL RATE 425 DRYWALL TAPER 2008-03-03 28.67 14.94 43.61 430" WIRING SYSTEM TECHNICIAN 2008-03-03 29.87 11.56 41.43 431• WIRING SYSTEM INSTALLER 2008-03-03 20.91 9.90 30.81 485 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT WORKER 2006-03-03 26.51 12.11 38.62 436' SIGN ERECTOR 2008-03-03 23.69 8.12 31.81 httpJ/workplace.doli.state.mn.us/prevwage%ornmercial_printphp?county~2 6/12hO08 1 DIVISION 0 -BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00850 -INDEX OF DRAWINGS ' COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER Drawing Index ' A0.0 Cover Sheet ' Civil C1 Demolition Plan C2 Paving Plan C3 Erosion Control Plan ' C4 Grading Plan C5 Utility Plan C6 Details C7 Details L1 Planting Plan t Architectural A2.1 Reference -Lower Level Floor Plan A2.2 Reference -Main Level Floor Plan ' A3.1 Reference -Building Elevations Electrical ES1 Site Plan -Lighting t ES2 Schedules and Details Reference ' R1.0 Certificate of Survey ' END OF SECTION 1 1 00850-1 ., ' DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER 1.01 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ' A. The Work included in the Contract Documents consists of the new Public Safety _ Ce_nter_, Co_lumbia_Heights.,_Minnes_o_ta.. ._ _ _ ' B. The subdivision of Work between the multiple Prime Contractors is deCneated in Section 00300 of these specifications. ' C. The timing and sequence of the work is generally described in the Milestone Schedule. That schedule will be modified and expanded with input from Contractors subsequent to contract awards. The resulting Construction Schedule will be used for actual construction. 1.02 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES ' A. Contractors shall limit their use of the Project site for work and for storage as designated by the Construction Manager. Contractors will not occupy or use any of the Owner's facilities or services. Any work naquired outside of the designated ' limits shall be previously scheduled and coordinated with the Construction Manager and Owner. ' B. No radios will be permitted on site. C. Contractors shall locate field offices, storage trailers, and employee parking as ' designated by the Constnrction Manager. D. Contractors shall cooperate to the fullest extent possible with the Construction Manager to protect the public, staff, and visitors from construction. Clean-up must be constantly maintained and clear accesses must be provided at all times. 1.03 OWNER OCCUPANCY t A. Prior to occupancy the owner will be installing equipment, furnishings, and other amenities as required for occupancy. Each contractor shall cooperate with all ' Owner installations and coordinate the completion of this work accordingly. ' END OF SECTION :1 01010-1 :' 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DIVISION 9 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01025- CONSTRUCTION AND CHANGE DOCUMENTS COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER PART 1 GENERAL 1:01- CONSTRUCTION-AND~CHANGE-DOCUME-NTS ~- ~- - - A. Contractors will be limited to the number of construction sets and change documents that are provided at no cost. Each Contractor will be allowed up to two sets of construction documents and subsequent change documents for each bid division awarded. Any additional sets required will either be paid by or backc~arged to the Contractor. B. All Contractors should identify the number of sets needed for their contract work and notify the Construction Manager accordingly. END OF SECTION 01025-1 I DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01026 -UNIT PRICES COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER PART 1 GENERAL ' 1.01 CONSTRUCTION AND CHANGE DOCUMENTS A. Bidders shall submit unit prices for each item listed below. The amount of each ' unit price shall be stipulated in the space provided in the Bid Form. B. Unit prices shall include all costs to accomplish the work, inducting those costs listed in Clauses 7.3.6.1 through 7.3.6.5 of the General Conditions, plus related overhead and profit. ' C. Detailed requirements for unit prices may be spedfied in the related Sections of the Specifications. ' 1.02 UNIT PRICES (Unit prices reflect add or deduct of one cubic yard) A. On Site Soil Correction: This unit price covers one cubic yard removal of ' existing soil, preparation of the removed soil to be reinstalled and compacted. The material will be installed as directed by the geotechnical engineer. The quantity of work covered by this unit price will be determined by the ' Geotechnical Engineer. Material will be measured in place before removal. B. Soil Correction with Stock Piled Material: This unit price covers furnishing, ' pladng and compacting one cubic yard of fill to replace material that was excavated on site and removing one cubic yard of soil from the site. This unit price will apply to excavatan in addition to excavation inducted in the Base Bid. This material shall be obtained from on site sources. The need for such excavation and the quantity of work will be determined by the ' Geotechnical Engineer. Material will b~measured in place before removal. C. Soil Correction with Off Site Material: This unit price covers excavating and removing one cubic yani of soil from the site and furnishing, placing and ' ~ compacting one cubic yard of fill to replace material that was excavated. The material shall be obtained from off site sources. ' The quantity of work covered by this unit price will be determined by the Geotechnical Engineer. Material shall be measured in place, compacted. ' D. Bituminous Base Course: Bituminous base course to be removed and replaced as directed by engineer. ' The quantity of work covered by this unit price will be determined by the Geotechnical Engineer. Material shall be measured in place, compacted. ' E. Aggregate Base Course: Aggregate base course to be removed and replaced as directed by engineer. 01026-1 The quantity of work covered by this unit price will be determined by the Geotechnical Engineer. Material shall be measunrd in plaos~ compacted. END OF SECTION 01026-2 ' DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01030 -ALTERNATES -PHASE 1-SITE WORK PACKAGE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS ' A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Spec cations Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY ' A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing Alternates. 1.03 DEFINITIONS: A. Definition: An alternate is an amount proposed by each bid division bidder and ' stated on the Bid Form for certain work defined in the Bidding Requirements that may be added to, deducted from or no change to the Base Bid amount if the Owner decides to accept a corresponding change in either the amount of construction to be completed, or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods ' described in the Contract Documents. The cost, creditor no change for each alternate is the net addition to, deduction from ' or no change to the Contrail Sum to incorporate the Alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the Contract Sum. ' 1.04 PROCEDURES: -- -~ A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected adjacent Work as necessary to completely and fully integrate that Work into the Project. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objeils, and similar items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not ' mentioned as part of the Alternate. B. Notification: Immediately following the award of the Contract, notify each party involved, in writing, of the status of each alternate. Indicate whether alternates have been accepted, rejected, or deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated mod cation to alternates. ' C. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other Work of this Contrail. ' D. Schedule: A "Schedule of Alternates" is included at the end of this Section. Speafication Sections referenced in the Schedule contain requirements for materials ' necessary to achieve the Work described under each Alternate. PART 2 - PRODUCTS_ (Not applicable). 01030-1 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES: A. Each Trade Contractor to state the amount to be "Added To' or "No Change' to the ' bid for each of the alternated listed. Alternates Added to Deduct From No Change Alternate No. 1 North Drn~e Area, north of the Apparatus Bay, to be bituminous in lieu of concrete. The north concrete apron will be left in. $ Alternate No. 2 Eliminate west property line fence up to boundary line. $ Alternate No. 3 Eliminate all plantings $ Alternate No. 4 Supply and install Keystone Retaining $ Wall, or equal, in lieu of Modular Concrete Block Retaining Wall-Section 02275 ~~~ g~ Change the text in part 3.01 of the section to exactly match the Alternates language as stated on the reissued ~,~ proposal form at the end of this addendum. The configuration of the Alternates has changed. Alternates have been ~ ~ added. END OF SECTION 01030-2 ' DNISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01045 -CUTTING AND PATCHING ' COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER 1.01 GENERAL A. See the drawings for items to be demolished or othennrise removed to allow for installation of new work. ' B. Do not endanger any work by cutting or digging. Structural members shall not be cut without the consent of the Architect. Do not alter the work of another contractor without his consent. ' 1.02 CUTTING AND PATCHING ' A. Each Contractor shalt do all cutting and patching for his trade section unless otherwise indicated. Each contractor shall employ skilled tradesmen to do patching. Patching shall match adjacent surtaces. ' B. Each contractor shall be responsible for cutting and patching his own openings in existing or previously constructed walls, ceiling, floors, etc. Pride personnel ' protection under coring operations in occupied areas. C. Holes cut In exterior walls or foundations shall be waterproofed. D. If the Contractor has not finished the required information in sufficient time before masonry walls, concrete floors and ceiling have been constructed, the Contractor requiring modfications shall be responsible for all necessary cutting, patching and refinishing. E. Trades requiring openings cast in precast concrete members shall immediately notify ' precast concrete fabricator the size and location for the openings. Failure by any trade to give timely notice regarding the size and location of openings will result in the precast members being cast without the desired openings. Openings shall then ' be cut by the trade which required the opening. Each cut shall be reviewed before work begins by the Architect and precast supplier to ensure that the structural integrity of the member will not be affected. ' 1.03 COLLARS AND COVER PLATES A. Rough openings for ductwork, piping and equipment shall be covered with sheet ' metal collars or escutcheon plates. Excessively large openings shall be patched and finished to match adjacent surfaces and trimmed with collars or escutcheon plates. See Division 15. ' 1.04 DAMAGE ' A. Whenever any material, construction or utility is damaged, the cost of repair or replacement shall be charged to the Contractor responsible for the damage. If responsibility cannot be fixed, the cost shall be shared among the Contractors in ' proportion to their activities under the contract. 01045-1 END OF SECTION 01045-2 1 1 DMSION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01050 -LAYOUT AND AAEASUREMENTS COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER 1.01 RESPONSIBILITY A. The responsibility for accurate layout and measurement of the work of each contractor is their own. In addition, each contractor shall verily the dimensional accuracy of their work is reliant upon before they begin their work. They shall report all inaoauraaes to the Construction Manager and not proceed until corrections are made. If a contractor inadvertently or knowingly proceeds with their work on dimensionally inaccurate work of another, they will be liable for the cost of oonections to their work when the error is corrected. B. Assistance provided by the Construction Manager shall not relieve a Contractor of their responsibilities established by the Contract Documents. 1 ii C. The Contractor shall carefully protect monuments, stakes, and bench marks. If destroyed or disturbed by the Contractor or their employees, subcontractors and sub-subcontractors the cost to the Owner of replacing them shall be charged against the Contractor and shall be deducted from the payments for their work. 1.02 CHECKING LINES AND LEVELS A. Each Contractor shall thoroughly examine the existing conditions and be familiar with work to be performed as hereinafter speafied and as outlined on the drawings. B. Two basic grid lines and one bench mark elevation point necessary for the location and construction of the building shall be established by the Owner. C. Each Contractor shall compare all lines and levels given on the drawings with actual field conditions and shall call attention to discrepancies of they occur. D. Each Contractor shall verify and document with the Construction Manager all lines and levels and be responsible for the proper location of all their work. 1.03 SURVEY AND LAYOUT A. Each Contractor shall be responsible for line and grade survey and layout from the basic grid lines and benchmark established by the Owner. Layout of the site paving, parking, etc, shall be done as noted on the Plans. END OF SECTION 01050-1 i t DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 07060 -PERMITS, INSPECTION, AND LICENSING FEES COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER 1.01 PERMITS AND INSPECTION FEES A. The Owner will secure and pay for the general building permit. B. Required City building permits shall be applied for and secured by Trade Contractor and paid for by the City of Columbia Heights. Any State and/or County permits that are required to be paid for by Trade Contractor. C. Any other specialized permits or inspection fees shall be applied for, secured and paid for by the Trade Contractor requiring such permits. D. All Contrac~rs must have City Contractors License, $60.00 each. See attached appllcatlon. 1.02 INSPECTIONS A. Any Contractor requiring special inspection by the City or other agency shall arrange and schedule the inspection and give a minimum of 48 hour notice tot he Construction Manager, Architect, and Engineer. B. Partial occupancy permits may be applied for by the Owner. All Contractors will cooperate and assist in securing and maintaining partial occupancy permits. C. Mechanical and electrical Contractors shall review their specifications to comply will all special testing and inspections. D. Where the Contract Documents require inspections, tests or approvals of the Work to be made by an independent testing agency or laboratory or an independent professional consultant, the independent testing agency or laboratory or independent professional consultant shall be satisfactory to the Architect and Construction Manager. E. Each contractor shall inspect work of others which will receive or is adjacent to their Work before commencing their work. Do not proceed until conditions which would result in a ass than first class installation are satisfactorily corn;cted. Commencing work shall constitute as acceptance of the work of others by the contractor as satisfactory to receive their work. END OF SECTION 01060 -1 CONTRACTORS ' LICENSE APPLICATION CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS i I 7 C Date Received CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS 59040TH AVENUE NE, COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 PHONE (763 706678 FAX (763) 7063671 In Cor~uncdort with this applic~fion the following documents must be submil6ed: 7. Bonds - A Labor and Material Performance Bond and Payment Bond in the amount of the contrrac*. . CertNicate of Insurance - M the limits of $1,000,000. each occxrrrenoe, $1,000,000 per acddeM for bodih- injury and $1,000,000 for property damage. . A Certificate of Insurance - evidertdng the holding of Workers Compensatbn as required by law. . Certificate of Compliance for Workers Compensation . ff Heating Contractor -attached ctxrrtpetency test cant(s), for warm air, gas fitting or refrigeration. . ff Plumbing Contractor -attach copy of current Master Plumber License. NOTE: THE ABOVE DOCUMENTS ARE REQUIRED PRIOR TO ANY PERMIT'S BEING ISSUED IN THE CITY. NAME COMPANYIBI>,SINESS ADDRESS CITY STATE ZIP PHONE # MN SALES TAX NO. PE OF WORK TO BE CONDUCTED: COMPANY AGENT OR OFFICERS: UTHORIZED TO OBTAIN PERMITS: applcard, R Is my undetstandkrg ~ fabiRr:atlon oT any item in this apphcatlon is sulfit~nt mason upon whidr to base a denial if said Hcerrse. Such license I be valid for the Public Safer l3uAdng only and the duration d the proJact. PPLICANT'S SIGNATURE: DATE: BOND EXPIRATION: DEPARTMENT REPORT/COMMEIyT3 INSURANCE: L - w- LICENSE #: 1 1 1 CERTIFICATION OF COMPLUWCE MINNESOTA WORKERS COMPENSATION LAW Minnesota Statute, Section 176.182 requires every state and local licensing agency m withhold the issuance or renewal of a license or permit to operate a business or engage in an activity in Minnesota until the applicant preserrts acceptable evidence of compliance with the workers compensation insurance coverage requirements of MSS Chapter 176. The informatbn required is: the name of the insurance company, the policy number. and dates of overage. This information will be collected by the licensing agency and retained in their files. This Infonnatlon_b required by law, and Itcerrse and permits to operate a business Tray not bs issued or renewed H R is not provided and/or is falsely reported. Furthermore, H this information is not provided or falsely stated, It may result in a 51,000 penalty assessed against the applicant by the Commissioner of the Department of Labor and Industry. Insurence Co Name NOT the Insurance Agent Policy Number Date of Coverage th I certify that the information provided above is accurate and omplete and that a valid workers compensation policy will be kept In effect at all times as required by law. Name Doing Business as Business Address City. State, Zip Phone Signature Date NOTICE The data requested of you will be used in considering your application for said license and will be disseminated to the public. You are not legally required to allow the City of Columbia Heights to obtain the data, however, failure to supply said data may result in disapproval of your application. Further, the City of Columbia Heights may receive from other govemmerdal agendas, including but not limited 1p the Bureau of Criminal Apprehensbn, Minnesota Department of Public Safety, data relating to the onsideration of your application. Said data may be dassified pursuant to Minnesota Statute #15.162 et. seq. as private and therefore, cannot be released to the public without your written onsent. NOTICE I have read the above and understand that any data concerning my appNcation, whk~r is dassiffed as private pursuant to ' Minnesota Stature #15.162, et. Seq. may not be released to the public without my permission. I also understand that said data must be considered by the Columbia Heights City Council at a public meeting th onsidering my license application and, accordingly, will be publicly d'~sseminated. Therefore, I hereby authorize the release of all said loth by the Columbia Heights City Coundl or agents or employees thereof at any City Council meeting at which my license application is considered. Said ' infornation shall not be released if 1 withdrew my license appl'~ation by personaNy serving wr~ten notice of said withdrawal upon the Columbia Heights City Manager prior to said Coundl meeting. ' DATE SIGNATURE Witness Signature: ' DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01061-OFF-SITE DISPOSAL ' COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER ' 1.01 DISPOSAL ~~ A. Each Trade Contractor. and their sub-contractors and suppliers, shall be responsible for the disposal of all construction debris or other materials which ' result from their operations on the project site. B. Naturally occurring soils which are deemed unsuitable for use in the work may be ' spread or buried on site when deemed appropriate by the Owner. Such disposal shall be carried out with sufficient compaction and in a manner which will not pose a future nuisance due to settlement or erosion C. All trucks, or other vehicles, which leave the site loaded with debris and excess materials shall be covered to the extent requinrd to keep the materials from ' spilling onto roadways. Any spillage shall be immediately cleaned .up by the contractor that is disposing the material. 1 END OF SECTION 01061 -1 1 1 ' DNISION 7 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01200 -PROJECT MEETINGS COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER 1.01 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETINGS ' A. Prior to the initiation of on-site activity, a meeting will be held with all Bid Division Contractors for the purpose of planning, scheduling and coordinating an onierly ' initiation of on-site constnuction activity. 1.02 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCES A. Each Contractor is required to meet on the sifie with the Construction Manager and the Architect/Engineers as required by the Construction Manager prior to beginning their Work. The purpose of this meeting is to review the intent of the Contract Documents as they pertain to the Contractor's Work, and to integrate the initiation of that Work with the Work already in progress on the site. ' 1.03 PROGRESS 8 PROJECT MEETINGS A. Contractors active on site shall be required th attend Progress and Project ' Meetings when called by the Construction Manager. These meetir~s are for the purpose of planning and assessing construction progress and for discussing problems of mutual concern. B. It shall be mandatory that each Contractor and/or their superintendent, foreman or lead person be in attendance at these meetings. ' C. Ali deasions, instructions and interpretations given by the Owner or their designated representatives at these meetings shall be conclusive, and shall be binding on the Contractors. D. The minutes of such meetings will be recorded and distributed to the Contractors by the Constnaction Manager. ' E. Construction Meetings to be held weekly or bi weekly as determined by the Construction Manager. ' END OF SECTION 1 1 01200-1 ' DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS ' COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER 1.01 SUMMARY ' A. Wherever possible throughout the Contract Documents, the minimum acceptable - ~ quality of workmanship and mater-ials-has-been-defined either by manufacturer's name and catalog number or by reference to recognized industry standards. ' B. To ensure that the specked products are furnished and installed in accordance with the design intent, proca;dures have been established for advance submittal of ' design data and for its review by the Architect. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS AND SECTIONS ' A. Contractual Requiremerrts for Submittals: General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. ' B. Section 01700- Contract Closeout ' C. Individual Submittals Required: Pertinent Sections of these Specifications. 1.03 SUB MITTALS A. Make all submittals of shop drawings, samples, requests for substitution, and other similar items, in strict accordance with the provisions of this Section of these spec cations. ' 1.04 DISCLAIMER ' A. Contractor agrees that shop drawings submittals processed by the Architect are not change orders; that the purpose of shop drawings submittals by the Contractor is to demonstrate to the Architect that the Contractor understands the design concept; that they demonstrate their understanding by indicating which ' equipment and material they intend to furnish and install and by detailing the fabrication and installation methods they intend to use. B. Contractor further agrees that if deviations, discrepancies or conflicts between shop drawings and Contract Documents are discovered either prior to or after shop drawing submittals are processed by the Architect, the Contract Documents t shall control and be followed. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 SHOP DRAWINGS ' A. Preparation 1. Preparation by qualified detailer. ::' 01300-1 .~ 2. Identify details by reference to sheet and detail numbers shown on ' Contract Drawings. B. Scale Required 1. Unless otherwise specifically directed by the Architect, make all shop drawings accurately to a scale sufficiently large to show all pertinent features of the items, its method of connection to the Work and the adjacent surfaces or materials. C. Type of Prints Required 1. Submit all:shop drawings to the rchitect through Construction Manager i form of `ne sepia transpare of each sheet us one blueline or blackli print of sheet. Blueprint bmittals witho acx~ompanying sepia wi OT be ~~ ~ a ptable. . ' "~ ~ Replace Part 2.O1 "Shop Drawings", paragraph C "Type of Prints Required" with the following; "1. Sub~xnit all shop ~~ ;drawings to the Architect through the Construction Manager in the form of black and white prints. Print shall not exceed 30 by 42 inches. Provide enough copies for the distribution by the Architect to the Owner, Construction Manager, related Engineers, Architect, Contractor and Sub Contractors" 2.02 MANUFACTURERS LITERATURE A. Preparation 1. Manufacturers standarcf schematic drawings: a. Delete information which is not applicable to project. b. Supplement standard information to provide additional information applicable to project. 2. Manufacturers catalog sheets, brochures, diagrams, schedules, performance charts, illusions and other standard descriptive data. a. Clearly mark each copy to identify pertinent materials, products or models. b. Show dimension and clearances required. c. Shaw performance characteristics and capabilities. d. Show wiring diagrams and controls where applicable. B. Number of Copies Required 1. Submit the number of copies which are required to be returned plus one sepia and three bluelines which will be retained by the Architect and Construction Manager. 2. Where copies are required for inclusion in closeout documents, submit these in addition to the requiremer>ts specified above. 2.03 SAMPLES 01300-2 A. Preparation ' 1. Office samples sized to clearly illustrate: a. Functional characteristics of product or materials, with integrally ' related parts and attachment devices. b. Full range of color samples, except when specific color(s) are ' specified. 2. Field samples and mock ups, when shown on the Drawings or specified in ' a particular Section: a. Erect at Project Site at location acceptable to Architect. ' b. Construct each sample or mock-up complete, including work of all trades required in finished work. ' c. Remove as directed, unless specific Section allows incorporation in the work after acceptance. B. Accuracy of Sample 1. Unless otherwise spe~cally directed by the Architect, all samples shall be of the precise article proposed to be famished. ' C. Number of Samples Required ' 1. Submit all samples in the quantity which is requinrd to be returned plus one which will be retained by the Architect. 2. After review, samples may be used in construction of Project. 2.04 COLORS _ ' A. General 1. Unless the precise ~ color and pattern is specifically described in the Contract Documents, whenever a choice of color or pattern is available in a specified product submit accurate color charts and pattern charts to the Architect for their review and selection. B. Comparative Analysis ' 1. Unless all available colors and patterns have identical costs, identical performance characteristics, and identically suited to the installation, ' completely describe the relative costs and capabilities of each. 2.05 SUBSTITUTIONS ' A. Architects Approval Required 01300-3 1 Add to Part 2.05 "Substitution", Paragraph B "Approvals" the following Item 3, "3. Each Bidder, Sub Bidder, Manufacturer and Material supplier in submitting a request for substitution agrees that if the proposed material, ~~ product or equipment is approved and subsequently used in the Work, the proposer shall assume all costs incun~ed on account of additional work and change required to incorporate the material, product or equipment into the Work, including all such work and changes performed under other contracts. Each bidder shall include sufficient sums in \ the Bidder's Bid to cover such costs. ' 1. The Contract is based on the materials, equipment, and methods c~ / described in the Contract Documents. 2. The Architect may, at their discretion, consider proposals for substitutions of materials, equipment, and methods only when such proposals are accompanied by full and complete technical data and atl other information required by the Architect to evaluate the proposed substitution. 3. Do not substitute materials, equipment, or methods unless such substitution has been specifically approved for this work by the Architect. B. Approvals 1. Where the phrase "Approved Substitution", Equal Approved" or similar verbiage occurs in the Contract Documents, do not assume that material, equipment or methods will be approved as equal by the Architects unless the item has been specifically approved for this work by the Architect. 2. The decision of the Architect shall be final. C. Availability of Specffled items 1. Verify prior to bidding that all specified items will be available in time for installation during orderly and timely progress of the Work. 2 In the event specified item or items will not be so available, so notify the Architect prior to receipt of bids. 3. Costs of delays because of non-availability of specfied items, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 2.06 MISCELLANEOUS A. Inspections and Test Reports 1. Classify each as either "shop Drawing" or "Product Data", depending upon whether report is uniquely prepared for this Project or a standard publication of workmanship control testing at point of production; process accordingly. B. Warranties ' 1. In addition to copies desired for each Contractors use, furnish 2 executed copies for the Architect's use plus additional copies where required for maintenance manuals. ' PART 3 - EXECU71ON ; 3.01 COORDINATION OF SUBMITTALS A. General ' 01300-4 1. Prior to submittal for Architects review, use all means necessary to fully ' coordinate all material, including the following procedures: a. Determine and verify dimensions and conditions, catalog numbers, and similar data. b. Coordinate as required with all trades and with all public agencies irnolved. ' c. Secure all necessary approvals from public agencies and others; signify by stamp or other means that all required approvals have ' been obtained. d. Clearly indicate all deviations from the Contract Documents. B. Grouping of Submittals ' 1. Unless otherwise specifically permitted by the Architect, make all submittals in groups containing all associated items. 2. The Architect may rejeil partial submittals as not complying with the ' provisions of the Contrail Documents. 3.02 TIMING OF SUBMITTALS A. General 1 i i 1. Make all submittals for Underground, Mechanical, Electrical Structural Steel and Joists two (2) weeks after Letter of Intent has been sent. All other submittals are to be submitted within four (4) weeks of Letter of Intent has been sent or as speafically called for to allow sufficient time for reviews, securing necessary approvals, possible revision and resubmittal, placing orders, coordination with other contractor's work, and securing delivery. 2. In sc ,allow east 5 full days for iteil' . fo ing his of the sub ~~~ ~ ~ ,Z p~ In Part 3.02 "Timing of Submittals", paragraph A "General", remove Part 2 from the project in its entirety.. B. Delays 1. Costs of delays occasioned by tardiness of submittals by the Contractor shall be the responsibility of that Contractor. 3.03 IDENTIFICATION OF SUBMITTALS A. General 1. Consecutively number all submittals. 2. Accompany each submittal with a letter of transmittal, in duplicate, showing the date of transmittal, Specfication Section or Drawing Number 01300-5 to which the submittal pertains, brief description of the material submitted, ' not cation of deviations from Contract and the company name of the originator of the submittal. B. Resubmittals ' 1. When material is resubmitted for any reason, transmit under a new letter ' of transmittal; indicate by reference to previous submittal that this is a resubmttta. 3.04 PROCESSING OF SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES A Each Subcontractor shall prepare, review and approve each submittal, and then ' transmit it to the Construction Manager. B. Upon receipt of a submittal from the Contractor, the Construction Manager shall ' review and proceed as follows: 1. If submittal is complete and in accordance with the Contract Documents, they will transmit it to the Architect. ' 2. In the case of Structural, Mechanical or Electrical shop drawings or product data, the Construction Manager, shall transmit the submittal , directly to the Consultant and send a copy of the letter of transmittal to the Architect. 3. If the submittal is incomplete or not in accordance with the Contract ' Documents, the Construction Manager shall return it to the Contractor for resubmission. The Construction Manager shall send a copy of the letter of ' transmittal to the Architect. C. Upon receipt of a submittal from the Construction Manager, the Architect shall review, stamp, initial, and date each submittal as follows: ' 1. "APPROVED": Th' ndicaths th he submittal Contract Documents ments, the tgn intent, and rchitect has no ~ ' objectio any of th ormation include h the submittal. The sub I can be distr' ed by the Const n Manager. 2. "APPROVED WITH CORRECTIONS NOTE "• rdering and/or fabrication ' may proceed if are no exceptions en to the co noted and if other rel work has been (or )coordinated is submission. ' Make a submission in ing the comscti for our file and for dist ' ion to affected pa performing under a contract. Ordering or cation may not p if corrections change the contract time ' or amount, in this event, make another s mission. 4. "NOT APPROVED': s indicate t the sub is unacce ble. Reasons may ' de unacce le manufa r, incorrect el or , ~~ ~~ product, or ' mplete sub I as defin erein. The A test shall ~~~ note t aeon for rej on and the mittal shall fumed to the In part 3.04 "Processing of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples", paragraph C replace text and paints I, 2 and , 4 with the fo}lowittg; "Upon receipt of a submittal from the Construction Manager, the Architect shall review, stamp, initial, and date each submittal." ' ' Contract rough the Con 'on Manager. The Co or shall correct and ubmit as specified erein. ' D. Upon n:ceipt of a submittal from the Construction Manager, the Consultant shall review and forward each submittal as follows: . ' 1. If the submittal is acceptable, the Consultant shall stamp, sign, date, and forward it to the Architect for their review as described in Paragraph 3.04.C. ' 2. If major corrections are required or the submittal is an unacceptable, the Consultant shalt indicate the objections, return the submittal to the ' Contractor through the Construction Manager, and send a copy of the submittal to the Architect so that they are aware of the reasons for the Consultant's actions. The Contractor shall correct and resubmit as ' specified herein. E. When a submittal is returned by the Architect and resubmittal is not requin~d the ' Construction Manager shall: 1. Review submittal for Anhitects/ConsultanYs comments and take ' appropriate action indicated. 2. Coordinate field verifications not possible during earlier review described in Paragraph 3.01A. 3. Distribute submittal as specified in Article 3.05. ' 3.05 DISTRIBUTION A. The Contractor shall distribute reproductions of shop drawings to the following: fl 1. Contractor who prepan:d submittal (verify number of copies required). 2. Job site file. 3. Other affected Contractors. 4. Suppliers or fabricators. B. The Construction Manager shall retain the processed shop drawings for the record. C. Distribute samples and copies of product data which cany the Architect's review stamp as directed by the Architect. 3.06 COMMENCEMENT OF WORK A. The manufacture or construction of any pieces of equipment, device, or other item for which shop drawings, product data, or samples are required to be furnished, shall not commence prior to complete processing of the appropriate submittal. 01300-7 B. Any Contractor who proceeds without a submittal bearing the Architect's stamp ' does so at their own risk. Architect shall maintain the right to reject work or materials provided without proper prior submittal. END OF SECTION 013Q0-8 _~ f i DNISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENT SECTION 01500 -CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Construction Manager shall provide the following temporary facilities and controls for the Work: 1. Field office for the Construction Manager personnel. 2. Sanitary facilities. B. Contractors shall provide temporary fadlities and controls needed for the Work inducting, but not necessarily limited to: 1. Temporary utilities such as heat, water, electricity, phone. 2. Enclosunrs such as tarpaulins and canopies. 3. Provisions for storage. 4. Construction aids and equipment. 5. Barriers. 6. Protection. 7. Site water control and dewatering. 8. Cleaning during the work. 9. Refuse containers and disposal. 10. Temporary fadlity removal. 11. Hoisting. 1.02 TEMPORARY LIGHTING AND POWER A. Each Contractor shall reimburse Electrical Contractor for all costs for distribution, connection and increased service size and systems required in excess of that specfied. B. All temporary lighting and power shall comply with all applicable Federal, State, and Local odes and nrgulations and with utility company requirements. .. 1.03 WATER A. Each contractor is responsible to provide their own hoses, barrels, etc. as required for water usage. ' 1.04 FIELD OFFICE AND TELEPHONE A. The Construction Manager shall provide an on-site construction office, (i.e. existing space) for the use of the Owner, Architect, and themselves. Limited use of these fadlities will be offered to Contractors. B. Contractors n:quiring field offices and telephones will need to coordinate location of office with the Construction Manager. C. It will be each Contractors responsibility to arrange and pay for telephone service. 01500-1 D. All Contractor electrical and telephone connect'wns to on-site construction offioE trailers shall be accomplished without overhead wiring. 1.05 TOILET FACILITIES A. The Construction Manager will arrange for temporary toilet facilities for Contractor use. The contractors will not use any of the Owners public or private facilities. 1.06 DUST AND FUME PROTECTION A. Each contractor shall provide and maintain a protection as may be requinrd to prevent dust and/or fumes from migrating. Each contractor is also responsible for cieanir~ areas that have been contaminated by contractor actions, i.e. existing finished areas. 1.07 WEATHER PROTECTION A. Each Contractor shall provide and maintain protection as may be required to complete his work in accordance with the Construction Schedule until such time that substantial enclosure is obtained as defined in 1.02 of this Section. This shall include protective coverings and enclosures, heaters, fuel, n~uired attendants, and removal upon completion as specified. B. Each Contractor shall be responsible for properly covering and protecting finish work and removal and leaning of snow and ice from work surtaces until the date of Completion of their contract. C. The Owner shall arrange for snow removal on site access roads and the Construction Staging Area. 1.08 REMOVAL A. Each Contractor shall completely remove their own temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer n~uired. B. Each Contractor shall clean and repair damage they have caused by temporary installations or use of temporary facilities. C. Each Contractor shall restore existing faalities they have used for temporary services to their specfied or original condition. END OF SECTION 01500-2 r ' DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01573 - DEWATERING COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER ' 1.01 SURFACE WATER A. Bid Division CH1-02-1 shall excavate, grade and level the project in a manner which will reduce the entrapment of surface runoff of pnecipitation to a minimum. ' Where excavations retain precipitation due to their configurations, Bid Division CH1-02-1 shall provide and maintain the necessary dewatering equipment. He shall pay all fuel and maintenance costs. B. Excavations for other Trade Contractors work which become flooded by surface runoff shall be dewatered by that Trade Contractor who is doing the work. ' C. Dewataring methods shall be designated to discharge the water in a manner consistent with local regulation. Water shall not be discharged across ' neighboring lands. Review dewatering plans with the Arch'~tect and Owner. 1.02 GROUND WATER ' A. Bid Division CH1-02-1 shall be responsible for the removal of ground water which eaters the excavated areas as necessary. ' B. Others who require excavations below this level shall provide their own dewatering. C. Refer to the soil exploration report. Ground water levels are subject to fluctuation ' due to weather, seasons of the year, and other natural causes. ' EN F SECT D O ION 1 1 01513-1 1 DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ' SECTION 01520 -SAFETY COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER ' 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Safety is the responsibility of each individual Contractor. Each Contractor shall comply with all local safety ordinances and OSHA regulations and requirements ' while performing the Work. B. Each Contractor is required to submit bound Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) ' to the Construction Manager, to be used for reference only, prior to transporting the materiaVchemical on site. In addition, it is the responsibility of each Contractor to maintain an accessible MSDS file for their employees, ' subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, and suppliers that are on site. C. Each Contractor shall submit evidence of an Employer Safety Program that complies with current OSHA regulations and requirements prior to beginning any ' contract Work. ' D. The Contractor and their Subcontractor(s), Sub~ubcontractor(s), and suppliers shall take all necessary precautions to ensure the safety of the public and of workers on the job, and to prevent accidents or injury to any persons, on, about, or adjacent to the premises where the Work is being pertormed. The Contractor ' and their Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractor(s), and suppliers shall comply with Federal or State OSHA regulations and all other laws, codes, ordinances, and regulations relative to safety and the prevention of accidents. The Contractor shall designate a responsible representative at the job site as a Safety ' Representative who shall be responsible for the promotion of safety and prevention of accidents, and shall enforce all applicable laws, ordinances, codes, ' rules, regulations and standards pertaining to safety and prevention of accidents. E. Trade Contractor CH-03-1 will be responsible to install and monitor temporary ' .. fence around the site. Trade Contractor CH-03-1 will be responsible to install all barricades, protection and maintenance at staircases, floor openings. During construction where a floor area is exposed install and maintain barricades until walls go up. Install and maintain temporary ladder to each floor. Supply and ' install fire extinguishers throughout the project. Trade Contractor CH-041 will be responsible to install and maintain all barricades and protection at all wall openings i.e., windows, doors. Trade Contractor CH-05-1 Structural Steel, Metals, Miscellaneous Metals is ' responsible for their own protection. Trade Contractor CH-07-1 Roofing, Sheet Metal will be responsible for installing and maintaining temporary barricades at the roof edge and openings once the ' metal deck is on, to allow other trades to install their rough-in work for the roof system prior, during and after installation of the roof. :' Each trade contractor is required to install barricades, protection and fire 01520-1 extinguishers as needed to protect the worker and keep the building watertight. Also, to help maintain existing barricades when protection is taken down during your operations. F. To promote a safe site Minnesota OSHA has partnered with us to pertorm consultations on a quarterly or as needed basis. END OF SECTION 01520-2 I ' DIVISION 7 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 07530 -CONSTRUCTION FENCE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER 1.01 GENERAL ' A. The requirements in this section are intended to establish and maintain the minimum fence work to be included in the project. Bid Division CH1-02-1 shall review the project and establish the degree of control by erecting the construction ' fence and gates. 1.02 CONSTRUCTION FENCE t A. As a minimum, Bid Division CH1-02-1 shall provide a construction fence as follows: ' Temporary fence, 72 inch high, 11 ga. galvanized chain link with 2' steel posts and 2-1/2 or 3 terminals. Four welded steel gates, 20 wide in locations as ' directed by the Construction Manager and two - 3' entrance gates located near the construction trailer. Supply, install, maintain, and remove and haul when project is complete. ' END OF SECTION 1 1 01530-1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01545 -PROTECTION OF COMPLETED WORK COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY BUILDING 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Contractors shall consider protection of the finish work of prime importance. Care shall be taken by contractors not to damage completed work of other contractors and to provide adequate protection for their own completed work. B. When moving men and/or materials across grades or other vulnerable surfaces the contractor doing the moving shall provide adequate surface protection to prevent damage to existing surfaces. END OF SECTION 01545-1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01570 -TRAFFIC, ENVIRONMENTAL AND SAFETY PROTECTION COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Each Contractor shall be responsible to maintain traffic, environmental and safety protection rules, regulations and measures as required by the EPA, OSHA and other state and local governing agencies. 1.02 TRAFFIC PROTECTION A. The Contractor shall arrange for flagmen, barricades, etc. to maintain proper tn~ff'ic flow if required by the Contractors operations. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for any street closures or traffic control devices required to complete the contract work. 1.03 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SAFETY PROTECTION A. Contractors shall complete the work in the most expeditious manner with the least disruption to traffic, environmental and existing school. Equipment shall have proper mufflers, back-up warning alarms and ail other safety features as requin:d for safe operation. B. Contractors shall take all necessary steps n~uired to protect the Owner's staff, employees, visitors, public and surrounding buildings while completing the work. C. Each Contractor shall conform to all environmental ~ negulations and laws established by the EPA and other state and local governing agencies. END OF SECTION 01570-1 1 ' DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01580 -PROJECT SIGNS ' COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. The Construction Manager shall provide one general information sign displaying the name of the Project, Owner, Architect and Construction Manager. ' B. The Construction Manager will provide temporary on-site informational signs: 1. As required by codes, laws and regulatory agencies. ~' 2. To identify key elements of the construction facilities as instructed by Owner or Construction Manager. C. No other signs other than identification signs on offices, shall be displayed by any Contractor. ' D. Contractors shall provide their own safety signs as required to be in compliance with safety rules and good practice. 1 1 END OF SECTION 01580-1 1 ii ' DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01600 -MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT ' COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER 1.01 NEW MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT ' A. Material and equipment incorporated into the Work shall: 1. Conform to applicable specifications and standards. ' 2. Comply with sizes, makes, types and qualities specified or as spedflcally approved in writing by the Architect/Engineer. B. Manufactured and Fabricated Products: ' 1. Design, fabricate and assemble in accord with the best engineering and shop practices. 2. Manufacture like parts of duplicate units to standard sizes and gauges, to ' be interchangeable. ' 3. Two or more items of the same kind shall be identical by the same manufacturer . 4. Products shall be suitable for service conditions. 5. Equipment capacities, sizes and dimensions shown or specified shall be adhered to unless variations are specfically approved in writing by the Architect/Engineer. C. Do not use material or equipment for any purpose other than that for which it is designed or is specified. 1.02 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. When the Contract Documents require that installation comply with manufacturers' printed instructions, obtain and distribute copies of such instructions to parties involved in the installation, including finro copies to the ' Architect/Engineer. B. Maintain one set of complete instructions at the site during installation, until completion. C. Handle, install, connect, clean, condition and adjust products in strict accord with ' such instructions and in conformity with specified requirements. 1. Should job conditions or specified requirements conflict with ~' manufacturer's instructions, consult with the Project Team for further instructions. ' 2. Do not proceed with such Work without dear instructions 01600-1 .~ D. Pertorm Work in accord with manufacturer's instructions. Do not omit any , preparatory step or installatron procedure unless specifically modified or exempted by the Contract Documents. E. Finish contractor shall anticipate floor and wall prep to bring surfaces up to finish ' standard and meet manufacturers specification section requirements 1 03 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Arrange deliveries of products in accordance with the Short Term Construction ' Activities Plan. Coordinate to avoid conflict with Work and conditions at the site 1. Deliver products in undamaged condition, in manufacturers' original , containers or packaging, and with idenfifying labels intact and legible. 2. Immediately upon delivery, inspect shipments to assure compl'wnce with the requirements of the Contrak~ Documents and approved submittals, and to assure that products are properly protected and undamaged. B. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods which will prevent soiling or damage to products or packaging. 1.04 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Store products in akxord with manufacturers' inspections, with seals and labels intact and legible. 1. Store products subject to damage by the elements in weather tight enclosures. 2. Maintain temperature and humidity within the ranges required by manufacturers' instnx:tions. B. Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for inspection. Make periodic inspections of stored products to assure that the products are maintained under specified conditions, and are free from damage or deterioration. C. Protection After Installation: 1. Provide substantial coverings as necessary to protect installed products from damage from traffic and subsequent oonstrudion operations. Remove the coverings when they no longer are needed. 1.05 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Products List: 1. Before commencing Work, submit to the Project Team a complete list of major products proposed to be used, with manufacturers' and suppliers' names, product names, model numbers, and, where applicable, names of installing subcontractors. 01600-2 B. C. Contractor's Options 1. For products specified only by reference standard, select any product meeting that standard. 2. For products ~ specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select any one of the products or manufacturers named, which complied with the specifications. 3. For products specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers and "or equal", Contractors must submit requests for substitutions for any product or manufacturer not specifically named. 4. For products specified by naming only one product and manufacturer, there is no option. Subsfitutions: 1. There are no substitutions. END OF SECTION 01600-3 ' DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01610 -ACCESS, DELIVERY & STORAGE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER 1.01 ACCESS A. Contractor vehicle parking and location of field offices and storage trailers n~uire prior approval of the Construction Manager. ' 1.02 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Contractors n~ceiving deliveries to the site shall request a 24hour notice of ' del'Nery from suppliers. Contractors receiving deliveries shall ensure that their personnel are at the site to receive deliveries and properly store same. ' B. Bidders of Divisions for supply only divisions shall give 48 hour notice to the Construction Manager so proper arrangements can be made for unloading. C. Any Contractors or Bid Division suppliers not giving proper notice shall. reimburse ' the Conractors at the sith or be backcharged accordingly for unloading and storage of said materials. ' D. All Contractors shall limit storage of materials in the building. Delivery of material shall not be made to the project site until the job progress permits delivery and the schedule calls for it. ' E. All storage areas and locations require prior approval from the Construction Manager. F ~ . Each Contractor shall move any ston :d material or equipment under their control, as directed by Construction Manager, when it interferes with the operation of the Owner or other Contractors at no additional cost to the Owner, Construction ' Manager or other Contractors. G. Contractors shall obtain and pay for additional storage and work areas needed for operations . 1.03 PROJECT ADDRESS ' A. The project address for deliveries is: ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center 825 - 41a~ Avenue NE ' Columbia Heights, MN 55421 ' END OF SECTION 01610-1 ' DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01700 -CONTRACT CLOSE-0UT ' COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Each contractor shall comply with requirements stated in the Contract Documents for procedures in closing out the Work. ' 1.02 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND FINAL INSPECTION PROCEDURE A. The procedure for substantial completion and final inspection as outlined in ' Section 00700, Amide 9 shall be followed. B. Each Contractor shall be allowed thirty (30) calendar days from the date of receipt of the Architect's inspection report to complete the items on both their list of items ' to be completed or corrected and the Architect's inspection report. Contractors failing to perform in accord with these time parameters will be subject to the provisions of the General Conditions, and the Owner will have the right to carry ' out the Work in need of correction and/or completion, the cost of which will be deducted from the Contractor's cmntract amount. ' C. By the act of signing the Certificate of Substantial Completion prepared by the Construction Manager and or Architect, the Contractor represerrts that they have: 1. Reviewed the Contract Documents, 2. Inspected their Work for compliance with the Contract Documents, ' ~ 3. Completed their Work in accord with the Contact Documents, and all pertinent submittals. ' D. They further represent that: 1. Equipment and systems have been tested in the presence of the Owners representative and are operational, 2. Their Work is completed and ready for final inspection. ' ' CLOSE-0UT SUBMITTALS 1.03 CONTRACTORS A. Upon Substantial Completion, the Contractor shall submit the following to the Owner through the Construction Manager: ' 1. Evidence of compliance with requirements of governing authorities, including Certificates of Inspection, ' 2. Warranties and Bonds, 3. AIA Document G70B -Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims, 01700-1 4. AIA Document G70tiA - Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens, 5. AIA Document G707 -Consent of Surety to Final Payment, 6. AIA Document G704 -Certification of Substantial Completion, 5. Record Drawings 7. All test reports, material certifications, etc as required by the Health Department, City Officials, etc. as specified in the Contract Documents, 8. Completed and certified Form IC-134, Withholding Affidavit for Contractors, 9. Affidavit of Compliance with Prevailing Wage Rate Determination. 1.04 OWNER INSTRUCTION AND TRAINING A. Each Contractor shall instruct the Owner or Owner's designated staff in the proper operation, use and maintenance of all materials, finishes, equipment and systems installed or furnished by the Contractor. B. Operating and Maintenance Manuals. Prior to Substantial Completion of the Work, submit Operating and Maintenance Manuals for the equipment to the Architect through the Construction Manager. Submit 2 copies, unless otherwise specified. The manuals shall be neatly edited with similar equipment grouped, pages tabbed and indexed. All material shall be printed or typewritten, and individual pages shall be set into plastic page covers. The manuals shall contain the following information. 1. Complete operating instructions and recommendations for the type of fuel and other materials to be used in or with the item. 2. Manufacturer's complete data sheets 3. Complete cleaning instruction including recommended cleaning materials. 4. Complete lubrication data and schedules 5. Maintenance data, repair and adjustment data including manufacturer's instructions. 6. Parts list with numbers, recommended parts to stock and nearest parts depot and service organization. 7. Assembly drawings, wiring diagrams, mechanical diagrams and installation diagrams and instructions. Special Tools. Provide special tools normally furnished with equipment which are requin:d for maintenance purposes such as wrenches for door closers. ' 01700-2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 C. Owner instruction and training will be scheduled by the Constnxtion Manager. Contractors will have ail subcontractor representatives and factory and equipment supplier representatives present at these meetings as requin:d to provide complete operating and maintenance instructions. D. Refer to individual sections of the Work for additional operating and maintenance instruction requirements. 1.05 REBATES A. All utility rebates are to be turned over to the Owner. Each Contractor shall supply the Owner with the necessary information and assist the Owner in obtaining rebates. 1.06 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. Each Contractor shall submit the final Application for Payment in accord with the procedures and n:quiremen~ stated in the General Conditions. END OF SECTION 01700-3 1 1 1 1 DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01710 - DUMPSTERS, CLEAN-UP, CLEANING AND FINAL CLEAN-UP COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER 1.01 DESCRIPTION ~~ # 1 This section contains requirements for each and every Cortractor/Bidder. Refer to this section far cequiremer~ts. ,~~ A. Each contractor shall remove, dispose, clean and maintain the buildings and site ~~~ during the progress of their work, and at the completion of their Work, so the Owner can do a weekly rough sweep of the site. B. Each Contractor shall be responsible for their portion of final cleaning requirements. 1.02 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS A. Eadi Bid Division Contractor will be responsible for clean up of his and his subcontractors debris, rubbish, containers, overspray, and other similar items resulting from his operation on a daily basis. B. Each Bid Division Contractor will be responsible to relocate material as the Construction Manager requires. C. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with codes, ordinances, n~ulations, and anti-pollution laws. D.. Failure by the Contractor to clean up properly and remove material offsite will result in one or more of the following actions: 1. The Construction Manager will clean up Contractor's debris and backcharge the Contractor for the work irnolved. 2. Whatever other action(s) the Construction Manager deems necessary to insure that the project is kept safe and clean. E. Each Contractor is responsible fqr providing their own trash containers and/or dumpsters. Each Contractor shall provide regular timely monitoring of the containers and/or dumpsters to maintain appropriate timing of removal, hauling, disposal and replacement of dumpsters. PART 2 PRODUCTS AND EQUIPMENT 1.01 CLEANING PRODUCTS 8 EQUIPMENT A. Use only those cleaning materials that will not create hazards to health or property, and which will not damage surfaces. B. Use only those cleaning materials and methods recommended by the manufacturer of the surface material to be cleaned. C. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by the cleaning material manufacturer. 01710-1 D. Each Contractor shall provide their own leaning equipment. E. Each Contractor shall cooperate with the Owner, the Construction Manager and the refuse hauler reganiing dean-up. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 HOUSEKEEPING AND CLEAN-UP A. Each Contractor shall execute periodic housekeeping to keep their Work, the site and adjacent properties free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and windblown debris, resulting from construction operations. B. Each Contractor is financially responsible for their own clean-up operations. Clean-up must be timely as well as thorough in order to meet safety regulations and permit other Contractors to perform without hindrance from dirt and debris. The Construction Manager will coordinate project housekeeping, and take appropriate steps to maintain lean working conditions. Contractors failing to meet housekeeping requirements will be backdtarged for services arranged by the Construction Manager. C. Each Contractor shall retain stored items in an orderiy arrangement allowing maximum access, not impeding traffic or drainage, and providing required protection of materials. D. At least weekly, and more often if necessary, completely remove all scrap, debris ' and waste material from site. 3.02 DUST CONTROL A. Schedule operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from ' contractor's activities will not adversely affect the work of others. 3.03 FINAL CLEANING ' A. Eadi Contractor shall remove all debris from the finished site. ' B. Prior to completion of the Work and prior to the final inspection comply with the following: ' 1. Remove from the job site all tools, surplus materials, equipment, machinery, scrap, debris, and waste. ' 2. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and constnxtion fallities for the Project and from the Site. ' C. Exterior and Site Final Cleaning 1. Inspect all exterior surfaces and remove all traces of soil, waste materials, 1 smudges, and any other foreign matter. 01710-2 ' 1 ' 2. Remove all splashed materials from adjacent surfaces. ' 3. In the event of stubborn stains not removable with water the Architect may nrquire light sandblasting or other cleaning at no cost to the Owner. 1 1 1 END OF SECTION 01710-3 1 r DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01720 -RECORD DOCUMENTS ' COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER 1.01 DESCRIPTION ' A. The Construction Manager will maintain a set of Record Documents at the site including the following: 1 1 1 1. Drawings 2. Specifications 3. Addenda 4. Change Order and other Modifications to the Contrails 5. Written Instruilions 6. Approved Shop Dn3wings 7. Product Data and Samples 8. Field Test Records 9. Construction Photographs 1.02 RECORD DRAWINGS A. During the course of oonstruilion, each Contractor shall record any and all installation information that differs in size, dimension or type from that shown on the Construilion Documents on a single set of oonstruilion documents which are to lie turned over to the Construilion Manager to serve the purpose of compiling as-built drawings. 1.03 SUBMITTAL A. At Contrail close-out, and as a condition of final payment, each Contrailor shall deliver Record Documents, as indicated in 1.02A above, in neat, clean and dry condition, to the Construction Manager, for delivery to the Owner. B. Each Contrailor shall accompany his Reconi Document submittal with a transmittal letter in duplicate, containing: 1. Date 2. Project designation 3. Contractor's name and address 4. Bid Division name and number 5. Title and number of each Record Document 6. Signature of Contrailor or his authored representative END OF SECTION 01720-1 i 1 1 I,1 '! f 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 F 1 1 i 1 i Col:urn~bia. ~He~ig~hts iP~ublic Safety Center . Columibia ~Heig;hts, MN Siteworlc Package - J~ul'y 21; 2008 SECTION. 02110 S1TE CLEARII~G~ PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Removal and disposal of vegetation. 2. Clearing and grubbing. 3. Removal and salvage of topsoil. ~ . 1.02 PROTECTION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Provide protection necessary to prevent damage to the existing conditions indicated to remain in .place. B. Restore damaged areas to their original condition, as acceptable to the parties having jurisdiction. . PART 2 P~R~ODUCTS h1ot Used PART 3 ~EXEC:UTIO~N r 3.01 SITE CL.EARI,NG~ A. Remove vegetation, improvements, or obstructions intertering~ with the installation of new construction. Remove such items elsewhere on the site or premises as spec~cally indicated. B. Clear the site of trees, stumps, roots, shrubs, or other vegetation, except for those indicated to remain standing. C. Completely remove stumps, roots, and other debris protruding through the ground Surtace or to the depths indicated. D. Stockpile topsoil on-site, at location(s) directed by construction manager, for reuse upon completion of grading.operations. END OF SECTION Site ~Clea~ringi ~a21~'~0=1~ ii Columbia Hci~ghts Public Safety Center Colura~bia~ ~Heig~hts,1NIN S:itework Padcage~ -July 21, 2008 ~SfCTION 0211'4 1 r SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SIJMAAARY - A. Section Includes: 1. Removal of existing pavements. 2. Removal and disposal of existing utilities. 3. Removal and salvage of existing fence construction. ~ ~. 4. Removal and salvage of existing walls ~~~j~~~~ 5. Removal •and salvage of existing flab Add the following paragraph: 1.02 PROTECTION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS "i.o1.A.6. Removal of existing pavement striping." A. Provide protection necessary to prevent damage to existing conditions indicated to remain in place. B. Restore all damaged areas to their original condition, as acceptable to the Owner. 1.03 EXISTI°NG CO.N~DITIONS INDICATED TO B~E SALVA~G~E+D A. '~~riag to the attention ~of the Architect in~ writing within 48 'I~iours .any .items damaged during the demolition .process that are .i;o ~be~ ~sa~lua~ged' for re-use. ~IIF i~t pis ~determin~ed~ that the d~~amage to ~ the item(s) could' .have been pr~event~ed by the Canfiractor taking ' reasonable r~neasures or precauflons, the damaged item(s) wilt be .replaced or repaired a# the Contractor's expense. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3~EXECUTION 3.01 SITE ACCESS A. Demolition and removal operations shall be performed to ensure minimum interference with roads, parking lots, sidewalks and pathways. B. Erect temporary fencing as necessary to keep people out of the work area. 3.02 DEMOLITION A. Remove vegetation, improvements, or obstructions interfering with installation of new construction. Remove such items elsewhere .on' site or premises as specifca~lly indicated. Selecliue~ ~Dem~olition ~ ~021~'I1~-1 -~ 'Colurr~~bia~ Heights 'Public Safety Center ~Colu ~ ~ •bia~ :Heig~h~ts, ~MN Sitework 'Package -July 21, 2008 B:.Reclairn existing bituminous pavements for reuse as• base aggregate andlor strwctura'I f'll. Reclaiming for use as •base aggregate shall not include underlain fill rmaterial. C. Store salvaged materials on-site in a bcation where they will not be damaged or interfere with the other construction activities. D. S salvaged re ing wall blocks as ed by the co coon mina r for the { .. ~-pick-u the Owner. I and sec~~i~g ~ en~~~bric for er pick u Stack fence posts • ~ Owner pick up. r~ 1r E. Promptly dispose of demolished materials off-site. Do not allow demolition materials ~~ and debris to accumulate on-site. x F. Reston: all damaged underground piping and utilities intended to remain. ~ • 1: END OF SECTION ,~~ ?:1 ~ Revise paragraph 3.02.D to read as follows: ,~ ~ • '"D. Stack Salvaged retaining wall block as directed by ~e construction. manager for pick up by the Owner. Rill and secure salvaged fence fabric for Owner pick up. Dispose offence .posts ar~d damaged retaining wall blocks." rV 3. Add the following paragraph: ~\~V` " 3:OZ~.G. grind et;.E existing pavement striping as. indicated on the plans " . Selee• Oerr~~olitlor~ . ~02~1;1~ 1:-2 :'I ~Cotum'bia H'eig~hts 'Public Safety ~Gerater . _ Columbia H.eig~hts, M'N' ^I ~Sitework. Package --July 21~, 2008 SECTI.ON~ 02200 . EARTHWORK PART 1 GENERAL ~ ~~~ ~' ~1 ~1'~~ kn~ cat- ~c5ta, ;,i _ ~ _ Insert Attachment_Cl - Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan. 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specifcation sections, apply to work of this section. '~ 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of earthwork is indicated on drawings. 1. Preparation of subgrade for slabs, walks, retaining walls and concrete/bituminous pavements .is included as part of this work. q f '`2. Base aggregate is work of this section except as indicated in Section 00300." ~ ~ g `~L`V~ 3. Backfilling, shoring and dewatering excavations are work of this section. . 4. Fill material as required to construct grades as shown on drawings and below •- building construction. ;~ 5. Final grading, ,placement and preparation of. topsoil for landscaping is work of this section. 6. Rip rap placerent ~is work of this section. ~~ 7. :Erosion ~con>rol is work of this section. a "R. Preparation of subgwade for •build~ing footprint is included as •follows: 1. Over=excavate to d~eptlis ~ind~icated' in ~the~ Geotechrnical Evatwation Report. Base bid to 10;000 cukric yards of ` ~ . ~;~'-~ over-excavation. Final elevations to be determmed~~by the Owaer's Geotechn~ical Consultant. {~ ~~`~ ~ 2. Place compacted fl~l in entire footprint to 1'-0" below floor level (elevations 922.30 and ~908.3U). Suitable on-site material may be used as fill. ~ • ~ 3. Backf%l~l~ing shall be phased to accommodate foundation wall construction by others. . ~.. Provide temporary grading or piping as needed for positive drainage away from building slab prep:' "C. Re-excavation for footings and drainage fill course for foundation walls and sand cushion for building slabs is ' F work of a separate building contract:' Revise paragraph1.02.D to read as follows: 1 ~~, ~~ [ .."D. Additional Excavation: The final excavation elevations shall be determined by the Owner's Geotechnical • 4~ Consultant. The Contract Sum may be adjusted by the Contract Unit Prices. '; `' ~~ Y. Removal of unsuitable material and its replacement as directed will be aid on basis of Conditions of the P Contract relative to c}ianges in work if quantities are in excess of the base bid quantity." 1.03 DEFINITIONS _ A. Excavation consists of removal of material encountered to subgrade elevations indicated and subsequent disposal of materials removed. B: Unauthorized excavation consists of removal of materials beyond indicated subg,rade elevations or dirnensio~ns without specific direction of Construction Manager. Unauthorized excavation, as we•II as rer>~edia~lwork directed by Const~ntction ~Ma~nager, shall :be at f~he expense of the Contractor who did the unauthorized excavation. .~ Ea ; ~ F work ~022~00-1~ .~~ ~Colu ~,~bia FfeigF>:ts Public Safety Center I, Colurn'bia.:Heigh~ts, ~IiAN Sitevuork ~Package~ -July 21~, 2008 I' C. Under footings, fioundation bases, or retaining walls, fill unauthorized excavation Eby extending indicated bottom elevation of footing or base to excavation bottom, without ~' altering required top elevation. Lean concrete fill may be used to bring elevations to proper position, when acceptable to Owner's Geotechnical Consultant. 1. In locations other than those above, backfill and compact unauthorized ~' _ excavations as specified for authorized excavations of same class~.cation, _ .. _ unless otherwise directed by Owner's Geotechnical Consultant. D. Additional F~ccavation: When excavation has reached required subgrade elevations ' indicated in the geotechnical report, notify Owner's Geotechnical Consultant, who will make an inspection of conditions. If Owner's Geotechnical Consultant determines that ' bearing materials at nrquir~ed subgrade elevations are unsuitable, continue excavation until suitable bearing materials are encountered and replace excavated material as directed by Owner's Geotechnical Consultant. The Contract Sum may be adjusted by .' the Contract Unit Prices. 1. Removal of unsuitable material and its replacement as dinected will be paid on basis of Conditions of the Contract relative to changes in work ~if quantities are in excess.of the base bid quantity. ~' E. Subgrade: The undisturbed earth or the compacted soil layer immediately below granular subbase, drainage fill, or topsoil materials. F. Structure: ,l3uildings, foundations, slabs, tanks, curbs, or ocher ra~an-rade stationary features occumng~ above or l~elow~ ground scrufa~oe. ;~ 1:.~4 QU~1LlTY A~SSUIR/J11[!VC:E A. Codes and Standards: Perform excavation work in compliance with applicable -, .requirements of governing authorities having jurisdiction. ~ B. Testing and Inspection Service: C. General Requirements: The Ownerwill employ an inspection service ortesting company. to perform soils testing and inspection services for quality control testing ~ during ~' earthwork operations. All costs related to the Owner's Geotechnical Consultant will be paid for by the Owner except when earthwork performed does not meet the requirements of the contract documents and re-tests or additional inspection work is ,' n:quinrd. ~ . D. When initial tests or inspections find non-compliance with the contract documents, all re-testing or re-inspections shall be performed by the Owner's Geotechnical Consultant 1 and all these costs will be deducted from the contract sum by change order. E. Services to be pertor•rned by the Owner's Geotec~hnical Consultant: A representative ' from the .testing company shall be present as needed during stripping, excavating, backflling, and compaction operations and shall perform the following services: 1. Inspect each footing sub-grade to determine if sub-grade materials are acceptable. Perform hand auger borings and soil cPassifications. Make density tests to determine if the ac#ual soils bea'ring' values meet soil bearing values which building design is ~'~ ~Earthuar©rk ~p22pp-2 I'~ ~ ~ ~ Columbia leig~hfs Public Safety~Center Columbia ~Heig~hts, MN Siteworic :Package - July ~1., 2008 i based. ~ 2 .inspect, test and approve soils which acre being ~bro~ught from ofF site and are being '~ used as fill in earthwork operations. a. Inspect, test and approve on-site soils which have been excavated and are permitted to be used as backfll materials. ~~ b. Inspect and test backfill operations within the building area to insure acceptability _ _ of materials being placed; method ~used~ to place bactCfill materials, thickness of layers being placed and compaction of backfill materials. Take density tests as backfilling occurs to insure that material is being compacted in accordance with specified n:quirements. Document a comparison between the original soil testing information (borings) and that found. Also report the oversize excavation and depth of excavation. ' c. Inspect and test backfill operations on exterior side of foundation walls to insure ' acceptability of materials being placed and that materials are being placed and compacted in accordance with the Spec'~fications. d. Inspect and test aggregate base placement to insure acceptability of materials being placed and that materials are being placed and compacted in accordance . with the Specifications. F. Contractors Responsibili Not' ~ Owner's Geotechnical Cons h tY ~Y ultant t ree days rn advance when stripping, excavation, cutting, filling,. and compaction work is scheduled. '~ Earthwork operationswhich require inspection by Owner's Geotechnical Consultant~shall ' not ~be ~perforrned unless Owner's Geotechnical Consultant is present. Coordinate work and cooperate wi~fih Owner's Geotechnical Consultant. !'I ~ 1~.05~ S~l~BMGT~I4LS A. Test ,Reports - Excavating: Swbrnit the following reports direcfly to the Architect, the .Engineer, the Construction Manager, the Building Code official and the Contractorfrom the Owner's Geotechnical Consulant. 1. Test reports on borrow material. 2. Verification of suitability of each footing subgrade material in accordance with ' specfied requirements. 3. Field reports, in-place soil density tests. 4. One optimum moisture -maximum density curve for each type of soil encountered. ' B. Test Reports - Aggrngate Base: Report of actual unconfined compressive strength ~ ~ and/or results of bearing tests of each strata tested. 1.06 REFERENCES ~~ A Minnesota Department of Transportation (MN/DOT) 2000 Edition. 1. Section 3138 -Aggregate for SurtaoE and Base Courses. •~ 2. Section 3149 -Granular Material. 3. Section 3601 - Riprap Material. B. ASTM~ C131, Standard Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Sized Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and irxrpact ~in the ~l.~os Angles Machine. ~~ i 'Ea~tFiwork .~ 0220.0-3 Colurxrbia~ Heights ~PrJblic Safety Center °Colur~n'bia .Heights, :MN Shtework Package -July 21', 2008 C. ASTM,1556, Standard Test Method for Density ~of Soils ~In-Place ~by the Sand Cone Method. D. ASTM D1557, Standard Test Method for Moisture Density Relation of Soils and Soil- ~ggregate Mixtures, using a 10.0 pound Rammer and 18-inch Drop. E, ASTM _ D2487, Standard Test Method for Classfication of Soils for Architecting _ _ _ Purposes. F. ASTM D2822, Standard Test Method for Density of Soils and Soil-Aggregate In-Place by Nuclear Method (Shallow Depth). 1.07 JOB CONDn'IONS A. Site Information: Data from Geotechnical Evaluation report (Braun Intertec Cotp, #SP- 08-01291) included in this project manual was used for the basis of design. This information is not intended as representations or warranties of accuracy or continuity between soils information. ft is expr9essly understood that Owner will not be responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn there from ~by Contractor. Data are made available for cornenience of Contractor. B. Additional test borings or other exploratory operations may be performed by the Contractor, at their option and expense.. C. Existing. Utilities: Locate existing, underg~round~,u#ilities in areas ~of work. If utilities are to nzrnain .ire .place, proriide~ adequate ~~reans ~of support ,and protection during ~eartRii~work. y:: ~o~perai:ior~s. 1~. Should uncharted, orinoornectly charted, piping or other utilities Abe ~encounter+ed during excavation, consult u#ility owner immediately for directions. Cooperate with Owner. and ~utili~ty corrapanies in~ keeping ~tespective~ services and faci~l'rties in operation. Repair damaged utilities to satisfaction of utility owner. 2. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied and used by Owner or others, during occupied hours, except when permitted in writing by Architect and then only after acceptable temporary utility services have been provided. 3. Provide minimum ~of 48-hour notice to the Owner and Architect, and receive written notice to proceedbefore interrupting any.util'ity. 4. Demolish and completely remove from srte existing underground utilities indicated to be removed. Coordinate with utility companies for shut-off of services if I'rnes an: active. D. Use of Explosives: The use of explosives is not permitted. E. Protection of Persons and' Property: Barricade open excavations occurring as part of this work and post with warning lights. 1. Operate warning lights as recommended by authorities having jurisdiction. ' 2. Protect structunrs, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other faalifies from damage caused ~by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout and other hazards created by earthwork operations. 3. Perform excavation ~by hand within drip-line of large trees to remain, Protect the root system from damage ~or dryout to the greatest extent possible. 1lliaintain ~Earlh~r:k ~0220.Or4 i ~ ~ Columbia Heig~hts Public Safety Center Colum~bia'Heights, MN j Sitework Package - July 21, 2008 , ~ moist condition for root system and cover exposed' roots with moistened burlap. ~tl Paint .root cuts of 1'"diameter and larger wifh emulsified asphalt tree paint. PART 2 PRODUCTS ~~ 201 SOIL MATERIALS ; • A. Definfions: B S ~ . atisfactory soil materials are defined as those complying with ASTM D2487 soil . class cation Groups GW, GP, GM, SW and SP. ' C Unsati f t il ri . s ac ory so mate als are defined as those complying with ASTM D2487 soil classification groups GC, SC, SM, ML, MH, CL, CH, OL, OH and PT, except as '' approved by the Owner's Geotechnical Consultant. D. S ubbase Matenal: Naturally or artrFcially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, ~ crushed stone, crushed slag., natural or crushed sand. MN/DOT 3149.2E granular ' bedding. . E. Drainage Fill: MN/•DOT 3149.2) with up to 596 P-200 or MN/DOT 3149.2K or material :~; which the contractor proposes if he submits a sample to the Owner's Geotechnical ^~ Consultant 30 days prior to use. ~^i 1 1 ~~^i •E. Backfll and Ftll Matena~ls: Satisfactory soil ma#eria~ls free of clay,, rock or gravel la•~g~er tMan~ 2 inEhes in any dimension,. debris„ waste., frozen. material's, vegetation and other de'letenous matter. G. Engineered Fill: Granular material as follows: Sieve Size Peroent Passing by Weight 1-1/.2 inch 100°~ ' No. 40 4096 max. No. 200 1096 max H. Aggregate Base: 1. Crushed rock graded according to MN/DOT 3138 Class 5 Gradation as follows: Peroent Passing by Weight Sieve Size More than 60°16 Crushed Less than ~60 i6 Crushed 1 inch 100 100 3/4 inch 90 -100 90 -100 3/8 inch 50 - 90 50 - 90 N~o. 4 35 - 70 35 - 80 No. 10 20 - 55 20 - 65 No. 40 10 - 35 ~ 10 - 35 'No. 200 3 -10 3 -10 2. The coarse aggregate (that portion retained on the No. 4 sieve) shall have a percent of wear of not more than 40 at 500 revolutions as deter.•mined by ASTM C131. Earthwork ~ ~02200~-5~ -~'I ' Coluur~bi~a~ Heights Public Safety Center Columbia :Heights, MIS Sitework Package -July 21~., 2008 3. Class 5~ ,base course ~roatena'4 sf~all contain not 'less than 60 percent crushed aggro9~. 4. Class 5~ aggregate .shall contain ~ not more than 1'0 percent shale in the total sample except that when the part passing a No. 20D sieve exceeds 7 percent, the percentage of shale in the sample shall not exceed 7 percent. 5. Where existing pavements are being reclaimed, Class 7 base course material _ _ _ can be used consisting of recycled bituminous.materials blended with~sands ar~d aggregates to meet the above Class b gradation requirerraents. I. Rip-Rap 1. The Contractor shall furnish only durable, field quarry, stone of the quality ' approved by the Architect meeting the following gradation requirements per AAnDOT 3601, Table 3601-1: A roximatis 9~6 of Tot~al'Mass Sieve Class of RI -Ra S'¢e inches) ~. I 11 111 N V 30 - - - - 100 24 - - - 1.O~D - 21 ~ -- - - - 75 18 - - 100 - - 1~5 - - - _ 75 50 12 - 1~~00 75 50 - 9' - 75 50 - - 6 100 ~ 50 - ~ - 1+0 4 - -- - ~ 1~0~ ~ _ ~ - 3~ 50• - 1~0 - - 2 - 1~0 - - - 1 1~0 ~ - - ~ -- - PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXCAVATION A. F~ccavation is Unclassified, and includes excavation to subgFade~elevations indicated, regardless of character of materials and obstructions encountiered. 7. Firth 1=xcavafion includes excavation of pavements and other obstructions visible on ground surface; underground structures, utilities and other items indicated to be demolished and removed; togetherwitl~ earth and other materials encountered that an: not classified as rock or. unauthorized excavation. 3.02 STABILITY OF EXCAVATIONS A. General: Comply with local codes, ordinances and' n:quir+ements of. agencies having jurisdiction. B. Slope sides of excau~ations to comply with aocal codes and .ordinances having jurisdiction. Shore and .brace where sloping is not.possible because of space;restrictions 'F~rihwork :0220N~fi~ ~'I ~ ~Colu~rnbia t-leights 'Public. Safety Center C.olu.aibia.:Heights, ~IVfN S~dewor~tc Package - ~Ju~ly 21, 2008 •or stability of material exca~rated. ~Ma~intain sides and slopes of excavations in~ safe condition until completion of backfilling. . 3.03 DEWATERING ~~ A. Prevent surface water and subsurface or ground waterfrom flowing into excavations anti from flooding project site and surrounding. area. 1.• Do not allow water to accumulate .in excavations. Remove water to prevent softening of foundation .bottoms, undercutting footings, and soil changes detrimental to stability of subgrades and foundations. Provide and maintain . pumps, well points, sumps, suction and discharge lines, and other dewatering system components .necessary to corney water away from excavations. 2. Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and otherdiversions outside excavation limits to cflnvey rain water and water removed from excavations to collec~ng or run-off areas. Do not use trench excavations as temporary drainage ditches. B. If any contaminated water is discovered,'immediately notify tt~e Owner and Architect of the contamination. ~; 3.04 STORAGE OF EXCAVATED MATERIALS ~~I A. Stockpile satisfactory excavated materials until required for backfill orfiill. Place, grade and shape stockpiles f~.r proper d~ra~inage. Provide erosion. and sediment cflntrol measures in. accorcta~nce with MPCA. guidelines. ~8.. Locate and retain soil ~r~r~ate~rials a~.vay .frown• edge of excavations. ~Do•.not store within drip line of trees indicated to remain. C. Dispose of excess soil material and was#e materials as herein specified. 3.05 EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES ~~~~ Revise pareigraph 3.O~S.A to read as follows: _ -_ V -- - _ _- :. V. „atom Of ava $~,~0~ "A. Txcavations for footings and foundations is ugder separate building contract. ~ ~ .e pla ~ rim •~ bums to rewired linestl grades to~ve solido recei+~e oth rk. 3.06 EXCAVATION FOR PAVEMENTS A. _ Cut surface under pavements to comply with cross-sections, elevations and grades as shown. .'' 3.07 TRENCH EXCAVATIONS FOR PIPES AND CONDUIT A. Excavate trenches to uniform width, sufficiently wide to provide ample working room and a minimum of 6 to 9 inches of clearance on both sides of pipe or conduit. .~ ~ . 1 ~Earthlnro~k 0220.0-7 .i~ Colurn'bia Heights :Public Safety Center ~Coluwnbia• ~hi'eights. MN~ Sitework •I?acka~ge - J.uiy 21, 2008 B. Excavate trer>Ehes and'~conduitto depth••iraiicated or~required'fo~esta'blis~f~ ind;icted.slo~pe and ~ir>r~ert elevafbros and to sw,pport bottom •:of .pipe or conduit on undisturbed soil. Beyond building perimeter, excavate trenches to allow installation of top of pipe below frost line. C. For pipes or conduit less than 6 inches in nominal size, and for flat-bottomed, multiple- ductconduit units, do not excavate beyond indicated deptiis. Hand-excavate bottom cut to accurate elevations and.support pipe or conduit on undisturbed soil. D. For pipes and-equipment 6 inches•or larger in nominal size, shape bottom of trench to fd bottom of pipe for 90 degrees (bottom 1/4 ~af the.arcumference). Fill •depr~essions with tamped .sand backfill. At each pipe joint, dig bell holes to relieve pipe bell of loads ensure continuous bearing of pipe barnel on bearing surface. 3.08 COLD YVEATHER PROTECTION A. Protect excavation bottoms against freezing when atmospheric temperature is less than. 35 degrees F. . 3.09 BACKFILL AND FILL A. General: ~ Place soil material in layers ~ required subgrade elevations, for each area class~~ication listed' Flaw, using r.~naterials~ speoified..in Part 2 of this'Sectiorr~. 7. Under grassed araeas, use satisfectory~excaua~ted or borrow rna~terial. • 2. •Under walks and, pavements, use subbase ~rnaterial, satisfactory excavated ~or ~borH+ow meteria'i, ~Q:F :cormbination. 'Allateria'I toy ~be ~plac~d~ ~o~ bottom of °Base~ Aggregate:ele~veation. 3. Under steps, use subbase ~matenal. • ~~i 4. Under building footings use Engineered i}II: •material'. ®`b "5. Under building slabs use Engineered fill material up W 12" below slab. Sand cushion: ~is under separate bui~ld~ing ~\~ contract" tO t)e Cltalnagemll ma~nal. 6: Under piping and conduit and equipment, use subbase materials where required over rock bearing surface and for correction of unauthorized excavation. Shape excavation bottom to fit bottom 90 degrees of cylinder. •. T. Backlill trenches with concrete where trench excavations pass within 18 inches of column or wall footings and that are cani~sd below bottom of such footings or that pass under wall footings. Place concrete to level of bottom of adjacent footing. a. Concrete is specified in Division 3. b. Do not backfill trenches until tests and inspections have been made and badcfilling is authorized by Owners Geotechnical Consultant. Use care in backflling to avoid damage or displacement of pipe systems. B. Provide flinch-thick concrete base slab support for piping or conduit less than 2'-6" below•surface of roadways. After installation and testing of piping or conduit, provide minimum 4-inch thick encasement (sides and top) of concrete prior to backfilling or ' plaoemer~t• of roadway subbase. C: 8ackiill• excavations as prgmptly as work,peranits, but not until completion of the following: 7. Act:eptance~ of construction I~elow finish grade including:, where applicable, Ea ~rthwork ~ Q220.0?8: ''I Columbia :Heights Public Safety Center ~Colum~bia Heights, ~MN Sitework Package -July 2'1',.2008 ~I darn ~ roofin ~ , waste roofn ~ and rimeter:insul ~ n. pp g, rp g, pe atio ~ 2. ~lnspection, testing, approval, and ,recoMing locations of underground utilities ,~ have been performed and recorded. 3. Removal of concreta formworac. . 4. Removal of shoring acrd bracing, and backfilling of voids with satisfactory ' materials. Cut off temporary sheet piling driven below bottom of structures and . remove in manner to prevent settlement of the structure or utilities, or leave in place if nrquinad. 5. Removal of trash and debris from excavation. 6. Permanent or temporary horizontal bracing is in piaoe on horizontally supported walls. 3.10 PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A. Ground Surface Preparation: Remove vegetation, debris, unsatisfactory soil materials, obstructions, and deleterious materials from ground surface prior to placement of fills. B. Inspection: Prior to placement of fill, excavations shall be inspected by the Testing Agency to verify that all unsuitable materials have been properly removed. Where granular soils are present at the bottom of the excavation, the native soils within 18 inches of the exposed grade shall be compacted with a large vibratory roller to not less than 98°~ standan9 proctor density (ASTM D698). 1'. When existing ground surface has a density less than that specifed under "Compaction" for particular area classification, break up ground surface, ;pulverize, moisture-condition .to optimur.•n moisture content, and oornpact to required~~depth and~:percen~tage of.m~axirnurn density. :~ C. Palace 'backfll' and' fl'I rnateria:ls in layers not mo.~e than 1~2 inches in Loose depth for materia'l' compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 6 inches in Loose depfh~.for material compacted by hand-operated tampers. ~; D. Before compaction, moisten or aerate each layer as necessary to provide optimum ~i moisture content. Compact each layer to required pen~ntage of maximum dry density .. or relative dry density for each area classification. Do not place backfill or fill material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice. E. Place backfll and fill materials evenly adjacent to structures, piping, or conduit to required elevations. Prevent wedging action of backflll against structures or displacement of piping or conduit by carrying material uniformly around structure, piping, or conduit to approximately same elevation in each I'rft. 1 F. Control soil and fill compaction, providing minimum pen~ntage of density speafied for each area classification indicated below. Correct improperiy compacted areas or lifts as directed by Testing Agency,if soil density tests indicate inadequate compaction. G: Percentage of Maximum Density Requirements: Compact soil to not less than the following percentages of maximurrr density, in accordance with ASTM D698: 1. Under structures, building slabs and steps, and pavements, compact top 12 inches of subgrade and each layer of backf II or till material at 98' percent maximum density. ~Ea~ttnrvo~k ~ 0220.©-9. :'I Colwr~bia .Heights Public Safety Center Columbia :Fteights, ~M~1 Sitewor•'k Package - July 2~1•,. 2008 2. Wnder•lawn or •unpaved~ areas; oo ~ ~ pact top 6 inches of subgrade ahd each layer ~of backfill or fill material. at 90 percent maximum density. 3. Underwalkways, compact top 6 inches of subgrade and each layer. of backfill or fill material at 95 peroe~nt maximum density. H. Moisture Control: Where subgrade or layer of soil material must be moisture conditioned before compaction, uniformly apply water to surface of subgrade or layer of soil material. Apply water in minimum quantity as necessary to prevent free water from appearing on surface during or subsequent to compaction operations. (This material is not acceptable for building fill). 1. Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, soil material that is too wet to permit compaction to spec~fed density. 2. Stockpile or spread soil material that has been removed because it is too wet to permit compaction. Assist drying by discing, harrowing, or pulverizing until moisture content is reduced to a satisfactory value. 3.11 GRADING A. General: Uniformly grade areas within limits of grading under this section, including adjacent transition areas. Smooth finished surface within specified tolerances, compact with uniform levels or slopes between points where elevations are indicated, or between suer points and existing grades. B. Grading Outside Building Lines: Grade areas adjacent to •building lines to drain away from str~rct~,rres and; to prevent ponding. Finish surfaces free .from i~r~neg~ular surface changes and as. follows: 1'. 'Lawn ~or ~U~npaved. Areas: 'Finish areas to ,nrceive• topsoil to wittrin~ not •more •tha~n• 0.10-foot above •oF •below required subgrade e~levafions. 2. ~V~41a•Iks: Shape surface of areas •under walks to line, grade, and cross-section, with finish surface not mote than 0.10-foot above or below .required subgrade elevation. 3. Pavemerrts: Shape surface or areas under pavement to line, grade, and cross-• section, with finish surface not more than 0.5-inch above or below required • subgrade elevation. C. Grading Surface of Fill Under Building Slabs: Grade smooth and even, fn:e of voids, compacted as speafied, and to sequined elevation. Provide final grades within a tolerance of 0.5-inch when tested with a 10' straightedge. D. Compaction: After grading, compact subgrade surfaces.to the depth and indicated percentage of maximum or relative density for each area classification. E. Grading Surface of Fill under Building Slabs: Grade smooth and even, fn+e of voids, compacted• as specfied and to required elevation. Provide final grades within a tolerance of 0.5-inch •when tested with a 10-foot straightedge. F. Compaction: After grading, compact subgrade surfaces to the depth and indicated •peroentage of Rnax'unum or relative density for each classficat~on. ,Earthwork ~ •02200=1+0 !'I ~Colum~bia .H'eights Public Safiety Center Co'lur~bia• Heights, ,M'N~ ~I Sitework 'P'ackage - .fiuGy 21, 2008 3.72 AGGREGATE ~BAS'E COU~RSf A. General: Aggregate base course consists of placing subbase material, in layers of specified thickness, over subgrade surface to support.a pavement base course. B. Placing: Deposit and spread in uniform 6-inch maximum thickness layers (after compaction) without segregation of size. • ' C. Compaction: Compact each layer of material to at least 98°~6 of maximum dry density as ' determined in accordance with ASTM D698, The Standard Proctor Method. Use equipment that is consistently capable of achieving the required degree of compaction. Compact each layer over its entire area while the material is at the required moisture content. 7. Apply water to the material if the moisture content is below optimum during the ' mixing, spreading and compacting operations, when and in the amounts directed by the Architect, as considered necessary for proper compactoon. . 3.73 DRAINAGE COURSE A. General: Drainage course consists of placement of drainage fill material, in layers of indicated thickness, over subgrade surface. ~~ B. Placing: Place drains a fill ,material on re . red sub rade in la~ ~.ers of uniform g P I?a 9 Y thickness, conforming to indicated cross-section and thickness. Malrrtain optimum ,~ moisture conterAt for compacting ~materia4 during ~pl'acementoperations. 1.. ~V1t'hen: a co ~ ~ ~padted' drainage oour~se is indica~ted~ to~ be 6 •inches tihick or less, place material,in a single layer. When ~indicated~ to.be more~fha~n 6 inches thick, place maternal in equal layers, e~ccept'no single IaKe~r more than ~6 pinches ~or less ~~ than 3 inches in thid~ness when compacted. C. Install draintile as indicated on the plans. 3.14 RIP RAP MATERIAL PLACEMENT A. Deposit and spread in uniform •layers as shown on the Plans. The placement of the rip • rap shall be performed in a manner to not break any of the rocks into smaller pieces. B. The rip rap material shall be placed over soil separation fabric, unless othervvise specifed. • 3.15 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL ' A. Quality Control Testing During Construction: The contractor shall cooperate with the Owner's Geotechnical Consultant and inform them of the proper timing to inspect and .'; approve su.bgrades and flll layers before further construction work is performed. 7. Perform field density tests .ire accordance with ASTM D 1556 (sand cone method) or ASTM D 2167 (rubber balloon method), as applicable. a. Field density tests may also be performed by the nuclear .method in . ~ accordance with ASTM D 2922,. providing that calibration curves are • .periodically checked and adjusted to correlate to tests performed: using .. ~Earfl~wor;1F X02200=1~1° Cdlurn'bia~ Heights :Public Safe'Ey Center . Columbia Heights; MN Sitework PaEkage -July 21, 2008 ASTM,D 1556. tr conjunction with•each dens~ity~caiibration~~check, checkthe calibration curves furnished with the moisture gages in accordance with ASTM D 3017. b. If field tests are performed using nuclear methods, make calibration checks of both density and .moisture gages at beginning of work, on each different type of ~rnaterial encountered, and at intervals as directed by the ArchRect. B. Test fill materials with one mechanical analysis, AST11A D 422, per 1000 tons or per 550 cubic yards of each soil type used for f II. Materials not conforming with the approved material qualfication tests will be rejected. Compaction testing schedule to be the following minimums: Minimum °~ Minimum Tests/ Descriation Standard Proctor Unit Area/Lift Natural sub-grade 90% 1/250 sq. yds. Interior building fill 100% (below 898) 1/100 sq. yds. 98% (above 898) Fill under building foundations. 100% (below 898) 1/5a sq. yd's. or min. of 98% (above 898) one per new footing. Pad location :per lift. Exterior •build~ing fill 90%. 1~/500~ sq. yds. Fill' °undeer paved and' concrete 1'0.0% (top 3') 1 /2'50 sq: yds. areas '95% •(below ~') Class 5 material under slabs. 98% ~ 1./1'00 sq. yds. Landscape f II areas 90°r6' 1 /250 ~sq. yds. C. ~Fietd~ Density Test Report shall clearly identify the following information for each test: 1. Horizontal and vertical location of test. . 2. Material type being tested. 3. Proctor test method. 4: Maximum ,proctor density. 5. Specified density. 6. Optimum moisture density: 7. Field test method. $. Actual moisture content. 9. Actual dry density. ~ _ 10. Pass/fail indication. D. Do not submit reports of failing tests without follow-up report of re-working area end passing re-tests. Submitted test reports without specfied information will be n:turned for revision and re=subrniital. ~Ea~r~iwotlc ~022~00=1~2 !~ ~ ~ Colu!m~bia ~Heigh#s'Public Safety Center ' Col`u~:nbia :Heights, 'MN ;~ Sitework Package -July 21, 2008 ! •E. Excavate, replace at near optimum moisture, and ~re-compact all areas failing to meet compaction requirements. Re=test all repa~in:d areas which initially failed to meet specked density. All re-testing costs will be deducted from the contract sum by change ortier. F. Footing Subgrade: For each strata of soil on which footings will be placed, conduct at least one test to verify required design bearing capacities. Subsequent verification and approval of each footing subgrade may be based on a visual comparison of each subgrade with related tested strata, when acceptable to Architect/Architect. G. Paved Areas and Building Slab Subgrade: Make at least one field density test of subgrade for every 2,000 sq. ft. of paved area or buikding slab, but in no case less than 3 '. tests. In each compacted fill layer, make one fold density test for every 2000 sq. ft. of overlaying building slab or paved area for each 6 inch depth of material, but in no case less than 3 tests and one test per 12 inch depth. '~ H. Foundation Wall B ackfill. Take feld density tests, at locations and elevations as _. directed. ~' •I. If in opinion of Architect, based on testing service reports and inspection, subgrade or flls that have been placed are below specified density, perform additional compaction ~ and testing until specked density is obtained. 3.16 EROSION CONTROL ° ' . A:. it nstallation and Mai~ntena7lce 1'. Insta~lla~tion techniques shall be in accordance with fhe.Minnesota••Construction . Site •Erosi~on and Sediment Control' Planning Handbook and Minnesota Pollution ~ Control Agency Best .Management Practices. Prior •to •commencing any site or demolition wo~ric., the Contractor shall install all erosion control systems as shown on the plans. As the work progresses, the Co ntractor shall install and maintain the erosion' control measures as indicated in the following implementation schedule. Item Installation Removal . Silt Fence Prior to any construction By Contractor after turf is _ established and paving is .completed Existing Catch Prior to any construction By Contractor after turf is Basin Inlet established and paving is Protection completed ~~ New Catch As catch basins are By Contractor after turf is Basin Inlet constructed established and paving is Prfltection completed ' ~~ Temporary As needed By Contractor praor to f na;l Seeding restoration -~~ ~ R' i ~ ~ ; evegetat on As areas •a~ co rn pleted! Permanent 'Earthwork ~022~0.0=1~3 .~ ~Colurn'bia He~igihts Public Safety Center ~Co'lurribia ~kleights, ~MN S'i~tework .PaEkage - .tiny 21, 2008 l"he Contraotor shall inspect and make repairs to all erosi~ora control systems after each rainfall event and/or every 7 days. The contractor shall remove all' accumulated silt and repair washout areas. B. Inspection: 1. The Contractor shall inspect silt fences immediately after each rainfall and at least daily during prolonged rainfall, and/or every 7 days. Immediately repair failed or failing silt fences. C. Replacement: 1. Fabric shall be replaced promptly by the Contractor when it decomposes or becomes ineffective before the barrier is no longer necessary. D. Sediment Removal: 1. Sediment deposits shall be removed after each storm event by the Contractor. The sediment must be removed when deposits reach approximatelyone-half the height of the barrier or 1/3 the volume of the device. 2. Any sediment remaining in place afterthe siltfence is no longer n:quired shall be regraded to conform to the existing grade. All affected areas shall be prepared, topsoil placed and seeded or sodded as directed by the Architect. • .E. SWPPP revisions: 1. The erosion control measures shown on the plans are the absolute rninirnum. The contractor sttiall imple ~, ent additional ~rneasures as needed for: sxaging„ ;phasing, or seasonal ~nurember~variations. 2. The Stomawater'Poll~rtion~ Prevention Plar~~ sMa~ll 'be kept ~on~site at all times and amended as need'ed' perthe IVIPCA Generals Storrnwater Perrn~it for constructiom• activ'~y requirements. F. Cleanup: • .1. Anyoff-site accumulation of construction sediment shall be remaved~ to minimize off-site impacts. The cause of the off-site acxumulaton shall be reviewed and the SWPPP shall be revised accordingly. 2. Sllt•fences shall be removed when they have served their useful purpose, but not before the upward sloping area has been permanently satisfied. I.f the upward • sloping area is to be exposed longer than six (6) months, that area shall be covered with temporary vegetation when first exposed. 3.17 MAINTENANCE A. Protection of Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. B. Repair and re-establish grades in settled, eroded, and rutted areas to specked tolerances. C. Reconditioning Compacted Areas: Where completed compacted areas are disturbed by subsequent construction operations or adverse weather, scarify surface, re-shape, and ~cornpact to required de~nsity,prior to further construction. ,Earthwork 02200-fi4 1 1 '1 ~'1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' Colurn~bia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN ' S'ixework Package - Juts 21, 2008 D. Setfling:Where~ selling pis rneasura'ble or observable at~excavated areas during general .project warranty period, remove surface (pavement, lawn or other f Wish), add ~backtiGl material, compact, and replace surface treatment. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of surface or fnish to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to~greatest extent possible. . 3.18 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. Removal from Owner's Property: Remove trash, debris, and waste materials, and dispose of it off Ovmer's property. Excess excavated materials maybe stockpiled or distributed on Owners property as directed by the Architect. END OF SECTION ~Eartl~~work - - 02200=1°6 1 1 1 1 i r ' Storlmwater P.olluti~o~n Prevention Plan (SWPPP). . . ~'o comply with the General ~Stormwater Permit for Construction Activity (MN R104001} IMPORTANT: Before completing this SWPPP, you must read and understand the requirements in the General . ..Stotmwater Permit for Construction Activity (Iul1V R100001) available from MPCA at .h~tp://www.nca.state,mn.us/water/stormwater/index.html. An overview of the permit is available from MPCA at httD://www.bCa.Btgte.mn_uxlnuh~licatinnx/wn.strm2-AS nrif . Construction Activl Informa0on • Pro'ect Name Columbia Hei hts Public Sale Center Pro'ect Location Briefly describe where cons~ction activity occurs. Include address ifavallable 825 41st Ave. N.E. City or Township Columbia Hei ~ is State, Zip Code IvIN, 55421 Latitude and longitude of approximate centroid of project 45.043~054N, -93.249443 W Method of collection of latitude/longitude: Online tool All cities where construction will occur ~Colutn~bia Hei ~ is All counties where construction will. occur . Anoka Coup All townships where construction will occur Pro'ect Size :n.umber of acres to be distu.rbed~ 4.00' Pro ect 7 . e Residential ~ ^ Commercial/lndustriel Road Construction Residential and Road Const. Other descnbe~ Cumulative :Ire ervious Surtace . ~ . ~cistin area of im ~ ions surface 1.50 to the nearest ~ ostler acre Post construction area~of im ~ ervious surface 3.25 ,to the nearest . uarter acre Receivin Wate rs Water Body 1D* . Name o! Water Body Type (ditch, pond, ~ vretlend, lake, st~sam, river) Special Water? (See Stormwater Permit Appendix A) Immpsired WaterY* ~' (See Stomiwater Permit A dix A None ~ Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No *Water Body ID might not be available for all water bodies. Use the Special and Impaired• Waters Search Tool at: www.pca.state.mn.us/water/stormwaterlstormwater-c.htrnT ** Impaired water for the following pol'lutant(s) or stressor{s): phosphorus, turbidity,, d~issolved~ oxygen, or biotic ' ~ sirrnerrt Dates of Construction . Construction Start Date / / 2008 ~ ~ Estimated Completion Date / / . City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Phase One Site Work Bid Addendum Number One ~ August 7, 2008 ta•I 861 483-6701• fax 8'61 483-2574 www.buetowa~rc.hltecta.co~m Page 4 of19 '~ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ~onraci mromtanon Owner of the Site Business of Firm Neme Cis of .Colurnbi~a Hei ~ ~ is ~ ~ . Last Name First Name Title E-mail' ~ Telephone Feh Walt - Cit Administrator 763.-706-3600 Mailing Address 590 4A'~ A NE City • ~ State Zip Code venue Columbia Hei ~ is MN 55421 Alternate Corrtact Last Name First Name limait Telephone Haasen, Kevin ~ kevin.hansen(a3ci.columbia- 763-706-3703 he' n.us Contractor Person who will oversee im lamentation of the SWPPP Business of Firm Name . Lest Neme First Name Title E-mail Telephone Mailing Address City ~ State Zip Code Alternate Contact Last Name First Name &ma~il Telephone ( Party Responsible for Long Term Operation and Maintenance of the Permanent Stormwater Mana ement S stem Business of Firm Name • Ci of Columbia Hei ~ ~ ~ is -Public Works De arfinerrt LastName First Name Title ~ E-mail Telephone: Hansen Kevin Public Works Director ~ kevin.hansen(a~ci.columbia- 763-706-3705 hei ts.tnn.us Mailing Address ~ City State Zip Code 637 3'8s' Ave NE Columbia Hei hts MN 55421 . • Alternate Contact Last Name First Name ~ ~ E-mail Telephone I Describe.the construction activity (what will be built, general timeline, etc.) A public safety building is proposed to be constructed with multiple parking lots and related utilities. A pond and bio-retention basin will also be constructed for storm water treatment: Describe soil types found at the project. . The existing fill extended to depths of between 1-20 feet. The existing fill consisted of poorly graded sand (SP) and poorly graded sand with silt (SP-SM), clayey sand (SC) and sandy lean clay (CL). The fill was~shades of brown and gray and was typically moist, but occasionally wet. The glacial till that was encountered was at depths between 7.5-25 feet. The glaci°al till consisted of sandy lean clay {CL) and clayey sand' (SC) that was shades of gray. and red brown and was • enerall moist to wet. City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center .Phase One .Site W.or~E Bid Addendum Number One August 7, 2008 tel 881 488•-8701 fax 881 483-2'574 www.bueto•ws~rc.hitecta.com Page S of 29 i general site infonna#ion (III.A) ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ . Describe the location and type of all. temporary and permanent erosion prevention and sediment control BMPs. lrrclude the timing for installation and procedures used ro establish additional temporary BMPs as necessary. (lll:A.4.a) . . • Temporary BIVIP's consist of silt fence; catch basin inlet protection, and rock construction entrances. Permanent BIvI~P''s: consist' of seed~ig, grassed swales, pond,. and bio-retention basin. The Erosion Control Plan, sheet C3, shows the.locations for the B11~IP's and lists requirements for erosion and sediment• control measures. Attach•to this SWPPP a table with the anticipated quantities for the life of the project for all erosion prevention and sedimentcontrol BMPs (ill. A. 4.b) BMP ~ ~ tit 'Unit Perimeter.Silt Fence 1,700 lineal feet Intermediate Silt Fence 420 lineal feet Rock Construction Entrance ~ 4 each Inlet Protection 15 each Ditcli Checks 8 each ~ . Concrete Washout Station ' ~ 1 each . Rip-Rap at F.E.S /curb cuts 5 each Attach to this SWPPP a site map that includes the following features (lllid.3. b -,~: • Existing and fnal•grades, including dividing lfiaes and direction of flow for all pre and post-construct~ion~ stormwater runo,,~''drainage areas located within the project limits. • Locations of impervious surfaces and soiT,types. ' • Locations of areas not to ~be disturljed. • Al! surface waters and existing wetlands within 1 mile from the project boundaries that will receive stormwater runo,,~"from tics site (identfu:ble on maps such as FISGS 7.S minute quadrangle maps ur equiu~alent). Where surface waters recen-ing runo,,~''associated with construction activity will not fit on the plan sheet, they must be identifred wuh an•arrow, indicating both~dtrectton and distance to the surface water. • Methods to ~6e .used for final stabilization of al! exposed soil areas. (Attach reduced size of construction plans) Were stormwater mitigation measures required as the result of an environnren[a~ archaeological, or other required local, state, or federal review of the project? If yes, describe how these measures were addressed in the SWPPP. (ITI.A:ti.) No. is the project located in a karst area such that additional measures would be necessary to protect drinking water supply'management areas as described in Minn. R. chapters 7050 and 7060? Ifyes, describe the additional measures to be used (IILA.7.) No. ~ . City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Phase One Site Work Bid . •' Addendum Number One ~ August 7, 2008 Page 6 of 29 i tel~ 851 4.8.8.6701 tax 861 488-2674 www.buetowa•rchiteota.com .' ' 1 .' Does the site discharge to a calcareous fen listed in Minn R 7030.0180, subp. 6.b.T Ifyes, a letter ofApproval from the Minnesota Dept~rbnent of Natural Resources must be obtained prior to.application for this permit. (Part I B.6 and Part I11.A.8} No. '~ Does the site discharge to a water that is listed as impaired for the following pollutant(s) or stresaor(s): phosphorus, turbidity, dissolved oxygen or biotic impa#rment? Use the.Special andlmpaired Waters Search~Toal ' at: wtivw nca sttrte mn •asfwater/stormwater/stormwater-c htm~ If no, skip to next box. . No. Does the Impaired water have an.approyed TMDL with an Approved Waste Load Allocation for construction activityT If yes: a. List the receivtrrg water, the areas of the site discharging to !t, and the pollutant(s) ident~ed in the TMDL • b. List the BMPs and any other speck construction stormwater related implementation. activities • identified in•the TMDL. • N/A !f the site has a discharge point within one mile of the impaired water and the water f lows to the impaired water but no specific BMPs for construction acre identified in the TMDL, the additional BMPs in Appendix A (C.l and C.2) must be added to the SWPPP and implemented. (!lLA.7). The additional BMPs•only opply~to those portions of the•project that drain to one ofthe ident~ed discharge points. • N/A~ '~ 1 1 Training .is required for all permitted projects after February 1, 2010. It must be provided by entities with expertise in erosion prevention,. sediment control or permanent stormwater management ~ T~atntng must be focused on the individual's job duties•as they relate to the permit requirements (Part Ill.A.Z). Who must•be •traiered? . • / Indn-idual(s) preparing the SWPPP for the project / individual(s) overseeing the implementation of, revising and. amendt»g the SWPPP and tndivrchtals performing inspections required by the permit / individuals performing or supervising the installation, maintenance or repair of BMPs Attach to this SWPPP: Names of the personnel trained; dates of training; name of instructor(s) acrd entity providing training; content of training course or workshop (including number of hours of training) Initial. `bidding' SWPPP: Eric G. Meyer, P.E., Larson Eng,'~ t I. Final SWPPP: 1 1 1 SWPPP Implementation: SWPPP inspections: BMP Installation: BMP City of Cohrnibia Xeights Public Safety Center Phase One Site Work Bid Addendum N:rmber One August 7, 2008 tel 661 488-6701 fax 661 4B3-2674 www.b~uetowarch.ftecta.com Page 7~of29 1 1 J 1 1. • Selection of a Penna~nent~Stonmwater IiAana ~ ement'S stem III.C Wtl! the project create a new cumulative impervious surface greater ihan•or equal to one acre? rates No If yes, ~a water quality vohrme of % inch of runo,~'frorn ihu area must be treated before leaving the site or entering surface waters (1 inch if discharging to specia•1 waters). Descrtbe'w)iich method will be used to treat runo,,~`from. the new impervious surfaces created by the project (III.C): • Wet~sedirnentation basin . • Bio-retention basin Inchcde all calculatio>7s and:design information for the meihodselected See Part tll.C of the permit for specific requirements associated with each method ' Runoff Rates Summary (in cubic feet per second):. ' Total (reach) Existing 3.77 ao) P sed ~ 4.02 ac) • 2- ~ 24hr event &.00 8.19 10-yr ~24hr event 1.2.96 12.94 100-yr 24 hr event 17.54 16.41 100-yr 10-day snowtnelt 1.79 1.79 Pond~ine Data Retention Pond Elevation ft Surface Aria ~..s ~ ft Bottom ~ 902.00 1251 Outlet, 9.06..00 5,300 Hi ~ ~ ~ Water Level 907.7.5 20 800 Bio-Retention Hasin Elevation ~ H Surface Area a H Bottom 903.00 ~ ' 1 200 Outlet 904.80 4,332 ' Hi h Water Level - .905.86 10,800 Water Quality Summa Retention Pond Design: Drainage Area Impervious Imp. Area ' Runoff depth Water Qualty Volume 1.62 acres 76 1.231 acres 0.5 inches 2235 cubic feet City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Phase One Site Work Bid Addendrtm Number D.ne August 7, 2008 ~'~ te.l 881 48$-8701 ' tax 851 483-2574 1Nww.buetowarchltect8.co~m ~1 ' Page 8 of29 1 • PROPOSED POND . NPDES' PERNIIT RE UIREMENTS Permanent sto ~ , e '• 9 900 Cu. Ft. 1VIIN:1 800 Cu. FtJ,~1c 2 916 Cu. Ft. Water ali~ Volume 2,235 cubic feet Nonmal~ Water Level 906.00 Water ~ ~ i~ th* 0.4 feet . Water Quality Elevation ~ 906.4 . ~ Surface Acre at W V* square 5 652 feet _ Outflow at W E* ~ 0.63 cfs . MAX:• 5.66 ~ ~ ' cfs/ W = 0.73 cfs If it is not feasible to meet the treatment requirement for the water quality vohrme, describe why. This.can •include proximity to bedrock or road projects where the lack of right of way precludes the vrstaNation .of arr,~ permanent stormwater management practices. Describe what other treatment, such as grasses swales, smaller ponds, or.grit chambers, will be~tmplemented to treat runo,,~''prior to discharge to surface. waters (III.C) Water Quality Volume rcquirements are met ' !f proposing an alternative method to treat runo,,~Q'from the new impervious surfaces, describe, leow this alternative will achieve approximately 80°rb removal of total suspended solids on an annual crverage basis (III.C.S)..NOTE: If . I proposing an alternative method you must submit your SWPPP to bIPCA at least 90 days prior to the.stdrting date of • ~ the construction activity. No alternate methods proposed. 1 Eros~io~n Prevention Practices ~~N:B Describe construction phasin& vegetative br~"er strips, horizontal slope grading and other construction practices to minimize erosion. Delineate areas not to be dishrrbed (e.g., with,~lags, stakes, signs, silt fence, etc.) before work begins. Silt fence' will outline the perimeter of the site insuring all sediment maintained in the construction limits. Describe temporary erosion protection or permanent.caver used for exposed soil. All exposedsoil areas must be stabilized as soon as possible but fn no case later than 14 days ajTer the construetton activity in that portion of the site has temporarily or permanently (part IY B.2) Install temporary erosion control measure (inlet protection, silt fence, and rock construction entrances) prior to beginning any excavation or demolition. For drainage or diversion ditches, describe practices to stabilize the normal welted perimeter within 200 lineal feet of the property edge or point of discharge to surface water. The remaining portions of the temporary or permanent . ditch or Swale must be stabilized within I4 days after connecting to surface waters and construction in that portion the ditch has tem ari or rmanent ceased. City of.Columbia Fleights Public .Safety Center Phase One Site Work Bid Addendum Number One August 7, 20.08 Page 9 of 29 '' tel 651 483-6701 fax 651 4a'9-.2574 www .buetowsrch4tects.co•m t 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 l The erosion control measures shown on the erosion control plan are the absolute in'inimum. The contractor shall install temporary earth dikes, sedunent traps or basins, additional siltation fencing, and/or disk the soil parallel to the contours as deemed necessary to further •contml erosion. All changes and/or additional measures shall be recorded in the SSPPP. Describe other erosion prevention practices (list and describe). Vegetated swales, storm sewer pipe, rip rap, and rock construction entrances are all pre~•ention practices intended for this project. Sediment Control Pracfices N.C Describe •sediment control practices used to minimize sediments from entering surface waters, including curb and gutter systems and storm drain inlets. At a minimum, these sediment control practices must int;lude: • • Sediment controls for temporary or permanent drainage ditches .and sediment basins that are designed as part of a treatment system • Installation of check dams or other grade controTpractice to ensure sheet flow and prevent rills ' (for slope lengths greater than 75 feet with• a~ grade of 3:1 or steeper). • Sediment control practices on all down gadient perimeters prior to land distwrbing activities. • Storm drain inlet protection for all inlets. • Silt fencing or other sediment control surrounding temporary soil stockpiles. • Minimize vehicle tacking of sediments (e.g., stone pads, concrete or steel wash racks, or • equivalent systems). • Street sweeping of tacked sediment. . • Tempoary sedimentation basins (see Part 1~ll.B): 5. Dewaterln ~ and Basin Drai~n~ing IV.D: Will the ect include dewaterin or basin d~ainin .. Yes ^ No , If yes, describe BA1Ps used so the discharge does not adversely affect the receiving water or downstream landowners. •N/A Additional BMPs for Special Waters and Discharges to Wetiands jAppendix A, Parts C a:nd D Special Waters. Does your project discharge to special waters? Yes ^ No Ij no, skip to Wetlands section below. Ifpro~ximity to bedrock or road projects where the lack of right of way precludes the installation of arry of the permanent stormwater management practices, then other treatment such as grassed swales, smaller ponds, or grit chambers is required prior to discharge to s:erface waters. Describe what oilier treatment will be provfded. N/A City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Phase One Site Work Bid Addendum Number One August 7, 2008 tei 657 48s-8701• fax 651 483-2574 www.buetowa•rc~h,ltects.co~m Page 10 of29 1 1 1 1 1 1 Describe erosion and~sediment controls for exposed soli areas with a contimrous positive slope to a special waters, and temporary sediment basins for areas that drain S or more acres disturbed at one time. N/A Describe the undisturbed bti,,~'er zone to be used (not less than ]00 linear feet from lhe.special water). N/A Describe .how the permanent stornrwater management system will ensure that the pre and post project ru~w,,~"rate and vohune from the 1, and 2 year 2¢hour precipitation events remains the same. N/A Describe haw the•perma~nt stormwater management system will minimize a~tty increase in the temperature of trout stream receiving waters resulting in the 1, and 2 year 24-hour precipitation events. N/A Wetlands. Does your project discharge stormwater with the potential for sign cant adverse impacts to a wetland .e.., conversion o ~ a natural wetland to a stormwater n ? Yes ^ No !f Yes, describe the wetland mitigation sequence that will be followed in accordance with Part D of Appendix A. N/A • Ins. ~ e~tions a~n'd ~Ma~intsnance •IV.E • Describe procedures to rofetinely inspect the construction site: • Once every seven (7)~days during active construction and; ' • Witli~in 24 hours after•a rainfall event greater than 0.5 inches in 24 hours, and' within seven (7) days after that. inspections must include stabilized areas, erosion prevention and'sediment control B' IV)Ps, and infiltration areas. All inspections shall be recorded in the SWPPP. Pollution Prevention Mena ement Measures •IV.F • Describe practices to properly manage and dispose ofsolld waste, including !rash (1V.F.1) Collected sediment, asphalt and concrete millings, floating debris, paper, plastic, fabric, construction and demolition debris and other wastes must be disposed of properly and must comply with MPCA disposal requirements. Describedpractices to properly manage hazardous materials (lY.F.2J. Oil, gasoline, paint and any hazardous substances must be properly stored, including secondary containment, to prevent spills, leaks or other discharge. Restricted access to storage areas must be provided to prevent vandalism. Storage and disposal of hazardous waste must be in compliance with MPCA regulations. . City of Columbia Heights Public Safety .Center Phase One Site Work Bid Addendum Number One August 7, 2FJ08 tel 851 48H-8701 fax 651 489-2574 w•ww.bu~etorirarch~itects.oom Page 11 of 29. 1 1 1 1 1 1 J Describe practices for external washing of trucks and other construction vehicles (lY.F.3) External washing of trucks and other construction vehicles must be limited to a defined area of the' site. Runoff must be coirtained and waste .properly disposed of. No engine degreasing is allowed on site. . Describe how are you going to provide a safe, Jake proof concrete washout on site (!V F.4): All liquid and solid wastes generated by~ concrete. washout operations must •be contained in a leak-proof containmem facility or:irnpeameable liner. A compacted clay liner that does not allow washout liquids to enter ground, and there must not be runoff from the concrete washout operations or areas. Liquid and solid wastes must be disposed of •properly and in compliance with 1VIl'CA regulations.• A sign must be installed adjacent m each washout facility to inform concrete operators to utilize the proper facilities. ~ • Describe your spill prevention It- the event of an accidental spill or slug load that reaches tlie:sanitary sewer or storm drain system, the contractor is required to immediately notify the City of.Columbia Heights Publia• Works. Descr. ibe measures to address sanitary and septic waste. Sto and d~ Deal of waste must be in compliance with lvil'CA ~res<ulations. Final Sta~bilization~ IV.G Describe how you will achieve final stabilisation of the site (lV.G). Check to make sure that turf has. been established such that•the erod~g has been minimized and the _proposed conditions have stabilized. Records Retention .I.II:.D~ . Describe your record retemion procedures (must be kept at the sate) (IIl:D). Records• must include: Copy of SWPPP and any changes • Ti~ain~ing documentation (III.A.2.) • inspection and maintenance records • Permanent operation and m~sintenance agreements • Ca~Iculations for the design of temporary, and permanent stormwater management systems. . Records shall be k t on file for three (3 ors after submittal of the Notice of Termination. City of Columbia. Heights Public Safety Center Phase One Site Mork Bid Addendum Number One August 7, 2008 tel 661 485-6701 iax 651 483-2574 www.buetowa~rc.h~ltecta.com• Page 12 of 29 :~ ~~ Co~lu,rnbia ~liei~ghts Public Safety Center ~Col~urnbia H.eig;hts, MAN ,~ Sitework Package - J.u'I•y 21~, .2008 S'ECTI'ON' 02240 G'EOTEXTILES/FAB~RICS PART 1 GENERAL ~ ~ - ~ - - ~ ~1~07 S~JMMARY ~ - ~ - - ~ - - - - A. Section Includes: ' 1. Soil separation fabric. 2. Silt fence fabric. 3. Soil reinforcement fabric. 7.02 REFERENCES ' ~ A. ASTM D3786, Test Method for H draulic Burstin Stren th of Knitted Goods and Y 9 9 non-viroven Fabrics. B. ,ASTM D4491, Test Method for Water Permeability of Geotextiles by Perrriittivity. . C. ASTM D4533, Test Method for Trapezoid Tearing Strength of Geotext~iles. D. ASTM D4~6~32, Test Method for Breaking Load' and Elongation of Geotexti.les. ';~ 1.A3~ SU~B~MITTALS A. Submit to~ the Arbfi~ilect. cert~cation from. the .geotextile :rnanufiactunrr .that the fabrics ~~ ~ used in the Work meets the specifications. ~B. Submit to the Architect certifiication from the supplier stating which specified tack '~~ coat material will be used in the Work. PART 2 PRODUCTS i 2.01 SOIL SEPARATION FABRIC A. A highly permeable non-woven fabric with a random arrangement of fbers heat bonded at crossover points, or spun bonded and mechanically entangled by needle punching or other acceptable methods, with the following properties. '' Apparent Opening Size USS #100 maximum Minimum Weight 3.7 oz/sq. yd. Tensile Strength, ASTM D4632 100 Ib. minimum each direction '1i Burst, ASTM D3786 215 psi minimum Elongation to Break, Wet °r6, ASTM D4632 1'00 maximum ' Coefficient of Permeability,. ASTM ~D4~91 0.02 cm/sec. ~M~inirnum . B. The fabric shall readily conform to fhe soil surface. "~,I - ~Geotex~il'es/~Fabrics~ ~ 02240-1~ ;~ Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia ;Heig!hts, ~M'~ 'Sftewo~rk Package - Ju4y 21, 2008 2.®2 S.NLT F~E'N'C°E FABRIC A. A woven fabric of polypropylene fbers treated to resist degradation caused by exposure to sunlight, resistant to soil chemicals, mildew, and insects. The fabric shall be non-biodegradable with the following properties: Average Opening Size USS #20 maximum Minimum Weight 2.5 oz/sq. yd. ' Tearing Strength, ASTM D4533 90 Ib. minimum Sediment Retention Efficiency 80°i6 minimum Coefficient of Permeability, ASTM D4491 0.01 cm/sec. minimum B. The silt fence shall be ultraviolet stable and have high tear resistance and low permeability. . 2.03 SOIL REINFORCAAENT FABRIC A. A regular grid structure fabric formed by uniaxially drawing a continuous sheet of select high-density polyethylene material with aperature geometry and rib and junction cross-sections sufficient to permit significant mechanical interlock with the raaterial'being reinforced, with the following properties. Property Vest. iAethod~ Ilnteriook Apertures J..cD. Callipered' "'*AtIID~ t1A'a~awfactured direction of f bens "*CMD Cross ~ra~anufactured~ directton•.of fibe~rs• Open Area ~COE Method Thickness ASTM D1777 Ribs Junctions Reinforcement Long Term Design ~ GR~I. GG3-87 Load MD'* Flexura) Rigidity ~• ASTM D1388 Junctions GRI GG2-87 Strength Efficiency Material • High Density Polyethelene ASTM D1248 Type l:ll Class A Grade 5 Carbon Black ASTM 4218 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.07 SOIL SEPARATION FABRIC A. Excavate to the dimensions shovun~ on~ the drawings. Geotexlil~es~FabnES. Value 5.70.' ~in~. 0•:66 ,irY. ;6096 0.050 in. 0.170 in. 2,300 IbJft min. 4,700 mg/cm rein. 5,000 Ib/ft rein. 9096 97:596 min. 2.096 min. 02240-2 ~ ~I Columbia Heights~'P~ublic Safety Center ~ ~ _ Co'I.umbia~ Heights., M~N Sitework Package -July 2'1', 2008' :B. The foundation surface shall ~be~ relatively s°mooth and free of stones, sticks, and other debris or irregularities that might puncture the fabric. C. Line the excavation with the fabric. Overlap splices and joints a minimum of 18 ~ inches. Joint laps shall 'be shingled (both in flow direction and from top of slope to bottom) to direct water flow over the joint without undermining. D. Place the aggregate over the fabric in lifts and compact. Placement of granular ' material and other construction operations shall not tear, puncture, or shift the fabric. E. Wrap the edge of the fabric over the top of the aggregate a minimum of 12 inches. 3.02 SILT FENCE FABRIC A. Erect posts to support the silt fence fabric with post spacing maximum of 8 feet on- center. ' B. Install the fabric and firmly attach to the posts.' Dig a trench along the intended face line and cover the fabric, or lay the bottom 6 inches on the ground and backfill over the fabric to create a good, seal. 3.03, SOIL REINFORCEMENT FABRIC A. Orient ,tl~e fabric with. the highest strer~g~th~ axis ;perpendicular to~ the wall: alignment. ~~ ~ ~ ~B. 'Pl'ace the fa;bnc at elevations and exten~t~s as directed by the Manufacturer ~or'the ,~ :Manufacturer"s .Design Engineer. C. Lay the fabric 'horizontally on compacted backfll. Connect to the wall unks by hooking, grids of the fabric over the connecting pins. Pull the fabric taut and anchor with wood stakes before the backfiil is placed over the soil reinforcement. _ ~ D. Remove slack in the grid-pin connections. ~~ E. Soil reinforcement shall be continuous throughout the embedment length. Spliced connections between shorter pieces of the grid will not be allowed. F. Place and compact backflll over the soil reinforcement in 8-inch lifts. Provide a minimum of 6-inch soil coverage prior to driving equipment over the fabric. Avoid ~; tracked or wheeled vehides directly on the fabric or fuming on fabric. .~ END OF SECTFON E' Geotextiles~Fa'brics ~ a224~tk3 ,I Colu ~ ~ bia:.Heights. ~Pubiic Safety Center Colu~ibia Height's, Mrl: . Sitework Padcag~e -July 21, 2008 S~ECTIO~N ©2150 ~~ INTERLOC~KING.CON.CR~ETE PAVERS PART 1 GENERAL 1..01. SUMMARY _ _ _ A. Section includes 1. Concrete paver units. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product drawings and product data. B. Full size samples of concrete paving units to indicate Dolor and shape selections. Color will be selected by the Architect in coordination with Owner. '~ C. Shop drawings showing the layout, pattern, and relationship of pavers to fixtures and project formed details. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Arnerican Society of Testing and. Materja~ls (ASTM): 4. ASTM C 33 -Spec' ~ica~tion for Concrete Aggregates. 2. ~ ASTM C 1~36~-Method for Sieve Analysis for Fine and Coarse'IiAasorary 'Units. .~ 3. ASTM C 140•- Sampling and Testing Concrete ,Masonry Units. 4. ASTM C 936 - Specifcation for Solid Interlocking Concrete Paving Units. 5. ASTM C 979 - Specfication for Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete. 'I 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING -. A. Deliver concrete pavers to the site in steel banded, plastic banded, or plastic wrapped cubes capable of transfer by fork lift or clamp lift. Unload pavers at job site • ' in such a manner that no damage occurs to the product. B. Cover materials with a waterproof covering to prevent exposure to rain or removal by wind, and secure in place. f C. Coordinate delivery and paving schedule to minimize interterence with normal use of buildings adjacent to the paving project. 7.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Installation shall be by. a oontrador and crew with at least one year experience in installing interlocking concrete pavers on projects of similar nature. B. Contractor shall conform to x41 local and state licensing and bonding requirements. :lnte~loElcing~ C~onErete .Pavers x22'50-1~ Colur~nbia Heights ,P.tiblic Sa'Fety ~Ceriter Colurebia 'Heights, ~M'N~ S~itework 'Package - .tuly 2'4,, 2008' 'PART 2 PRODIirCTS 2.01 PERMEABLE CONCRETE •PAVERS Revise paragraph 2.O1.A to read as follows: "A. Pavers shall be Aqua-Loc by Willow Creek, Holland Grand PeTrneable by Anchor Block, or Aqua-Bric by - ~ ~ ~ -Borgert Products. gaving~ stone-th~ickness~ shall •be~ 3-1./8". Color.:shall-be.Slate (Aqu~Loc)..for-outlaying pavers and Sedona (Aqua-Loc) for Ciry Logo pavers, or equivalent "~ B. Compressive strength test results for 3-1/8" thick pavers shall be adjusted. by multiplying them by 1.18 to equate the results to that from 2-3/8' thick pavers. 1. Average 28 day compressive strength of 8,000 psi with no individual unit under 7,200 psi. 2. Average absorption of 596 with no unit greater than 796 when tested in accordance with ASTM~ C 140. 3. Resistance to 50 freeze-thaw cycles with no greater than 1 °~ loss of material when tested ak;cording to ASTM C 67. . PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Compaction ~of the subgrade shall •be at :least 9896 of the Standard. Proctor Density ASTM D 698 for areas subject to~ vehicular traffic. Sta~bilization• of the subgrrade and/or base .rnater.•ia'I knay be •necessary wtith~ very weak or saturated sutrgrade soils. The Contractor shall conduct densify tests of the subgrad~e~ for confo.~ma~nEe to specifcations. 1B. Verify that geofextiles, if applicable, have been placed' •in accorda~noe to specifcations and drawings. C. Verify that aggregate base materials, thickness compaction, surface tolerances, and elevations cflnform to the specifications. D. Verify that the base is dry, uniform, even, and ready to support granite chips, pavers, and imposed loads. E. Mechanical tampers shall be used for compaction of soil subgrade and aggregate base. 3,02 INSTALLATION A. Spread the 2' granite chips evenly over the base course. Place sufficient bedding to stay ahead of the laid pavers. Do not use bedding material to ~.II depressions in the base surface. ' B. Ensure that pavers are free of foreign material before installation. C. Install the pavers in~ `the pattern(s) shown on the drawings; maintaining straight pa~tem 'lines. Ynterlocking~~Concrete :Pavers 02250-2 '~ Columbia °Heights Public Safety Center Columbia~;Heig;hts, ~MN ~~ 'Sitewortc Package - duly 21, 20U8 ~~, ,~ ~D. Joints between the pavers shall be between 1/1.6 and 3/16,inch wide. E. Fill gaps at the edges of paved areas with cut pavers or edge units. Cut pavers should be no smaller than one-third of the full unit size along edges subject to vehicular traffic . F. When required, cut pavers with a paver sputter or masonry saw. ~' ^` G. Use aloes-amplitude, high-fn~uency plate vibrator capable of 5,000 Ib compaction at a frequency of 75-100 hz to compact pavers. " H. Vbrate the pavers, sweeping dry 3/8 granite chips into the joints and vibrating until they arse full. This will require 2 to 3 passes with the vibrator. Do not vibrate within 3 ft of the unrestrained edges of the paving units. ~I. When completing work for the day, all pavers to within. 3 ft of the laying edge must be ~ left fully compacted with 3/8' granite chips filed into the joints. J. U n com letion swee off excess ranite chi s. Po P ~ P 9 P K. Final surtace elevations shall not deviate more than 3/8 inch under a 10 ft long straight edge. j~ L. The ~surtace elevation of the pacers shall• be 1/8 to 1'/4 .inch above adjacent drainage I ~ inlets, concrete co61'ars ~or channels. ~I 3.03 Ft•ELD QIfALITY CONTROL A. After removal of excess granite chips, check final elevations for conformance to the drawings. ~ . B. Upon completion of the work, clean up all work areas by removing any debris, surplus material, and equipment from the site. .. END OF SECTION '~ InteFl'ocking~C:oncrete~~Pauers ~ ~ 02.2'50-3 i . i ~Coluaa~bia :Heights Public SafetyCenter ~Co~lumbia ~Heig~hts, MN ~~ ~ 8itework Package -July 21., 2008 1 S'ECTIO'N 02275 ~~ AAODULAR CONCRETE BLOCK RETAINING WALL PART 1 GENERAL '' 1:01 SUAiIINARY ' A. Section Includes: 1. Segmental retaining wall units . .' 1.02 SUBMITTALS . ' A. Submit to the Architect the latest edition of the manufacturer's spermcations for proposed materials, methods of installation, and list of materials proposed for use. B. The layout of the retaining wall shown on the plans is for informational purposes only. ' The final design of the wall shall be provided by the Manufacturer. Submit to the Archtiect the proposed design, including the height of the wall, the depth of the footing and. location of the first coarse of units, the location and dimensions of soil reinforcement fabric, the location of the soil separation fabric, and' the depth and location of tltie drain file 'lines. The final design shall be signed by a Professional Engineer licensed by the State of Minnesota. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM C90, Specfication for Hollow Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units. B. ASTM C140, Method of Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units. C. ASTM C145 S iflcatio o' o - , pec ns for S Ind L ad Beanng Concrete Masonry. '' D. ASTM A615 Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars foc Concrete Reinforcement. E. ASTM C94 Ready Mix Concrete. ' F. ASTM 1372 Segmental Retaining Wall Units. ' PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE WALL UNITS .~~ Revise paragraph 2.O1.A to read as follows: " A. 'ihe retaining wall block sha~l'I be ~ReCon retaining wall block, ' produced by authorized manufacturers, Redi-Rock International retaining wall block, produced by authorized rnanufactureei~ss, Versa-Lok Bronco, produced by authorized manufacturers, or approved ecluaa:' J ,~; ~Mo~dcla~r C©norete Block Retaining Wa'11' 02275-1~ ti^I . ~Colt~ra~bia Heights ;Public Safety Center Columbia •He~ights, MN Sitework Package -July 29,, 2008 ~B. The rminim~um 28 day ~co.rnpressive strength shalt 'be no less than 4,fl00 'psi. Concrete shall have 4.5-7.5 percent air entrainment .by volume. ~'he weight of the concrete shall be a minimum of 145 pounds per cubic foot. C. Exterior dimensions at the face shall be uniform and consistent. 'Maximum deviation from specifications for the product shall be 0.50 inches or 2°r6, which ever is less. .. Maximum. width .deviation ~(face~ to .back) including architectural surface shall be~ 1.0 inch. i~d~l ~~~s i~ kr (lots .L~~slc~.: D. The texture on the face of the block shout be the " 'for the ReCon wall system or "Split Limestone Face' for the Redi-Rock Retaining wall system. E. The retaining wall units shall be gray in color. F. The retaining wall units shall be self-interlocking with no pins. 2.02 FOOTING /LEVELING PAD A. Class 5 base aggregate as specfied in Section 02200 Earthwork. 2.03 DRAINAGE FILL A. Fnre~ draining aggnegate as specfed in Section 02200 Earthwork. 2.04 ~DIRAII~TILE A. ~Corr~ugal<ed H~i7PE as specified an~ Section 02722 Drain Tile. 2:05 SOIL REI'N~FORCffIiAENT A. High density polyethylene grid material as specifed in Section 02240 Geoteztiles/Fabrics. 2.06 CONCRETE SEALER A. Retaining wall shall be sealed with TK Products TK-290 TRI-SfLOXANE sealer. 2.07 BACKFILL A. The existing soils on site may be used for backfill behind the drainage rock unless deemed unsuitable by the Owner's Geotechnical Consultant. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.07 EXCAVATION A~. Excavate to lines and grades shown on the Plans. 3.02 FOOTING LEVELING PAD Modular ~Conc~rete. ~Bfoclc ~Retain~ing; Wall ~ 02275-2~ I~ ~Colurn~bia Heights Public Safety Center ~Colu ~ ~ ~bia ~He.ig~hts, 'M.N ;~ Sitework 'Package -July 21, 20.08 A. Locate the top of the base aggregate footing to allow bottom wall units to be buried to ' the proper depths for the wall height as recommended by the Manufacturer. B. Install retaining wall units on a minimum of 6 inches of class 5 base aggregate, compacted to 10096 of a Standard Proctor. The width of the leveling pad must extend 6" in front and 6' in-back of the base-block~. ' - 3.03 UN[T INSTALLATION A. Place the base blocks on the prepared leveling pad. Check for level and alignment as ' installed. B. Ensun: the units are in full contact with the footing. Take proper care to form straight ' lines and smooth curves. Place the units side by side for the full length of the wall. Walls that are found to be out of alignment or uneven shall be dismantled and reinstalled at no additional cost to the Owner. ~ C. Fill and compact the cavities in and around the units with drainage rock. Backfill the front and back of the entire base row with on-site materials to flrrnly lock them in ~plaoe. Check the uni#s for level and alignment. Sweep the excess backfill materials from the ;~ tops of the units. ,~ 'D. Each subsequent intermediate roar shall be offset from the joints of the. units :below (brick pa~tt~emj . E. Install each subsequent course in like manner. 3.04 CAP INSTALLATION A. Prior to placing the cap or top units, apply a flexible epoxy based adhesive designed to bond masonry to masonry and place the cap units over the top course. Backfill and compact to finish grade with either topsoil and sod or landscaping rock. B. Only lightweight hand-operated compaction equipment will be allowed within 3 feet of the face of the wall. C. Operate track construction equipment no closer than 6 inches over the soil reinforcement fabric. Turning of track equipment shall be kept to a minimum to prevent displacing the fill and damaging the soil reinforcement fabric. D. Rubber tits equipment may pass over the soil reinforcement fabric at speeds less than 5 '1 mph. Avoid sudden braking and sharp turning. 3.05 SEALING A. Install sealer in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. ~EMD ~OF SECTIO~N~ .'I ;Modular Concrete. ~B:loclc .Retaining Wall . ~ ~0227~5-3 ~~ i ~Co~lurn'bia~ Heights 'Public ~Safet~ Center Colwrnbia ~H.eights, 'MN ;~ Sitework ~P'ackage -July 2'1',. 2008 ~ S°ECTION 02500 '~ ~ PLANT :MIX BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY ' A. Section Indudes:~ 1. Plant mix bituminous pavement. 2. Bituminous testing. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit a job mix formula to the Architect at least 7 days in advance of plant mix bituminous paving, indicating conformance with the specifications. It shall be prepared by the Minnesota Department of Transportation or a commercial laboratory ~ and signed by a registered Professional Engineer verifying that the job mix and the mix aggn:gate meet the spec cations contained herein. 1 fl3 ~REFERE'NCES A. Minnesota Department of Transportation ~(MN~D~OT) 2000 Edition. 1'. Sectio~n~ 233'1, ~P~larrt Mixed ~Bitumino~us ~Pave~ment. • 2. Section 23~t0~, Plant Mixed Bituminous Pavement Quality ~Conirol. [Quality Assurance. 3. Section 23~50~,, Plant Mixed Asphalt PaveFnents. 'i 4.. Section 2357, ,Bituminous Tack ~Coa~t. 5. • Section 3139, Graded Agg°regate for.Bitur~ninous Mixtures. B. AASHTO M226, Viscosity Graded Asphalt Cement. ' C. ASTM C131, Test Method for Resistance to ©egradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los An eles Machine , g . D. ASTM D.1559, Test Method for Resistance to Plastic Flow of Bituminous Mixtures Using Marshall Apparatus . E. ASTM D2041, Test Method for Theoretical Maximum Specific Gravity and Density of Bituminous Mixtures. F. ASTM D3203, Test Method for Percent Air Voids in Compacted Dense and Open Bituminous Paving Mixtures. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Quality assurance personnel shall remain apt the project site on, a full-time basis ~duririg~ ,plant mix bit~untinous .placement. ' ~~I Plant ,1111ix ~B~i~turninous ;Paverrae~nt ~ p25p0-1' ~' ~ . Colurr~bi~a. H'eigihts ~P~ublic Satety Center Columbia Heights, ~M.N~ Sitework ,Package -duly 2'1~, 2008 B. Compaction shall be• by the •Ordirrary Com,paction~ Method,. unlessstatedotherwise. 1.05 WARRANTY A. • Provide a warranty for the paving work against failure of defects for a period of one year after the final acceptance of the project by the Owner.• Repair or replace, to the satisfaction of the Owner and Engineer, failed or defective work that occurs during the warranty period at no cost to the Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PLANT MIXED ASPHALT PAVEMENTS (TYPE HV, MV, LV) AGGREGATE GRADATIONS Broad Band Aggregate Gradation for Asphalt M~ixtur~ (°y6 passing ~of total washed aggregate) Sieve Slze 1 2 3 4 5* 1-1/2 inch 100 - - - - 1inch 90 -100 100 - - - 3/4 inch 55 - 90 ~ 90 -100 ; . 1U0 - - 1~72 inch - 4~5 - 90 90 -100 1.00 - 3f8 inch - - 35 - ~90 ' , 90 -100 ~ 100 ~No. 4 ~ ~ 1! 5• - 7~0 ~ 20• - 7'S 20 - 80 ' ~ 25 - 8'S ~65~ - 95 ~No. '8 ~ 1'~ - 55 1~5~ - ~60 ?I.5 - 65~ 20 - 7a 45 - 80~ No.2A0 2-7 2-7 2-7 2-7 2-7 * Gradation 5 is intended for thin lift leveling or crack f~lling. 2.02 ASPHALT MIXTURE R~EQUIREM'ENTS (TYPE HV, MV, LV) MIXTURE REQUIREMENTS Mixture Property High Volume HV Medium Volume MV Low Volume LV 20 ar Desi n ESAL's >3 million 1-3 million <1 million Marshall Blows 75 50 50 Stabil' ,minimum ounds 1350 1350 1125 Air Voids, % ~ 4.0 3.5 3.0 Fines/Aspha•It(effective) Ratio, Wear: FineslAs halt effective Ratio Non-Wear. ~ 0.6 -1.3 0.6 -1.4 ~ 0:6 -1.3 0.6 -1.4 0.6 -1.3 0.6 -1.4 Tensile Stren h Ration 1 min % 70 70 70 Coarse Aggregate Angularity (CAA) One Faced °b Two Faced °k • 85 60 ~ 55 - - - •Fine ~ r ante An .ulari ~ 'FAA 2 44.0 40.0 - Manufactured Crushed •Fines. ~% 2 7'5 25 - 1 1 ~' ~Plarit ;Mix iBitura~iaous•'.Paveun~ent :025t7a2 i'. ~~ t 1 ~Colum~bia .Heights ,PublicSafety Center Columbia He~~gihts, ItAN. Sitework ~Pacl<age -July 21, 2008 Maxirr~~um~ allowable'.RAP' % Wear 30 ~ ' 20' 30~ Maximum allowable RAP 96, Non-Wear 30 30 40 (1) Moisture susceptibility (T'SR) test specimen shall be 4 inches. (2) Either method may be used., however the choice must be made :prior to the start of production. VOIDS IN MINERAL AGGREGATE (VMA) REQUIREMENTS Gradation Fine Mixture % passnn No. 4 VMA ~Minlmum ~ Coarse Mixture ~ % in No. 4 VMA Minimum 1 >35 ~ 13.5 <35 13.0 2 >40 14.0 <40 13.5 3 >45 15 <45 14.5 4 >50 16.0' <50 15.5" 5 >65 16.0' - ~ - "` For LV4 and LV5 mixes, lower the VMA requirements by 0.5°~. 2.03 PLANT=MIXED BITUMINOUS SURFACE / VIIEAR COURSE MN/DOT 2350 A. The bituminous mix designs for the surface or wear course shall be as follows: 1~. Parking lots and drives: MV3 with 20°r6 rraaximum RAP. 'B. The total of all' spall ~mate~rials (sha'le, iron, oxide., unsound c~ierts, and other materials 'having similar ~charaEteristics)~ shall. not exceed the folloowing~ crite~r~a: Total Spall in the Total Gravel Sample ~ 5.0°r6 f ~I Total S:pall' in~ Tota1 Crushed Quarry Sample/F.raction 1.0°x6 Lumps in the Fraction Retained on the N~o. 4 Sieve 0.5°~ Total Spall in the Fraction Retained on •No.4 Sieve . 2.5% Shale Content of Fraction Passing No. 4 Sieve 5.Og6' Lumps in the Fraction Retained on the No. 4 Sieve 0.5% 2.04 PLANT-MIXED BITUMINOUS BASE /NON-WEAR COURSE MN/DOT 2350 A. The bituminous mix designs for the base or non-wear courses shall be as follows: '~ 1. Parking lots and drives: MV3 with no restrictions. B. The total of all spall materials (shale, iron, oxide, unsound cherts, and other materials having similar characteristics) shall .not exceed the following criteria: Total Spall in the Total Gravel Sample 5.0°~ ! Total Spall in Total Crushed Quarry Sample/Fraction 1'.0°r6 Lumps in the Fraction Retained on the No•. 4 Sieve 0.5% -~ ~Plant'Mx IBitur~r~rimous•~Pavement 025.0:0-3 .~~ ~Colum~bia~ •Heigihts Public Safety ~Cente~r ~Colurn~bia Heigihts,, .M!N Sitework'Package-.fuly 2'1, 2008 Total 'S:pall ~ir~ tF~e Fraction 'Retained on :No. 4 Sieve 2.596 Shale Content of Fraction Passing No. 4 Sieve 5:096 'Lumps in the Fraction Retained on the •No. 4 Sieve 0.596 2.05• PERFORMANCE GRADE ASPHALT BINDER A. Only Performance Grade (PG) Asphalt Binder is approved for use. The inspection, sampling and testing of PG Asphalt Binder shall conform to the Schedule of Materials Control and the Combined State Binder Group Method of Acceptance for Asphalt Binders. 7. Medium Curing Liquid Asphalt shall be Penetration Grade 58-28. 2.06 TACK COAT A. Tack coat to be used where plant mix pavement will be in contact with previously constructed asphalt or Portland cement concrete shall be CSS-1:H or CRS-2 Cationic Emulsified Asphalt, diluted 50/50 with clean water as set forth in the MN/DOT 2357. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE P.R•EPARATION A. Do• not begin..pauing unfit defcient areas have been corrected and are ready to receive paving. 'B. ~Paverrient surfaces rr~ust 'be ~dry• ~ and corn.pletely free of dust, dirt,. debris, and all loose .materia'Is and vegetation. C. Apply a tack coat to the vertical surface of previously constructed bituminous or concrete that will be in contact with the plant rnix 'bituminous. Distribute the tack coat at a rate of •0.05 gallons per square yard of surface for undiluted aspha'It emulsion. .. D. When a successive lift of plant mix bituminous is to be placed, the existing surface shall receive a tack coat if the previous layer is dirty or over 48 hours old. E. Complete all reconstruction repairs in accordance with the specifications. 3.02 PLANT MIX BITUMI°NOUS A. Plant Mix Bituminous: • The aggregate grading shall conform to the specification limits. Asphalt cement content shall be within 0.3 percent of the job mix formula optimum asphalt content. When paving the surface course on tennis courts or athletic tracks, the wearing surface asphalt cement content shall be within 0.3 percent Brea#er than the j.ob mix formula optimum asphalt content. 'Plant'Mix ~Bitrimiaous 'Pawernent ~ 02500;4 ~~ Colu „ bia ~Heig~Mts~:P~ublic Safety Center Columbia ;Heights, ~AAN • Sitework Package -July 21~, 2008 • 'B. The trucks for 'hauling. bituminous mixtures shall ~h~ave tight, clean and smooth 'beds that have been sprayed with a ~minirnum amount of approved anti-adhesive agent to prevent the mixture from adherence to the beds. Provide each truck with a cover of suitable material and. size to protect the mixture from, the weather. 3.03 PLANT MIX BITUMINOUS TEMPERATURE CONTROL A. 'The minimum laydown temperature in all courses (as measured behind• the paver of spreading machine) of the bituminous mixture shall be in• accordance with the temperature requirements specified herein: Compacfed Lift Thickness Air Temp 7 inch 1 'A inch ~ 2 inch 3 inch or more 32 - 40 - 265 255 250 41-50 270 260 250 245 51 - 60 260 ' 255 245 240 61-70 250 245 240 235 71 =80 245 240 ~ 235 235 81-90 235 230 230 230 91 -up 230 230 230 225 ~B. The plant m,ix bituminous mixture shall not exceed 310 degrees F. or the load wilt be rejected a~t Contfactor's expense. ~ . . ',I 3.04 ~P~LANT MII•X BITU~MLNOU'S ~PLAC'EME~NT • A. Ge~nera~l: Place tMe plant raix bituminous on a prepared surface with a paver. Place inaccessible and small areas by hand. PI'ace each course .to the required elevation, cross-section, and compacted thickness: The in-place compacted thickness shall be plus or minus 1/4 inch of the planned Thickness. Any area, which is constructed to less than the required minimum thickness, may be removed and replaced by the ' Contractor at the discretion of the Engineer. B. Equipment: All equipment furnished by the Contractor shall be maintained and in sound mechanical condition capable of pertorming the work. C. Placement: The mixture shall be delivered to, and spread by, the plant mix bituminous paver. The mixture shall be laid in strips to minimize the number of longitudinal joints required. D. Paver. 1. The paver shall be aself-contained,. power-propelled unit provided with adjustable activated screed or strike-off assembly,. heated, and capable of ~'; spreading and fnishing courses of plant mix bituminous material. The paver must be capable of laying the plant mixed bituminous in widths applicable to the typical section and thickness shown on the Plans. 2. Equip the paver with a control system capable of automatically maintaining elevations as specified. The control system shall be automatically actuated ''I from either a reference ;like nor surface through which a system of mechanical .Plant ~Wlix'Bitu ~ ~ inous..Pave s ~ ent ~ 02500-5 ~l ~. Colurn:bia'Heights Public Safety Ce~nfer Columbia 'Heights, iMN~ S•itework Package -July 21, .2008 sensors ~will• maintain, the ~paarer scree~d~.at a predetermined slope a~t the .proper elevation to obtain the required surface. When directed, ,the trar~sfe~r slope control system shall be made inopera#ive and. the screed shall be controlled ~by sensor directed automatic mechanisms, which will independently control the screed elevation from the reference line or surface. E. Joints: Make joints between old and new pavements, or between a successive day's .work, to ensure a continuous bond between the adjoining work. Construction joints shall be vertical and have the same texture, density, and smoothness as other sections of the bituminous course. Contact surfaces shall be clean and a tack coat applied. F. Wear Course: Place the surfaces wear course in maximum 2 inch lifts unless othennrise specified by the Engineer. 3.05 COMPAC77ON/ROLLING A. Compact the plant mix bituminous mixture as quickly as possible after placement. Breakdown rolling shall immediately follow the paver. Intermediate rolling shall follow behind the breakdown rolling. Compaction of the pavement shall continue until in~lace air voids are within the specified range. Finish rolling shall be performed at as high a temperature as practical and shall eliminate all the marks left from breakdown and ~interrnediate rolling,. All rolling must ~be~ completed. before the 'bituminous rni~ure cflols below 78.0 degrees F. 'B. Rollers: A.. Seel-wheeled: Self .propelled and capable of .reveFSing, ~.vitho~ut baEklash, weighi~ng~ 'not less than 0 tons, and exerting a pressure on the rear drum of not less than 250 pounds per linear inch. When vibratory rollers are used, they shall operate at a frequency of 8 to 1~0 impacts per foot. 2. Pneumatio-tired: Self-propelled, with a minirnurn of• 7 tires, and exerting a. pressure of not less than 200 pounds per inch of rolling width. 3. Trends: Self-propelled, exerting a pressure of not less than 250 pounds per linear inch of rear roll. C. Rolling: 1. 2. 3. 4. Unless otherwise directed, begin rolling at the side and proceed longitudinally parallel to the paving lane centerline, overlapping each trip half the roller width, and gradually progressing to the crown of the parking lot or roadway. When the pavement abuts a previously placed lift, roll the longitudinal joint first followed by regular rolling procedures. On sloped sections, begin rolling at the low side and progress to the high side, by overlapping the longitudinal trips parallel to the .paving lane centerline. Along forms. curbs, headers, walls, and other places not accessible to roller, thor-ougJ~ly compact the mixture with hot hand tampers or with mechanical tampers. 1 1 1 'I?~la~nt Mix ~Bitu ~ ~ inous• Parr. ~ . eat 02500=6 '' i ~ Columbia Heights ~Pulblic Safety~~Center Columbia .Heights, •M~N ~~ Sitework Package -July 21, 2008 3. The p'avemen't shall be~ roiled so that no roller .unarics, ;ridges, porous spots or impressions are visible and the ~resu~lting surtace :has the required elevation and surtace smoothness requiremen#s. D. Compaction shall be obtained by the Ordinary Compaction Method. Uniformly 'j compact each course until there is no further evidence of consolidation and all roller marks are eliminated. A minimum of two rollers shall be on the site at all times. A vibratory steel roller shall be used for breakdown and finish rolling and a pneumatic '; roller shall be used after breakdown, unless directed otherwise by the Architect. E. Repairs: Remove and replace areas mixed with foreign materials or defective areas as directed by the Architect. Sawcut the areas, remove the existing bituminous and replace with new; hot plant mix bituminous. Compact the area by rolling to the air voids and smoothness specked. The removal and replacement of contaminated plant mix bituminous shall be done at no-cost to the Owner. F. Surface Smoothness: The.surtace of the pavement when finished shall be of uniform texture, smooth, true to crown and elevation and free from defects to the satisfaction of the Architect. When tested with a 10 foot straight edge in any direction, the maximum deviation of the surface shall not exceed 1/8 inch. Unsatisfactory joints, as determined by the Architect, will be rejected and replaced at the Contractor's expense. Areas showing deviations greater than 1/8 inch or where surface water ponding will result, shall •be milled, tack coated and repaved with bituminous. ~~ ~ G: Protection: Erect barricades .ta prohibit vehicular traffic from thepavement after final rolling until it has fully hardened and cooled° to tfie same. temperature as tfae . • surrounding soil or oFiginal ,asphalt pavement. ~~ Revise paragraph 3.OS.H to read as follows: I~~~E~ ~~; Y ~!~a8 H. "Ii. Restrictions: No iVlN/DOT bituminous mixtures.~shaUl'beplaced after November J unless approval is received in writing." 3.06 TESTING A. Sampling and testing for quality control during placement shall be by the Owner's Geotechnical Consultant•and shall include the following, 7. One sample for a Marshall density test per 500 tons of mix installed, or a • minimum of two samples per job. 2. In place density tests performed by one of~these procedures: a. A minimum of one core sample for in place density test per 500 tons of mix installed or a minimum of four cores per job. b. Six density tests taken with a portable nuclear testing device at • ~ randomly selected locations per 500 tons of mix installed or a minimum of te.n per job. c. All failing work and materials shall be subject to correction or nrduced '~ payment per MnDOT Standard Specifcations. . B. Test Frequency: the plant mix bituminous pavement shall be tested for mat ,.~ thickness and surtace smoothness during laydown. EN.D~ O~F SECTION .~~ , ;PI'ant ~Mix~Bi~tu ~ ~ inous .Paver~ter~t 025 ~~ ~~' 7. ;~ ~ . III ~ Columbia ;Meigf~ts ,Public Safety Center . Columbia Meig:hts, MN ~I Sitework Package -July 2'1, 2008 • SECTION 02580 ~I _ ~ PAVEMENT STRIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pavement Striping. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Furnish the Architect with the manufacturer's cert~cation indicating the paint used for pavement striping meets the requirements specified. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PAINT :~ A. Pavement striping paint shall be a fast set lead free chlorinated polyolefin (Diamond Voegel) ,acrylic (Sherwin Williams) or approved equal marking paint that meets or exceeds a~l4~current Local, State and Federal codes and guidelines. I~ f .B: The color shai4,~be yellow for rnarlFing: firel'ane •curbs~ a•nd .no ~park~ing areas, unless °indicated' •differently on. the .plans. The color shall 'be white for parking stalls, directional arrows, lane dividers, and :handicap insignia. The handicap insig;nia~ s~ha~ll be placed over a 4'x.4' blue background with white border, placed as close to the drive as possible. C. The striping paint shall meet the following physical property requirements: Chlorinated Tyke ~ Po lefin Finish: Flat Solvent MED/Heptane Solids by weight 6996, min. Solids by volume 4696, min. Dry f Im thickness per coat 7 mils, min Wet film thickness per coat 16 mils, min Dry times at 70 ° F and 5096 R.H. Track Free (max.) 10 rriinutes VOC 450 g/I max Coverage -standard 4" line 300 ft/gal. Alkyd Flat ToluoVNaphtha 7096, min 4$°~, min. 7 mils, min 15 mils, mn 20 minutes 400 g/I max. 320 ft/gal. I :Pavement ~Stnping~ 025'SOi1 Colwwn'bia~:H`eig~hts ~P~ublic Safety Center Co~ILm~bia ~He~ights, 'MN. ~Siteworic :Package -July 29 , 2~0.08~ PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATION A. Allow the asphalt surface to cure before painting. Apply the paint with .mechanical equipment to produce uniform, straight edges. Apply the paint in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. ' B. Sweep and clean the pavement surface to eliminate all loose materials and dust. C. Protect the newly painted areas from traffic until the paint has thoroughly dried and cured. D. Unless indicated differently on the plans, the parking stall stripes shall be 4° wide and all traffic markings will be the size and shape of the standards used within the State on Minnesota for traffic markings. END OF SEC170N 'Pavera~ent 'Striping ~ .~2~580-2 ~'I Colarr~bia ~hleig~hts Public Safety ~Ce~nter Columbia .Heights, MN • Sitework .Package -July 21~, 2008 ~~ • SECTION ~02660~ ,~ WATERMAINS PART 1 GENERAL ' 1..01 SUMMARY • A. Section Includes: ~ 1. Underground watermains and appurtenances. ~~ 1.02 CODES . A. All work shall comply with the most current requirements of the Minnesota ' ~ Department of Health, the Minnesota Plumbing Code, the City Engineer's i Association of Minnesota, and all applicable codes and ordinances. 1.03 REFERENCES ~. . A. AWWA B300, Hypochlorites. B. AWWA B301°, Liquid Chlorine. C. AWWA C1.00, Thickness Design of Cast-Iron Pipe. ~'I ~D- AWWA. ~C151~, 'Ductile ~liron Pipe Oentrifug.ally .Cast in~ Metal .Moulds or Sand-Lined ~j 'Mold's. • •~~! E. AWWA C500, Gate Valves for Ordinary Water Works Services. F. AWWA C502, Fire Hydrants for Ordinary Water Works Services. G. AWWA C800, Threads for Underground Service Line Fittings. . H. ANSI A21.4, American National Standard for Cement-Mortar Lining for Cast Iron and Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water. ~; I. ANSI A21.10, American National Standard for Gray-Iron and Ductile-Iron .Fittings, 2" ~' . through 48", for Water and Other Liquids. J. ANSI A21.11, American National Standard for Rubber-Gasket Joints for Cast-l.ron • and Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. K. Ten States Recommended Standards for Water Works, Most Current Edition. . 1.04 SUBMITTALS . ,• ~ ~• • . ~ A. The Contractor shall submit, for approval, complete shop drawings and details for all couplings, valves., operators, and other special appurtenances. This requinrd ~'~ Watermains. ~ ~028t30=1~ ,~I Col'um~bia~ Heights Public Safety Center Columbia 'Heights, .MN Sitework .Package - July 21, 2008 submission, for approval' shall include all, the ~ ~ ~ anufacturer's product data, dimensions., sizes, types, maximum loading, and thrust anchorages. B. The manufacturer shall furnish an affidavit stating that the valves and all materials oonform to the applicable requirements and all tests specified under the respective . standard have been performed and requirements have been met. 1.05 . SITE CONDITIONS A. The existing underground utilities, as shown on the plans, are located in accordance with available data, but the locations may vary and cannot be guaranteed. The exact locations shall be determined by the Contractor as the work proceeds. The excavation work shall be done carefully so as to avoid damaging the existing utilities. B. The Contractor shall provide for the protection, temporary removal and replacement, or relocation of said obstructions as required for the performance of the work required in these contract documents. No extra payrnent'will be made for this work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 DUCTILE IRON PIPE, SPECIALS AND FITTINGS A. All pipe, specials, and fittings shall be ductile iron conforming to ANSI A2'1.10. The points shall conform to therequirements of ANSI A21.11. The fttings shall all have be~ll~ connections of Standard AWWA dimensions ~or ~specal dlrw~ensions as required, or ~sha~li ~be equipped; ~v~ith adapters of the proper class for fhe size of the pipe as .required ~by the ~manu#actr~rer. Specia9s and fittings shall have a pt~esst~re ~ral:ing• of ,2b0 psi. Where rnechanica~l j~oirrts are util'~zed, all .bolts must be Cor--Blue. B. The ductile iron pipe shall be class 52.unless otherwise •noted. on the plans and shall be provided with a Portland cement lining conforming to the requirements of AWWA C151/ANSI A21.4 for standarc! thicmess of lining. The thickness of any cement mortar pipe lining furnished shall not be less than the minimum thickness specified for the applicable pipe s'ize.in the following table: Size of Pipe Minimum Lining Thickness 12 inches or smaller 1N6 inch 16 inches 3/32 inch C. All exterior surfaces of the pipe and fittings shall have a~ tar or bituminous seal coating at least one mil thick. Spotty or thin seal coating, or poor coating adhesion, shall be cause for rejection. D. All joint fttings and valves shall be fastened with Cor-Blue T-bolts, as manufactured by NSS Industries, Plymouth; Michigan, o.r approved equal. . E. Conductive gaskets with approved capper inserts equal to American Fastite or copper straps shall 'be welded to the pipe and connected with a silicone bronze bo{t. Conductors shall be •ra~ted at 600 amps. sustained current. ~11.yatenm~air~ns 02660-2• ~I Co'lum'bia •Heig~hts Public Safety. Center Colur+rtbia• Heights, ~MN Sitework~Package -July 21, 2008 I'I 2.02 GATE VALVES , A. The gate valves shall conform to AWWA C500,. designed for a minimum working pressure of 150 psi. All gate valves shall be resilient seated gate valves. ~ The mechanical joints shall confom~ to AWWA C111/ANSI A21.11-85. The gate valves furnished shall comply with the following supplementary requirements. 1. Resilient wedge gate valves shall donform to ANSUAWWA C509. The valves shall be R/W resilient wedge gate valves as manufactured by Clow Corporation, or approved equal. 2. The gate valves shall have joints as specfied for the piping in which they are installed. Stems for non-rising stem assemblies shall be cast bronze with ^' integral dollars. The non-rising stem stufFng box shall be the O-ring seal type with two rings located above the thrust collar. The rings shall be replaceable with the valve fully open at the full rated working pressure. 3. The gate valves shall have .a clear waterway equal .to the full nominal diameter of the valve, and shall be opened by turning counterclockwise. There shall be two low torque thrust bearings located• above and below the .'I stem collar. The stem nut shall be separate from the wedge and shall be of ' solid bronze.. . 4. Each valve shall• have an open indicating arrow, the manufacturer's name, • pressure rating, and year of manufacture cast on the body. 5: The gate valves shall be two-faced, double disc type, with parallel seats and a 2" operating nut opening counterclockwise. ;~ 6'. The wedge sh~a'll .be cast iron completely encapsulated wif11. polyurethar.~e ~ rubber (except for guide and stern area). The•,polyurethane •ru~bber shall be . .peg ~ ~ anently bonded to the cast iron wedge •to~ meet ASTM tests for rubber to ~~; ,nneta~l bond (ASTM .D-429). ~I 7. AA gears on the gate valves shall ~be cut tooth steel gears, housed in~ h~vy •cast iron extended type grease cases of approved design. . 8. All gate valves shall have mechanical joint ends. 9. Both the interior and exterior of the body and .bonnet shall be coated with fusion bonded epoxy. B. All the valves shall be provided with valve boxes. All valve boxes shall be of cast . iron, buffalo-type adjustable. The valve boxes shall be provided for.7.5 feet of cover, except where greater depths are indicated on the profiles of the plans. The valve boxes shall not be less than 5" in diameter, shall have a minimum thickness at any ' point of 3/16", and shall be provided with suitable cast iron bases and covers. The covers shall Have the word "water" cast on them. C. Wrap the ductile cast iron pipe and cast iron fttings with polyethylene plastic film having a minimum thickness of 0.008 inches. 2.03 VALVE BOXES '~ A. The valve boxes shall be round base, three piece cast iron, :Mueller ~H-10357 or ~ approved. equal, suitable for the depth of cover required by the plans or the General requirements. ' lla'late ,~ ~ ; a~ins ~ 02660-3• J~ Cmluwnbia H'eig'hts Public'Sa#ety Center Columbia °Heigfits, MN: 'Si#eworic 'Package - •JuTy 2.1., 2008 B. Tfie valve •boxes shall be 5-1/4" diameter and shall have a sufficient length to permit not less than ~6" adjustment above and below the required elevation when the pipe is laid'to the'spec~ed depth. The length adjustment shall be screw type. C. The covers shall have the word "water` cast on the top. 2.04 CORPORATION STOPS A. The corporation stops shall be Ford F600-34, McDonald 4701, or approved equal. The sizes of the inlet thread and the size of the copper service coupling shall be 3l4" x 1 ". 2.05 CURB STOPS A. Curb stops shall be B22-444, McDonald 6104, or approved equal (Minneapolis pattern). 2.06 CURB BOXES A. The curb boxes shall be the extension type with a stationary rod, McDonald Arch base pattern, or approved equal. The lid shall 'be equal to McDonald 5601~L-Lid, 2 hole Erie pattern.. • 2.0~ ,FU4RE•fl• ~EN~D COUP~ING~S A. The flared• end' couplings shal'I be as ~rn~anufaotured byFord or approved eq~uaa~. Compression joint couplings rir-ill not be accepted. 2.08 FIRE HYDRANTS 0 A. The fire hydrants shall be Waterous Model WB-67 pacer type with traffic flange or approved equal, conforming to AWWA C-502. B. Traffic.Flange Type with a 16' break-off section. C. AWWA C502.t34 Standard Spec cations for Fire Hydrants for Ordinary Water Works Service shall govern the design, construction and manufacture of fire hydrants unless as added to or modified herein. 1. Hydrants shall be the Columbia Heights Standard. 2. Operating nut and nozzle caps shall be the standard pentagon nut type of the dimension, which currently exists in the City of Columbia Heights. 3. Main Valve Opening: 5 4. Traffic Flange Type with a 1~6" break-off section. 6. The hydrant ban~els shall be two-piece, non-jacket type, with flanged joints above the finished elevation line and with mechanical joint connections at the . hub end. 6. Type of S~iut-Off: Compression, unless. otfaerwise approved •by the Arohitect. 7. Bury ~Leng#h: 7.5' from the •ground surface to the top of the connecting .pipe. U•Vate + ; aiu~s ~02660~4 I,I Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia ~hteights, MN ;~I Sitework Package - Jwly 21, 2008 . 8: The hydrants shall have two outlet noales for 2-1/2' (I:D.) hose connection ~ and one outlet nozzle for 4' (I.D.) steamer connection. All outlet nozzle ~~ threads shall :be National Standard threads, equal to those presently in use . by the Owner. The Contractor shall obtain the necessary thread information. 9. Operating Nut: One 1-1/2' National Standard Pentagonal operating nut. !~ 10. The hydrant operating mechanisms shall be' provided with 'O° ring seals . preventing entrance of moisture and shall be lubricated through an opening in ' the operating nut or bonnet. 11. The hydrants shall include stainless steel clips for the two upper bolts on the watermain side of the elbow. 12. Direction to Open: To the left (counterclock~niise). ' 13. Finish Paint above the Ground Line: Standard Red. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.07 PIPE INSTALLATION t A. Handling 1. Thoroughly clean the interior of the pipe of all foreign materials before lowering it into the trench. . 2. Perform pipe cutting in a neat and workmanlike manner without damage to ~'! the pipe. The cutting methods used shall conform to the rna~nufacturer's recommendations. . ~~ ~B. Granular .P.ipe :Bedd.ing. . 1~. The ~bed'ding~ material shall ~be a clean pi~run sand or fne gravel, flee from ~deleteri~ous matter and rocks. over 1' in diameter. Place the bedding materia'I ;'i unifior~rnly over the trench bottom to a minimum deptfi of 3'. Shape the material to give unfform support to the lower fourth of the ;pipe for its entire length. Make depressions in the bedding to accommodate the joints. Carry bedding material to 6' above the top of the pipe. C. Pipe Laying 1. Do not lay the pipe in water or when the' drench or weather conditions are not suitable for the work except by permission of the Architect. When the work is . not in progress, securely close open ends of the pipe and fittings so that no water or other foreign matter enters the pipe or fittings. 2. Unless shown otherwise on the plans, the pipe shall have a minimum of 7.5' of cover below all finished elevations. and shall not be laid closer horizontally than 10' to a sanitary sewer line. Deflections from a straight line or grade as required by horizorrta~l or vertical curves shall not exceed 5 degrees (a 5- degree deflection is equikalent to an offset of approximately 1' per lineal foot of pipe). If the alignment required deflects in excess of this limit, provide bends and fittings or shorter lengths of pipe until these conditions are met. Brace bends and fttings in the pipe with thrust blocks poured in place against undisturbed earth. D. Gate Valves and Valve Boxes 1. :Install where shown on the .plans or as directed by the Architect. .I'I !~ Water~nains • 02660-5 ;^ . Co~lu~m.bia. Heights ~Pub~lic Safety. Center ~Cblum~~bia Heights, ~MN~ .S.itework Package - Jwly 21,. 2008' 2. Set the gate valves an~d~ ~g~ate boxes p'lum'b and' center the va~lve~ boxes -on. the valves. Carefully place .and compact fill materials around the valve box for a distance of 4' on all sides of the box, or to the undisturbed trench face, whichever is less. Set the top of the value 'box at the elevation of the existing ground~or as shown on the plans. 3. Post indicator valves shall be maintained in a plumb position with 36' between the ground elevation and the top of the valve.. E. Fire Hydrants 1. Set the fire hydrants at such an elevation that the specified minimum pipe cover is provided throughout the length of the branch supply line and that the nozzles are 24' above the proposed ground elevation. Set the hydrants plumb and place on a concrete ,pad not less than 4' deep and 15' square. Firmly block the back of the hydrants, opposite the pipe connections, against the vertical face of the trench with a concrete thrust block poured in place against undisturbed earth with minimum dimensions of 12' each way. If, ~in the opinion of the Owner's Geotechnical Consultant, the soil is unstable and will not support the thrust block, use bridle rods to secure the hydrant. The rods shall be a minimum of 314' in diameter and shall be covered with an acid resistant coating. 2. Place a.minimum of 9 cubic feet of crushed rods or coarse gravel at the base of each hydrant for drainage. 3. Place and compact fill around the f}yd~rant to a m~irri~num distance of 4' on a.ll sides of the 'hydrant or to tl~e undisturbed sides of the trench, whichever ~is less. 3:02 SANITARY S~EIN~R,. STORAA S°EWER AN~D~ INATf~RMA~N~ CROSSINGS A. V~later pipe crossing sewers shall be laid to provide a. separati~o~n of at least 1:8' between the bottom• of the water pipe ar~d the top of the sewer. 1iVhen local conditions prevent a vertical separation as described, the following construction shall 'be used. 1~. Construct the sewers of materials equal to water service piping standards of construction. -~ 2. Protect the water pipes passing under sewers by providing a vertical separation of at least 18' between the bottom of the sewer and the top of the water pipe. 3. Provide adequate structural support for the sewers to prevent excessive deflection of the joints and settling on and breaking the water pipe. The length of water piping shall be centered at the point of crossing the sewer pipe so that the joints will be eq.uid~istant from the crossing.. 3:03 DISINFECTION OF WATERMAINS A. Before being placed in service, the completed watermain shall be disinfected. Disinfection materials and procedures, and the collection and .testing of water samples, shall be in accordance with the provisions of AVWVA C-651. After the fnal flushing the water shall be tested for bacteriologic quality and found to meet the standards prescribed by the Minnesota Department of Health. Wate ~ ~ ~ a~ins. ~0266~=6 ~'I ~ Colurn~bia Heights Public Safety Center . - Columbia 'Heights, MM ~~ Sitework Package -July 21, 2008 Where .an existing wa#erma~in ~is cut for the installation of any fitting, the pipe and fittings proposed to .be installed shall be disinfected prior to installation as follows: 1. The interior of the pipe and f~tings shall be leaned of all dirt and foreign material. 2. The interior of the pipe and fittings shall be thoroughly swabbed or sprayed ' with a 1 percent minimum hypochlorite solution. Unless otherwise indicated in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, the • Contractor shall furnish all materials and perform the disinfecting, flushing, and . testing as necessary for meeting the water quality requirements. ' The flushing operations and the form of chlorine and method of application to be used shall be subject to approval by the Architect. 3.04 [HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF WATERMAINS A. After the pipe has been laid, including .fittings, valves and blocking, all newly-laid pipe or any valved section thereof, unless directed otherwise by the Architect, shall be subject to hydrostatic pressure of 150 pounds per square inch. The duration of each such test shall be at least two hours. B. Each section of pipe to .be tested shall be filled with water and all air expelled at the highest point. The required taps to~ expel air~or to fill the water main shall be supplied and installed by the Contractor and• shall be'/ .inch and shall include an approved service saddle when. required. ,^i f The test a~ppara~tus shall .be• applied at the lowest ~eleva#ieon on~ the section. to~:be tested. The apparatus shall be connected to the :pipe at a ~senrice tap or special tap location. The pressure gauge shall be a standard pressure gauge. The dial shall register from 0 - 200 psi and have a dial size of 4 r4 inches with 1 psi increments. The hydrostatic test, pressure naquirement for an acceptable test shall be a maximum pressure drop of 0 psi during the finro hour pressure test. If this test requirement cannot be met, the Contractor shall investigate the cause, make corrections, and retest until the pnsssure drop requirement can be met. Only if several consecutive tests indicate a consistent pressure drop and only after the Contractor has made numerous attempts to resolve the problem, acceptable to the Arohitect, may the Contractor request in writing and the Architect consider the use of the leakage test. The leakage test may be performed by the Contractor to determine the magnitude of the leak. However, meeting the leakage allowance shall not automatically be considered acceptance, in lieu of the pressure test,-for the section being tested. Final acceptance shall be at the discretion of the Architect. When allowed,. the leakage test shall be performed in accordance with AWWA C- 600, Section 4. t:5., 4.1.6 and the line will be accepted as per Section 4.1.7. ItUatewrraairas ~a2C60=7 =~ ~ - Col~rnbia ~ri'eig~hts ~Pu~bli~c Safety Center Columbia H~eig~hts, `MN 'Sitework Package -July 21', 2008 3.05 ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY TESTS A. The contractor shall pertorm a conductivity test within one week upon completion of pressure testing on the main to estakilish that electrical thawing maybe carried out in the future. Conductivity testing must be carried out in the Architect's presence and be approved before acceptance. B. The system (pipeline, valves, fittings and hydrants) shall be tested for electrical continuity and current capacity. The electrical test shall be made after the hydrostatic pressure test and while the line is at normal operation pressure. Backfilling shall have been complethd. The line may be tested in sections of cornenient length as approved by the Architect. C. A direct current of 350 amperes +/-10°6 shall be passed through the pipeline for five minutes. The current fknw through the pipe shall be measured continuously on an ammeter and shah remain steady without interruption or excessive fluctuation throughout the five-minute test period. ' D. Insufficient current or intermittent ounent or arcing, indicated by large fluctuations of the ammeter needle, shall be evidence of defective contac# in the pipeline.. The cause shall be isolated and corrected. Thereafter, the section in which the defective_ ; ~. _ test occurred shall be re-tested as a unit and shall meet the requirements. " . . ' ~E. After the test, the hydrant shall'be :shut ofF and .a cap loosened to allow the h~ydrar~t to~ drain. Tig'hten~ the Eap after dfiainag~e is~ corn~pl'ete. '3.06 WATER SERVICE LII~;ES A. Install the water service lines where shown on t~he~ plans. 'Run lines from the new watermain and terminate at a point as shown on the plans or as directed by the Arohitect. B. The water service lines shall be PVC schedule 160. The joints shall be of the type recommended by the pipe manufacturer for the particular pipe being used, and that are in conformance with the State Plumbing Code. 3.07 CLEANING A. Upon completion of the installation of the watennains and appurtenances, remove excess materials, equipment,. temporary structunrs and debris resulting from the construction work. END O~ SfCT1O~N .Wale ~ ~ aias ~ ~02660~-8 ,'~ ;~ 1 f ,! 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY Colu:rn.bia. •Heights Public SafetyCenter Columbia: Heig,hts., ~M~N SiteworkPackage -July 2'1', 2008 . SECTION 02720 STORM 1DRAINAGE SYSTEM A. Section Includes: 1. Storm Sewer Pipe. 2. Precast Concrete Manhole Sections. 3. Grates. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Minnesota Plumbing Code published by the Minnesota Department of Health, latest edition. B. City Engineer's Association of Minnesota, Standard Specifications. C. ASTM A48; Specification for Gray Iron Castings. ~D ASTM• C76; Specifcation• for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm ~DFain~ and Seaver Pipe. , E. ASTtU4 ~C44.3; Specifcation for Joints four Circular Concrete Sewer •and• `Culvert ~P.ipe 'Using .Ru~beF Gaskets. F. ASTM C923; Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforoed Concrete Manhole Structures, Pipes and Laterals. G. ASTM C478; Specification for Pce-cast Reinforced Concxete Manhole Sections. H. ASTM D3034; Spermcation for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. I. ASTM D3212; Specification for Joints for Drains and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. J. AASHTO M294; Specification for Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe (12" to 48"). ~' K AASHTO MP7; Specification for Corrugated Polyethylene Pi (5.4" to 60" . Pe ) 1.03 QUALJTY ASSURANCE A. Quality assurance personnel shall be at the project site on a~. intermittent basis during the storm drainage systemplacement. . Stor ~ ~ ~Dra~inage~ Sxste ~ ~ s ~02720~1' ~I. Coluunbia Heights ~Pu!blic Safety Cer~teF ~Golumbia Meig~hts, ~MN. ~S~itework Package - July 21~, 2008 PART 2'PRODUCTS 2.07 STORM SEWER .PIP.E. A. All pipe shall be new and unused. B. Reinforced concrete pipe; ASTM C76, Class II1. C. Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe, ASTM D3034 SDR35 or SDR26. D. High density polyethylene (HDPE) pipe; AASHTO M294, AASHTO MP7. 2.02 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOI~ SECTIONS A. Precast concxete manhole risers, base sections, and tops: ASTM C478. B. Boot connectors, ASTM C923. 2.03 GASKETS A. Gaskets and pipe ends for rubber gasket joints: ASTM C443. ~B. Elastome~nc seals (gaskets) for• ~oin~ing .plastic pipe: ASTM ~D32~12. C. ~R~utiber gaskets for. joir~rts .between: •reanhole~ sections: ASTM C4.43. D. Gaskets for PVCsewer fittings: ASTM F1336. E. Rubber gaskets for structure to pipe connections: ASTM C923. 2.04 CASTINGS A. Precast concrete manhole covers, grates, and boxes: Cast iron, A$TM A48, Class 35B. B. Uniform quality, free of blowholes, shrinkage, distortion, and other defects. C. The product numbers are as manufactured by Neenah Foundry Company and are shown on the Plans. Standard castings differing in nonressential details may be acceptable if approved by the Architect. 2.05 PIPE BEDDING MATERIAL A. The pipe bedding shalt consist of clean pit-run sand or fne gravel, free from deleterious matter and rocks over 1 inch 'in diameter. Sf~o~n~ Dra~inage~ Systeuns ~t~2720-2 ~, ~~~ ~ Columbia 'He'ig'hts iPublic'SafetyCenter ' Columbia 'Heigilits, ~M'N. '~ Siteworl~ Package -July 2'~, 2008 ~~ PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PIPE INSTALLATION A. Shape the bottom of the trench to give substantially uniform circumferential support to the lower fourth of each pipe. Pipe laying shall proceed up-grade with the groove ,; (bell) ends in the up-grade direction. Adjust the tongues in grooves to produce a uniform space. Lay each pipe true to line and grade to form a close concentric joint with the adjoining pipe. Blocking or wedging between tongues and grooves will not be permitted. As the work progresses, clean the interior of the pipe free of dirt and extraneous materials. '; B. Keep the trenches free from water until the pipe jointing is completed. Do not lay the pipe when conditions of the trench or the weather are unsuitable for such work. • Keep the open ends of the pipe and fittings securely Gosed at all times when the work is not in progress. C. The last three sections of pipe not entering a. catch basin manhole are to be fastened together with an anchor bolt system. D. The bedding material shall be placed uniformly over the trenc#~ •bottom to a• depth of ~~ not :less Phan 3 inches. The .bedd:ing shall be shaped to provide uniform support to ~ the •lower •fourth~ of the pipe for •itsentire length. •Depressions sha~l4 be •made in the bedding rnateria'I to accommodate the joints. The pipe bedding material shall ~be carried to 6 inches above the stop of the pipe. The remaining tre~nch~ backfili material ,~ shall •be on-site material sirrilar in com.pos:ition to the surrounding subsoils. 3.02 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Make joints with rubber gaskets. Clean and dry the surfaces to receive lubricants, cements, or adhesives. Affix gaskets to the pipe not more than 24 hours prior to the installation of the pipe. Protect the gaskets from sun, wind, dust or other deleterious agents at all times. . ' B. Before the installation of the pipe, inspect gaskets and remove and replace loose or improperly attached gaskets. Align each pipe section with ~ the previously installed pipe section and pull the joint together. '~ C. If the gasket Mmes loose while pulling the joint, and can be seen through the exterior joints,, recessed to within one inch of closure, remove the pipe, and remake the joint. ,' . 3.03 MANHOLE CONSTRUCTION ~'j A. For pre-cast concrete construction provide a smooth. fnish to the inside joints of pre- cast concrete manholes and catch basins. . ~j Storwn Drainage Systeres °02720-3 t•I . ~Co~lu.,Ibia,Heigt~ts Public Safety Center . Colu ~ ~!bia Heights, M!N~ Sitework ~Packag~e - July 21, 2008 B: Provide a hole greater in~ diameter Phan, the pipe at pipe entrances to the. pre-cast concrete structures. Install watertight connector ~in the annular. space between the pipe and pn:,cast concrete manhole. C. Lay sections of the structures in a full mortar bed. Keep the ~rn~asonry materials and mortar at a temperature above freezing until the mortar has set up sufficiently to pn:vent damage by freezing. D. The mortar shall be composed of 1 part Portland cement and 3 parts of washed and scn:ened sand with. sufficient water to make a workable mix. E. The top 8 inches of the structures shall be made of concrete rings 2 inches thick. Lay the concrete adjusting rings in a full bed of mortar 1/4 inch to 3/4 inch thick. F. Set the manhole or catch basin frames and lids /grates flush with the existing elevations shown on the Plans. Place the frames upon a full bed of mortar and shim to the cornea elevation with suitable concrete wedges and mortar. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Check each straight run of pipe for gross defciencies by •holding~ a light in the manhole or catch basin. Ttie light shall show a, practically full circle through the. pipe when viewed frorn~ the adjoining end of the line. ENO OF SECTION Sto :., ~ . ;Drair~age~~Systerns I' 02'720=4 ~I Co'lurnbia~ Hei ~ hts Public Safe Center 9 tY Colurn~bia~'Meights, ~MN~ ~I ~ ~ Sitewor+k ;Package -July 2'1~, 2008 SECTION 02722 DRAIN TILE ~; PART 1 GENERAL ~' 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Drain tile'systems. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM D3212, Specification for.Joirrts for Drain Tile and Sewer Plastic Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. B. ASTM F405, Standard Specification for Corrugated Polyethylene (PE) Tubing and '; Fittings. C. ASTM F449, Standard Recflmmended' Practice for Subsurface Installation of Corrugated Thermoplastic Tubing for Agricultural Drainage of Water Table Control. .D. ASTM D3212, Specifcation i;or E~lastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining: Plastic'Pipe. ~~ .E. ASTM° F667. , S.tand~ard Specification for f.arge Diameter ~Corrugated~ Polyethylene _ Pipe. ~F. ASTM F794, Specificat~o~n for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC} Large Diameter ribbed Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled ~I~nside Diameter. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Inspect the materials delivered to the site for damage. Store the materials with a 'j minimum of handling. Store the materials under cover and out of direct sunlight. Do' not store the materials directly on the ground. Keep the inside of the pipes and fittings free from dirt and debris. 1.04 UA ~ ASS CE Q LI'TY URAN A. Quality assurance personnel shall be at the project site on an intermittent basis during the drain tale system placement. ,i PART 2 PRODUCTS 2:01-CORRUG7-TE~POLYETHYL~NE (,PE) :PIPE"- A. Pipe fttings: ASTM F405 with or without a filter fabric wrap. .~ :~ ~Dra~in, Tile 02722: ;I Co~lum~bia'H~eig~ts Public Safety Ce~nter• Columbia ~HeightsA ~M~N Sitework Package - ;}uly 2'1, 2008 B. Pipe and fifti~ngs: ASTM' F794. C. Joints and jointing materials: ASTM D3212. 2.02 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PLASTIC 'PIPING A. PVC plastic pipe and fittings: SDR 35, with ends adaptable for elastomeric gasket joints: B. Joints: ASTM D3212. C. Gaskets: ASTM F477.• PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PIPE INSTALLATION A. Place soil separation fabric in the trench prior to the placement of the pipe. B. Pipe laying shall proceed up-grade. 'Lay each pipe true to line and elevation to form a close concentric joint with the adjoining pipe. As the work :progresses, clear the interior of the pipe free from dart and. extraneous ~rnaterials. C. Bef®re the installation of fF~e ,pipe, kas~pect gaskets, and remove and replace loose ~or ~ir~nproperly attached ~g~askets. AHg~tt eaEh~ pipe sectiora~ m-.i#h the previously install'ed~ .pipe section and pull the joint tmgether. D. ~Ifi the gasket becomes loose while pulling. f~he joint,. and can be seen through the exterior. joints, recessed to within one inch of closure, remove the, pipe, •and~ remake the joint. 3.02. PIPE. BACKFILLING A. Backfill the trench/excavation with the required drainage rock. Compact the rock until there is .no further evidence of consolidation. Compaction should be performed with equipment that will not crush the drain file pipe. Wrap the soil separation fabric over the top of the trench to provide a double layer of material. Backfill over the top of the soil separation fabric with topsoil. 3.03 MANHOLE AND CATCH BASIN CONNECTION A. Provide a hole 2 inches greater in diameter than the pipe at pipe entrances to pre- cast concrete structures. Pack the annular space with oakum and tightly seal with concrete mortar. ' D~ain~ Tile - 02.722-2 ~~ '~ 1 1 1 1 1 r i i Colu~rn°bia iH~eights ~P~ubtic Safety ~Cerater Columbia .Heights,, 'M'N Sitework Package -July 21~, 2008 3:04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 141. Verify that drain the has a uniform and positive slope to 'provide adequate drainage of the s~rrrounding soils. ' END OF SECTION `'Qrain~ Tile 02722=3~ ~I ~ Colurn~bia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia. •Heig~hts, M~N ~~ ~ Stewor~c Package -July 21, 2008 _ ~ S.ECTIO.N 02730 i ~ SANITARY SEWER PART 7 GENERAL 1.07 SUMMARY . A. Section Includes: ' 1. Sanitary sewer systems. 1.02 CODES A. All work shall comply with the most current requirements of the Minnesota Department of Health, the Minnesota Plumbing Code and all applicable codes and ordinances. 1.03 REFERENCES • A. Minnesota Plumbing Code published by the Minnesota Department of Health, latest edition. B. City Engineers Association of Minnesota - S#a~i~.da~rd Spec'fiications. C. ASTI1lI A48,. Spe~•cation~ for Gray Iron Castings. ~^_~ ~D. ASTM C478, Specification for Precast Re~iraf~rced Concrete Manhole Sections. •~~ E. ASTM C923• Standard Specifcatian for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures, Pipes and Laterals. ~ . F. ASTM D3034, Speafcation for Type PSM Polyvinyl Chbride (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. G. ASTM F477, Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe. H. ASTM ~D3212, Specifcation for Joints for Drains and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. I. ASTM F94.9, Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Corrugated Sewer Pipe with a Smooth Interior and Fittings. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AN.D HANDLING A. Inspect the materials delivered to the site for damage and store the materials with a minimum of handling. The materials shall be kept under cover and out of the direct sunlight. Do not store the materials directly on the ground. Keep the inside of •the~ pipes and fittings free from dirt and debris. .~ ~Sa~r~itary Sewer: ~ :02730-1~ Co~lurnb~ia lieig'hts: Public Safet~- Center Columbia ~Fle~ights, ~MN S~itewo.Rk Package -July 21, 2008 1.05 QUALITY ASS~U~RANGE A. Quality assurance ,personnel shall be at the project site on an intermittent basis daring the storm sanitary sewer system placement. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SANITARY SEWER PIPE A. All pipe shall be new and unused. B. Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe, ASTM D3034 SDR35 or SDR26. C. Joints: ASTM D3212. D. Gaskets: ASTM F477. 2.02 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE SECTIONS A. Precast concrete manhole risers, base sections, and tops: ASTM C478. B. Rubber gaskets for structure to pipe connections: ASTM C923. 2.03 GASKETS A. Gaskets and ,pipe ends for ~n~bber gastcet joints: ASTM C44.3. B. •Elastorneric seals (gaskets) for joi.r~ing plastic ;pipe: ASTM D3212. C. Rubber gaskets for joints between manhole sections: ASTM C443. D. Rubber gaskets for structure to pipe connections: ASTM C923. 2.04 CASTINGS A. Drop inlet and manhole covers, grates, and boxes: Cast iron, ASTM A48, Class 35B. B. Uniform quality, free of blowholes, shrinkage, distortion, and other defects. C. The product numbers are as manufactured by Neenah Foundry Company and are shown on the Plans. Standard castings differing in non-essential details may be acceptable if approved by the Architect. 2.05 PIPE BEDDING MATERIAL A.. The pipe bed~ding~ shall consist ~of clean pit-run sand or fine gravel, free from deleterious matter and rocks over 1 inch .in diameter. Saaitary~~Sewer ~ 02730-2 ~~ 1~ Columbia He~ig~its Public Safety Center ' Columbia Heig'lits, M~N ;~ ' Sitework •P~ackage -July 21, 2008 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PIPE INSTALLATION A. Shape the bottom of the trench to give substantially uniform circumferential support to the lower fourth of each pipe. Pipe laying shall proceed up-grade with the groove ,i (bell) ends in the up-grade direction. Adjust the tongues in grooves to produce a uniform space. Lay each pipe true to line and grade to form a close concentric joint with the adjoining pipe. Blocking or wedging between tongues and grooves will not be permitted. As the work progresses, clean the interior of the pipe free of dirt and extraneous materials. B. Keep the trenches free from water until the pipe jointing is completed. Do not lay the • pipe when conditions of the trench or the weather are unsuitable for such work. . Keep the open ends of the pipe and fittings securely closed at all times when the ~ work is not in progress. C. The bedding material shall be placed uniformly over the trench bottom to a depth of not less than 3 inches. The bedding shall be shaped to provide uniform support to ~. the lower fourth of the pipe for its entire length. Depressions shah ~be made in the bedding material to accommodate the joints. The pipe bedding material shall be carried to •6 inches above the tip of the :pipe. The remaining trench ~backfill material ;'I s.iaall'be on-site material ~sirrailar in com;posi~fion to the ~surround~ing subsoils. 3 02 .POINT CON~STRUCTIOW, A. Make joints with rubber gaskets. Clean and dry the surfaces to.receive .lubricants, cements, or adhesives. Affix gaskets to the pipe not more than 24 hours prior to the installation of the pipe. Protect the gaskets from sun, wind, dust or other'deleterious ~j agents at.all times. B. Before the installation of the pipe, inspect gaskets and remove and replace loose or improperly attached gaskets. Align each pipe section with the previously installed pipe section and pull the joint together. • ~, C. If the gasket becomes Bose while pulling the joint, and can be ~ seen through the exterior joints, recessed to within one inch of closure, remove the pipe, and remake the joint. 3.03 MANHOLE CONSTRUCTION A. For pre-cast concrete construction provide a smooth fnish to the inside joints of pre- ' cast concrete manholes. B. Provide a hole greater in diameter than the pipe at pipe er•~trances to the pre-cast concrete stnrctures. Install watertight connector in the annular space between the pipe and ,pna-cast concrete manhole. •~~ ~Sanitary~ Sewer 02730-3 •',~ • ~Colum'bia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, ~NIN~ . Sitework Package =July 21', 2008 C. Lay sections of ~tlae structures ~in a full rnorfiar'bed. Keep ~ihe mrasonry materia'Is and mortar at a temperature above freezing until the mortar has set up sufficiently to . prevent damage by freezing. D. The mortar shall 'be composed' of 1 part Portland cement and 3 parts of washed and screened sand with sufFicient water to make a workable rnix. E. The .top 8 inches of the structures shall be .made of concrete rings 2. inches thick. Lay the concrete adjusting rings in a full bed of mortar 114 inch to 314 inch thick F. Set the manhole frames and lids /grates flush with the existing elevations shown on the Plans. Place the frames upon a full bed of mortar and shim to the correct elevation with suitable concrete wedges and .mortar. 3.04 FIELD ~ttJALITY CONTROL A. Check eacfr straight run of pipe for gross deficiencies by holding a light in the manhole or catch basin. The light shall show a practically full circle through the pipe when viewed from the adjoining end of the line. 'END OF ~S'ECTION~ Sanhta~ry Sewer. 02730-4 ~~ n i ~~ Columbia Heights Public'Safety Centel Columbia Heights, M'N Sitework Package -July 21, 2008 1. GENIERAL 2. SCOPE OF WORK SECTION 02841 ~iRRIGATION SYSTEM 2.1 The work contemplated by these specifications includes providing all labor, materials, equipment, and services required to design and complete installation of the irrigation system as specified herein. 2.2 Unless otherwise specified, the specificatbns are intended to include everything obviously requisite and necessary for the proper installation and compleY~on of the work whether each necessary item is mentioned herein or not. 2.3 All worts herein specified shall be executed in accordance with all governing ordinances, laws and n~ulafions that meet all local conditions. Additionally, any changes and/or add'~tions in the work necessary to meet these ordinances, laws, regulations, and/or conditions will be made without additional cost'to the Owner. 3. QUALIFICATIONS 3.1 The designer of the irrigation system shall have a minimum of three (3) years of experience in designing automatic in-igation systems for commerclal sites. 4. DESCRIPTION •OF THE SY.~STEM 4.1 Pravid'e and install a complete automatic irrigation system• ~incfuding, bu# not limited to a deduct water meter, controller, rain sensor, automatic control valves,. piping and head's. The system shall be designed' for efficient seasonal blowout and winterization. 4.2 The irrigation system shall be designed so that the layout •provides head-to-head coverage. 4.3 One (1) 1-1/2" water line to be stubbed out from building by the plumbing subcontractor on the project, location as shown on drawings or as approved by Arohitect The irrigation Contractor shall hook-up to the water line stub and extend to the system outside. The route for the water line through the building to the outside shall be determined on-site and coordinated with the . construction manager. 5. SUBMITTALS 5.1 The contractor shall submit a thorough irrigation plan completed by a qualified irrigation designer with three (3) years experience with similar scope and scale of projects. 6: EXAMINATION OF THE SITE 6.1 The Contractor acknowledges that he has examined the site, and the submission of his proposal shall be considered evidence that examination has been made. ~tnigation~ Slrstem~ ~0281~1 -1~ 7. 8. 9. 1~0. 11.. 12. if . ~ Columbia ;Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, :MN S'~tework Package-July 2a, 2008 ~ °CONDUCT OF THE WORK. 7.1 The Contractor shall maintain skilled journeyman, during progress of the work, together with a competent superintendent who has the authority th act for him in aIF matters pertaining th the work. 7.2 The Contractor shall coordinate his work with the other site work and, in particular, the landscape construction. 7.3 The Contractor shall confine his operations ~ the areas as shown on the drawings. HANDLING OF MATERULLS AND EQUIPMENT ' 8.1 The Contractor shall provide and pay for all transportation, required to deliver to the site all materials, equipment, as naquired for all the work shown and specified. ' CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILiRY 9.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for his work and all materials, tools, and p%perty used in ' connection with the work. T.he Contractor shall protect the Owner against all liabilities, claims, or demands for injuries or damages ~ any persons or property growing out of the. performance of the work under this contract, except such liability, claims, or demands for injuries or damages resulting ;' from acts or failure to act on the part of the Owner. CODES AND INSPECTIONS 10.1 The entire installation shall fuly~ ownply with all local and state laws. and ordinances and with all the established codes: 1'he Corfractor shall take out all required' permits, arrange for all necessary ~inspec#ioas and• shall pay any. tees and: expenses'in oeajunction~~witb the same as a .part of the work ender this oorriract ~ ELEANING THE IPREMISES • 11.1 The Contractor shall at all tunes keep the premises on which. the work is being done, and the adjoining premises, clean of debt9s caused by his work. :, 11.2 Upon completion of the job, the Contractor shall clcen up alt debris caused by his work and leave the job in a neat and clean condition. All debris removed from the job shall be taken from the site and. properly disposed of. ALTERNATE MATERIALS •' 12.1 Where material is speafied but not named, the Contractor shall choose the material meeting the •' specification. 12.2 When a material is specifically named by brand it is intended as a means of establishing a standard of quality and defining performance. Alternate materials must be approved by the Architect prior to the bid opening. Submittal for approval must be received by the Architect 10 days prior to bid opening. ' Submittals must include product samples a~bng with ~descxiptions as may be necessary to show that the rnater~als are equal to brands specified. t '.Irrigatron S.ystera 0281' 1. - 2 I~ - . Columbia Heights Public Safety Center . - Columbia Heights, .MN Sitework.Package - July 21, 2008 1'3. MATERIALS •~ 13.1 Polyvinyl-Chloride Pipe (PVC): 13.1.1 PVC pipe shall be used for all main piping. All PVC pipe shall be Class 1~fi0, virgin, high impact, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe, shall be continuously and permanently marked with manufacturer's Warne, material, size and schedule or type. 13.1.2 Pipe shall conform to ASTM D2241 and D2ti72 or latest revision. Materials shall conform to all requirements of ASTM D1784 or latest revision. 13.1.3 All pipe sleeves shall be Schedule 40 PVC. ' 13.2 PVC Pipe Fittings: 13.2.1 PVC pipe fittings shall be constructed of Schedule 40 PVC and shall be joined to the pipe by solvent welding. PVC snap-on saddle tees are not acceptable. 13.3 Polyethylene Pipe: 13.3.1 Piping after the control valve on each zone shall be flexible non-toxic polyethylene ~~ pipe made from 10096 virgin polyethylene material, and all sizes shall have a minimum 100 PSI working pressure rating. All polyethylene pipe shall be continuously and permanently marked with the manufacturer's name, material, size i or schedule. Pipe shall conforrn to ASTM D2239~ and D1248 or latest revision. i . ~ 13.4 ~Polyethy~lene Pipe .Fittings: I i , 1:3.4.1 Plastic type •PVC or• ~nylon~ insert fittings andlo~r brass saddle tees, where applicable,. shall~be used. 13:5 • Electric Rerraote Control Valves: ^~ - 13.5.1 Valves used in the electrically controlled automatic system shall be manufactured by Rain Bird, Toro or approved equal. Valves shall be sized shall be sized appropriatey for each zone and shall'be installed in valve boxes of appropriate size and type as described under valve boxes. ~, 13.6 Valve Boxes: 13.6.1 Valve boxes shall be plastic as manufactured by Carson Company or equal. Valve . boxes shall be lockable and 10" diameter for 1" control valves and gate valve and - 12"dlameterfor 1'r6" & 2" valves. Valve boxes shall be placed on a bed of'i4" stone s¢ed (i or larger than the box perimeter with a depth of at least 12". ' 13.7 Sprinkler Heads: 13.7.1 Sprinkler heads shall be manufactured by Rainbird or Toro or approved equal. 13.7.2 Location of heads shall be designed as required to provide a spray pattern with head to head coverage. ~ 13.8 Communication Circuitry: i ~ 1.3.8.1 Electric control lines from controllers to each. automatic valve shall be U~L approved •~ OF direEt burial wire. Minirnurr~ size - #14.. Type AWCE. •Irrigation~ System fl281~1. - 3 '~I -• Colu ~ ~ bia .Heig~hts'Pwbl'~c Safety Center Colwrebia :Heights; ~MN Sitework Package -July 21, 2008 ~' 14 1'3.9 Water Meter. 13.9.1 Water meter will be installed by others. 13.10 Backflow Preventer. 13.10.1 Backflow preventer will be installed by others. 13.11 Automatic Controller. 13.11.1 Controller shall be a solid-state type controller by Rain Bird or Toro or approved equal. The controller shall be designed specifically for large~cale commercial ' installations. 13.12 Rain Sensor: ' 13.12.1 Rain Sensor shall be manufactured by Hunter Miniclick or approved equal. The rain sensor shall be installed in a location as detemr~ined on-site and coordinated with the general contractor. ' INSTALLATION 14.1 •Pennits, Licenses and Certificates: 14.1'.1 The Contractor shall ,procure all pe ~ • ~ its and licenses, except as ~ot~erwise .indicated, pay all charges and, fees and g;~, all notices necessary and •incid'ent to ~tlae .proper and lawful ~prosecwtion of the work. He shaft: also obtain and' supply .the Owner all cert'ficates required to show that the work has been;performed in accflrdance with tltie building, plumbing, electrical or other codes, rules ar~d .regulafions of local or other authorities, the'Board of Fire U.nderwriter's, or such other like bod~~es, as the specifications may require directly or by implication. 14.2 Underground Structures: 14.2.1 The Contractior shall verify the exact kxation of existing underground structures and utilities and shall mark their location, both at the site and on all copies of the installation plans, including as-built drawings. 14.2.2 The Contractor shall be liable for the damages to and the cost of repairing or replacing any buried conduit, cables or piping encountered during the installation of the worts, unless he can show that damages were due to misinformation or other causes beyond his control. 14.3 Excavating and Bac~lling: ~I.rrigation~ System 14.3.1 Contracthr shall do all necessary excavation required forthe proper installation of his work. 14.3.2 When backfilling., all backfill material sltiall. be free from rock, large stone or other unsuitable substances to prevent damage to the pipe. 14.3.3 Backfilling of trenches containing plastic piping shall be done when pipe is cool to avoid excessive contraction. 14.3.4 A-11'backfl4 material will be.compacted in~~6" layers as iYs~ brought up fio fish grad's so as to~ insure that r~o settling. results. 028.41. - 4 i~ 1 ~~ ,~ 'Columbia•.Heights ~Pub'lic Safety Center. ~Colu ~ ~ bia Heights, MN Sitework Package - July 21, 2008 14.4 Installation of Piping: 14.4.1 All main line pipe which is under constant .pressure, shall be installed with a minimum depth of cover of 18" th 24". All other pipe shall be installed with a minimum depth of cover of 12". 14.4.2 Piping may be plowed.in ff it can be shown that the equipment the contractor intends to use will not stretch, scar or otherwise damage the pipe. 14.4.3 All pipe shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation. 14.4.4 Piping shall be securely capped at the end of. each days work to prevent entrance of foreign material. 14.5 Installation of Wire: 14.5.1 Wire shall be installed with main line piping in the same trench. At each connection to the valve, sufficient slack shall be provided to facilitate future service. 14.5.2 All underground splices shall ~be waterproofed with the wire connectors and Sootchcast electrical insulating resin packs as manufactured by the 3M Company. 14.6 Sleeving: 14.6.1 Pipe and wire shall be enclosed in PVC sleeves at each walk and road crossing. 44.7 Rock Excavation: 14...7.1, if •rock ds encountered is the a~lignmerat and~•depth shown ~ora the ,plan the alignrr~ent andlor depth. shall 'be adjested•.in •ord'er to. avoid its excavation •if at all possible. If alignrner~t and'depth adjustment cannot °be r~nade and it ~becornes necessary to remove the same,•the Contractor s~iall' be paid' for adtlitioraal cost incurred in the handling of the rock. 1:4.8 Water Supply: t e I 14.8.1 One (1)1-1~/2" water line to be stubbed out from building by the plumbing subcontractor on the .project, location as shown on plans or as approved by Architect. The irrigation Contractor shall hook-up to the water line stub and extend to the system outside. The route for the water line through the building to • the outside shall be detemained on-site acrd coordinated with the construction _ manager. • 14.9 Controller Installation: 14.9.1 Contractor shall install the controller at the location approved by Owner and 'in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation. The route for wiring from the controller shall be determined on~site and coordinated with the oonstructi~n 14.10 Electrical Work: manager. 1.4.10.1 Contractor will be responsible for• all law-voltage wiring from controller to zone valares and to booster pump. O.ne 115V outlet will be provided by others for the controller. 1.4.11 Automatic Control Valve hnstallation: ~frrigation •Sysfern. 028'1.1- 5 Colu~r~t>ia Heights Public Safety Center Colurn#~ia Heights, ~NNV SifieHiork Package - July 21, 2008 14.11.1 All control valves shall be. ir~sta'lled in valve hexes. 1~4.1~2 Improperly Operating or Located Equipment: 14.12.1 Any equipment that fails to operafie properly and•/or is located incorrectly shall' be promptly relocatied and/or removed at the direction of the Arohitect and at the Contractor's expense. Before any piping or equipment is located other than shown on the plans, permission. to do so shall be obtained from the Architect by the Contractor. 14.13 Instructions: 14.13.1 After completion and testing of the system, the Contractor will instruct the Owner's personnel in the proper operating and maintenance of the system. 1.4.14 As Built Plan: 14.14.1 After completion of the installation, the contractor shall fumish a reproducible • "as-built" drawing showing all sprinkler heads, valves, drains, and pipe lines th scale with dimensions where required. 14.15 Catalog and Instruction ~Data~: 14.15.1 The Contractor shall collect three (3) sets of catalog data including instructions for installation, operation, spare parts lists, and care of equipment for all pieces of equipment~mished~~under this contract, to include eiectrical•equipnnent imstalled,•on• the job. 1'4.1~5~.2 This data shall tie abound ~in. a Three wing, loose-leaf notebook ~of appFOpnate size or•in• binders .approved 'by the Architect Three ~~3) notebooks shall .be delivered to tk~e Owner upon conclusion, of the work., and before receipt of final paynflent. 14.1.6 Seasonal ~D.rainage: 14.16.1 V1Finter drainage shall °be accorraplished by replacing the water with compressed air. Compressed air connector shall be provided by others in hookup copper after tFie backfk~nr preventers. The system shall be constructed ~in such a manner as to ensure positive winter protection. 14.17 Guarantee and'System Blow-Out/Start Up: 14.17.1 For a period of one year from date of final acceptance of the work performed under this contract, the Contractor shall promptly fumish, and install without cost to the Owner, any and all parts which prove defective in material or workmanship. In the fall following the installation the Contractor shall drain the systerras for winter and the folk~nring spring shall put the systems back into operation without cost th the Owner. The Contractor shall instruct the owner in proper methods of winterizing the systems . and in reactivating the systems in the spring. END OF SECTION drngation: Sys •02~8'11~ - 6 ~" I'~ :~ I~ Colur~mbia Heights'Public Safety Center Colu ; ~ bia .Heig•'hts, 'M'N • Sitework .Package -July 21, 2008 SECTION 02830 FENCES AND GATES ~ • PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY '~ A. Section Includes: 1. Chain link fence. 2. Gates. 3. Ornamental fence. ' 1.02 REFERENCES • . A. ASTM A53, Specif'~cation for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated Welded and Seamless. B. ASTM A120, Specification for Galvanized Standard Weight (Schedule 40) Pipe. ~~ C. ASTM A491, Specification for Aluminum-Coated: Steel Chain-Link Fence Fabric. D: AST11A B429~, Specification for Alurninu~n~-lloy Extruded Structural Pipe and Tube. ~E. Chain C.ink Fence ;M~anu~facturers Instifiute ~(C'LFflAiI.) Product Manwa'I. ~~ 1.03 SUBIh111TTALS .~ A. Submit to the Engineer shop drawings of slide gate operators showing connections to adjacent construction, range of travel, all electrical and mechanical connections, concrete mounting pads, and underground electrical runs, 14 days prior to their installation. •~ B. Submit to the Engineer shop drawings of cans reader accessories at least 14 days ~ prior to their installation. ~` PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CHAIN LINK FENCE POSTS A. The pipe shall be Type 1, Schedule 40, standard weight,. round steel pipe with galvanized coating weighing not less than 1.8 oz per sq. ft. of coated surface, complying with ASTM F1083, and the following re~~uirements: _ 1. Posts ~~ a. Fence height 3.5' to 6': 2.5" O.D. • b: .Fence height 6.5' to 1~0': 3" O.D. ,~ 'Fences and~~Gates~ 0283'0='I ~~,I ~C.olurrrbia Heights Public Safety Center ~Coium'bia~ Heights,, MN Sitework ~Padcage -July 21, 2008 c. ,Fence. height 1~0' and greater: refer ~to .Mar~~facturers -- - ~ -~- --- ,commendations. 2. Top,. Intemaediate and Bottom Rails: 1 5/8' O.D. 3. Intermediate or Diagonal Bracing: 1 5/8' O.D. 4. Gate Posts: refer to Manufacturers recommendations. 5. Gate Frames: refer to Manufacturers recommendations. B. The above pipe diameters are the minimum allowable. The actual pipe diameters and weights of the fence posts and rails shall be detem~ined by the installer based on 'local building codes, fence heights; wind speed design requirements and coverage of the fence fabric with windscreens, pyHrood or other wind ~blodcing materials. 2.02 CHAIN LINK FENCE FABRIC A. Black Vinyl Coating. 1. Thermally fused to aluminum-coated or galvanized steel wire fabric. The wire fabric shall be 9-gauge by 2 inch before the vinyl coating is applied. 2. The thickness of the thermally fused vinyl coating shall be 0.007 inch. 3. The vinyl coating shall be free from pinholes, bubbles, voids, and rough or blistered surfaces. The color of the vinyl coating shall be the same color, Iiue, and shade. Fence fabric that is non-un~orm• in Dolor and appearance shall ~6e rejected and replaced at no add~~ional cost to #~he Owner. •B. Fasteners. 'I. To terrw~ir~aP posts: a: ' Tension bars: Minirnum~ 1/4.incF~~by 3/4 inch. •b. C°la~nps: 1'2 gauge by 1 inEh wide. c. ~Caniage bolts: Minimum 5/16; inch diameter. 2. To line posts: Wire: 6-gauge aluminum. 3. To rails: Wire: 6~auge aluminum. C. Tension and Brace Bands. 1. The tension and brace bands shall be 0.078' by 3/4" for posts less than 4' O.D, with 5/16' diameter galvanized carriage bolts. 2. The tension and brace bands shall be 0.108" by 7/8" for posts 4' O.D. and larger with 5/16' diameter galvanized carriage bolts. D. Tension Bars. 1. The tension bars shall be a~ minimum of 3/16' by 3/4' galvanized steel or vinyl coated where used with vinyl coated fences. E. Tie Wire. 1. The tie wire shall be 6 gauge aluminum wire. F. Accessories. 1.. Provide galvanized steel or malleable iron post caps, sleeves, clamps,, barbed or razor wire support anus, hinges, gate. latches, keepers, and all ~FenEes~ a~nd~ Gates ~ 02830-2 -~ ''I Columbia Heights Public Safety Center ' Columbia 'Heights, ~MN~ ~I S~itework Package -July 21; 2008 other accessories required for the ~corn~plete insta'llatuon of the ehain link fence and gates. ~ 'Provide vinyl coated accessories for• all vinyl coated fences. 203 CHAIN LINK FENCE RAILS A. Top and bottom. rails shall be installed on all standard fences. Install center rails on fences taller than 5 feet. 2:04 CHAIN LINK FENCE DOME CAPS A. Galvanized malleable steel dome caps shall be provided at all posts. 205 CHAIN LINK BRACFNG A. The fence bracing shall be 1-5/8 inch outside diameter Schedule 40 galvanized pipe as required. ~ ' ,i 2.06 CHAIN LINK GATE ACCESSORIES ~ A. Gate hinges shall be galvanized steel, 180-degree, of adequate strength to support the gate with large bearing surfaces for clamping the gate in position. The •hinges shall not twist or tum under the action of the gate under any conditions of use or abuse. . ,~ •B'. 'Locking devices shall ~be ~ga~Nanized~ steel vuifh~ a~ central focking~ device fo:r double gates and a #orked latch for single gates. ''I C. Disability gate latches shall k~e galvamzed steel with an extended' lever to lift the . forked latch on single gate. • 2.07 SLIDE GATE WITH OPERATOR A. Top and bottom rails: 2 inch outside diameter Schedule 40 galvanized pipe or as recommended by the gate manufacturer. B. Steel drive rail: 1" by 2" by 1/8" steel channel welded to 3" by 2" by 3/16' angle bolted to gate posts. Apply a corrosion resistant finish to rail assembly after fabrication. ' C. The gate wheels shall be solid cast aluminum with double sealed bearings to accommodate the overall gate dimensions. D. Hy-Security Gate Operator, Model 222, SS, or approved' equal. 2.08 ORNAMENTAL FENCE • -~ A. Monumental Iron Works, 4mperial' B, black, with 3" square posts will ~bafl caps, and ~~ ~~ 3/4" tubular pickets. -~ ~~ 1•. • Add the following ~requ~ireraents to Pal; "'Lnc~lude heaters, abase extensions; snow/ice scrappers, and free exit and obstruction .loops. Operator must ,~ installed: ~~1~L 2'S compl•"iant. .~ !Fences and'~G'afes. ~ 02830-3 ~Colum~bia ~Heiglrats .Public Safety Cer.~ter Columibia 'Heights, AIIN 'Sitework ~P•ackage -July 2'1, 2008 PART 3 ~EXfCUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Remove and dispose of brush, trees, and other obstructions that interfere with construction of the fence. B. Lay out and measure the fence line parallel to the contour of the ground. C. Post Setting. 1. Set standard comer, end, intermediate pull, and gate posts into concrete footings with a minimum diameter of 12 inches and a minimum depth of 54 inches. Place the posts such that bottom of the footing is 6 inches deeper than the bottom of the post. Place the concrete in a continuous pour and tarn.p around the posts for consolidation. Line posts may be air driven to a minimum depth of 4 feet. The top of the posts shall not be deformed at completion. Replace all deformed or damaged posts. 2. Set slide gate posts ~in concrete footings sized according the manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Crown the tops of the footings to shed water. 4. Space standard fence •posts a. maximum of 10 feet on-center. D. Posts and •Rails~. 1. Set the terrminal~ .posts at t~tie beg,inning• ~an~l~ the ~er~d. of each continuous, straight-line 'I'ength~ of fenoe• and at abrupt changes in vertical or 'hor•'¢ontal . alignment. 2. Set line ,posts at intervals stated at~ove„ ,measured parallel to the grade of the fence. 3.Install intermediate :pull posts at a maximum interval of 200 feet. 4. ~I:nstall a continuous top rail. Install the top rail through loop caps on the line posts. Provide sleeve splices in the top rail and only cut the pipe at the ends of runs. Install a bottom rail with terminations at each post. Install middle rails as specked. 5. Provide horizontal bracing at comer posts, terminal posts, and intermediate pull posts. Install the bracing at the mid-height of the fence, between the comer, terminal, or pull posts and the next adjacent line post. Fasten the bracing to the posts with brace bands and carriage bolts. E. Fabric. 1. Stretch the fabric and tension wire, if applicable, to the proper tension between the terminal posts as recommended by the manufacturer. Fasten the fabric securely to the framework. ' 2. Attach the fabric to the terminal posts with tension bar clamps and carriage bolts. 3. Attach the fal~rlc to the line pos#s and rails vuith wire spaced 14 inches onr center for all tennis courts arxi ball fell backstops. ~Fe~ces and. ~ates• - ~ 02830-4 .~ '~ Colurn~bia .Heigihts 'Public Safety Center • ~ColumVtiia ~Heig~hts, ~fiAN Sitewo~ric •Package -July 21, 2008 4.. Attach the fabric to the •line posts at intenra'Is ~of 14" on center, and to the top, middle and bottom rails at intervals of 1~4" on center for all standard fences. 5. Install the fabric a maximum of 1" above the fnished elevations.• F. Gates. 'I 1.. Provide manually operated, hinged gates of the sizes indicated. Furnish all n~uired hardware, latches, and locking devices. 2. Assemble the gate frames with welds or with specially fabricated fittings. '~ Paint welds with aluminum based paint upon cempletion. 3. Attach the gate fabric to the gate frame at 14' intervals on all sides. Use the same fabric as the adjacent fence. 4. Provide latches, plunger bar if required, and padlock hasps at all gates. G. Slide Gate with Operators. . 1. Top and bottom rails: 2 inch outside diameter Schedule 40 galvanized pipe or as recommended by the gate manufacturer. • 2. Steel drive rail: 1' by 2" by 1/8" steel channel welded to 3° by 2" by.3/16" angle bolted to gate posts. Apply a corrosion resistant finish to rail assembly after fabrication. 3. The gate wheels shalll be solid cast aluminum with double sealed bearings to 'I accommodate the overall gate dimensions. 4: Hy-Security Gate O.perato~r, Model 222, ~SS, or approved equal.: ~~ ~H. AdjusfiGnents. 1. Hardware and Acce~ssories•. a.. Adjust all •haniware, including ca~ratilever gate tracks and' rollers, latches, and locking devices for the proper operation without sticking., . binding., or dragging. • 2. Repair and Replacement. a. Repair or replace at no additional cost to the Owner all fence materials, gates, and posts damaged by the construction work prior to the completion and final acceptance of the work. This includes, but is not limited to, all the work associated with the General Contractor and all Subcontractors. 1. • Adjust the tension rods and brace rails for rigid installation. J. ~ Properly tighten all fasteners, hardware, and accessories. K. Remove all excess materials and debris from the project site. L. The fence installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and performed by skilled installers experienced in fence installations. M. Concrete. .~ ~ 1. The concrete shall compljr with all applicable provisions of ASTM C94 with a minimum compressive strength of 4000 psi at 28 days and a maximum aggregate size of 3/4". Refer to Section 03300 fir additional •requirernen~ts. ^! ~Fe~nces a~nd~ Gates. ~ ~.02~830=5 Colurn~bia ~H.eig~hts ;l?ublic Safety Center Columbia ;Heigilits;, .filPN~ ~S~itework 'Package -July 21:, 2008 3:02'FIELD QI~ALITY CONTROL A Test the g~at~e, operator, and card reader through at least ten full cycles and adjust for operation without binding, scraping, or uneven motion. Test the limit switches for proper at n;st gate position. B. All anchor bolts shall be fully oonoealed in the finished installation. END OF SECTION 'Fences ~nd~ Gates ~ a283~6~ '~ Columibia ~H.eig'hts Public Safety Center ~Colurnbia 'Heig'hts, MIN ''I, Sitework Package -July 2.1', 2008 • SECTION 02850 SIGNS • PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMAAARY A. Section Includes: 1. Traffic signs. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the Architect shop drawings for signs for approval. 1.03 REFERENCES ' A. Minnesota Manual for Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways. • B Federal Highway Administration, Department of Transportation, Washington ~D.C. •~ 'PART 2 •PRODUCTS ' 2.A1 FABRICATION, COLOR AN.D' AIIATE~RIALS A. Fabrication, of tra0ic signs and markers: Conform• to the ~M~innesota Manual for ;~ •Un'rforrn Traffic Control Devices #or Streets ar~d H~ig~hways. B. Colors: Conform to the color tolerance charts available from the Federal Highway Administration, Department of •Transportation, Washington D.C., unless otherwise permitted or specified herein. C. Sign base material: Steel or aluminum, showing no wind or twist, and when •1i mounted, the finished sign will lay flat against the post or mounting structure. D. Steel posts: ', 1. Posts in pavement shall be galvanized, flinch by 0.312-inch round structural steel with a minimum weight of 3 pounds per foot. 2. Posts in turt shall be a channel section consisting of hot-rolled high tensile steel, weighing at least 2 pounds per foot with a baked enamel finish and 3/8' diameter holes. -~ • Signs ~~ '02850=1' Coluunbia Heights !PuC~lic Safety Ce'mter Colwrn~bia, Heights, ANN Sitework Package -.luly 2'1', 2008 2:02 PA~R'KING SIGNS A. The signs shall meet the following criteria: Sian No. Narne R7-8a Handicap Parking LR7-22 No Parking Fire Lane • Police Parking (with arfow) R1-1 Stop Sign Size Color 12' x 18' White on Blue 12' x 18' Red on White 12' x 18' Red on White 30'x30" White on Red PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXECUTION A. Perform no work on the jobsite until all underground utilities are located. Replace damaged electrical cable between hand holes. Do not splice cables underground. Damage to underground utilities shall be repaired at the Contractors expense. 'B. Sign locations on the Plans are approximate• only. The sign locations shall 6e flagged:in, the field for approval'.by the Architect/Const~ruction Manager. C. The posts shall tie ;pl~m6 move the ground. The posts fhat •a~re bent or otherwise darr~aged, ~as determined by the Architect, shall •be~ Fem~oved from the site and replaced at fhe Contractor's expense. ~ . D. The posts shall be•firm in~ the-ground. After driving, the top of the posts shall have substantially the same cross-sectional dimensions as the body of the post. No battered heads will be accepted. No additional compensation will be made for setting posts that cannot be driven. END OF SECTION Signs ~0~28a0-2 'I ~ Columbia Heights Public Safety °Cemter • Columbia Heghts, MN :'I Siteuwrk'Package -July 21, 2008 SECTION 02920 •~ SODDING . 7. SCOPE . •~ 1.1. Furnish all labor, material, equipment 'and appliances required to complete the sodding as shown and as hereinafter specified. 2. 'QUALIFICATIONS 2.1. Sodding work shall be performed by an experienced contractor, well qualified in planting, •~~ •establishing •and maintaining high qual'dy turt ever. The Contractor shall have a minimum of five years experience in completing seeding projects of this size and complexii)r. The contractor shall provide a list of at least 3, recent comparable projects with contact names th verify qualifications prior ^• th contract award. • 3. MATERIALS 3.1. Sod shall include a maximum of the top 1" of well established cultured sod consisting of five Kentucky Bluegrass grown on loam soil and free from noxious weeds and relativey free from all other weeds, and free from roots, stones and other objectionable materials. Sod shall mist normal handling without undue breaking or tearing. Sod shall be cut in uniform stripe, 18" minimum width ar~d shall be cut in uniform. thickness so a dense root system will be retained but be exposed on the • ~bottom~ side of the sod. Sod grown on peat will not be accepted. 3:2. Fertilizer sha11 tie commercial. formula containing, at least the ~ ~ ~ inirnrJ ~ ~ analysis of 12% total • ~Nitrogert,. 1~2%~ ~Phosphonc Acid, 1296 water soluble Potash X12=7~2-1'2), confor~ning~ th applir:a~ble State .requirements. 3.3. Water shall be suitable for irrigation and .free from ingredier~ts• harmful in plant fife. YNater shall be provided by Contractor and used as required. ' ° 3.4. Stakes for holding sod on slopes shall be lath or shingles. Shakes shall be of sufficient length to secure firm bearing. 'I 4. GROUND PREPARATION _ 4.1. All areas to be sodded shall be worked until the soil .is completely fined and to smooth even finish grade. All holes, depressions and rivulets shall be filled in to ensure no disruption of established drainage patterns. Hand raking may be required to insure that proper elevation and even grade is . established. All rubble, sticks, branches or stones and extraneous matter over 1/2" diameter on the surface, which will interfere with the sod, shall be picked up and removed. ' 5. ~FERT N ILIZI G • 5.1. Immediately before sodding, fertil¢er shall be applied to a property prepared bed with a mechanical ' spreader. at a rate of 10 pounds per 1,000 sq. ft. Fertilizer must be dry and free flowing when• applied. ;~ Sodding 02920 -1 Columbia Heights •P•ublic Safety Center Columbia •He~.hts, AAN Sitework Package -July 21, 2008 ~6. SODDING 6:1. Precautions shall' be taken to prevent sod from drying out and from heating. Sod that shows visible signs of heating shall not be inoorporafied in the project. Strips shall be placed tightly together, ~per~endicular to slope directions and as indicated on the drawing. All sod shall be thoro~xlhly watered and rolled after placement 6.2. No sodding shall be done earlier than September 15 or later than neither Octiober 15 for fall sodding; or earlier than April 15 nor later June 1~5 for spring sodding. Changes in the above dates are acceptable only if directed by the Architect. 6.3. Sod laid on slopes greater than 6:1 shall be staked using wood stakes spaced no more than 30" apart The stakes shaA be driven at an angle against the flow of the watier until they project 1@" above the sod. 7. MAINTENANCE OF SODDED AREAS 7.1. In sodded areas, maintenance shall extend for not less than 120 days and shaA include repair of eroded areas and any replacement or resetting of sod rolls required to achieve a healthy and vigorous stand of grass. Sodded areas will be accepted by the Architect after roots are firmly anchored in the subgrade and the grass shows vigorous growth. 8. NOTIFICATION FOR ACCEPTANCE • 1~ 8.1.. The Contractor shall notify the Architect ttrat tl'te sodded areas are ready for aooeptar~oe. lYte . _ .. _ Architect .has 48 hours after notification by the Contractor to oDRnFnenoe Owner's •maintenance respoasibilihr subject to Avchitect's approval. of the installation. The •Contractor shale assuHne• respor.~sibilit~r draring this 48 ~hour;period~. '9.. WARRANTY 9.1.1. AH sodded areas shall 'be warranted for two (2). years from the Architect's acceptance on all sod contained in the Contract. All sod shall ~be alive and in satisfactory condition at the end of the warranty period. Such warranty exdudes vandalism. 9.1.2. At the beginning.of each planting season, inspection will be made by the Arohitect upon written notice by the Contractor at least five (5) days before the anticipated date. Any sod that is dead and not showing satisfactory growth, as determined by the Architect, shall be removed from the site, and shall be replaced as soon as conditions pemnit during the normal planting season. 9.1.3. Where replacement sod is required, the Contractor will be ordered to furnish and install the replacement sod immediately or at the beginning of the next planting season. All replacement sod shall meet the sodding specfications. ~It is the intent of these spedfications that the initial acceptance establishes the start of the two (2) year warranty period. All future sod replacement shall be guaranteed for an additional two (2) year period. 9.1.4. Sod replacement costs shall be home by the Contractor. Sodding ~ ~ A2920 - 2 1 1 1 r r i Columbia~~Heights Public Safety Center . ~ Columbia Heights, MN . Sitework Package -July 21, 2008 1'0. CLFJIN UP 10.1. All soil, mulch, or other material brought into paved arms by work operations, shall be removed promptly, keeping these areas clean at all times. Upon oolnpletion of sodding, all remaining debris shall be properly disposed of. Ali ground areas disturbed as~ a result of sodding operations shall be re~ton~ th their original condition or to the desired new appearance. END OF SECTION Sotlding 02920- 3 • Colurn~bia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia ~Heiglrte,. MN ;~ Sitework :Package - July 2'1, 2008 SECTION 02936 NATNE SEEDING ' :~ 7. DESCRIPTION • • 1.1. This work consists of furnishing and installing all planting materials required for.nafive grass seeding hereinafter specified in locations as shown. 1.2. EXAMINATION OF SITE 1.2.1. The Contractor acknowledges that he has examined the site, and the submission of his ;~ proposal shall be considered evidence that exarninafion has been made. 1.3. CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS 1.3.1. The Contactor chosen to provide installation of native seed shall have a minimum of five years experience in such work and will submit to the Architect a list of ten (10) native seed installation projects completed which are of similar scope. ' 2. SUBMITTALS 2.1. Samples: Submit the following samples for approval before work is started: ' 2.1.1. • Organic Mulch 2.3 kg (5 pounds) of each type to be used. 2.2. Certificates of Confomaance or Compliance: Before delivery, certificates attesting that the following materials. meet the requirements specified shall be submittied to the Architect for ~ approval: ' ~ 2.2.1 _ Fertilizers • 2.2.2. • Peat ~~ 2.2.3. Seed 2.2.4.. Erosion. control' materials ~ ~ 3. DELNERY AND STORAGE 3 1 Delive : ' . . ry 3.1.1. Notify the Architect of the delivery schedule in advance so that the seed may be inspected upon arrival at the job site. 3.1.2. Deliver fertilizer to the site in the original, unopened containers bearing the manufacturer's guaranteed chemical analysis, name, trade name or trademark, and in conformance to '~ state and federal law. In lieu of centainers, fertilizer may be furnished in bulk and a . cerbfic~te indicating the above information shall accompany each delivery. . t 3.1.3. During delivery: Protect seed from contamination. 3.2. Storage: Keep seed and fertilizer in dry storage away from contaminants. ' ' 4. PLANTING SEASONS.AND CO.NDIRIONS 4..1. Perform native grass seeding operations within the folkwing dates: From April 15 to July 20 for spring seeding, from September 20 to October 20 for fall seeding, and from October 20 to November 15 for dormant seeding. The seed mix for dormant seeding shall be adjusted by the Architect. • 4.2. No work shall be done when the ground is frozen, snow covered, too wet or in an otherwise unsuitable condition for planting. Special conditions may exist that warrants a variance in the specii"ied~ planting dates or conditions. Submit a written request to the Architect stating t#~e special conditions and proposal variance. ~Natiue Seeding •02936 -1. Colurn'bia~ Heights ~P~ub•I'~c Safer •Center Co'lun~bia'HeigFits, MN• Sitework Package - July 2'1', 2008 5. SEED ESTABLISMlIAENT PERIOD 5.1.. The Establishment Period' for native grass seeding shall begin imunediately after installation, with the approval of the Arcl~~tect, and •oo~ntinue until the date that the Arcchiteot performs a final inspection. During the Seed Establishment t'~eriod the Contractor shall: ~5.1.1~. Water~all seed to maintain an adequate supply of moisture within. the root zone. An adequate supply of moisture is the equivalent of absorbed water per week either through natural rainfall or augmented by periodic watering. Apply water at a moderate rate so as not to displac$ the mulch or flood the seed. 5.1.2. Replace mulch as required. 5.1.3. Spray with approved insecticides and fungicides to control pests and ensure plant survival in a healthy growing conditbn, as directed by the Architect 5.1.4. Eradicate all weeds. Water, fertilize, and perform any other operation .necessary to promote the growth of native grass. 5.1.5: Replant areas void of native grass one square foot.and larger in an~a. 6. 7. 5.2. The contractor is not responsible for theft or damage to seed by non~ontractor vehicles or vandalism once seed is installed and. approved. NATNE GRASS WARRANTY 6.1. A Two (2) Year Native Grass Seed Warranty will begin on the date that the Architect perfor=ms the final inspection. The Contractor shall have completed, seeded all .native grass areas. according tD the plans and spec cations. Aii,native grass areas are expeEted. to~ be I'~ing: and in~.a healthy ~conditioa at the tirrae~ of final inspection. The Contractor will.•repl'ac:e• any areas void sf seed innmediately. A ,new finro ~2} year warranty fc~r the native grass areas that were ~ueplaced~, will ~6eg~in~ . on the day ~nrseeding~.is oornpteted•. • PRGDUf ;TS 7.1. GENERAL 7.1.1, All seed material will conform th the varieties specified or shown in the plant list and be true to botanical name as listed in Hortus Third. 7.2. SEED 7.2.1. Seed shall be state-0ertified seed of the latest season's crop and shall be delivered in • original sealed packages bearing the producer's guaranteed analysis for per~rerrtages of mixtures, purity., germination, weed seed content, and inert material. Seed shall ~be labeled in conformance with U. S. Department of Agriculture rules and regulations under the Federal Seed Act and applicable state seed laws. Seed that has become wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged •will not be acceptable. Onsite seed mixing shall be done only in the presence of the Archtect. 7.2.2. Seed shall conform to requirements of the latest seed laws of the State of Minnesota and to nequirements of MnDOT Specfications 3876, 1984. Native Seed Mix A shall be ,MN/DOT type 328. Native Seed Mix B shall be BWSR / MN/DOT type U12. The seed mixture shall be subject to the approval of the Architect prior to application. 7.2.3. Local nursery grown seed sources will be used as much as •possible. No seed will be accepted that is of a varietal type•or has been grown beyond a 200. mile radius of the project site. . :Nature ~8e®ding~ i 02936 - 2 '~ ~•i ~ Colu rnbia Heights .Public Safety Center ' Colin ~ ~'bia. Heigets, :MN ~ Sitev-rork Package -July 21, 2008 ~I 7.2.4. Nursery grown seed shall'be used. Native'harvest seed collected directly from wild stands or ;plants..d~ug' from. the wild'wilt •not be accepted. '~ 7.3. 'FERTILIZER 7.3.1. Provide plant fertilizer that •is commercial grade and uniform in composition and conforms to a~pplica~ble state and federal regulations. 7.3.2. A 10-10-10 (NPK) fertilizer shall be used. sparingly in areas found to be nutrient poor. Any soil testing shall be the responsibility of the owner. 7.4. WATER 7.4.1. The contractor shall provide hoses and other equipment to water the native seed and planting areas using provided hose bibs as water sources or provide water from other 7.4.2. sources. Water shall not contain elements toxic to plant life. It shall be obtained from on-site sources as specified in Section, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Temporary Services at no cost to the Contractor. ' 7 5 MULC H . . 7.5.1. Muk:h for open seeded areas shall be Type 5 Wood Fiber Hydromuk;h conforming with MnDOT 3884. ' 7.6. EROSION CONTROL FABRIC 7.7.1 Erosion control fabric shall be used on all slopes of 3:1 and greater. Fabric shall be type 1' in~ Category 2 erosion control blanket conforming with M'N/DOT 3883 and 3885. 8. ~ EXECUTJON .. 8~.1,. SITE ;PREPARATION ~8'.1..1~. IJ.ndesirabie vegetation found growing within. the seed' ~lirnits sha9t'be treated with ~her~bicide ('Rowndup at a rate of 5 pints/acre or equal) to eliminate the °potential for future perennial weed• problems. Once herbicide has been applied, a miniFnum of 1:4 days shall ~be given before the site is disturt~ed• with other activitiees. 8.1.2. I•f tho much time passes between an in'~ial herbicide treatment and final tillage so as to allow re~-growth to occur within the seed limits, a second herbiade application may be ' required. Vegetation must be actively growing in order for herbicide to be effective. 8.1.3. All areas to be seeded shall be lightly tilled to a depth no greater than 4 inches. Once the seed bed has been created, the freshly filled soils shall be worked until the soil is completely fined and to a smooth even finish grade. All holes, depressions and rivulets shall be filled in to ensure no disruption of established drainage patterns. Hand raking ,, may be reauired to insure that proper elevation and even grade is established. All rubble, sticks, branches or stones and extraneous matter over %:" diameter on the surface shall be picked up and removed. The prepared surface must be approved by the Architect prior to installing any seed. 8.2. SEEDING 8.2.1. Native grass seed mores shall be broadcast with a spreader at a seeding rate between 14 and 16 PLS pounds/acre. Harrowing or raking shall follow all native grass seeding. 8.2.2. All seeded areas shall be covered with shall be covered with ti1e specified hydromulch at ,j a rate of 1500 pounds per acre on slopes less Phan 4:1 and 2000 pounds per acre on slopes greater than 4:1•. ~Natiye Seedieg• •02936 - 3• ~I Colunabia~ Heights ~F'ublic Safes ~Cen~ter • Colu ~ ~ b'ra~Heights,, ~hAN! Sitework Package -.huly 21., 20:08 8.2.3. ~irnrnediately after ~preparung tMe seeded area, evenly spread an organic ~rnu~h of straw ~by hand or ,~. approved mecharaical:.blowers. at ~e sate ~of ~0.5 kg/ ~ , ? (2 tons.per• .acre): • Application shall alkwv some sunlight to,penetrate and air to circulate but also reduce soil and seed erosion and oonsenre soil moisture. 9. 9.1.1. Native Seeding installation payment shall be lump sum. 'END OF SECTION $.3. WATERING 8.3.1. Apply water to the native seed areas immediately folkwving installation .at a rate sufficient to ensure thorough wetting of the soil to a depth of at least 4 inches. Supervise watering operation to prevent run-off. Supply all pumps, hoses, pipelines, and sprinkling equipment. Repair all areas damaged by water operations. 8.4. PROTECTION OF NATNE SEED AREAS ~.5:1. In seeded antes, maintenance shall extend for not less than 60 days and shall include ~8:6. 'RESTORATION AND CLEAN:-UP~ :, 8.5. MAINTENANCE 8.4.1. Immediately after installation of the native grass areas, protect against traffic or other use by erecting barricades, as required, and placing approved signs at appropriate intervals ~~. until final acceptance. watering, mowing, repay of any eroded areas and replacement of seed, fertilizer and ( mulch as required until seeds have begun to germinate. During the first growing season • the native seeded areas shall be mowed as needed to control annual weed development. Hawing shall take place each time re-growth reaches approximately 16 to 18 inches. A flail mower or hand held weed whip shall be used. 8:5.2. iVatnre seeded areas will be accepted by the Architect when there is evidence of seed germination uniformly thr.ougMout the seeded area having an average distance of 1'/"' .between grass .plants and bare spots not rn~ore than. 6 square inches in size. 8.6.1. Where existing or new native grass areas have been d'arnaged ~or scarfed during planting and construction operations, restore disturbed area to their original oondifion. Keep at least one paved pedestrian access route and• one paved vehiculaF access route to each building clean at all times. In areas where native grass seeding work has been completed, clear the anra of all debris, spoil piles, and containers. Clear all other paved areas when work in adjacent areas is completed. Remove all debris, rubbish and excess material from the area. • 8.7. NOTIFICATION FOR ACCEPTANCE 8.7.1. The Contractor shall notify the Architect that the native grass seeded areas are ready for acceptance. The Owner has 48 hours after notificatbn ~by the Contractor to accept maintenance responsibility unless the installation has not been approved by the Architect.. The Contractor shall assume responsibility during this 48 hour period. BASIS OF PAYMENT .Native Seeding 02986•- 4 ~' ,I ~ ~Colrorn bia Heights ~Pu~blic Safety Center Colu;rribia• Heights, MiN. ;~ ~I Sitework Package -July 21~, 2008 SECTION 02950 ~~ 'LANDSCAPE PLANTING 1. GEWERAL 1.1 SCOPE 2.1.1. This Section includes~all labor, material, equipment and related services necessary to furnish and install all plantings, indicated on the Drawings and specified herein. 2.1.2. The work of this Section includes, but is not limited to: '; 2.1.2.1. Mulching 2.1.2.2. Fertilizing 2.1.2.3. Watering 2.1.2.4. Wrapping 2.1.2.5. Soil Pn~aration 2.1.2.6. Planting 2.1.2.7. ~Piant Materials ' 2.1.2.8. Maintenance 2.1.2.9. Warranty ' 2.1.2.10. Replacement 2.1.3. I# is understood that the Contractor has visited and examined the project site, fully understands the existing and.proposed conditions, and has made due allowances for therra:.No additional cornpetasationwdl be alkowed for work regain because of the C©ntractor's failure to do so. 2.2. SUBM!IaTALS • ~' 2.2.1. Samples: t l ! 2.2.1.1. Mul:h: Contractor to submit a repn~entative sample of the mulch to be used on the project site for approval by the Architect a minimum of [16] sixteen days prior to installatbn. 2.3. QUALITY ASSURANCE ~I !L-andscape ~Plar~ting: 2.3.1. Plant Material Standards 2.3.1.1. Quality: All plants shall be true to type; they shall have normal, well-developed branch systems, and a vigorous fibrous root system; they shall be sound, healthy vigorous plants, free from defects, disfiguring knots, sunscald injuries, abrasions of the bark, plant diseases, insect eggs, borers, and all forms of infestation. All new plants shall be nursery grown. Tttey shall have been growing in similar climatic conditions (north of 39 degrees north latitude) as the location of the Project for at least two (2) years prior to the date of this Contract. 2.3.1.2: Names and Grades: Plant materal shall conform to nomenclature of . "Standardized Plant Names: as adopted by the Joint Committee of Horticulture Nomenclature", 'latest edition. Size and grading• standards shall conform to the American Association of Nurserymen, Inc. as published in "American Standard for Ntarsery• Stocks", latest edition.Each bundle of plants and all separate plants shall be .properly identified with legible waterproof tags seEUrely fastened to each ~plarit or bundle of,pl'arnts. ~02950~-1~ !] Columbia !heights Public Safety Center Colu ~ ~ bia ;Heights, •M:N Sitework Package - J~u`I~ 21, 2008• 2.3.1.3. Healfh: All plants including, their. .roots shall'be free fro ~ ~ ~ disease, insects, or other injurious qualities. All bcal, state and federl laws •pertaini~ng to the inspection, sale and shipment of plant materials shall be comp9ied• with. The tn~nk bark of all trees shall ~be sound, trees shall have no large wounds, and any small wounds shall. have.a satisfactory callus rol'I formed: or forming over them. Plants shall show good annual growth. Buds shall be plump and well filled for the species. Evergn~en foliage shall exhibit good intense color. 2.3.1.4. Substitutions: Within two (2) weeks after the award of the Contract, documentation shall be submitted to the Architect, that all plant materials listed on the Plans Have been ordered or otherwise reserved. Contractor to notify Architect if any of the specified plant materials appear unavailable. No substitutions of size or grade shall be permitted without written permission from the Architect. 2.3.1.5. Plant List The list of plants furnished on the plan is for the information of the Contractor. The height and caliper of trees, the height or spread of the shrubs, the diameter of the balls or roots are the minimum dimensions required. Plants indicated "B8B"are to be dug with a gall of earth acid wrapped in burlap. 2.3.9.6. Ball and Burlapped Stock: All balled and burlapped plants shall conform to the "American Standarti for Nursery Stock" latest edition. All balls shall be of natural earth in which the plant has been growing. No manufactured or artificially produced or mudded-in balls shall be accepted. Balls shall be firm and unbroken, and of large enough size to adequately enclose the plants fibrous root system. ,Balled and buriapped plants •rnay ~be~ rejected. due to (heir failure to meet good. digging practices. 2.3. a .7..Measr~.r+ements::SF~a~l4 colx#.o ~ ~ ~ to those specified on~ •1!he plant :list exempt ik~ai: oversize plaits may be~ used only after ap~prov~al! by fhe Architect ~l1'se of such plants .shall ,not .increase the Corhtraet price. 2.3.7.7.1. HeigF~t and spread dimensions indicated refer to the main body of the plant and not from branch tip to branch. tip. All trees and shrubs shall be measured when their branches are in normal position. Trees shall have straight trunks with the leader intact, undamaged and uncut 2.3.1.7.2. Inspection: The Contractor shall be responsible for all inspection and approval of plant material, which may be required by state, federal and other authorities, and he shall secure any permits and certificates that may be required. 2A. ~L' andscape ~antir~g~ JOB CONDITIONS 2.4.1. PLANTING SEASON: Planting season shall be in the spring from the time the ground. is wrrkable until June 15th and in the fall from the first frost until November 1. Contractors wishing to plant outside this planting season shall submit a written request to the Architect stating reasons for planting out of season, special pnrcautions to be taken and any other pertinent information related to such request. The planting dates for evergreens shall be early spring th June 15 or August 15 to September 15. ~1 •0295tiu- 2 ~I ~ Colurn~f;ia Heights ~Pt~blic Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN Sitevuork Package -July 21, 2008 2.5. WARRANTY AN'D'REPLACEM•E•NTS 2.5•.1. Alf plant materials sha~ll•'be guaranteed for two (2) years from the A'rchitect's acceptance on all plant materials contained' in the Contract All plant materials shall be alive and in satisfactory condition at the end of the warranty period. Such warranty excludes vandalism. 2.5.2. At the beginning of each planting season, inspection will be made by the Aroh'~tect upon written notice by the Contractor at least five (5) days before the anticipated date. Any tn,e or shrub that is dead and not showing satisfactory growth, as determined by the Architect, shall be removed from the site, and any plants or trees missing, excluding vandalism, shall be replaced as soon as conditions permit during the normal planting season. During the planting period or maintenance periods, if a tree or shrub dies the Contractor is to remove the material immediately upon approval by the Architect. 2.5.3. Where re lacements are re uired the Contractor will be ordered to furnish and install the p 4 replacement plants immediately or at the beginning of the next planting season. All replacements shall meet the landscape planting specifications. It is the intent of these specif~ations that the initral acceptance establishes the start of the two (2) year wartanty period. All future replacements shall be warranted for an additional tvuo year period. 2.5.4. All replacements shall be plant materials of the same kind and size as specified in ttte '• plant list. Replacement costs shall be borne by the Contractor. 2.6. INAINTENANCE 2.6.1. .The Contractor shall be responsible for all mainfienanc:e for' the two (2)' year warranty . period+. This sha96 imdude all .pruning; tree wrapping, planting: soil,. rodent protection and. other incid'en~tal iteFns; ~of applfaing :insecticide spray as necessary to maintain .healthy ~ ,growth; of furnisM~ing• and' installing 'replace ~ ~ ant plants as 'needed', including 'new mulch and planting soil; replenishing m:u~~h; ®fi maintaining theplants in anupright position and removing all weed growth in the mulched: areas, and of ~perforrsing any otitier horticultural operations consistent with proper cage of the plants. All costs of the plant maintenance shall be •at the Contractor's expense, including the replacement material. ' ~~: ~ . DEF 171ON FO RNISHI AND INST ~ LING PLAN ATER ~' ~~ ~ ~~~ .1. Th nit p ' stained in th id proposal fumishin nd installin nt pa~erial si5all be f ed to indud items in action q e Specifi ' ns. 3. PRODUCTS 3.1. INATERIALS 3.1.1. Mulch: Material shall be clean, shredded hardwood muk:h. The material shall be substantially free of mold, dirt, sawdust, and foreign material and shall not be in an ~'! advanced state of decomposition. The size of the pieces shall be uniform with no chips, branches, twigs or boards. Material that does not conform with these requirements will ~ ~ be rejected. ~~ ~ Revise part 3.1.2 with the following "Where edging is ca'l'led for on the drawings; instill paving bricks to match per ~~ ~u ~} section 02250. ..,,. (01~ .~ 3:1.3. , Fertil'¢er. Commercial fertilizer shall .be Woodace, 16 gram 14-3-3 with Micronutrients Briquettes, or eq•r~al. ~I . . ~tandscape Planting 02950• - 3~ i~ Columbia 'Heights Public Safety Ceniter Colturn:bia Heights, M~N• Sitework Package -July 21, 20.08 3.1•.4. Water. Shall be famished by the Contractor for the execution of all work specified in this ~Corttract The Con"tractor shall verify that the water available .is suitable for ~irngation and free ffom ingredients harmful .to plant life. 3.1.5. Tree Wrapping Material: Material shall be first ~ual'ity 4-inch wide rolls of bituminous impregnated tape, oorrugated~ or crepe paper, speciflcaAy manufactured for tree wrapping, having qualities to resist insect infestation, or similar material as approved by the Architect. 3.1.6. Peat: Shall be only moss (sphagnum) peat Brown acid reaction approximately 4 to 5 pH~; of standard commercial quality delivered to the site in bags or other cornenient containers, in air dry condition. Peat shall be fully warranted by the producer. 3.1.7. Plant Labels: Plant'labels shall be durable, legible labels stating the correct plant Warne and size in weather-resistant ink or embossed process. Labels shad! be attached in such a manner that will not damage or hinder the growth of the plant to which it is affixed. 3.1.8. Burlap: Burlap used for wrapping root balls of B 8 B specified trees shall ~be made of jute and weigh not less than 7.02 ounces per square yarcl. 3.1.9.. Anti-desiccant: Anti-desiccant shall be an emulsion which provides a protective film over plant sur'Faoes permeable enough to permit transpiration; delivered in containers of the manufacturer, and shall be mixed according to the manufacturers directions. 3.1.9.1. "Vlliltpcuf" manufactured by Nursery Specialty Products, Inc., Stubbins~ Road, Groton Falls,. New Yoric, or approved equal. . 3.1,.1.0,. ~Plantir~g~ Soils: P~lantmg, soil shale ~be .a. ~ ~ ~ iuitrte •of froe .parts existing soil f~rorn. theupper soiU layer and~~(1') part,peat, thoroughly mixed'by volume. 4. iEXE~llIT10'N 4.1. DIGGING AND HAULING 4.1.1. Protection from extremes in exposure and rough handling shall be provided all plant materials during transport and storage. 4.1.2. All plants shall be subject to inspection and approval at place of growth before digging, and/or upon delivery, for quality, size and variety such approval shall not impair the right of rejection at the Project site during progress of work, for size, condition of balls, roots, latent defects or injuries. Rejected plants shall be removed immediately from the Project . site: _ w w n w w~~ _~__a __i_~_~~ ~L,.11 L... nne~n.n l~Inrl in:nnn Innn~in...... iL...:wY. r:Fn fn e~nr.wiF Revise paragraph 4.l 2.1 to read as follows: "4.1.2.1. All plant materials shall be assembled in one location on the ~- ~''y~ job site to permit inspection and approval by the Architect. The Contractor shall notify the Architect five (5) ,~~- working days prior to planting so that a mutuall~ agreeable time may be arranged for the inspection." rt wa 1~ n lay De arra lycu wl a IC n.la~.uul 1. `~ 4.1.2.2. Stock with broken root balls or loose containers, and stock which shows evidence of being root-bound, overgrown or recently canned, or in the opinion of the Architect is damaged or improperly cared for, shall be removed from the site immediately anal replaced at the Contractor's expense with another plant meeting the original specifications. Plants shall not be pruned prior th the approval by the Architect. "Landscape~Planiii~g; ~02950~-•4 ~I ~ Columbia:~Heigfa~ts P.ubl~ic Safety ~Cen~ter ' Colurnbia:Heigh~ts, .MN' ~'I ~ 'Sitework :Package - July 21, 2008 4.2. LAYOUT~STAKING 4.2.1.. ~Con~tracto~r to stake locations ofindividual' iJees and shnibs, with t#re following exceptions: ~~; Hedge plantings shall be staked at hedges termini and at all changes in hedge direction, ~' [i.e. corners and jogs]. .. 4.2.2. Where below ground or overhead obstructions are encountered, the trees•slial:l be ' relocated to new positions as determined by the Architect. 4.2.3. Contractor to stake the entire planting elan at one time for acceptance bv~the Architect. Architect shall not ~be required to make multiple visits to the site in order review staking of less than the entire planting plan as described in the paragraph above. 4.2.4. Contractor to make minor adjustments to staked locations as directed by the Architect in the field. 4.5. TEMPORARY STORAGE AND HEELING-IN ' ~ 4.3.1. When temporary storage or heeling~in is required, the Contractor shall provide and prepare a suitable heeling ground or heeling-in nursery conveniently located near the planting site. 4.3.2. Plant material unloaded and aoce d b the Architect shall be immediate lieeled~in or Pth Y IY transported to the planting site and planted. Material left out of ground overnight or left with its roots bare to the sun, or otherwise unprotected during transit, unloading, or storage shall be rejected by the Architect if in his judgment, such lack of protection has caused darnage to the roots of the .plant or in any other way injured the plant material. ' ;~ 4~4. 'PRO~CEDWRE ' 4.4.1:. ~N,utsery Grown Tree Planting: 4:.4.1.1. Planting Pits: S'liall be circular wifh• a diameter one (1) foot greater than the diameter of the ball of the~tree. The depth of the pit shall be enough to accommodate the ball or roots of the tree when the tree is set to fnish grade. ' 4.4.1.2. Planting Soil Preparation: Mix all components Thoroughly before backfilling. . F~cisting soil removed from planting pit shall not be used for backfilling. 4.4.1.3. Fertilization: All trees shall be fertilized with 16 gram Woodace 14-3-3 with . micro-nutrients Briquettes or approved equal. Six briquettes per 1" diameter of ' ~ trunk up to a maximum of forty (40) briquettes shall be used at a ratio of one (1) briquette in the bottom of the planting per two (2) briquettes around The perimeter of the pit. (Farample: 4" diameter tree = 24 briquettes, 8 in bottom of the pit, 16 around sides.) Place appropriate number of briquettes in bottom of pit and cover . with one inch (1'") of planting soil. Add bone meal at a rate of 1/4 Ib. per c. ft. of planting soil and mix thoroughly. Backfill 7596 of the soil and evenly place the remaining number of briquettes around the perimeter of the plant, two inches (2") from the rootball. Finish backfilling and water. Do not add any additional fertilizer. ~tandscape Planting. 02950 -•5 1 Columbia Heights .Public Safety Center. Columfia.:Heights, .MN S~~tewor:'k ~Pacicage -July 21., 2008 .4.4.1.4. Setting of Trees: Before setting. the trees, pits shall 'be .baclc€~.~Iled with ~topsoil'to a depth of 12", thoroughly taHnped and watered'. All plants~shall Ise placed at su~h~ a level so that after settlement, the natural'relationship. between the original grade at which the plant grew, and the present one shall be the same. Trees shall :be planted plumb, oriented for desired effect as directed •by the .Landscape Architect. Topsoil shall be tamped under and around the base of each ball to fill all voids and shall be placed in 6 to 8 inches layers, each thoroughly tamped and puddled. Burlap shall be removed from the sides and top of balls and adjusted to prevent air pockets. No burlap shall be pulled from under the balls. When planting bare root trees, care shall be taken to work topsoil in around the roots and to spread them in a natural position before backfilling. Shallow basin or saucers, a littler larger than the diameter of the ball, shah be formed around all trees to hold additional water. 4.4.1.5. Mulch: Shall be applied to all tree pits to a depth of 6 inches (after settlement) as indicated on details. 4.4.1.6. Pruning: All tares shall be neatly pruned after planting in accordance with the best standard practices and as directed by the Architect. The tree shall be . pruned to preserve its natural form and character and in a manner appropriate to its.particular requirements. In general, at least one third of the deciduous trees shall be removed by thinning or shortening of branches but no leaders shall be cut All pruning shall be done with dean, sharp tools, immediately covered with an approved tree ,paint having'an asphaltic base. 4.4.1..7. Wrapping: All rnap'les, shalt be wrapped with the wrapping materia'I specified. The wrapping~'bandage shall l~e~ secured at top and bo~ftiorn, of the #r~unk. The t~andage shall caner the entire swrface of the trunk to the'height ofi the first branches. Bandaging shall' .start at i<he 'base of'the ttee unless otherwise specifed and be made secure by pair•~ing with the .approved type tree paint having an asphaltic base which dries and' hardens after a.irplication. 4.4.2. Shrub Planting: 4.4.2.1. Shrub Planting Pits: Shall have vertical sides. The diameter of the pits shall be twelve (12) inches greater than the diameter of the ball of the shrubs. The depth of the pit shall be enough to accommodate the ball or roots of the shrub when the shrub is set to finish grade compacted allowing for six (6) inches of topsail below the roots of the plant 4.4.2.2. Shrub Planting Soil: Mix all components thoroughly before backfilling. Existing soil removed from planting pit shall not be used for backfilling. 4.4.2.3. Fertilization: All shrubs shall be fertilized with 16 gram Woodace 14-3-3 with micro-nutrients Briquettes or approved equal. An appropriate number of briquettes as per the manufacturers recommendation shall be placed in the bottom of the hole and covered with 1 inch of planting soil. Add bone meal at a rate of 114 Ib. per cu. ft of planting soil and mix thoroughly. Backfill 75% of the soil and evenly place the remaining recommended number of briquettes around the perimeter of the plant, iwo inches (2'7 from the rootball. Finish backfllling and water. Do not add any additional fertilizer. I~"p~~1 01950 - 6~ s 1 0 Columbia :Heights Puiilic'Sa~fety Center Columbia 1:leights., •AAN S~~ewortc• Package -July 21,'2008 4.4..2.4. Setting ~of Shrubs: All materials shall be planted in• the same relation to the f Wish . grade as they had :before transplanting. The depth ~of the holes, as hereafter specified, shall be understood to be the depth below finish grade. Balled and buriapped .plants shall have topsoil tamped under the balls. All burlap, ropes, staves; etc. shall be taken off the sides and tops of balls and removed from the hole before backfilling, and no burlap shall be pulled out from under the balls. Roots of bare root plants shall not be left matted together, but shall be arranged in natural positbns and shall have topsoil worked in among them. All broken and frayed roots shall be properly removed by trimming. 4.4.2.5. The Backfill of Topsoil: Shall be tamped in successive 8" layers. When the hole has been 2/3 backfilled, water shall be poured in, filling the hole, and allowed to soak away so that all voids or air pockets under or around the roots are eliminated. After the water has soaked away, the hole shall be completely backfilled with topsoil. After the backfill settles, additional soil shall be filled in, to the level of the finish grade. A shallow saucer of soil shall be formed around the edge of each hole to hold additional water. 4.4.2.6. Pruning: All shrubs shall be neatly pruned or thinned immediately.after planting in accordance with best standard practices and as directed by the Architect. Broken or bruised branches shall be removed with a clean cut. Each shrub shall be pruned appropriate to its particular requiremerrts. All pruning and thinning shall be done with sharp, clean tools. All cuts over'/2" shall be painted with approved tree paint having an asphaltic base. 4.4.2.7. Mulch: Shall'be applied to all shrub beds and pits to a depth of 4'" •(after settlernent~, 4.5: 'INSP;ECTIO~N AND ACCE~PTA'NCE 4:5.1. ~ knspection of this work will be ~mad'e by tile•Architect at the conclusion of the planting period upon written notice by the Contractor at least five (5) days prior #o~ anticipated date. Condition of all plant materials will be noted and recorded for reference. 4.5.2. After inspection, the Contractor will be notrfied in writing by the Architect if there are any deficiencies of the requirements for acceptance of the work. After such deficiencies have been corrected, the Architect will notify the Owner and the Contractor of initial acceptance of the work. Acceptance shall be understood to signify the beginning of the Wanarrty and Maintenance period specified herein. 4.6. CLEAN-U~P 4.6.1. Any soil, manure, peat or similar material which has been brought onto paved areas by hauling operations or otherwise shall be removed promptly, keeping the area clean at all times. Upon completion of the planting, all excess soil, stones, and debris which has not previously been cleaned up shall be removed from the site or disposed of. All ground area disturbed as a result of planting operations shall be restored to their original condition or the desired new appearance. .raru>~ape Planting: ~•~~~ •~~•-7 Colu~mbia.!H.eig~hts Public Safety Center . ~Colu~nbia Heights, !MiW' Sitework .Package -July 21', 20.08 4.7.. PAYMENT ' 4..7.1. The following items must tie completed, before payment for any plant materiab will ~be approved: 4.7.1.1. All .plant material shall be set properly in theiF pits and beds and fertilized. 4.7.1.2. All plant material shall be mulched. 4.7.1.3. All plant material shall be watered. 4.7.1.4. All plant material, where required, shall ~be wrapped. 4.7.1.5. All plant material, where required, shall be pruned. 4.7.1.6. All dirt, rocks, debris, etc. generated by the digging of planting pits and beds has been removed. 4.7.2. If items listed above are not oornpleted at the time of the request for partial payment, the inspectors will not approve the payment for each item failing to meet the criteria. END OF SECTION •Laridscape,g• .02950 - 8~• ~'~ ~Columbia~ Heights Public Safety Center Co'lu ~ ~ bia Heights, ~MtV. S~itework Package -July 2~1, 2008 SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PARTIGENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Reinforcing steel 2. Dowel bars 3. Chairs 4. Stirrups 5. Wire 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings that include diagrammatic elevations of all walls or slabs showing clearly the position and erection marks of reinforcing bars, dowels, mesh and splices. indicate the type of chairs, bolster bars, and supports to be used to support the reinforcing, and size and placement of stirrups and ties. 7.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM X4615,, Specifcatiort for Deformed and' ,Pla~in~ ~BiAet Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. • `B. ASTM A775/A 775M, Speafcati~on for Epoxy-Coated Reinforcing Steel Bars. PART 2 PRODUCTS 201 REINFORCING STEEL A. Reinforcing steel stock, fare from mill scale and delivered without rust other than what may have occurred in prompt transportation to the job site.. B. Reinforoing bars: Billet intermediate grade deformed bars, ASTM A615 grade 60 having a minimum yield point of 60,000 psi, bent and cut as required by the Plans. The bars shall be epoxy coated, unless noted otherwise. C. All reinforcing steel, whether it is mesh or bars, shall be died and placed upon chairs to and positioned at ti,e height specified in the drawings. . D. Tie Wire: No 16 American Wire Gauge or Heavier, black annealed. ~ ~Concrete• ~R'einforc:e ~ ~ nt 0320.0=1~ '~ Colu ~ ~:bia Heights ~P~ribliE Safety Center Columbia 'Heights, MN S~dework Package - July 21, 2008 202 •D.OWEL BARS A. Dowel bars shall be fabricated from Grade 60 Steel and shall have an epoxy coating. .. B. Shearing will be permitted provided the coating is not damaged and subject to permissible deformation. Any deformation larger than true shape shall not exceed 0.04 inch increase in diameter or thickness and shall not extend more than 0.04 inch from the dowel end. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Store the reinforoement on pallets or timbers above the ground. Avoid excessive rusting or coating with grease, oil, dirt, or other materials that may reduce the bond with the concrete. B. Splices in the reinforcing steel shall have a minimum overlap of 20 bar diameters unless otherwise indicated. Stagger the splices in~ adjoining horizonrtal bars at least 6 feet, wherever possible: Hook the horizontal bars around comers not less than 24 bar diameters, with a minimum of 12. inches. C. Concrete .proteotion• of tl~e ~r'einforcing steel shal6 lie not :less than ti7e following. 'I.. 3 inches, where concrete •is•.poured~ against the ground'. 2 2 :inches vuhere comcr~ete is •pour~ed against forms but ~rsay be in contact with ~Che ground. 3. '1.5 inches .rniniFnum in exterior wa•Ils exposed to weather but not in contact with the ground). . D. The clear distance between the bars shall be not less than 1.5 inches, 1.5 •inoh bar diameters, nor less than 1.5 times the maximum size of the concrete mixes coarse aggregate. Wherever conduits, piping, inserts, sleeves, etc., interfere with the placing of the reinforcing steel.as shown or called for, the Contractor must consult with the Architect and secure from him the method or procedure before plating the . concrete. Bending or field cutting of bars around openings -or sleeves will not be permitted. E. Dowel bars shall be greased on one end, to provide horizontal movement. END OF SECTION Concrete .~teintorcenient •032DO-2' ~'; ~~ ~C:olurnbia I•ieigFlts Pr~blic Safety Center ' ~ ~Colurn~bia ~leig~hts, 'MN Sitewor'k Package -.fuly 2.1~, 2008 SECTION 03300 ~I CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 7 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY ' A Section Includes: 1. Portland cement concrete. 2. Concrete fiber reinforcement. .'~ 3. Truncated domes. 4. Concrete testing. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit at least 7 days in advance of placement, a Portland cement concrete and grout mix design, meeting the requirements of MN/DOT specifications. The mix design shall show the source and type. of aggregate and cement; scale weight of ,~ each aggregate, cement, and water, and volume and type of admixtures per cubic yard. B Coarse and line aggregate reports indicating the source, g.radi~ng~, speEific gravity., j~ absorption, and fneness .rn~od~vlus shall 'be submitted along with the concrete max design at ~Ceast 7 days prior to placement. ;~ E. Submit manufacturer's sarn~ple ~of fber reinforcement and' manuf~acturer"s certification. ,~ 1.03 REFERENCES A. Minnesota Department of Transportation (MN/•DOT), 2000 Edition. 1. Section 2301, Concrete Pavement. 2. Section 3101, Portland Cement. 3. Section 3126, Fine Aggregate for Portland Cement Concrete. ' '~ 4. Section 3137, Coarse Aggregate for Portland Cement Concrete. B. ACI 214, Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Strength Test Results of Concrete. C. ACI 318 Buildin Code Re uirements f Re ~nfo C g q or i nxd oncxete. 'I D. ACI 347, Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork. E. ASTM C31, Test Methods for Making and Curing. Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. F. ASTM C33, Specifcation for,Concrete AggGegates. :i~ ~~ Cast-irr-.PI'ace Concrete• ~ ~ ~0330~-1~ Co'furnbi~aHeights Public Safety Center ~Colurnbia `Heights, ~MN~ ~SiteworkPackage -July 2'1, 2008 G. ASTM' C39, Test 1Ulethod for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical concrete Specimens. H, ASTM C40, Test Method for Organic Impurities in Sand for Concrete. I. ASTM C42, Methods of Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete. ' J. ASTM C68, Test Method for Soundness of Aggregate by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Suffate. K. ASTM C131, Test Method for Resistance to Abrasion of Small Size Coarse Aggnegate by Use of the Los Angeles Machine. L. ASTM C143, Test Method #or Slump of Portland Cement Concrete. M. ASTM C150, Specification for Portland Cement. 'N. ASTM C231, Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pn3ssure • Method. ~ ' ~O. 'ASTM C260, Spec~i,ication for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. •P. ASTM ~C30g,, Specification for ~LigLid; :Membrane-.Fo~rr~n~img~ Carnpoends for• curing C~onErete. ~ ' Q. ASTM: C494, Spec ~icati~on for ~C~hern~icai. Adrnxfiures for Concrete. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Quality assurance personnel shall perform a complete set of tests (Slump, Air Content and Cast 6' by 12' Test Cylinders) each day concrete is placed. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PORTLAND CEMENT A. ASTM C150, for Type I, Il, II'I. 2.02 FINE AGGREGATE A. Fine aggregate shall be well graded from coarse to fine; and, when tested by means of laboratory sieves, shall conform to MN/DOT 3426 as listed below: Sieve Size Percent Passing by Weight 3/8 inch 100 ~No. 4 ~ 95~ - 400 Cast in-'Place ~C.er~cret~e 03'30©-2 ,i ~'! ~ ~ Colursbia H.eig hts Public Safety Center • Colu ~ ~ bia ~Heig.Mts, .MN ,i Sjtework ~P.ackage - July 2'1, 2008 ~N:o. 8 ~ 80~ -1'00' ~No~. 1~6 55~ - 85 ''~ No. 30 30 - 60 No. 50# 5 - 30 '~ No. 100 200 No 0 -10 ' 0 - 2 5 ' . . *Fine aggregate ~of which less than 596 passes the No. 50 sieve may ~be used provided inorganic material is added, by separate measurement, to • correct the deficiency in gradation. B. When tested in accordance with ASTM C40, the fine aggregate shall produce a color in the supernatant liquid no darker than the reference standard color solution. t 2.03 COARSE AGGREGATE A. Clean, washed hard, durable gravel, crushed gravel, crushed rock, or a combination thereof and shall conform to one of the following MN/DOT gradations. Percent Passing by Weight Sieve Size CA 45 CA 50 • ~CA 60 ,~ 1-9/4 inch . 900 - - 1inch 95 -1.00 a 00' - '~ inch ~ X65 - 95 .85 -1~00~ ~ 100 ~~ al•~8 inch - - 8~5 -100 3/8~ inch 25 - 55 30• - 60 40~ - 70~ ~ ~ 'No. 4 ~ 0~ - 7 ~0 -1,~ 0 -1~2 B. Aggregate quality tests shall meet the following criteria. 1.. When tested in accordance with ASTM C131, the coarse aggregate,shall ~; show a loss not exceeding 40°~ after 500 revolutions. ~^~ 2. When tested in accordance with ASTM C88, the loss resulting after five cycles shall not exceed 15°6 for coarse aggregate whin using magnesium. sulfate. ~' 3. Coarse aggregate shall also meet the deleterious requirements of MN/DOT 3137. ~' • 2.04 WATER ' A. Potable, clean, and free from objectionable quantities of silty organic matter, alkali, salts, and other im~pu~rities. 2.05 AIR-ENTRAINING AGENT A. ASTM C260. Use sufficient air~ntraining agent to provide a total air. content of 5°~6 . ~ to 7°6, add to the ~batch~ in a portion of the mixing water. Batch by ,means of a mechanical ba~tcher capable of accurate rneasurernent. 'I .~~ h ~ ~Casi=in-~l'ace~ C.oncreie: A330.0-3' .~! . Co'lum'bia 'H'eights ~PLlilic •Sa~fetyCenter . ' ~Co'lumbia ~Heights.,'M'N ~Sitework'Package - July. 21', 2008 2.06• A'DMIXTUII2~ES A. Admixtures will be required at the Architect's discretion or, ~if not n+quinrd, may be added at the Contractor's option to control the set, ef#ect water reduction, and increase workability. In either case, the addition of an admixture shall be at the Contractor's expense. The use of an admixture shall be subject to acceptance by the Architect. Admixtures may not be added to color-conditioned concrete wiSwut written approval from the Architect. Concrete containing an admixture shall be first placed at a location determined by the Architect. If the use of an admixture is produang an inferior end result, the Contractor shall discontinue use of the admixture. Admixtures specified herein shall conform to the requirement of ASTM C494. The required quantity of Dement shall be used in the mix regardless of whether'or not an admixture is used. 2.07 CONCRETE PIGMENT A. Iron oxide pigment P3240 Medium Buff by Prism Pigments. B. Add pigment to the concrete mix in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 2.08 CONCRETE MIX .D.ESIGN A. The na~ix design •shall •be corrrposed of Portland •ce,, en~t, coarse and fine aggfega~te, water, and an air-er~tFaining adrxrixt~re, arad~ shall ~be proportioned tomeet the A~N/DOT 2461, d'esignation~ 3Y32 d'esig~n, or 3Y22• for ~mechanica~lly ,placed concrete. •B. Design rrnix shall lie normal we~iglit air-entrained concrete meeting the following criteria: I.ngred~ient Portia~nd Cement Minimum Cement Content Cement Void Ratio Minimum 28 Compressive Strength Entrained Air Content Slump Range of Acceptable Values Type I, II, III, 605 lbs. per cubic yard 0.54 4300 psi 6.096 +/-1.096 2 to 3 inches . 2.09 READY-AAIXED CONCRETE A. Deliver to the site and completely discharge within one hour after the addition. of the oemen# to the aggregates or before the drum has been revolved 250 revolutions, whichever is first. In hot weather, or under conditions contributing to quick stiffening of the concrete, or when the temperature of the concrete is 85 degrees F. or above, the time between the introduction of the cement to the aggregate and discharge shall not exceed 45 minutes. Cast=imRlace~ Concrete X03300=4 ~~ Col'umbia• Heights Public Safety Center Columbia He~igihts, MN. ' S+tework'Package -July 21~, 2008 ~I 2.10 ~EXPANSIO~N JOINT MATERIAL .' A. The expansion joint mathtial shall consist of 3/8" fberboarcl. The material shall g~o the full'~depth of the slab or curb and gutter. ~, ~ 2.17 SYNTHETIC FIBER REINFORCING ' A. Fibermesh 300 by Propex Concrete Systems Corp. or approved equal 100% virgin homopolymer polypropylene fibrillated fibers, supplied in graded lengths. ' B. Add fibers to the mix in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 2.12 TRUNCATED DOMES A. Truncated domes shall be a minimum of 24' x 48' powder coated cast iron detectable wmming plate as manufactured by Neenah Foundry Company, or approved equal. Color shall be red. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION OF SURFACES A. .Prior to placing concrete, fhoroug~hly wet surfaces ~by~ spr7nkling~. ;Keep surfaces moist .by frequent ~s~pn,nkling up to the time of concrete plaoermerrt. Ttie surface shalt 'be~ free frorn~ standing water, mud' and debns~ at the tirne~ of concrete .pl'aceane~nt. 'B: Form's: .~ 1. Forms shall be of wood, metal, or other suitable material and shall extend for the full depth of the concrete. Forms shall ~be straight, free from vsiarp, and of sufficient strength to resist the pressure of the concrete without displacement. Bracing and staking of forms shall be such that the forms do not move when the plastic concrete is placed. Forms shalt be covered with ' an approved form release agent before concrete. placement. 3.02 PLACING CONCRETE A. The proportioning, mixing, and placing of the concrete shall be in accordance with the requirements for the concrete specified herein. Deposit concrete in one course to prevent segregation. ''~ B. Consolidate placed concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by handspading, nodding, or tamping. Use equipment and procedures for consolidation of concrete in accordance with ACI recommended practices. C. Finish surface with a wooden float and light brooming. No plastering of the surface will tae ~perm~rtted. . Cast=in-Place ~Concrete~ ~ 03300-8. Columbia .Heights Public Safety C~errter Cdlu ~ ~'bi~a~ ~H.eights, MN S:~teworlc'Package -July 2'4, 2008 D. Outside edges ~of :the slab and all joir~~ts s11a11 ~be edged with a~ 114 'inchradius-edging• tool . 3.03 PLACING TRUNCATED DOMES A. Install truncated domes in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3.04 CONTRACTION JOINTS A. Slabs: The joint spacing shall not exceed 2 times (in feet) the slab thickness (in inches) i.e. a 4" thick slab shall not have joints spaced more than 8' by 8'. Where applicable, the joint spacing shall match the existing joint spacing. B. Sidewalks: The joint spacing shall not exceed the width of the sidewalk or 2 tunes (in feet) the slab thickness (in inches) i.e. a 5' wide sidewalk shall have perpendicular joints every 5' or a 4" thick slab shall not have joints spaced more than 8' by 8'. Where applicable, the joint spacing shall match the existing joint spacing. C. Curb and Gutter. The .perpendicular joint spacing shall not exceed 10'. Where applicable, the joint spacng shall match the existing joint spacing. D. All the joints shall be hand trowelled or sawcut to a depth of 1•l3 the depth of the concrete section. 3:05~~DGPA-NS10111 JOINTS A. The expansion joint material sha?I~ consist of 1~/2" (hick ~.be~rboa~d ~designed~ for •use ;in~ cast in place concrete. The material shall go fhe• full depth oi' the slab ~or curb and: gutter. B. Slabs: place the expansion material against buildings or previously placed concrete. Construction joirrts or designed• expansion joints with steel reinforcing dowels shall . be placed as shown on~ the plans or at a maximum interval of 80 feet in either direction of a continuous slab. C. Sidewalks: place the expansion material against buildings or previously placed concrete. The expansion material shall be placed the full depth of the concrete thickness at a maximum distance of every 100 lineal feet. D. Curb and Gutter. place the expansion material 3 feet on either side of any catch basin or manhole structure and at a maximum distance of every 100 lineal feet. The expansion material shall be placed the' full depth of the curb and gutter cross section. 3.06 CURING A. Cure concrete using a liquid membrane-forkning compound complying with ASTM C309, Type 2. The vnhite-pigmented compound shall 'be applied at a~ rate of Cast=in-~PJace~ •Concrete !0330.0 !'I ~ Colu ~ ~ ~bia Heights °Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, ~MN Sitework'Package -July 21., 2008 ,~ coverage not ~ ~ ore than 150• square feet per galpon, providing a ~~iform white ~'I ~ appearance. Clear curing compound shall ~be used on colored or steined concxete. B. Prohibit traffic, both pedestrian and vehicular, from freshly placed corcnte~ for a . period of not less than 72 hours. Vehicular traffic shall be excluded 'for such ~~ additional time as the Architec# may direct. 3.07 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS AND WASTE MATERIALS ' ~ A. Contractor shall remove and dis a of excess materials at its own nse. 1~ ~ ' 3.08 TESTING A. Sampling and testing for quality control during placement of concrete shall be by the ' Owner's Geotechnical Consultant and shall include the following; 1. Casting and Curing Concrete~Test SpecimerYS: ASTM C31; cast one set of three 4'x8" standard test cylinders for each 100 cubic yards or fraction thereof, of concrete placed in any one day. A minimum .af one set will be . ~ cast for each day's operation. 2. Compression Strength Test Specimens: ASTM C39; per set of three standani cylinders, test one specimen at 7 days, one specimen at 28 days,. and one specimen held in reserve for later testing, cif ~requirsed. 3. Slur~np (ASTM C't43) and Air Cor•~trol (ASTM C231~:~ One sar~nple shall .be ;~ taken fror~n each ~of the first thFee trucks 'in ~~~ach separaxe pIO.Eement ,~ operation. AfCer three.aEC~eptable tests•without failure,. the frequency shal4be one test for every 100 cubic yard's~~of concreteplaced. B. Test results will ~be reported' in writing to the Owner, Architect, and' Cor~raotor ~on~ the same day that tests are made, Reports of corn.pressi~ie strength tests• shall contain i ~ the project identification and class, location of concrete batch in structure, design '~ compressive strength. at 28 days, concrete mix proportion and materials; compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7-day and 28-day tests_ C. 44dditional Tests: The testing service will make additional tests of in-place concrete when compressive strength test results indicate speafied concrete strengths have not been attained. The hardened concrete will be cored as specified with .ASTM C42, or by other methods as directed. Contractor shall pay for ~t.(ch tests conducted, and any other additional testing as may be required when unacceptable concrete is verified. END OF SECTION ~. Cast-in=Pl'ace~ Con.. •~ete 033'00=7 .~ '' • • Columbia Heiglrts Public Safety Building -Site Paci~ge Columbia HeighL4, MN M dt E Engineering, Inc. Ca~nnissia~n # 073008.1 July 21, 2008 '; • . , ', TABLE OF CONTFIV'I'S • ~ DIVLSION 16 • • • 16050 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATEtuALS AND ME1~iODS ' •• 16120 CONDUCTORS AND CABLffi • 16130 • RAC$WAYS AND BOXES •~ 16195 ~ R-~"r~tTCAL IDENZII~ICATION • 16452 GROUNDING • 16525 EXTERIOR LIC~HTlNG ' ' • I ~iRR1?RV CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN, SPECIFICATION OR REPORT WAS PREPARED BY ME OR UNDER MY DIRBCT SUPERVISION AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED ' PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MIIVNESOTA. .- 13727 DAVID W. HIERSEMAN REGISTRATION NUMBER ~ DATE '° ~ ' . • ~, ': • • •' 1 ,~ .,~ TABLE OF CONTENTS t i r i t Columbia Heights Public SaFety Building -Site Package Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission .# 073008.1 July 21, 2008 SECTION 16050 BASIC BLBCTRICAL MAT~AT ~ AND METHODS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 RSLATBD DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Cootract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 •Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SU1vIlVlARY A. This Section includes the following electricsil materiials and methods: 1. Concrete~equipmembases. ' 2. Touchup painting. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ..Comply with NFPA 70 for companeats and installation. B. Listing and I.alieling: Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and labeled. . 1. The Terms "Listed and Labeled": As defined in the National Electrical Code, Article 1'00. 1.04 SEQUENCING AND SCH'BDULIIVG' A. Coordinate electrical equipment installation with other site work. B. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installing electrical materials and equipment fnr efficient flow of the Work. . C. Coordinate cannectiing electrical service to catnponents furnished under other Sections. D• Coordinate connecting electrical systems with exterior underground and overhead utilities and services. Comply with requirerrrents of governing regulations, Franchised service ' companies, and controlling agencies. BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 -1 Columbia Heights Public Safely Building -Site. Package .Columbia Fieigk~ts, MN M' & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 073008.1 July 2:1, 2008 •PART 2 -PRODUCTS • 2.01 CONCRETE EQUIPMl3NN'T BASES A. Forms and Reinforcing Materials: As specified in Division 3 Section "Cast in-Place Concrete." B. Concrete: 3000-psi (20.7 MPa.~ 28-day compressive strength as specified in Division 3 Section "Cast-ia-Place Concrete." 2.02 TOUCHUP PAINT • A. For Equipment: Provided by equipment matwfacturer and sek~cted to match equipmenR finish. • B. For Nonequipment Surfaces: Matching type and color of ~mdamaged, existing adjacent finish. • C. For Galvanized Surfaces: Zinc-rich paint reoornmended by item manufiu~•rer. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01. EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS . • A. Install equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and •repair or replacement of components. Connect for ease of disconnecting, with minimum ia~terfierence with other . installations. 3.02 INSTALLATION ~ • A. Install wires in raceway according to ms's written instructions and NECA's "Standard of Installation." B. • Install concrete pads and bases according tD requirements of Division 3 Section "Cast-in- Place Concrete." 3.03 TOUCHUP PAINTIIVG A. Thoroughly clean damaged areas and provide primer, intermediate, and finish coats to suit the degree of damage at each location. • B. Follow paint manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation and for timing. and • application of successive coats. . END OF SECTION 16050 BASIC E[.ECTRICAL• MATERIALS AND METHODS ~ ~ .16050 - 2 'f '! 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 r r f Columbia Heights Public Safety Building -Site Package Columbia Heights, >VIIV . M 8[ B Engineering, Inc. Commission #073008.1 • July 21, 2008 ~SECTTON 16120 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES. PART 1- G~?R Ai 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Comitract, including General a~ Supple~xrentary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sectiaa~s; apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. .This Sectia~n includes building wires and cables and assoaated ~c~nnactors, splices, and terminations for wiring systems rated b00 V and less. 1.03 SUBMITTALS ' A. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance . requireme~. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Listing and Labeling: Provide•wires and cables specified in this Section that are listed and labeled. ' :1. ' The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in NFPA 70, Article 100. . ~B. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING . A. Deliver wires and cables according to NEMA PVC 26. 1.06 COORDINATION ~ A. Coordinate layout and installation of cables with other installations. B. Revise locations and elevations from those indicated, as required to suit field conditions and as approved by Architect. . CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 16120 -1 - Columbia Heights Public Safely Building -Site Package • - Columbia Heights, MN M ~& E Engineering, Inc. Conunission # 073008.1 • ~ - July 21, 2008 PART 2 -PRODUCTS . 2.01 MANUFACT[JRERS ~ . A. Manufacturers: Subject to oo~npliancx with requirements, provide products by one of the . fallowing: . 1. Wires and Cables: ~ . a. American Insulated Wire COrp.; Levltan Man,~rh,~g Co. b. BICC Brand Rex Company. . c. Carol Cable Co., Inc: d. Senator Wire ~ Cable Compa~-. e. Swrthwire Company. 2. Connectors for Wires and Cables: J $. AMP Incorporated. b.. Geaeral.signal; O-7JGedney iJnit. c. Monogram Co.; AFC. d~. -Square D Co.; Anderson. ' e. 3M Canpauy; HecBrica~l Products Division. 2:02 BUILDING WIRES AND CABLES ~ . A. UL=listed building wires and cables with conductor material, insulation type, cable construction, and rating as specified in Part 3 "Wire and' Insulation Applications" Article. B. -Rubber Insulation Material: Comply with NEMA WC 3. C. Thermoplastic Insulation Material: Comply with NEMA WC 5. D. Cross-Linked Polyethylene Insulation Material: Comply with NEMA WC 7. E. Ethylene Propylene Rubber Insulation Material: Comply with NEMA WC 8. F. Conductor Material: Copper. . G. 'Stranding: Solid comdudor for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded conductor for larger than No. 10 AWG.. 2.03 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES A. UL-listed, factory-fabricated wiring connectors of size, ampaciiy rating, material; type, and class for application and service indicated. Comply with Project's installation requiren~ts and as specified in Part 3 "Wire and Insulation Applications" Article. CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 16120 - 2 1 f f l 1 1 Columbia Heights Public •Safx+ly Building - Site,Package . Columbia Heights, MN M 8c E rigg; Inc. Commission # 073008.1 • July 21, 2008 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examinee raceways and building finishes to receive wires and cables for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions atfacting performance of wires and cables. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been . corrected. . 3.02 WIRE AND INSULATION APPLICATIONS A. Service Entrsnc:e: Type RHW or THWN, in raceway. B. Feeders: Type THI~l/THWN, is raceway. C. Branch Circuits: Type 1~INfTHWN, in raceway. ~ . 3..03 INSTALLATION A. Install wires and cables as indicated, acco~din~g to mannfacdrrer's written instructions and NECA's ,Standard of Installation." . • B. Pull Conductors: Use manufacd~rer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound'used must oat deteriorate conductor or insulation: Do not exceed mamrer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values. C~. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basl~et weave wire able grips, that will not damage cables or raceway. D. Identify wires and cables according to Division 16•Section "Electrical Identifica#ion.° 3.04 CONNECTIONS • A. Conductor Splices: Keep to minimum. B. Install splices and tapes that possess equivalent or beer mechanical strength and insulation ratings than cor-d'uctvrs being spliced. . . C. Use splice and tap cormectors compatible with conductor material. D. Wiring at Lighting Poles: Install conductor at~each outlet, with at least 12 inches (300 mm) of slack. E. Connect components to wiring and to ground as indicated and insh~ucted by manufacdrrer. CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 16120 - 3 .. Columbia. Heights Public Safety Building -Site Package . Columbia Heights, MN . M & E Engineeaing, Inc: Commission # 073008.1 • ~ July 21; 2008 F. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according t~ manufacturer's published torque- tightening values. If maaufacdarer's torque vahies are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL486B. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL . . A. Testing: On installation of wires and cables and before electrical circuitry has bees . energized; demonstrate product capability and compliance with requirements. 1. Procedures: Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA ATS, Section 7.3.1. Certify compliance with test parameters. B.. Correct malfimctioning conductors and cables at Project site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance;.otherwise, remove and replace with new units and retest. END OF SECTION 16120 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES . . ~ 16]20 - 4 1 1 '1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 f 1 Columbia Heights Public Safety Building -Site Package Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engizaxrmg, inc. Commission # 073008.1 July 21,, 2008 SECTION 16130 RACEWAYS AND BOXES PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENT'S A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditicns and Division 1 SpeciSc~tion SecEioos, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUbIIVIARY A. This Section. includes raceways, 5ttings, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets for electrical . wiring. 1.. Raceways include the following: . . • . a. RMC. . . b. PVC' externally coated, rigid steel conduits. c. PVC externally coated,lMC. d. LFMC. ' e. ~ LFNC. f. RNC. g. Wirevvays. . h. Surface raceways. 2. Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets include the following: a. Device booces. b. Outlet boxes. c. Pull and jrmdion boxes. d. Cabinets acid hinged-cover enclosures. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 7 Section "Firestopping." 1.03 DEFTNTTIONS A. EMT: Electrical metallic tubing. B. LFMC: Liquidtight flexible metal conduit. C. LFNC: Liquidtight #lexible nomrretallic conduit. RACEWAYS AND BOXES 16130 -1 . Columbia Heights Public Safety Building - Site'Package Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #x'13008.1 . July~al, aoo8 ' D. RMC: Rigid metal cx~nduit. E. RNC: Rigid nontnetallic~oonduit. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A: Listing and Labeling: Provide raceways and boxes specified in,this Section that are listed and labeled. 1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As definiod in NFPA 7Q Article 100. B. Cadnply with NECA's "Standatd~ of Installation." C. Coanply with NFPA 70. 1.05 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation~of raoea+ays and boxes with other.coastructian elements to assure adequate headroom, wonting clearance, and access. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacb~rers: Subject to carnpliaace with requirements, pn~vide products by one oftbe following: - . 1. Meta! Conduit: a. Alflex Corp. b. ~ Anamet, Inc.; Anaconda Metal Hose. ' c. Anixter Brothers, Inc. d. Carol Cable Co., Inc. e.' Flexcon; Imo.; Colanan Cable Systems, Inc. f. ~ Grinnell Co:; Allied Tube and Conduit Div. g. Monogram Co.; AFC. h. Triangle PWC, Inc. li Wheatland Tube Co. 2. Nomnetallic Conduit: a. Anamet, Inc.; Anaconda Metal Hose. b. Arnco Corp.. • c. Breeze-Illinois, Inc. d. Centex Industries; .I3arsco Corp. ' . e. Certaintced Corp.; Pipe & Plastics Group. RACEWAYS AND BOXES 16130 - 2 i ' • ' • Columbia Heights Public Safely Building -Site Package Columbia Heights, MN M & E Ba~gineering; Inc. Commdssion # ~07308~.1 ~ July 21, 2008 ~'' . ~ f. Condanc Iirternational; Electrical Products. g. George-Ingrabarn Core. . ~ h. Hubbell, Inc.; Raco, Inc. i. Lamson & Sessions; Carlan Electrical Products. j. R&~G Sloan Mamxfacduing Co., Inc. ': k. Thomas 8c Betts Corp. 3. Conduit Bodies and Fittings: e a. Americas Electric; Constructio® Mat rials Group. b. Crouse-Hinds; Div. of Cooper Industries. c. Emerson Electric Co.; Appletam Electric Co. d. Hubbell, Inc.; ICillark Electric Manufacturing Co: . e. Lam.~on 8t Sessions; Carlos Elecrcal Products. • ' ' f. 0 7JGcdney; Unit of General Signal. ~ - g. Scott Fetzer Co.; Adalet PLM. ' ' h. Spring City Electrical Manufacduing Go. ', 4. Boxes, Enclosures, and Cabinets: a. American Electric; FL Industries. '. ~ • b. ~ Butler Manufacturing. Co.; Walker Division. . c. Clouse-Finds; Div. of Cooper Industries. ' d. e. Electric Panelboard Co., Inc. • Erickson Electrical Equipment Co. ' • f. Hoffman Engnneerigg Co.; Federal=lioffinan, Inc. ~ g. ~ Hubbell Inc.; Killark Electric Manufacduing Co. , h. Hubbell Inc.; Raco, Inc.. i. . Lamson & Sessions; Carlos Electrical Products. j. ~ 7JGedney; Unit of General Signal. -•k. Parker Electrical Manufacturing Co. . 1. Robroy Industries, Inc.; Electrical Division. m. Scott Fetzer Co.; Adalet-PLM. . n. Spring City Electrical Manus Co. . o. Thomas 8t Betts Corp. p. Woodhead Industries, Ina; Daniel Woodhead Co. ~~ ' • ~ 2.02 METAL CONDUIT A. Rigid Steel Camduit: ANSI C80.1. B.' Plastic-Coated Steel Conduit and Fittings: NEMA RN 1. 1 C Pl C i d IMC i NEMA d Fi • . . ast c- oate tt ngs: as RN 1. • ': ~..: ~ D. ~ LFMC:. Flexible steel conduit with PVC jaclaet. ~~' ~_ RACEWAYS AND BOXES ~ 16130 - 3 . Columbia Heights Public Safety Building -Site Package • Columbia Heights, MN . ~ M & B Engineering, Imo. Commission # 07308.1 July 21, 2008 B. Fittings: NEMA FB 1; compat<ble with conduit materials. 2.03 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT A. RNC: NEMA TC 2, Sched~ile 40 or 80 PVC. B. RNC Fittiu~gs: NEMA TC 3; match to conduit and mateaial. C. LFNC: UL 1660. 2.04 OUTLET AND• DEVICE BOXES A. Cast Metal Boxes: NEMA FB 1, Type FD,. cast box with gashed cover. 2.05 PULL AND NNCTION BOXES A. Cast-Metal Boxes: NEMA FB 1, cast aluminum with gasketed cover. 2.06 ENCLOSURBS~ AND CABINETS . A. Hinged-Cover Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 3R or Type 4, with continuous hinge cover and flush latch. . 1. Metal Enclosures: Steel, finished inside and out wid- manulac4~rer's standard enamel. • 2. Noinnetallic Enclosures: Plastic, fmished• inside withradio-frequency~esistant P~• . B. Cabinets: NEMA 250, Type 3R or Type.4, galvanized steel box with removable interior panel and removable front, finished inside and out with n~anuiacpuer's standard enamel. Hinged door in front cover with flush latch and concealed hinge. Key latch to match panelboards. Include metal 'barriers to separate wiring of different systems .and voltage, and include accessory £eet where required for freestanding equipment. PART 3 -EXECUTION ' 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces to receive raceways, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets for compliance with installation tolerances and other onnditions~ affecting per£orniance of raceway installation. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfador}+ conditions have been corrected. ~ . RACEWAYS AND BOXES '. 16130 - 4 ' ~ Columbia Heights Public Safety Building -Site Package Columbia Heights, MN . M & E Engineering, Tnc. ~Cammis§ion # 07308.1 • ~ July 2.1, 2008 . ~' 3.02 Wllt]NG METHODS • '~ ~ A. Outdoors: Use the fallowing wiring methods: • 1. Exposed: Rigid steel. ' 2. Concealed: Rigid steel. . 3. Underground, Single Run: RNC. . 4. Underground, Grouped: RNC. ' S. Co®nection to Vibrating Equips (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Drives Bquipment): LFMC. 6. Boxes aad Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 3•R or Type 4. 3.03 INSTALLATION ' A. Install racevays, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets as indicated, according to manufacbirer's . written instructions. ' _ ~. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/flinch trade size (DN2I). . ~ ~ ~ C. Carioeal conduit, unless otherwise indicated. • . ' D. Keep raceways at least 6 inches (150 mm) away from parallel runs of Hues .and steam or hot-water pipes. Install horizoadal racevvay runs above water and steam piping. ', E. ~ Install raceways level and square and at proper elevations. Provide adequate c~vel. ;' F. Corrriplete raceway installation before starting conductor installation. ' . G. Use temporary closures to prevent foreign matter fibin entering raceways. ' H. Protect stub-ups from damage where conduits rise through floor slabs. Arrange so curved portion of bends is not visible above the finished slab. • ' I. Make bends and offsets so ID is not reduced. Keep legs of bends in the same plane and straight legs of offsets parallel, unless otherwise indicated. ' 7. Use raceway fittings compatible with rac~vvays and suitable for use and location. K. Run concealed raceways, with a minimum of bends, in• the shortest practical distance ' ~ considering the type of building construction and obstructions, unless otber+~rise indicated. L. Do not embed raceways in concrete slabs. •' M. Raceways Below Slabs on Grade: Install below slab and leave at least 3 inch of . • engineered baclcfill above and below raceways. ~' RACEWAYS AND BOXES ~ ~ 16130 - 5 - ... Columbia Heights Public Sa£ety Building -Site Package • Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 073008.1 July 21, 2008 1. _ Run conduit larger than l inch trade size (DN27) parallel to or at right angles to main rein£orcemeat. Where at right angles to reinfnrceinent, place co®duit closeto slab support. ' 2. Transition from nonmctall~ic conduit to PVC coated rigid steel conduit, before rising above floor. ' 3. Provide PVC cued rigid steel conduit for all elbows and bends below .slab. N. Join raceways with fittings designed and approved for the purpose and malae joirrts tight. 1. Make rac~vvay terminaRions tight. Ux bonding bushings or wedges of cannectioos subject to vibration. Use banding jumpers where. joirrts caanot be made tight. 2. Use insulating bushings to protect candudors. . O. Tighten threadless fittings with suitable tools. P. Terminati~s: Where raceways are termina~bed~ with loclanuts and bushings, align :raceways to enter squarely aad .install k~cknuts with dished part against the box. Where temtinatieos are not secure with l loclmut, use 2. 1 inside and 1 outside the liox. Q. Where raceways are terminated with threaded hubs, screw raceways or fittings tightly into • . the hub so,the end bears against the wire.protactionshoulder. Where chase nipples are ..., used, align raceways so the coupling is square to the box and tighten the chase nipple so no threads. are exposed. .R Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use No. 1~~ AWG zincrcoated~ steel or manofilameot plastic 1•ine with not less than• 200-1b (90~~ tensile strength. Leave at ~ast.12 inches (300 mm) of slack at each end of the pull wire. S. Telephone and Signal System Racevvays, 4-Inch Trade Size (DN53) and Smaller: Jn addition to the above requirements; install raceways in maximurr~ lengths of 150 feet (45 m). and with a maximum of two 90-degree-bends or equivalent. 'Separate lengths with pull or junction boxes where necessary to comply wi11r these requirements. T. .Install raceway sealing fittings according tD mamifacficrer's written fittings at suitable, approved, and accessible locations and fillthem with Ulrlisted sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install each fitting in a flush steel box with a bleak cover plate having a finish similar to that ofadjacent plates or surfaces. Install raceway sealing fittings at the following points: . 1. Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, such as the boundaries of .refrigerated spaces. 2. Where otherwise required' by NFPA 70. RACEWAYS AND BOXES '16130 - 6 ' ' ~ ;'' ~~ . ,'. ' Columbia Heights Public .Safety Building -.Site Package ' ;' ~ Columbia Heights, MN . ~ M 8t E Bngineering, Inc. Commission #073008.1 July 21; 2008 '~ U. .Flexible Coamections: Use maximum of 6 feet (1830 mm) of flexible cxtnduit.foa' equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement; and £or all motors. Use liquidtight flexible conduit in wet or damp locations. Install separate ground conductor across flexible connections. ~ . V. PVC Exteanally Coated, Rigid Steel Conduits: Use Daily fittings approved for use with that material. Patch all nicks and scaapes in PVC coating a$er installing conduits. ~, W. ~ Install hinged-cover enclosures and cabinets plumb. Support at each corner. ' 3.04 ~ PRATECTTON A. ~ Provide final protection and maintain conditioals, in a manner acceptable to Wirer and Installer, that ensure coatings, finishes, and cabinets are without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. _ ~, ~ ~ . 1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recoa~ended by manufa~irer. ' 2. Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touchup coating . recomm~eaded by roarer. ,, ~ 3.05 CLEANDJG ~ ~ ~ . A. On completion of installation, including outlet fittings and devices, inspect exposed finish. '; Remove burrs,~dirt, and canstiuction debris and aepair-damaged' Snish, including drips, . • scratches, and abrasions. • ~ . END OF SECTION 16130 1~ RACEWAYS AND BOXES :. 16130 - 7 '' ~ Columbia Heights Public Safety Building -Site Package ,. _ Columbia Heights; MN M eft E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07301)8.1 July 21, 2008 ..'. SECTION 16195 ' ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 -GENERAL • 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS • ' A. Drawings arld general provisions of the Contrail, including General and Supplemartary . Conditions and Division i Specificaitian Sections, apply to this Section. • '~ _ 1.02 SUMMARY ' . A. This Section includes identification a~f electrical materials, equipment, and installations. ~ 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE .' A. .Comply with NFPA 70. - . • B. Comply with ANSI C2. ' - 1.04 .SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING . ,, A. Coordinate installing electrical identification after completion of finishing where .. identification is applied to field=finished surfaces. . ~, B. Coordinate installing electrical identifying devices .and marl4ngs Prior to installing finishes that conceal such it~ns. •' - PART 2 -PRODUCTS. 2.01 MANUFACTURERS ' ' ' . ~ A. Subject to-compliance with r+aquire'trieats, provide produces by one of the Manufacturers: . following: ' 1. American Labehnark Co.; Label~naster Subsidiary. 2. Brady USA, Inc.; Industrial Products Div. 3. Calpico, Inc. ' 4. Carlton Industries, Inc. ' S . Champion American, Inc. ~ 6. Cole-Fle~c Corp. ' ~ 7. D&G Sign and Label. . ~ 8. EMED Co., Inc. .'' 9. George-Ingraham Corp. ('Ilse). . ~, ~ ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16195 -1 Columbia Heights Public Safety Building -Site Package • Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Co~nrnissicn~ #073008.1 . July 21, 2008 10. Grianco, Inc. . . 11. Ideal Industries, Inc. 12. Kra$.bilt. 13. LEM Products, Inc. 14. Market Corp. 15. National Band & Tag C~o. 16. Panduit Corp. 17. Radar Engineers. 18. Ready Made Sign Co.; Cornerstcue Direct Corp. Div. 19. Setae Name Plate Co. 20.. Standard Signs, Inc. 2.02 RACEWAY AND CABLE LABELS A. Manuf~rer's Standard Products: Where more than one type is listed for a specified application, selection is .In.4talier's option, but provide single type.for each application category. Use colors prescribed by ANSI A13.1, NFPA 70, and these Specifications. B. Adhesive Labels: Prepritrted, flexible, self-wive vinyl.. Legend is overlaminated with a clear, weather- and chemical-resistan# coating. ' C. Pretensioned, Wraparound~Plastic Sleeves: Flexible, preprinted, color-coded, acrylic bands sized to suit the diameter of the line it identifies and arrangcd tostay in place by p~ grippingaction when placed in pesitio~n: D---Eol~ Adhesive Tape: • Self~adliesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils thick by 1 to 2 inches wide (0.08 mm thick by 25 to 31 mm wide). E. Underground Line Warning Tape: Permanent, briglrt-colored, continuous-printed, vinyl tape with the following features: 1. ~ Size: Not less than 6 inches wide by 4.mils thick (132 mm wide by 0.102 mm thick). 2. Compounded for percr-anent cliiect-burial service. 3. Embedded continuous metallic strip or core. 4. Printed Legend: Lidicates type o~ ~ line. F.' Tape Markers: Vinyl or vinyl-cloth, self-adhesive, wraparaand type with preprinted numbers and letters. 2.03 ENGRAVED NAMEPLATES AND SIGNS A. Manufacturer's Standard Products: Where more than one type is listed for a specified application, selection is Installer's option, but provide single type for each application category. Use colors prescribed by ANSI A13.1, NFPA 70, and these Specifications. ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16195 - 2 .' ~- Columbia Heigh Public SafetyBuilding -Site Package Columbia Heights, MN • M & E Engineering, Inc. Corrm~ission # 073008.1 . 7uly 21, 2008 ' ' B. Engraving stock, melamine plastic laminate, 1/16-inch (1:6-mm) minimum thick for~sigos • up to 20 sq. in. (129 sq. cm), 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick for larger sizes. '~ 1. Engraved Legend: Black letters o~n white face. • 2munched for ir~echanical fasteners. ', ' C. Exterior, Metal-Backed, Butyrate Signs: Weather-resistaat, noofading, Preprinted, cellulose acetate butyrate signs with 0.0396-inch (l~YUn), galvanized ~toe1 baclQng, with ' colors, legend, and size appropriate to~the application. 1/4-inch (6:4anm) groirunets in corners for mounding. D. Fasteners fce Plasti~Laminated and Metal Sign: Self tapping stainless-steel screws or No. 10/32 stainless-steel machine screws with-mrts and flat and lock washers. ' 2.04 MISCELLANEOUS •IDENZ~?ICATION PRODUCTS • A. Cable Ties: Fungus-inert, self-actinguishing, l Piece, self~ocking, Type C~6 n3-1on cable ' ties with the following features: u • ~ 1. Minim m Width: 3/16 inch 5 mm• . . ( ) 2. Tensile Strength: 50 lb (22.3 kg) minimum. '. 3. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to 185 .deg F' (Minus 4 to 85 deg C). • 4. Color: As indicated' where used for Dolor coding. •' B.. ~ Paint: Alkyd~rethane enamel over primer as necomir~nded by enamel maaufacdirer. • PART 3 - E~CUTION 01 3 INSTALLATION . ~~ .. ~ A. Install iderrtific~tion devices according to manufacdirer's writt~ instructions. B. Install labels where indicated and at locaticos for best convenience of viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. ' '~ C. Lettering, Colors, and Graphics: Coordinate names, abbreviatia®s, colors, and other designations used for electrical identification with corresponding designations used in the '; Contract Documents or required by codes a~ standards. Use c~sistent designati~s throughout the Project. ' D. Sequence of Work: Where identification is to be applied.to surfaces that require finish, install identification after completion of finish work. ,. B. Self-Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces of dust, loose material, and oily • . films before applying. . .'~ ~ ~ • ELBCTRICAL IDENTIFICATION ~ 16195 - 3 ~~ ~i~ ~' Columbia Heights Public Safety Building -Site Package . _ ~ Columbia Heights, MN . ' M 8c E Engineering, Inc. Carnrnission #073008.1 ~' July 21, 2008 ~ ~ ., F. •Ideatify Raceways and Bxposed Cables of Certain .Systems with Color Banding: Band '' exposed and accessible raceways of the systemq Lsted below for ideimficahori. 1. Bands: Pretensio~d, soap,around; colored plastic sleeves; colored adhesive tape; .' ors ~ombinati~Af_both._Mabe each~olor_band_2_inches_(51_mm)_wide, completely encircling conduit, aisi place adjacent bands of 2-Dolor markings in contact, side by side. ' 2. Locate bands at changes in direction, at penetratiaris of walls and Boors, at 50- foot (15 m) maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25 feet (7.6 m) is • congested areas. ' 3. Colors: As follows: a. Fire•~A,larm System: R•ed. b. Fif e-Suppression Supervisory and Control Systan: Red and yellow. c. Combined Fire-Alarm and Security System: Red and blue. d. Security System: Blue and yellow. e. 1Vlechanical and Electrical Supervisory System: Green and blue. f. Telecommunications System: • Greea and yellow. G. Identify Paths of Underground Electrical Lines: During trench back6lling, for exterior underground~power, cxmtirol, signal, and coirununications lines; install continuous underground plastic line marker located directly above line at 6to 8 inches (150 to 200 mm) below finished grade. Where. multiple lines iristalled~ in a common traich or concrete envelope do~not exceed an overall width of 16 inches (.400 mm~ use a single line marker.. 1. Limit use of line markers to direct buried•cables. 2. Install line marker for underground wiring, both direct buried and in raceway... H. Color-Code Conductors: Secxtndary+ service, feeder, and branch cii+cuit conductors throughout the secondary electrical system. 1. 208/120-V System: As follows: a. Phase A: Black. b. Phase B: Red. c. Phase C: Blue. d. Neutral: White. e. Ground: Green. 2. 480/277 V System: As follows: ~ a. Phase A: Yellow. b. Phase B: Brawn. c. Phase C: Orange. . • d. Neutral: White. . e. Ground: ~Gi~+eeli. ` ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16195 - 4 • ~ ~ :' 1 . Columbia Heights Public Safely Building -Site Package '. ~ Columbia Heights, MN M &~E Engineering, Inc: Caanmission #073008.1 • ~ July 21, 2008 3. Factory-apply color the entire length of the ~oonductors, except the following field- applied, color-coding methods may be used in lieu of factory-coded wire for sizes larger than No.10 AWG. ' .a. Colored, pressure-sensitive plastictape inhalf-lapped toms for a distance of 6 inches (150 mm) frarn terninal-paants and in baoces where splices or taps are made. Apply the last 2 guns of tape with no tension to prevent ' possible unwinding. Use 1-inch- (25~nn) wide tape in colors as specified. Adjust tape beads to avoid obscuring cable identification ~• b. Colored cable ties applied in groups o~3 ties of specified color to each ,~ wire at each terminal or splice point starting 3 inches (76 mm) from the 'terminal and spaced 3 inches (76 mm) apart. Apply with a special tool or pliers, tighten to a snug fit, and cut ofi"excess length. I. Apply identification to conductors as follows: . 1. Conductors to Be E~rtended in the Future: Indicate source and circuit munbers. 2. Multiple Power or Lighting Circuits in~the Same Enclosure: Idea~tify each conductor with source; voltage, circuit number, and phase. Use color coding for voltage .atd phase indication of secondary circuit. 3. Multiple Control and Communications Circuits in the Same Enclosure: Identify each conductor by its system and circuit desigaatio~n. Use a consistent system oaf tags, color coding, orcable-marking tape. J. Install identification as follows: ,~ ~1. Apply equipment identification labels of eagraved.plastic laminate on each major . unit of equiipmerrt, including ceamal or master unit of each system. This includes communication, signal, and alarm systems, ~mless units are specified with their own self-explanatory identification. Except as otherwise indicated, provide a • • single. line of text with 112-inch- (13 mm) high lettering on 1-12-inch- (38inm high label; where 2 lines of text are required, use lettering 2 inches (51 mm) high. ' Use white lettering oa black field. Apply labels for each unit ofthe following categories of equipment. '~ ~ a. Panelboards, electrical cabinets, and enclosures. b. Access doors and paaeLs.•for concealed electrical items. c. Power-generatirig•units. . 1 ,; ELECTRICAL IDENTi•FYCATION ,. 16195 - 5 2. Columbia Heights Public Safety Building -Site Package Columbia Heights, MN .M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commissi~ # 073008.1 July 21, 2008 Apply designation labels of engraved plastic laminate for discomYOCt switches, breakers, push buttons, pilot lights, motor confiiol centers, .and similar items for power distribution and control components above, except paaelboards and alarm/signal components where labeling is specified elsewhere. For panelboards, provide framed, typed circuit schedules with explicit description and identification of items controlled by each individual breaker. . END OF SECTION 16195 ELECTRICAL IDENTiFICATiON 16195 - 6 '. • 1 • • • ' Columbia Heights Public Safety Building -Site Package ' Columbia Heights, MN M & E' Engineering, Tnc. Comnrission #073008.1 July 21, 2008 ~ • .,~ _ SECTION 16452 ' GROUNDING ~' PART 1-GENERAL • - 1.01 RELATBD DOCUMENTS '' A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementazy Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply do this Section. '' 02 1 SUMMARY . A. This Section includesgrounding of electrical systems and equipment and basic . ' ~ requirements for grounding for protection of life, equipment, circuits, and .systans. Cno~uiding requirements specified in this Section may be suppleaneated in anther Sections of ' these .Specifications. B. . Related Sections: The following Sections contain requi~ra+nts•that relate to this Section: '; 1. Division 16 Section "Wires and Cables" for requirements for grounding • conductors. ' 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. .Comply with NFPA 70. ' . . B. Comply with UL 467. C. Listing and Labeling: Provide products specified in this Sediar- that are listed and labeled. 1. The Teens "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the National Electrical Code, ,~ Article 100. PART2-PRODUCTS 2 01 MANUFACTURERS . '~ A. Manufacturers: Subject to cwmpliance with requirements, provide products by. one of the . following:. ~ .. 1. Apache Grounding; Nashville Wire Products. ~ ' 2. Boggs: H. L. Boggs & Co 3. Chance: A. B. Chance Co. ,'. 4. Dossert Corp.. ~, GROUNDING ~ ~ 16452 =1 ~ . Columbia Heights Public :Safety Building -Site Package Columbia Heiglrts, MN . M & E Engineering, Inc. Cwnrrussio~n #073008.1 July 21, 2008 5. 6. 7. 8. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. Erico Inc.; Electrical Products Group. Galvan Industries, Inc. Hastings Fiber Glass-Prod'uc~s, Irsr. Henry Brothers Lightning Pmtectian Co. Ideal Industries. inc: II.SCO. Korns: C. C. ]l;orns Co. Lightning Master Corp. • Lyn,oole XTT ~Groundiag.. O-Z/Gedney Co. Raco, Irx:. Salisbury: W.H. Salisbury & Co., Utility. Thomas 8c Betts, Electrical. Utilco Co. 2.02 GROUNDING AND BONDING PRODUCTS A. Governing Requirements: Where types, sizes, ratings, and quantities indicated are in excess of National Electrical Code (NEC) requirerrwrats, the more striugept requireme~s . •and the greater size, rating, and quantity indications govern. 2.03 WIItE AND CABLE GROUNDING CONDUCTORS . A. Comply with Division 16 Section "Wires and Cables." Conform to NEC Table 8, except as otherwise indicated, •for conductor properties, including stranding. 1. Material: Copper. Use only •copper wire for both insulated and bare.grounding conductors in direct ~oodrtact with earth, concrete, rn~sonty, crushed stone, and similar materials. • B. Equipment Grounding Conductors: Insulated with green color insulation. C. Grounding:Electr+ode Conductors: Stranded cable. D. Underground Conductors: Bare, tinned, stranded, except as otherwise indicated. E. Bare Copper Conductors: Conform to the following: 1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3. 2. Assembly of Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8. 3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B 33. GROUNDING 16452 - 2' 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 '~ ~Columliia Heights Public Safety Building - Site~Package '' ~ ~ Columbia Heights, MN .. M & B Engineering, Inc. Commission #073008.1 July 21, 2008' 2.04 MISCELLANEOUS CONDUCTORS ' A. Braided Bonding Jwnpers: Copper tape, braided No. 30 AWG bare capper wirer terminated with copper ferrules. B. Bonding Straps: Soft copper, 0.05 inch (1 mm) thick and 2 inches (50 mm) wide, except . 1 as indicated. ' 2.05 CONNBCTOR PRODUCTS ~ ' A. Pressure Connectors: High-couductivity~lated units. ' ~ B. Bolted Clamps:' Heavy-duty type. . C. Exothermio-Welded Connections: Provided.in ldt form and selected per marnrfacturer's ': written instructions for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and items. . ~ . 2.06 GROUNDING ELECTRODES A. Grounding Rods: Copper-clad steel. ~: B. Rods: Sectional -clad steel. . 8 tYPe, cePP~' ': 1. Size: 3/4 inch by 120 inches (Y9 by 3000 mm). • PART 3 -EXECUTION ~~ . 3.01 APPLICATION '~ A. Equipment Grounding'Conductors: Comply with NEC Article 250 for types, sizes, and . quantities of equipment grounding conductors, except where specific types, larger sizes, or more conductors than required by NEC are indicated. 1. Install equipment grounding conductor with circuit conductors for the items below in addition to those required by Code: ~~ • a. Feeders and branch circuits. . . • b. Flexible raceway runs. . ' 2. Nonmetallic Raceways: Install an equipment grounding conductor in nonmetallic • raceways unless they are designated for telephone or data'cables. '~ B. Separately Derived Systems: Where NBC requires grounding, ground according to NEC • Paragraph 250-26. .'• ~ ~ • • GROUNDING 16452 - 3 ~_ ~'~ Cohunbia Heights Public Safety Building -.Site Pac]cage Cohunbia Heights, MN M 8t E' Engineering, Irx;. Commission # 073008.1 ;'~ July 21, 2008 C. Metal Poles Supporting Outdoor Lighting Fixtures: Ground pole to a graundi~ng electrode .' in addition to separate equipment grounding conductor run with supply branch ciraiit. 3.02 INSTALLATION ~' A. General: Ground electrical systems and equipment according to NEC requirerrreats, except where Drawings or Specifications exceed NEC requirements.. ~' B. Crrauading Rods: Locate a minimum of~ 1-rod length fiu~rur~ each orther and. at least the same distance from any atlarr grounding electrode. ~ ' 1. Drive until tops are 2 inches (50 mm) below finished $oor or final grade, except as otherwiseindicated. ' 2. Interconnect with grounding~lectrnde conductors. Use exothermic welds, except . ~ at test wells and as otherwise indicated. Make these.conurections without damaging oo+pper coating or exposing stioel. ~ ' C. Grounding ~Canducbois: Route along the shortest and •straightest paths Possible,e?ccept as otherwise indicated. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be ~~ subjected to strain, impact, or damage. . D. Underground Grounding Conductors: Use bare copper wire. Bury at least 24 inches (600 . ' mm) below grade. .. ~ . E. Metal Water Service Pipe: Provide insulated copper grounding conductors, sized as indicated, ~in conduit, from building's main 'service equipment, or grounding bus; to main metal water service entrances to'building. Connect ~greunding cxnductors to main metal water service Pipes by grounding-clamp connectors. Where a dielectric. main water fitting is installed, connect groundmg conductor to street side of fitting. Do not install a grounding jumper aca+oss dielectric fittings. Ba~nd.g+ormding-conductor conduit to conductor at each end. F. ~ Water Meter Piping: Use braided-type bonding jumpers to electrically bypass water meters. Connect to pipe with grounding-clamp cormactors. ~ . G. Ufer Ground (Concrete-Encased Gmu~ing Electrode): Fabricate ac~rding to NEC • Paragraph 250-81(c), usinag a minim~nu of 20 feet (6• m) of bare copper conductor not smaller than No. 4 AWG. Where base of concrete foundation is less than 20 feet (6 m) in length, coil excessconductor within base a£ cuoircrete foundation. Bond grounding conductor to reinforcing steel to at least 4 locations, and to anchor bolts. Extend grounding conductor below grade and connect to building grounding grid or to a grounding electrode external to concrete. GROUNDING ~ 16452 - 4 .' . Columbia Heights Public Safety Building -Site Package Columbia Heights, MN M dt'E Engineering, inc. Commission #073008.1 . July 21, 2008 . ,~ 3.03 CONNECITONS ~ . A.'General: Make connections so possibility of galvanic action or electrolysis is minimized. 1~ ~ Select csmnectors, connection hardware, conductors, and connection methods so metals in direct contact will be galvanically compatible. ,~ 1. Use elecdroplated or hot~in-coated materials to assure high conductivity and to ' mare contact points closer in order of galvanic series. ' 2. Make connections with clean, bare metal at points of contact. 3. Make aluminum~o-shoal connections with stainless-steel separators and mechanical clamps. ' 4. Make aluminum to-galvanized steel co~nnecticos with tin dated copper jumpers and mechanical clamps. 5. Coat and seal connections having dissimilar metals with inert maaReerial to preveirt ~~ ~ future penetration of moisture to contact surfaces. ~ . B. Exothermic-Welded Co~macx~ious: Use for sous to structural steel and for underground connections, except those at test wells. Comply with manufacdxrer's written ''~ ~ instructions. Welds that are pu~odvp or that.show convex surfaces indicating improper . ~ cleaning are not acceptable. • r '~ C. Equipment Grounding Wire Terminations: For No. 8 AWG and larger, use pressure-type - grounding lugs. No. 10 AWG and smaller grounding cenductors may be ternm~ated with wing~d~.pressure-type com~ctors. ~~ D. Nonoontact Metal Racevvay~ Terminations: Where metall~ raceways terminate at metal housings without mechanical and electrical connection to housing, terrrinate each conduit with a grounding bushing. Connect grounding bushings with a bare gramding conductor to grounding bus or terminal in housing. Band electricalhy noncontinuous conduits at bow entrances and~exits with grounding•bushings and bare grounding conductors, except as .~' otherwise indicated. - E. Tighten screws and bolts for grounding and banding connectors and terminals. according to marer's pulilisbedtorque-tightening values. Where•these requiremerrts are not •' available, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. • F. Compression Type Connections: U~ hydraulic compression tools to provide correct ~', cizc~ial pressure for compression connectors. Use tools and dies recommended by manufacturer of connectors. Provide embossing die code or other standard method to make a visible indication that a comiector has been adequately compresxd on grounding ''• conductor. G. Moisture Protection: Where insulated grounding conductors are connected to grounding :~' rods or grounding buses, insulate entire area of connection and seal against moisture penetration of Insulation and cable. . ~~ .~ GROUNDING ~ ~ 16452 - 5 . + , .I Columbia Heights Public Safety Building -Site Package Columbia Heights, MN . • M dt E Entering, Inc: Commission #073008.1 ;I • July 21, 2008 . 3:04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests: Subject the completed grounding system tp a megger test at each location where a maximumground-resistance level is specified, .at service discca~nec~ enclosure grounding ~ .I terminal, and at ground test wells. Measure ground resistance not less than 2 full days after the last trace of precipitation, and without the soil being moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and wrtho7rt chemical treatlxient or other artif cial :' means of reducing natural ground resistance. Perform tests by the 2 point method according to IEEE 81. • B. Maximum grounding to resistance values are as follows: ' 1. Equipment Rated 500 kVA and Less: 10 ohms. 2. Equipment Rated S00 m 1000 kVA: S'ohms. ~ I 3'. ~ Equipment Rated More than 1000 kVA: 3 clans. . 4. Pad Mounted F.quipmert: 5 ohms. I C. Excessive Ground Resistance: Where resis~noe to ground exceeds specified values, notify t Owner promp tly •and include .recornmeadatioas to reduce ground resistance and to accom~-plish recommended work. ~ I D. Report' .Prepare test reports, certified by the testing organizatioq of ground resistance at • ' • each test location. Include observations of weather and other phenomena. that may afi ect I test:results. Describe measures taken to improve test results. . , 3.05 ADNSTING AND CLEANING I A. Restore surface features, including vegetation, at areas disturbed by work oaf this Section. Reestablish original grades, except as otherwise indicated. Where sod has been removed, I replace it as soon as possible after bacldlling is ccxnpleted. Restore areas disturbed by , trenching, storing of dirt, cable laying, and other activifiies to their original conditioar. Include topsoiling, fertilizing, liming, seeding, sodding, sprigging, and mulching. Comply ~I with Division 2 Section "Landsc~ipiug:" Mai»tain restored surfaces. Restore •disturbed . Paving as indicted. I END OF SECTION 16452 I, . ,' GROUNDING ~ 16452 - 6 . .I 1 •Columbia Heights Public SaSety Building -Site Package Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #073008.1 . ~ July 21, 2008 SECTION 16525 EXTERIOR LIGHTIIJG I A 1 ;~ PART 1 - G1?NT?RAT. 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including {ieneral and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Speafication Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUIVIlVIARY A. T7~is Section includes•exterior lighting fixdires, •lamps, ballasts, pole standards, and ac~sories. • 1.03 DEFINTITONS A. • Fixture: A complete lighting device. Fixtures include ~a•lamp or lamps and parts required to distribute light, position and protect lamps; aad connect lamps to power supp]y. B. Lighting Unit: A fixture or an assembly of fixtures with a cowman support, including a pole or bracket plus mounting and support.acces~ries. • C. Luminaires A fixture. • 1.04 SUBMITTALS • ' A. Gceeral: Sulimit each item in this Article acxording to the Conditions of t>n; Contract and Division 1• Specification Sections. • B. Product Data describing fixtures, lamps, ballasts, Poles, and accessories. Arrange Product Data for fixtures is order oaf fixture designation. Include data on features, Poles, accessories, finishes, and the following: • 1. Outline drawings indicating dimensions and principal features •af fixtures and poles. • 2. Electrical Ratings and Pboto~rietric Data:. Certified results of independent • laboratory tests for fixtures and lamps. C. Wind Resistance Calculations: Certified by a registered professional engineer. D. Shop Drawings detailing nonstandard fixtures and poles and indicating dimensions, weights, method offield assembly, components, and accessories. • EXTERIOR LIGHTING 16525 = 1 Columbia Heights Public Safety Building -Site Package ~' . Columbia Heights, MN M dt E Fmgineering, Inc. Corrmnission #073008.1 ;' _ July 21, 2008 E. Wiring diagrams detailing wiring for' control system showing both firctor~installed and fieldanstalled wiring for specific system of this Project, and' differentiating between ,,- fiery-installed and field-installed wiring.. F. Anchor Bo~h Templaties: Keyed to~ speafic poles and certified by mangy. ~' G. Frodnct certificates signed by of lighting units certifying that their products comply with specified iequirerrrents. H. Field test reports indicating and interpreting test results specified in Part 3 of this Section. I. Maintenance data for products to include in the operation and maiuteaoance manual specified in Division 1. 1.05 QUAL,TTY ASSURANCE A. Electrical, Component Standard: Provide components that comply with NFPA 70 aid that are listed and labeled by UL where available. B. . Comply with ANSI C2. .. .. ~C. Listing~and~ Labeling: Provide fixtures and accessories specified in this Section that are listed and labeled for their indicted use and installation conditions on Project. 1. Special Listing and Labeliug:~ Provide fixtures for use underwater that.are .specifically listed and labeled for such use. Provide fixtures for use in Hazardous (classified) locations that are listed and labeled for the specific hazard. 2. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the National Electrical Code, Article 100. . D. Fixtures for Hazardous Locations: Conform to UL 844. Provide units that have Factory Mutual Engineering and Research Corporation (FM) certification for indicated class aid division of hazard. 1.06 3TORAGfi AND HANDLING OF POLES A. General: Store poles on decay-resistant treated skids at least 12 inches (300 mm) above .grade and vegetation. Support pole to prevent' distortion and arrange to provide fi+ee air circulation. B. Metal Poles: Retainfactory-applied pole wrappings uirtil just before pole installation. For ~ .' poles with nomnetallic finishes, handle with web fabric straps. EXTERIOR LIGHTll~TG 16525 •- 2 1 1 1.07 wA~ttxArrly Columbia Heights Public Safety Building -Site Package Columbia Heights, MN M 8t B Engineering, Imo. Commission #' 073008.1 July 21, 2008 A. General Warraut}+: The special wan~anty specified in this Article shall rat deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under otter provisions•of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, o#her warranties made by ' ~ the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. • B. ~ special warranty: submit a written warranty signed by manufacturer and Installer agreeing to replace external parts of lighting fixtures exlnbiting a fiulure of finish as ' specified below. This warranty is in addition to, and not a lirrritation o~ other rigbts• and remedies the owner may have under the Contract Documents. ' 1. Protection of Metal firm Con'osion: Warranty against perforation or erosion of - finish due to weathering. 2. Color Retention: Warranty aSainst fading, staining, and chaIlsing due to efi"ects of ' weatlier and solar radiation. 3. Speaal Warranty Period: 5 years finrn date oaf Substantial Completion. . ~' ~ 1.08 EXTRA MATRRTaT C A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are packaged with and are identified with labels•describiu contents mtoctve coverin Sor stora e p g . g g ,. • l . Lamps: 10 lamps for every 100 of each type and' rating installed. Furnish at least ~': one of each type. • . 2. Glass :and Plastic Lenses, Covers, and Other Optical Parts: 1 for every 100 of . each type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of each type. ' 3. Ballasts: 1 for every 100 of each type and rating.installed. Furnish at least one of each type. 4. Globes and Guards: 1 for every 20 of each type and. rating installed. Furnish at ' least one of each type. .. . PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2 01 MAIVUFAC iJREttS . T A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified ' in Light Fixture Schedule on Drawings. ,~ 2.02 FIX'I'IJR13S AND FIXTURE COMPONENTS, GENERAL ' _ A. Metal Parts: Free from burrs, sharp edges, and corners. ' B. Sheet Metal Components: Corrosion-resistant aluminum, except as otherwise indicated. Form and support to prevent warping and sagging. ~ '~ - ' .'~ EXT - ERIOR LIGHTING 16525 - 3 ~ - • Columbia Heights Public Safaety Building -Site Package Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engi~ring, Inc. Commission # 073008.1 July 21, 2008 C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. Housings: Rigidly formed, v~reather-and light-tight enclosures that will not warp, sag, or deform in use. Provide filter/breather foi enclosed fixdires. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free finrn light leakage under og conditions, and arranged to permit relamping_witiroirtuw of tools. Arrange doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other pieces to prevent accidental falling during repaiping and whey secured in operating position. Provide for door renwval for cleaniaig or replacing Sens. Arrange for door opening to disoormect ballast. Exposed Hardware Material: Stainless steel. Reflecting Surfaces: Minimum reflectanoes. as follows, except as otherwise indicated: 1. White Surfaces: 85 perce~. 2. Speailar Surfaces: 83 percent. 3. Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 75 percent. Plastic Parts: High resistance.to yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to heat, and W radiation. _ Lenses and Refi~axtors: Materials as indic~#ed. Use heat and aging-resistant, resilient gaskets to seal and cushion ]er~s~ and refractor mounting in fixture doors. High-Intensity Discharge (H1D) Fixtures: Conform to UL 1572. Hm Ballasts: Conform to UL 1Q29, and~ANSI C82.4. Constairt wattage autatransformer (CWA) or regulating high~awer-factor type, unless otherwise indicated. 1. .Ballast Fuses: One in each ~mgroundod supply conductor. Voltage and cun~nt . ratings as recarnrr~ended by ballast manu~fac~urer. .. 2. Operating Voltage:. Matc}i system voltage. 3.. Single-Lamp Ballasts: Minimum starting temperat~ue of minus 30 deg C. 4. Open circuit operation will not reduce average life. 5. High Pressure Sodium (HPS) Ballasts: Bquip with asolid-state igniter/starter having an average life in pulsing mode of 10,000 hours at an igniter/starter case temperature of 90 deg C. 6. Noise: Uniforndy quiet operation, with a noise rating of B or better. K. Lamps: Comply with ANSI C78 series that is applicable to each type of lamp. Provide fixtures with indicated lamps of designated type, characteristics, and wattage. Where a lamp is not indicated for a fixture, provide medium wattage lamp recommended by fir. 2.03 FIX'T'URE SUPPORT COMPONENTS A. Pole-Mounted Fixtures: Conform to AASHTO LTS-3. EXTERIOR LIGHI~TG 16525 - 4 I Columbia Heights Public Safely Building -Site Package . ~ Columbia Heights; MN .. ~ M & E Engineering, lac. Commission # 073008.1 July 21, 20U8 ' B. Wind-load streagth.of fatal support asserrrbly,• including pole, arms, •appurtenairces, base, . and anchorage, is adequate to carry itself.phrs fixtures indicated ax indicated heights above grade without failure, permanent de~ectioq or whipping in steady winds of 100 mi./h (160 '• km/h) with a gust factor of 1.3. ' C. Arm, Bracket, and Tenon Mount Materials: Match poles' finish.. . D. Mountings, Fastenings, sail Appurtenaaoes: Corrosion-resistant items compatible with ' ~PP~ ~. Use materials that will not cause galvanic acxion at.coatact points. Use mountings that correctly position luminaire to provide i~rdic~ed light distributioar. ~. E. Pole Shaifis: As specified in Light Fixture Schedule on Drawings. • F. - Pole Bases: Anchor type with galvani~d steel hold-down or anchor bolts, leveli~ nuts, and bolt covers. • G. Pole Bases: Embedded ~ e with c~le • tyP u~'8rmmd entry . ' H. Aluminum Poles: ASTM B 429, 6063-T6 alloy. Provide access handhole in pole wall. • ~ I. Metal Pole Grounding Provisions: Welded 112~nch (12 mm) threaded lug, •accessible '~ through handhole. • •` J. Aluminum Mast Arms: Tapered oval arms continuously welded to pole attachment plate with spas and rise as indicated. . K. Steel Mast' Arm4: Fabricated from 2-inch NPS (DN50) blame steel pipe, continuously ~: welded to pole attachment plate with span and rise as indicated. L. Metal Pole Brackets: Designed to match pole metal. Provide cantilever brackets without ' ~ underbrace, in .sizes and styles indicated, with straiglrt tubular end section to accommodate fixture. ' M. Polo-Top Tenons: Fabricated to support fixture or fixtures and •brackets indicated and securely fastened to pole top. N. Concrete for Pole Foundations: Comply with Division 3 Section "Cast-in Place Concrete." ' ' Use 3000-prig (20.7-MPa) strength, 28-day concxete. ' 2.04 FIldISHES :A. Metal Parts: Manufacturer's standard Snish, except as otherwise indicated, applied over corrosion-resistant primer, free of streaks;, runs, holidays, .stains, blisters, and.similar • defects. ~ • B. Other Parts: Manufucgrrer's standard finish, except as otherwise indicated. ~'~ EXTERIOR LIGHTIlJG ~ 16525 -.5 . ~ Columbia I3e' afety dwg acka9e ~ iglits Public S Bui'1 ' -Site P . ~ Columbia Heights, MN M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 073008.1 ~', July 21, 2008 PART 3 - EXBCUTION . ~ • 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Set amts plumb, square, level, and secure according to.~s written instructions and approved Shop Drawings. • B. Coocrete Foundations: Construct acxording to Division 3 Section "Gaston Place ' Concrete." 1. Comply with details and maav~cturer's recoanmeadations for ~ ancbor bolts, nuts, and washers. Verify anchor-dolt t~nPlates by caniparing with actxial pole bases furnished. • 2. Finish: Trowel and rub smooth paat4 exposed to view. C. Pole Installation: Use web fabric slings (not chain or cable) to raise and set poles. D. Fixture Attachment: Fasten to indicated struct<iral supports. E. Lamp fixtures with indicated lamps according to manufacturer's written instructions. ~Rephux m~fi~nCtjoning lampg, _ 3.02 GROUNDING A. Ground factures and metal poles according to Division 16 Section. "Grounding." 1. Poles: Install 10 foot (3=m) driven ground rod at each pole. 3.03 FILLD Q.UALTTY CONTROL A. Inspect each installed unit for damage. Replace damaged fixtures and components. B. Replace or repaiir damaged and malfunctiar-ing units, make necessary adjustments, and retest. Repeat procedure until all units operate properly. . 3.04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Clean units after installation. Use methods and' materials recoreunended by manufacturer. END OF SECTION 16525 t EX'I'ERiOR LIGHTING • ~ 1.6525 - 6